Full text of "Transactions and proceedings of the Royal Society of South Australia (Incorporated)"

See other formats

TRANSACTIONS AND PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

(INCORPORATED),

VOL. XLIX,

[Wirs Twenty-rour Piares, anp Sixty-two Ficures in THE TExt.]

EDITED BY PROFESSOR WALTER HOWCHIN, F.GS.,
Assistep By ARTHUR M. LEA, F.ES.

PRICE, EIGHTEEN SHILLINGS.

Adelaide:
PUBLISHED BY THE SOCIETY, ROYAL SOCIETY ROOMS, NORTH TERRACE,
DECEMBER, 24, 1925. :

PrRintep BY GILLINGHAM & Co. Limitep, 106 anp 108, CurrIE STREET,
ADELAIDE, SouTH AUSTRALIA.

Parcels for transmission to the Royal Society of South Australia from the United States
of America can be forwarded through the Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.

ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

INCORPORATED).

Patron:

HIS EXCELLENCY LIEUT.-COL. SIR G. T. M. BRIDGES,
K.C.M.G., CB. D.S.O.

OFFICERS FOR 1925-26.

President:
PROF. T. G. B. OSBORN, D.Sc.

Vice-Presidents:

PROF. SIR DOUGLAS MAWSON, D.Sc., F.R.S.
PROF. F. WOOD JONES, D.Sc., F.R.S. (Representative Governor).

Hon. Editor:
PROF. WALTER HOWCHIN, F.G:S.

Hon. Treasurer: Hon. Secretary:
B. S. ROACH. R. H. PULLEINE, M.B., Ch.M.

Members of Council:
SIR JOSEPH C. VERCO, M.D., F.R.CS.
PROF. JOHN B. CLELAND, M.D.
L. KEITH WARD, B.A.,, B.E.
C. FENNER, D.Sc.
ARTHUR M. LEA, F.E.S.
EDGAR R. WAITE, F.L.S., C.M.Z.S.

Hon. Auditors:
W. C. HACKETT. H. WHITBREAD.

CONTENTS.

Howcuin, Pror. W.: The Geographical Distribution of Fossiliferous Rocks of Cambrian
Age in South Australia with Geological Notes and References

WauiteHousr, BF, W.: On epee Downs Fossils collected by Prof. J. W. Gregory.
Plates i. and ii. fe is “- ce ie st =

‘TurNER, Dr. A. J.: New Bren Loria a2 : * be i dhe

Warp, L. K.: Notes on the Geological Structure of Eat Australia. Plates it, to viii.

GLAUERT, L.: The Flora and Fauna of Nuyts Archipelago and the Investigator Group,
No. 17—The Scorpions, with Descertons of some Species from other Localities in
South Australia A at

ALpERMAN, A. R.: The eee Content of Certain Titaniferous Iron Ores of South

Page

37
ol

Australia a ae aa ets hs ea a, rst Ms ia Bee cto)
CHapMAN, F., and Str D. Mawson: Notes on Certain South Australian Fossiliferous

Terrestrial Formations of Recent Age. Plate tx. a s 91
Jones, Pror. Ff. Woop: A New South Australian Dormouse Opossum 96
Campsett, Dr. T. D.: A Dental Anomaly in the Skull of an Australian Aezicai: 99
Broucuton, A. C.: Radio-Active Umenite, near Mount Painter, Northern Flinders Range 101
CLELAND, Pror. J. B., J. M. Brack, and L. Reese: The Flora of the North-East Corner

of South Australia, North of Cooper’ s Creek : .. 103
Bippie, J. P. H.: Aboriginal Markings on Rocks near Burra (natalia ates BE, . 121
CAMPBELL, Dr. T. D.: Detailed Notes on the ea pies tins near Burra.. Plates

xi. and xii, , : ‘ ; : P Bs pera 5)
Hare, H. M.: Review of ree Te gods of ne Cymot hoid Stink Pant ie . 128
Mawson, Sir D.: Evidence and Indications of Algal Contributions in the Cambrian and |

Pre-Cambrian Limestones of South Australia. Plates xiii. to xv. . 186
HossreLp, Pau S.: The Tanunda Creek Granite and its Field Relations .. . 191
Manican, C. T.: The Geology of the Fleurieu Peninsula, Part |-—-The Coast from Sellick's

Hall to Victor Harbour. Plates xvi. to xx. ne a .. 198
Lea, ArtrHur M.: On Australian Staphylinidae (Golebpteriy a Part IL. panes
Rocrers, Dr. R. S.: Contributions to the Orchidology of Papua and New Guinea .. .. 254
Rogertson, [rts E.: Crystal Forms of Tourmaline, Azurite, and Linarite .. .. 266
Buack, J. M.: Additions to the Flora of South Australia, No. 23 i Ee .. 270
Osporn, Pror. T. G. B.: The Flora and Fauna of Nuyts Archipelago and ne Investigator

Group, } No. 18—Notes on the Vegetation of Flinders Island. Plates xxi. to xxiii, .. 276
Osporn, Pror. T. G. B.: On the Ecology of the Vegetation of Arid Australia, No. 1—

Introduction and General De scription of the Koonamore Reserve for the Study of the

Saltbush Flora, Plate xxiv. a : ne oa . 290
MISCELLANEA .. 298
ABSTRACT OF Paccemiyes .. 300
ANNUAL REPorT .. 304
BALANCE-SHEETS : .. 306
Donations To Lrprary .. .- 308
List oF MEMBERS . 315
APPENDIX—

Field Naturalists’ Section: Annual Report, etc. Seale}

Thirty-sixth Annual Report of the Native Fauna and Flora Protection Committee 019
INDEX . 321

CorRIGENDA,
Page 35—Twenty-second line from top of page, for ‘“Pseudal velous,” read
“Pseudalveolus.”
Page 35—Thirty-fifth line from top of page, for “Pseudal velous,” read
“Pseudalveolus.”
Page 191—Fighteenth line from top of page, for “Greek” read “Creek.” On

twenty-second line of same page, for “Palaeozoic,” read ‘“Pre-Cambrian.” On the

twenty-fourth line, make the same correction; also on the third line of page 197.

Transactions

The Royal Society of South Australia (Incorporated)

VOL, XLIX,

THE GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF FOSSILIFEROUS ROCKS OF
CAMBRIAN AGE IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA WITH GEOLOGICAL NOTES
AND REFERENCES.

By Proressor WaLTeR Howcarn, F.G.S.
[Read April 9, 1925.]

CONTENTS. Page

I. Carrickalinga, near Normanville 3
Il. Sellick’s Hill and the Willunga Ranges .. 3
III. Yorke Peninsula ae oH a 5
1. Curramulka 7. es 7 ue 5

2. Ardrossan (Parara and Dowlingville) 8

3. Kulpara and Neighbourhood .. 9

(1) Wallaroo-Kadina Belt .. 9

(2) Kainton Belt fe 9

(3) Clinton-Kulpara Belt 9

(a) Melton and Clinton 3 on w, . Sl

(b) Kulpara.. as iy i 4: a ts 11

IV. The Flinders Ranges an ns ‘ x: a ae ah 14
1. Wilson and Kanyaka .. Pe be 14

(1) Country to the West of Wilson 14

(2) Township and Eastern side of Wilson 18

(a) A Review of the Field .. ae 18

(b) Ancient Consolidated Alluvia ae 20

2. Parachilna, Wirrealpa, and Mount Chambers’ Creek 22

3. The Ajax Outlier 24

V. Bibliographical References .. 25

The present paper deals, primarily, with the geographical distribution of the
fossiliferous Cambrian rocks in South Australia, but opportunity is taken for
describing the associated geological features from field notes where these have
not hitherto been published.

I have to acknowledge my indebtedness to the Government Geologist and
the draftsman of the Department for their kind services in the reproduction of
the locality map (fig. 1) and the more detailed plans of certain localities by which
the usefulness of the paper has been greatly enhanced.

| Carrickalinga

2 Sellicks Hilla Willunga
3 Gurramulka

4 Parara

5 Kulpara

6 Wilson & Kanyaka
7 Mt Chamber's Ck.
8 The Bunkers

3 Wirrealpa

10 Parachilna,

I Ajax

pen aes
tabby (Tumby B

\ bawlier L

yee ad ast Hi janeot

LE cobsotiputi i

\’ Nonrlung fen Y

. /
Birn! Cockburn_J

2 nie pe

;

i
4
i

eoeset™ wet
tAbbere \ |.

mings

~ParT oF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

SHOWING

Localities with Cambrian Fossils

SCALE

mike £ Ex oa 80 MILES.

I. CARRICKALINGA, NEAR NORMANVILLE.

The Cambrian limestones in this locality follow the coast from near Nor-
manville, in a north-westerly direction, to Carrickalinga Head. The limestones
are greyish to dark-coloured, crypto-crystalline in texture, and, in places, form a
black marble capable of receiving a high polish, but, unfortunately, is disfigured
by the presence of thin streaks of arenaceous material, The -Archaeocyathinae
were discovered about 3 miles to the northward of the Normanville Hotel, and
within a half-mile of the sea. The position is near the old Wheal Mary Silver-
lead Mine.

The Archaeocyathinae occur in narrow zones, in the grey marble, extending
over a considerable width of outcrop. They are often somewhat indistinct on
account of their partial absorption into the calcareous matrix which has under-
gone some measure of metamorphism. No species has been described from this
locality.

[For further particulars see Howchin, W., 1897.]

Il. SELLICK’S HILL AND THE WILLUNGA RANGES.

Sellick’s Hill is situated near the western termination of the Willunga
Ranges. It is 6 miles distant from Willunga, which lies to the north-east, and
12 miles distant from Normanville, which lies to the south-west. The three
localities are practically on the same line of strike. Whether the Archaeocya-
thinae limestones form a continuous outcrop between Sellick’s Hill and the
fossiliferous area near Normanville has not been proved. The writer followed
the line of outcrop from Sellick’s Hill 44 miles (south-westerly) in the direction
of Myponga Jetty, when the fossiliferous limestones were proved to be persistent
for the distance mentioned.

At Sellick’s Hill there is an excellent section of the Cambrian limestones,
which cross the road a little above the Sellick’s Hill Hotel, and are exposed in
the adjoining paddocks. The fossils are limited to one zone, which is of con-
siderable thickness, and are very abundant, some slabs being speckled with their
remains, but are not very conspicuous, as they show little relief by weathering.

Notwithstanding this abundance of individuals it would seem, from Griffith
Taylor’s experience, there is a very limited range with respect to variety in this
locality. He states, “Here [Sellick’s Hill] there is a remarkable abundance ot
the species I have named Archaeocyathus sellicksi. Indeed, I have not deter-
mined any other species satisfactorily from this locality, though I have exatnined
probably 250 specimens” (Taylor, T. G., 1910, p. 73). The determinations were
made, however, on limited material gathered from a restricted area. It does not
seem to have been a habit with the Archaeocyathinae for single species to form
distinct reefs, so that a more extended examination of the field will probably
bring to light other forms. [For a Section of the Sellick’s Hill beds see How-
chin, W., 1897, pp. 76-80.]

The Willunga Ranges form an upcast faulted block which brings to the
surface beds that are lower in the series than are seen on the northern side of
the fault. By this earth movement the Archaeocyathinae beds have been exposed
at the surface and follow a clearly-marked zone of outcrop near the base of the
foot hills. In 1897 the writer followed the fossiliferous horizon from Sellick’s
Hill, north-easterly, nearly as far as the beds are exposed in that direction. At
Springbrook, 24 miles in a north-easterly direction from Willunga, the limestone
has been quarried. No fossils could be detected on examination of the stone
by the naked eye, but subsequent treatment of the limestone, by sectioning and
examination under the microscope, revealed the presence of Archaeocyathinae
in a form that was of very open structure. The limestones continue in_ the
same direction for another three-quarters of a mile, when they seem to terminate

<
x
—]
—_
=
<<
oc
oc
—
Oo
ai
—_

Lu.

&
os

_plastone Res.N2I

2 |
ol

; O &

LOY

oe 4
DM
4
() ;
Wy

AAA

ats
———

wiry

Os
}

¢)
XXL
WY Ona x is

YVVV

Cambrian Limestone _ _ _’
(1)Archaeocyathinae Bed
'(2)Pteropod & Trilobite Bed

(3)Principal Cave

SCALE

Chains 80 GO 40 20 0

against the alluvia of the plains, probably cut off at that place by the great fault
fracture. The outcrops of the Archaeocyathinae limestones, from near Norman-
ville to their most north-easterly extension in the Willunga Ranges, cover a
distance of about 24 miles.

Particulars of field observations made on the journey will be found in the
article by the author, as last quoted [pp. 78, 79, and 85, 86] For geological map,
showing the position of the Archaeocyathinae beds in the Willunga Ranges, see
Howchin, W., 1911.

Ill]. YORKE PENINSULA.

Beds of Cambrian Age occur extensively in Yorke Peninsula, but from the
peculiar geological conditions that have prevailed through long ages, they are
not favourably situated for observation. In consequence of the sticcessive
peneplanations, extending from the Pre-Cambrian to the present, the respective
geological systems have been reduced to a common level. The Cambrian sedi-
ments wete once coextensive with the area represented by the present peninsula,
but their continuity is now broken by inliers of granite and associated rocks,
and are also obscured, to a large extent, by a mantle of surface travertine which
is one of the most persistent surface features of the country.

The Cambrian Series of Yorke Peninsula differs considerably, in a strati-
graphical sense, from the series of a like age as developed in the Willunga Ranges
and also in the Flinders Ranges. In Yorke Peninsula the beds have a more
restricted vertical development. The purple slates, which are of great thickness
in both the Willunga and Flinders Ranges, make a very subordinate feature on
the Peninsula, especially in the localities to the southward of Kulpara. The
basal grits of the series on the Peninsula are a feature peculiar to that region.
The dolomitic limestones, which in the Flinders Ranges take the form of
numerous and relatively thin beds, are represented on the Peninsula by a thick
and massive rock of this type. The Archaeocyathinae limestones are also of
less thickness than elsewhere, and have, unfortunately, been removed from large
areas by denudation; the prevailing members of the series being the two lower
ones, namely, the basal grits and the dolomitic limestone.

The abbreviated form of the Cambrian Series of Yorke Peninsula has been
attributed to an overlap and transgression caused by the formation of the great
Cambrian geosyncline (Howchin, W., 1918, p. 373).

The only localities from which Cambrian fossils have been obtained on

Yorke Peninsula are: Curramulka, Parara (Ardrossan), Dowlingville, and
Kulpara.

I, CurrAMULKA (fig, 2).

Curramulka is situated 12 miles inland from Port Vincent, on Yorke Penin-
sula, Attention was first called to the presence of fossiliferous Cambrian rocks
in this locality by the discovery of some Trilobite and Pteropod remains by Mr.
A, W. Fletcher, B.Sc., who exhibited the specimens at a meeting of the Royal
Society of South Australia (Fletcher, A. W., 1890). A further discovery of
similar remains was made by Mr. G. B. Pritchard, who published some notes on
the geological features of the locality (Pritchard, G. B., 1892). The fossils,
gathered by the two collectors mentioned, were described by Professor R. Tate
(Tate, R., 1892). The sponge, Hyalostelia, was discovered by the present writer
by means of transparent sections. made from the limestones of the same locality
(Howchin, W., 1892), ,

In a recent visit to Curramulka, the present writer discovered some fine
examples of Archacocyathinae which establishes a correlation of fauna, in this
respect, with nearly all other localities in South Australia where Cambrian fossils
have been found.

The physiographical features of the locality are peculiar. The township of
Curramulka is situated near the centre of a self-contained basin, several square
miles in extent, margined by what appears to be low ranges of hills, at an average
height of about 100 feet, but which is, really, the normal level of the country.
The basin consists exclusively of massive Cambrian limestones and residual
deposits incidental to the process of solution acting on the limestone. The delimi-
tation of the Cambrian area is a matter of difficulty, as the surrounding country
is largely surfaced with travertine to a considerable thickness. This precipitated
rock from chemical solution may occur overlying any subsoil of a calcareous
nature. This chiefly happens, locally, either above the Cambrian limestones or
the fossiliferous Miocene. The latter, although in outcrop on the coast, is not
known to occur near Curramulka, and the probability is that the travertine near
the latter township has been derived from the older series of rocks. In fig. 2, an
attempt is made to draw the line within which the presence of the Cambrian beds
may be reasonably assumed to occur below the superficial cover, based on the
presence of extensive travertine development, the existence of caves, man-holes,
run-away holes, well-sinkings, etc.

The largest accessible cave is on the southern side of the township, in Sec. 34
(Hd. Curramulka), situated about three-quarters of a mile from the road on
the eastern boundary of the section and one-quarter of a mile from the road
which forms its southern boundary. The spot is marked by a small rise
in the ground covered by a clump of trees. The opening to the cave is a crater-
like depression, about 40 feet in depth; the upper 15 feet consists of travertine,
and the remainder of Cambrian limestone having a nodular structure. The cave
contains many passages and chambers, but few stalactites, and is said to have
been explored for a distance of three-quarters of a mile without reaching its
termination. lt probably connects with another cave situated in the centre of
the township, which has an opening 100 fect decp, from the floor of which a
horing has been made for a further 40 feet which yields an ample supply of
water for public use.

There are no evidences suggestive of running water as occurring within
the basin, except for short distances on the hard surface of roads, the water, in
such cases, finding its way into some adjoining paddocks without making drain
marks. In one place, near the bottom of the basin, there is a slight depression
in the ground, about a half-acre in extent, where the water stands for a short
time after rain, but, generally speaking, the watcr is absorbed as it falls and
passes underground. :

The origin of the basin seems quite clear. The local drainage, having found
its way by subterranean channels, has not only opened, by solution, extensive
passages and chambers in its course, but the limestone at the surface has become
lowered in a similar manner. Within the basin proper the Cambrian limestones,
as bed-rock, show a gentle slope towards the centre. This does not occur from
a cycloclinal dip of the beds as a primary element of rock structure, but from a
solution plane, developed by the surface rain water in gravitating towards the
lowest point where it entered the cave that still exists, and yields the principal
supply of water to the neighbourhood.

It is evident that the large cave, in Sec, 34, was at one time an important
receptacle for surface drainage; but it is not so now. It is situated at nearly the
highest point of the adjoining areas and is surrounded by cultivated land that
shows no evidence of rain wash. A nick in the rocks on one side of the entrance
indicates the direction of the inflow, but under existing physiographical features
the amount of water that can reach the cave is infinitesimal, We must therefore
infer that there has been a great reduction in the height of the surrounding land
since the cave originated, this result being probably brought about by the estab-
lishment of a new avenue of drainage in the cave at the township, which had the

effect of “capturing” the inflow of the higher opening as well as developing the
basin as it exists to-day.

The drainage from this basin must have a subterranean course and an outlet
somewhere. As no springs occur between Curramulka and the sea, the inference
is that the water finds its way to the sea below sea-level. Curramulka Hill forms
the highest point on the margin of the depression, but, although it is a trig. station,
there are no official records of its height. The nearest point for such records,
as to height, is Mount Rat, situated 8 miles to the north-westward of Curra-
mulka, which is stated to be 423 feet above sea-level. Supposing that there is
not much difference in height between these respective elevations, Curramulka
township would be about 300 feet above sea-level, and the water in the town
well, about 160 feet above the sea. In the neighbourhood of Ardrossan, border-
ing the coast, the Cambrian limestones have a dip to the eastward, and at “Sliding
Rocks,” 74 miles to the southward of Ardrossan, the beds pass below sea-level at
a considerable angle [Howchin, W., 1918a, pl, xxi.].

The soil on the upper levels of the basin, especially in proximity to the large
cave, is of a peculiar character. It is an open, fine-grained, non-gritty, argil-
laceous soil, entirely destitute of stones, other than fine specks or pellets of white
coloured limestone and an occasional nodule of travertine. This fine-grained
argillaceous soil forms excellent wheat and pasture land. A large wheat area,
consisting of this class of soil, surrounding the large cave, yielded in the present
season nearly 40 bushels to the acre. It seems almost certain that this very
uniform and stoneless argillaceous “mantle” is the insoluble residue following on
the disappearance of a great thickness of limestone by solution, as occur in the
limestone soils of Derbyshire and elsewhere.

On the inner slopes of the basin, where the rain operates on a slight grade,
the fine argillaceous material is carried to lower levels and a fine sand is
deposited. An occasional sandy layer in the limestone is sufficient to account
for the presence of this sand in the residual soil.

The geological features of the locality are extremely simple. The Cambrian
limestones and their derivative, concretionery travertine, are the only rocks pre-
sent, The lower portion of the basin consists of very dense crystalline, or sub-
crystalline, rock; weathered by solution into fantastic curves and pits maintaining
a very uniform level and only sparsely covered with soil in the shallow depres-
sions. On account of the unbroken nature of the surface it is difficult to
determine the dip of the beds, which appear to be practically horizontal, as shown
in the entrance of the big cave in Sec. 34. The slope of the beds in the basin
towards its centre arises from a plane of soltition, as described above.

Overlying the grey-coloured and crystalline limestone, which forms the prin-
cipal surface at the lowest levels, is a dark blue and less crystalline form of the
limestone, carrying the remains of numerous Pteropods and fragments of
Trilobites. ‘This member of the series can be best seen on the southern side of
the basin, where it forms a slight terrace. At higher levels, on more level
ground, the Cambrian limestones become obscured by thick and compact layers
of travertine.

The Archaeocyathinae occur in a dense, grey-coloured, and suberystalline
matrix, at about the lowest level in the basin. So far as could be determined the
fossils occur in a narrow zone, starting from the western side of the public well
(opposite to the hotel) and extend in a westerly direction for about 200 yards,
but much of this ground is covered by a thin layer of soil. The uniform level of
the limestone, forming the natural surface, and its massive character, make it
difficult to obtain the fossils from the matrix. Moreover, the Archaeocyathinae
are calcareous and show little differential weathering from the matrix which
render them inconspicuous and liable to be overlooked. The Archaeocyathinae

include very fine examples in which some of the cups have a diameter of 2 inches.
Many of the examples have a profuse exothecal development. Among the latter
Archacocyathus sellicksi can be recognised. The order of superposition in the
respective fossiliferous zones at Curramulka agrees closely with that at Ardrossan.

I cannot confirm Mr. Pritchard’s supposed discovery of glacial striae on the
limestone at Curramulka. The pseudo-striations are such as are common to most
limestones under weathering, There is an entire absence of collateral glacial
phenomena. A great thickness of the surface limestone has been removed by
solution—a process that is still going on—which must have long since obliterated
glacial markings had they once existed. The entire absence of stones and other
glacial debris from the locality also tells against the idea. In a four days’
perambulation of the area, in all directions, the writer did not come across a single
stone other than those that had been derived from the local limestones, and very
few of these.

2. ARbROSSAN (PARARA AND DOWLINGVILLE).

Ardrossan is situated on the western shores of Gulf St. Vincent, about 24
miles to the northward of Curramulka., The locality supplies the most connected
succession of the Cambrian Serics that occurs on Yorke Peninsula. As com-
pared with beds of a like age in other parts of the State the succession is very
simple and includes but few stages. The following is the order of succession,
based on the Parara section and the No. 1 Maitland Bore [see Howchin, W.,
1918a, p. 202], reduced to groups, having a total thickness of about 300 feet :-—

LimMEstoNEs—
Upper: Dark-coloured, impure, Pteropod-Trilobite limestones,
Middle: Light-coloured marble (Archaeocyathinae marble, in part).
Lower: White and yellow granular-crystalline dolomites.

ARGILLACEOUS—
Purple slates (20 feet),

ARENACEOUS—
Basal grits and conglomerates (51 feet).

The fossiliferous beds near Ardrossan are limited, so far as known, to a
gully (called by Tepper, Horse Gully), which crosses the main road about one
mile to the southward of Parara Head Station and 3 miles from Ardrossan.
The gully extends westward to the first north and south district road. The
Pteropod and Trilobite beds occur at the lower end of the gully and the Archaeo-
cyathinae, at the upper portion, on cultivated land adjoining the district road just
referred to. Fossiliferous pebbles occur on the Ardrossan beach which are sup-
posed to have been derived from this gully. Stationary pebbles, derived from the
Pteropod bed, weather with the fossils in relief ; while, in the case of those derived
from the Archaeocyathinae limestone, interesting sections of the fossils are shown
on the smoothed surfaces of the pebbles that have been subjected to wave action
on the beach,

The lower members of the Cambrian limestones can be traced for several
miles to the southward of Parara. At Rogues’ Gully, 6 miles to the southward
of Ardrossan, the dolomitic limestones occur in scrub country, having a thickness.
in the gullies of about 100 feet. To the westward of these limestones, the basa]
grits and the Pre-Cambrian complex occur, near the main north and south road.

The limestones are also seen on the coast, at “Sliding Rocks,” 14
miles to the southward of Rogues’ Point, in Sec. 49 (Hd. of Muloowurtie), with
a dip easterly.

Cambrian limestones are present at Maitland, 16 miles to the westward of
Ardrossan, proved by borings, as mentioned above; and at Yorke Valley, on the
western ridge, 5 miles to 6 miles to the southward of Maitland.

To the northward of Ardrossan the limestones can be traced for some miles.
At Dowlingville, 74 miles from Ardrossan, there are extensive exposures, and a
casual examination of the beds showed the presence of Trilobite fragments. The
presence of these limestones is indicated at many points by well-sinking, sunken
areas, etc., and was traced as far north as Winulta Creek, in the south-eastern
portion of the Hundred of Tiparra.

[For detailed descriptions of this district see Howchin, W., 1918a.]

3. KuLPARA AND NEIGHBOURHOOD.
(1) Watiaroo-Kapina Bert,

The Cambrian limestones in the northern portions of Yorke Peninsula occur
in three parallel lines of outcrop. The more westerly of these outcrops follows
the coast in the neighbourhood of Wallaroo and Kadina, and may be distinguished
as the Wallaroo-Kadina line of outcrop [Jack, R. L., 1917]. The beds represent
the lowest members of the series, are strongly dolomitic, and often associated with
the basal grits and conglomerates. A good section of the limestone can be seen
in the railway yard at Wallaroo, where the beds form a cliff.

r (2) Katwron Bert (fig. 3).

The middle line of outcrop occupies an area about 2 miles in width, having
its north-western angle about 14 miles south-eastward of Kainton Post-Office,
in the Hundred of Clinton, and may be called the Kainton area, The limestone,
at its northern limits, is cut off along a line, nearly east and west. Beginning
on the western limits of Sec. 428, it passes through the upper portion of Sec, 429,
near the southern boundary of Sec. 426, and crosses to the eastern boundary of
Sec. 558 (Hd. of Clinton), near the farmstead of Mr. Stephenson, where its
presence is proved in a “prospecting” hole, in scrub land, near the house. ‘This
nearly straight line of outcrop is marked by large blocks of brecciated limestone,
mixed with quartz, suggestive of a line of fault. In the adjoining section, on the
northern side (No. 559), there is an outcrop of Pre-Cambrian igneous rocks.

The western limits of this limestone area starts from the angle, mentioned
above, in Sec. 428, and passes, diagonally, in a south-westward direction through

Secs. 514, 512, 507, and 501. The eastern limits run almost directly south,

beginning near the eastern fences of Secs. 558 and 539: through the centre of
W. Con. Res. 540, through Howe, and Sec. 503N, covering a distance of about
3 miles. Its extension to the southward of this point was not investigated. The
beds, as a whole, make low surface features and are often more or less obscured
by a surface mantle, but there are strong outcrops in Secs. 502, 503N, and 506,
as well as on the wéstern road. In Sec, 558 (near the south-eastern angle),
there is a large deposit of limonite that has been quarried for flux. This is,
probably, a metasomatic displacement of the limestone in a line of fault. The
strike of the beds is in the direction of the Winulta outcrops, that occur near
the six-cross-roads, at the junction of the Cunningham, Tiparra, and Clinton
Hundreds. These respective limestone areas are, probably, to be correlated as
on the same geological horizon.

(3) Crinton-Kurpara Bett (fig, 3).

The most easterly line of Cambrian limestone outcrops in Northern Yorke
Peninsula borders on the shores of Gulf St. Vincent, in the Hundreds of Clinton
and Kulpara, and may be distinguished from the other two as the Clinton-Kulpara
line of outcrops. The beds vary greatly in colour, texture, and composition. All
appear to be microcrystalline in texture, and more or less dolomitic in composi-
tion. Observation in the field leads to the conclusion that they form a continuous
belt (sometimes overlaid) from the northern limits of the Hundred of Clinton,

Part or H? GLINTON
~ Scare — Cambrian Limestone 22"

8 (60 240 Chains

————— Sh

southward, to within 2 miles of Clinton Jetty (9 miles), and perhaps further.
It is disappointing that the deep cuttings on the Kadina and Port Wakefield
Railway, at the southern end of the Hummocks, do not penetrate the limestones
of the Cambrian Series, but expose a thick series of purple slates and quartzites
that overlie the limestones. The strike of the limestones takes them a little to
the westward of these cuttings, and where intersected by the railway, the country
is flat.
(a) MELTON AND CLINTON,

The Cambrian limestones are exposed near the Melton Railway Station
(fig. 4), where they have been bared in a small excavation. A small outcrop of
dark-coloured limestone also occurs in a low cutting on the railway, 2 miles to
the eastward from Melton, in Sec. 407, Hd. of Clinton (near the boundary line
of the Hd. of Kulpara), where the permanent way makes a slight rise. The
exposure in the cutting shows a covering of white marl, 4 feet in thickness, con-
taining a great number of travertine concretions, forming the cap of the limestone,
The latter is seen in several large isolated and rounded “floaters” which occur in
the marly travertine near its base.

From this point the beds follow a S.S.E. direction. In Sec. 318 contorted
purple slates are exposed in a small tributary creek, and, at a short distance, the
limestone is well developed in the main, or Long Creek, showing dip E. 20° N.
at 45°. It is also seen close to the railway (which here makes a great loop to the
south), having the same direction of dip with a lessened angle at 20°-30°. A
little further down this creek there is a strong exposure of an arenaceous lime-
stone, with a dip south-easterly. The limestones pass Yararoo Head’ Station,
formerly occupied by the late Mr. W. Fowler, situated in Sec. 365 (not “Yarro”
Woolshed). The house is situated on the upper beds of the limestone series, the
section passing up into thin limestones intercalated with quartzites and purple’
slates. The outcrop near the station house is about a mile in width, but is gener-
ally masked by a travertine crust through which the older limestone is sometimes
seen to come to the surface. The stone varies from a siliceous blue-metal lime-
stone to a yellowish crystalline marble-like stone. Dip N.E. This line of strike
was followed southwards to a conspicuous outcrop of impure nodular blue lime-
stone situated in a creek near the roadside in Sec. 374, within about 2 miles of
Clinton Jetty. The limestones in Secs. 344, 349, 350, 356, and 357 have yielded
the well-known Clinton phosphate deposits. [See Jack, R. L.,1919.] | The exten-
sive lignite deposits proved in this neighbourhood rest on a platform of the
Cambrian limestone series that is thrown down on the eastward side to a depth of
several hundreds of feet. This step-faulting on the westward side of Gulf St.
Vincent can be correlated with similar earth movements on the eastward side,
thereby defining the boundaries of the great Adelaide Rift-Valley in the respective
areas.

(b) Kprpara (fig. 4).

The most northerly patch of the Cambrian limestone in the district occurs
about 14 miles to the eastward of the township of Kulpara, and it is of interest
as containing the only known fossiliferous beds of this age in northern Yorke
Peninsula. A section of the overlying beds can be followed in the creek which
takes its rise in Sec. 243 (Hd. of Kulpara) rather more than a mile above where
it intersects the limestone beds. The succession, in descending order, is as
follows :— .

In Sec. 243, at high end of creek—

Quartzite, dip E. 20° S. at 30°, underlain by

‘Thick hard purple slate, sometimes massive and calcareous.
Thick purple lmestone.

Calcareous grits passing into small-grade conglomerate.

laggy sandstone, dip E, 20° S. at 30°.

Thick red quartzite, much broken, dip E. 10° S. at 50° (seen in western
branches of creek).

Thick purple slates, finely laminated, passing up into grass land forming
the good agricultural ground around Kulpara.

Further down the creek (Sec. 238) a bar of pinkish limestone occurs in
quartzite, and just south of the old east and west fence, that separates
secs. 236, 235, a thicker limestone crosses the creek with a strike S.W.
and marks the beginning of the main limestone series.

The main limestone of the district is not generally conspicuous, except in
creeks, in which case it often shows a face up to 20 feet in the banks. It is for
the most part a micro-crystalline, bluish to reddish, or buff-coloured, limestone.
Its northern limits are in Sec. 235, just above Mr. Maxwell’s (late Hubble), where
it is cut off by an east and west fault, bordered by quartzite, with a wedge of
quartzite faulted, or folded, into its northern side. Great developments of
limonite and quartz occur on its north-eastern limits, where the limonite has been
quarried to a small extent for flux. The eastern boundary of the limestone
follows the western side of the road that passes Maxwell’s and passes over the
creek, near by, about 50 yards west of the house. I[t then follows the valley on
the western side of the road with prominent outcrops on the banks of the creek,
and, curving over the paddock, crosses the road that separates Secs. 231, 232; it
then crosses the 3-chain road, a little below the junction of the Balaklava and
Port Wakefield roads, and forms the dividing line between the rise of the land on
the western side and the plains on the east. It then passes on the western side of
Mr. Mayfield’s house, in Sec. 199, curves round to the south through Sec. 203, and
meets the western boundary in the creek bottom in Sec. 209. On the western side
.of the creek, in the same section, the limestone is exposed by creek erosion for
about 100 yards in length and is seen on both banks, dip E. 20° S. at 35°.

The western boundary of the main limestone area, from its north-western
angle, in Sec. 235, follows a small gully, southwards, and crosses the creek, in the
same section, just above the bend in the road. The beds can be traced across
several small tributaries in Secs, 233 and 230, near the west boundary fence,
They cross the 3-chain road and pass to the south near the gate on the road which
goes down to Mr. T. F. Mayfield’s, following the eastern side of the gully in
Sec. 206. hey strike south, near the dividing fence between Secs. 208 and 204.
and cross the district road in Sec. 209, where they are well developed in the angle
of the creek, with a thickness of about 40 feet. Dip E. at 35°. At the south-
western angle there is a considerable show of quartz and limonite and metasomatic
changes in both limestone and quartzite. The four sides of this patch of lime-
stone seem to be determined by faults, the quartzites being thrown against the
limestone. ‘This is most evident in the northern limits and the south-western
portions, giving rise to the limonite and quartz developments.

Near the south-western extremity, a smail outlier of limestone occurs which
is separated from the main limestone by a reddish quartzite,

The fossiliferous beds occur towards the eastern side of the Kulpara area in
grey and buff-coloured limestones that have a less crystalline texture than the
other limestones of the series. The localities specially noted for their occurrence
are in the north-east angle of the area, and in Sec. 405, on a rise near the junction
of the two 3-chain roads. The remains, so far as noted, are limited to Trilobites
and Pteropods, the former being present only in a very fragmentary condition,
but, in places, abundant. No time was spent in looking for more complete
specimens, although such will probably be found if carefully looked for. In one
place the rock had a brownish, earthy appearance, with the fossils changed to an
ochreous substance. ‘The fossiliferous horizon may be considered as the equiva-
lent of the Pteropod-Trilobite beds of Parara, which in that locality form the

S2}INZ ( OgsureyD
gov
'
ed 30%
auosowii a

hel

a Mm ~~ “Kenjrey uo ouosounry WeLqUey jo SITINO

epg ~~ “HOSOI WELW) SHOTEYTISSO
VuvdIny aH 40 Luvg

uppermost beds in the limestone series. Another resemblance which the Kulpara
fossiliferous beds bear to the upper beds at Parara, is in the absence of Archaeo-
cyathinae remains. The geological horizon of the latter is lower in the series
than that of the Trilobite beds, and, therefore, may be expected to occur in the
lower members, situated more to the westward. But the beds in that direction
have been much altered by crystallization and dolomitization which may have
obliterated the evidences, as has certainly been the case in some localities adjacent
to limestones carrying Archaeocyathinae remains. \

IV. FLINDERS RANGES.
1. Witson axp Kanvaka (figs. 5, 6).
(1) Country Tro rie Wesr or WItson.

Wilson is situated on the Great Northern Railway, 265 miles from Adelaide
and 31 miles north of Quorn.

Quartzites,

The most conspicuous land feature of the locality is a range of hills situated
about 44 miles to the westward of the township and limits the view in that direc-
tion... This range, which has an approximately north and south direction, is a
great outcrop of quartzite, either massive, or, in part, divided into distinct beds
of about a foot, or more, in thickness. The stone is light-coloured, sometimes
reddish, very siliceous, and typical of the thicker quartzites of the Upper Cam-
brian Series. In general outline it is craggy, razor-edged, or broken into
pinnacles. Opposite Wilson it has the outline of a cockscomb,

The range was examined near the last-named point, in a direction west-
north-west from Wilson. -On the rise, half-way up, the strike was S. 15° W.,
and at the summit of the range, strike S. 22° W., dip easterly at 70°. The joint-
ing is at right angles to the dip which tends to split the beds into quadratic prisms
or columns.

On the western slope of the range the dip increases to vertical, or slightly
overhanging, taking precipitous faces. The quartzite forms a sharp wedge-
shaped range, estimated at about 500 feet in height, and the quartzite, forming the
range, about 1,000 jeet in thickness. The latter ends abruptly on the western
side in a junction with the purple slates which, in bare and serrated outcrops and
low rises could be easily traced by the eye for a distance of 24 miles. The dip
of these beds could be recognised as being high, nearly vertical; dipping to the
westward, on the near side, and then changing to an easterly dip at a greater
distance (see fig. 6). ;

A feature; not uncommon in the Flinders Ranges, is developed a little to the
north-westward of Wilson, in a spur which bifurcates with the main range, and,
at a distance of about 5 miles, terminates in the broken crags of the Devil’s Peak,
a conspicuous object in the bend of the railway near Wilson. The Peak forms
the eastern end of a great curve inthe ranges. The south-western face makes a
dip-slope with a reading S. 6° W. at 18°-22°, taken at a point 700 yards further
westward than the Peak. Half a mile still further to the westward, along the
ridge, the dip was found to be S. 35° W. at 22°.

Horizontal and lateral slickensides are a special feature of the Devil’s Peak
spur. Ata place which suggests the name of “Slickenside Point,” the rocks are
much crushed and slickensided laterally. The quartzite rock had by differential
movements been rubbed and altered to a quartz face. In one position a 9-fect
face was exposed which showed a complete slickensided surface. Many parallel
faces of a like kind were noticed along the southern face of the spur.

The Devil’s Peak spur consists of quartzite identical with that of the main
range. At its north-western end it converges with the main range, but in its
south-eastern extension it gradually swings round to a position at right angles to

the main range. This swinging-round movement has probably caused the lateral
and horizontal slickensides that have been so intensely developed in the spur.
There is a long talus from the latter which passes down to Palmer’s Creek, near
the southern boundary of the Hundred of Wonoka. A wide flood plain exists
between the Palmer and Kanyaka Creeks, following the road in a north-westerly
direction to the five-cross-roads, near Secs. 2lw and 2le (Hd. of Wonoka), in
which sections consolidated alluvia occur. [See below.|

Limestones.

The main range and the Devil’s Peak bifurcation border a semi-enclosed
basin, in which the softer and more soluble rocks, consisting of shales and lime-
stones, form a peneplain.

On the western side of the township of Wilson, yellow and kaolinised forms
of purple slates (or shales) occur sparingly at the surface, and are also proved in
well-sinking, until near Kanyaka Creek, nearly a mile from the township, where
blue limestones first appear at the surface. The latter continue down to the
creek where strong exposures can be seen. The limestone at this horizon is
banded and interspersed with earthy or dolomitic material, giving a dip S, 30° E.
at 52°. ‘This limestone can be followed over the next low rise, going west, where
it occurs in thick tabular masses having a strike S. 20° W., taken on sight readings
along lines of darker material. No fossils were detected in these beds which
would be classed by quarrymen as “blue metal.”

This banded limestone passes into a dark-coloured and more homogencous
bed carrying Archaeocyathinae. It continues in outcrop, with less exposure,
through Secs. 153n and 154 (Hd. of Kanyaka). In the creek bed that occurs in
the last-named section some fine examples of Archaeocyathinae were obtained.
This was followed by a zone of limestone that appeared to be unfossiliferous.
On crossing the road, which divides Sec. 154 from Sec. 158, the limestone was
obscured by a talus, shed from the ranges, near the boundary of the Hundreds
of Kanyaka and Wonoka, at a distance of 44 miles from Wilson.

Another traverse of the limestone area was made more directly west from
Wilson. The limestone outcrops were followed down the Kanyaka Creek
to the junction that the latter makes with the main tributary coming in from the
north-west. There is a great development of limestone at the fork of the two
streams. In the main stream the limestone is of the “blue-metal” type, with a
dip S. 35° E. at 35°. In the tributary creek the dip is S. 60° E. at 30°. Ata
sharp northerly bend of the stream, a quarter-mile above the junction, there is a
crush-rock, 12 feet wide, much veined with calcite, probably indicating a line of
fault as the dip is reversed [N.W. at 70°]. Above this point (near the public
road) the limestone is banded, crosses the creek, and passes under a massive
limestone lower down the creek. Two hundred yards higher up the creek, the
dip is S. 30° E. at 47°. 50 yards higher, S. at 41°; 300 yards higher, W.S.W.
at 25°, passing here into a more solid limestone; 60 yards further, S.W. at 30°;
100 yards further, W. 5° S. at 44°, banded. Near the second road_ passed in
the line of traverse (between Secs. 154, 158) a banded limestone, showing sponge
spicules weathered into relief, was met with. Strike N. 16° E., dip, E. at 70°.
In creek, above the road, dip N. 30° W. at 28° (banded).

The stratigraphical relationship of the quartzite ranges to the limestone is
not quite clear. The dip of the limestones, in the main, is in an easterly direction,
which agrees with that of the quartzites, while the reversed dip, in a westerly
direction, appears to be almost limited to the ground in the angle at the bifurca-
tion of the range, and may easily have arisen from the powerful lateral movements
which, we have seen, accompanied the great whirling curve in the range. The
immediate contact between the quartzite and the limestones is obscured by talus.

from the ranges.

— eee
SONG

ud
08 sure

| RS

“-~ = Byizpren
peta he anes
Wldila SUP) Pea
ee

‘Se

6@ «|
AEN
sii gy

cL Y
Dd Sasa 2h
SI cos ee
So lpses waeee Le

PI EZ

Se >
Sess Sees:
Seem <a
Sfese

RY)

ss ory
AY

Heras

‘

(2) Townstite AND IkasTERN SipE or WILSON.

Passage beds between the limestone and overlying slates begin on the eastern
side of Kanyaka Creek [Secs. 148, 149]. The limestone becomes flaggy and
more earthy with bands of buff-coloured slate. Nearer the railway, the beds
consist of yellow-coloured slates that include nodular layers of blue limestone.
On a small rise, north of Wilson and near the eastern side of the railway, there
are slight exposures of limestone with high easterly dips. A well sunk at the
Wilson Hotel passed through alluvial beds and grey shale to a depth of about
60 feet, and, then, “blue-metal” limestone to a further depth of 45 feet. In
the creek near a culvert on the railway (Sec. 42) are green slates, very fissile and
thick-bedded. Dip 5. 55° E. at 60°.

A section was taken of the beds on the eastern side of Wilson for a distance
of about 3 miles (fig. 6). For the first mile, or a little more, the country is
flat with outcrops of shale in low positions. Following which is a range consisting
of quartzite of no great height in a line with what is marked “stone wall” on the
Hundred map. ‘The foot hills of the range are formed of consolidated alluvium,
to be referred to presently. The quartzite of the range is of a white, vitreous
nature, not columnar, but split up on parallel planes, and is sometimes false-
bedded. At about one-third up the spur the dip is 5.E. at 60°; a little higher up
the dip has increased to 80°, which is maintained to the summit with a direction
due E. On the eastern side of the range the stone is massive, showing vertical
scarps, is much jointed, and highly slickensided, the striations showing a dip oi
18° to the westward. ‘The bedding has a dip of E.S.E. at high angles up to 90°.

Passing over the range to the eastward, as soon as the talus is passed the
purple slates are in evidence, including thin beds of a calcareo-arenaceous kind-
At a distance of half a mile from the range characteristic purple slates are exposed
in a small creek. The dip here is, practically, vertical, with a wobbling variation
passing, alternately, to either west or east. ‘The beds are very fissile. Forty
yards lower down the creek the dip is E.S.E. at 85°, then it becomes suddenly
reversed in direction at the same angle. At one mile east from the range a small
tributary joins the larger creek exposing thick purple slates with a dip W. at 80°.
which is again reversed to E. with an irregular strike. These slates pass under
quartzites which form the next range to the eastward, parallel with the one just
described. This creek was followed in a northerly direction through Sec, 144
(Hd. of Cudlamudla) as far as the Craddock road. Slates outcrop on this road
and continue quite through the gap to Wilson, the gap having been caused by this
belt of slates which appears to have cut off the quartzite range which exists to the
south.

Examination of the ground to the south of Wilson was limited to about
2 miles, in that direction, beyond which, observations made from the train showed
that the belt of slates continued southwards along the railway line until near
old Kanyaka Head Station, about 6 miles from Wilson, when the limestones
came into view and could be seen on both sides of the line, and then passed to
the castern side of the latter. Specimens of the Archaeocyathinae limestones
from near Kanyaka Ilead Station contain numerous small calices closely crowded.
together. From specimens received from the late Prof, Tate, obtained from near
Kanyaka, Mr. Robt. Etheridge described the following new species :—Ethmo-
phyllion hindet, Protopharetra (?) scowlari, and Cosctnocyathus tates.

(a} A REvIEW or THE FIELp.
in a review of the field, as a whole, several points of interest may be noted :—
1, A similarity exists in the order of succession in the Wilson Series, as
compared with the beds at Parachilna and Wirrealpa, in that, in each case,
a thick, light-coloured quartzite underlies the Archaeocyathinae limestones. :

UOSTIMA JO ISaAA puR sey wopag Yys}AS “9 “AY

o aT z é
ifr] {fT} LAF \"
saqix2arnp J Were fy f \\ YH fo
ee Le : ae | Le
awurywhooanyaiy G 4 epee ae v S,
. “ é

SOUOISPUTT WOLITL 9
- any Puy papung

spagy abe sany 91090970, |

SIQMY CLO Sa2M1Y ards ng’

? é z

HLT

FP
4

‘M abuny w0py

2. It seems probable that the Archaeocyathinae limestones that occur on the
western side of Wilson are contained in a basin-like fold, the quartzite ranges
forming the rim of the basin on two sides and thereby cuts off the limestones.
from the northern side of the Devil’s Peak branch.

3. The limestones have been reduced to a peneplain in which the Kanyaka
Creek and its tributaries have cut deep channels in the beds.

4, The dip of the limestones is, for the most part, in directions ranging from.
east to south, although reversals to a westerly dip do occur. The swing round of
the Devil’s Peak limb, in opposition to the main range, has resulted in some crush
zones as well as changes of dip, As the limestones extend over an area of 3 miles,
measured across the strike, at relatively high angles, it is certain that the beds are
repeated either by folding or faulting.

5. The limestones occur in four well-marked zones, alternately, as follow
(starting from the township) :—(1) Banded, impure, unfossiliferous limestone.
(2) Compact limestone with fossils. (3) Banded unfossiliferous limestone.
(4) Fossiliferous limestone. This repetition of the beds is strongly suggestive of
faulting along the strike, as suggested above.

6. The limestones carrying the Archacocyathinae, in this neighbourhood, are
of a black colour, sometimes showing ochreous (yellow) spots. Small segrega-
tions of silica show in relief on weathered surfaces. (Griffith Taylor gives the
insoluble percentage of two analyses as 3°6 and 3-8). The Archaeocyathinae,
unlike those of the Ajax, and some others, are almost entirely calcareous in com-
position, and seldom make prominent features by weathering. Occasionally some
portion of a calice has been altered to silica so that one side of the cup stands in
relief while the rest is depressed. ‘The central cavity of the cup is not infre-
quently filled with white rhombohedral calcite. A considerable variety of forms.
is present. From specimens collected on this visit Griffith Taylor has described
a single species genus, Metaldetes cylindricus, which has not been definitely recog-
nised elsewhere.

(b) ANcIENT CoNSOLIDATEN ALLUVIA.

({?] Desert Sandstone.)

Outliers of ancient deposits of alluvia occur at intervals in many places.
within the area examined (see fig. 5). If these remains occurred further to the
north they would undoubtedly be classed under the ambiguous name of “‘desert
sandstone.” ‘The following examples were noted: A gentle rise in the ground
in Sees. 21w and 2le (Hd. of Wonoka) was entirely covered with nodules of
“desert sandstone.” In Sec. 3 is a hill entirely composed of stones of a like
kind. Across the road, a little to the southward, in Sec. 4, is a hill with indurated!
alluvia in solid beds not Jess than 3 feet in thickness. Aliso, due south, across
the adjoining slack in the ground (Hd. of Kanyaka, Sec. 152), is another hill,
similarly capped, showing a thickness of 10 feet. This group of hillocks is
from 15 feet to 20 feet in height, and situated about a quarter of a mile from each
other in a north and south direction. Other cappings of a similar kind are found
on rises, on the eastern side of Kanyaka Creek, nearly due west from Wilson ;.
and another strongly-marked fragment, measuring 150 yards by 30 yards, in
extent, is situated in Sec. 149; and another on high ground, in Sec. 150, near the
top of the hill above Kanyaka Creek, to the south of an old ironstone mine. It
is evident that these alluvial deposits are isolated fragments of an extensive sheet
of sediment that was laid down on a peneplained floor of Cambrian limestone..
Subsequent denudation has left these weather-resisting beds above the present
normal level.

The lithology of these beds is very similar to that of the “desert sandstone”
in Central Australia. They consist of sands and clays that have undergone-
silicification ; jaspery nodules; porcellanite, containing rounded fragments of the

eoCeeeEeEEEEee—e————————
Sap Wee v2 3 8 v 0

t
— av9C¢ —

weer TOS] UCGUe) SNOIJAsIISSO,

MRL RGLOYD iW

eUUNG ELI As

Z big

same kind of stone, simulating a conglomerate in appearance but homogeneous
in composition, etc.

The most important fragment of this class of rock occurs on the eastern side
of Wilson, in the form of a foot hill to the quartzite range in that direction
(described above). The exposure is not less than 50 feet in thickness. The
lower beds are softish, dark-red, vesicular sandstone, which has been quarried in
asmall way. To the rise, the stone crops out in hard siliceous sphaeroidal masses,
that is very characteristic of beds of this type. One of these beds has a thickness
of 12 feet. There is also a bed of white kaolin in the section, which is also a
feature, in places, of the “desert sandstone” in Central Australia. As these beds
flank the ranges.they mark the limits of the deposits in that direction.

What appear to be large sphaeroidal masses of the same class of stone can
be seen, from the train, on the banks of the Kanyaka Creek, about 14 miles south
of the old Kanyaka Head Station.

During a part of these explorations 1 was accompanied by Mr, (Dr.) W. G.
Woolnough.

2. Paracurtna, WikkEALPA,® Ann Mount CHAMBERS’ CREEK (fig. 7).

No occurrence of fossiliferous beds of Cambrian Age is known to exist
between Wilson and Parachilna, a distance of about 65 miles. Archaeocyathinae
limestones form bold features at the entrance to the Parachilna Gorge. The
country, from the western outlet of the Gorge, through to the eastern limits of
the ranges that face the Lake Frome plains, consists exclusively of Cambrian
strata. The structural features are on a grand scale. Blinman, at about half-
way across the ranges, forms the apex of a great dome, the Archaeocyathinae
limestones, dipping west at the Parachilna end, and east at the other extremity,
near Eregunda Creek. From the latter point, beds newer in the series are
exposed, The section across the ranges supplies evidence that the Cambrian beds
in this region are of very great thickness, by far the most complete and thickest
section of beds of this age known in South Australia. [Howchin, W., 1922.]

The fossiliferous beds occur at intervals.on an east and west line of about
50 miles. As the thick Archaeocyathinae limestones form the lowest fossiliferous
horizon, there are no outcrops showing fossils in the great dome structure except at
the two extremities, mentioned above. At the Eregunda end, the main fossiliferous
limestones follow several radiating lines. Two of these lines start from the gap
in the Bunkers Range, near the Eregunda Springs; one line of exposure follows
in a north-easterly direction, passing by the old Wirrealpa Station buildings to
Mount Lyall; and, at a greater distance, in the same direction, an outlier of the
Archacocyathinae beds occurs in the Mount Chambers’ Creek, covering a distance
(including a break in the continuity of the beds) of 28 miles. Another fossili-
ferous area exists between the old Wirrealpa Station and the present Wirrealpa
Head Station, a distance of 9 miles. A third follows the eastern side of The
Bunkers, in a south-easterly direction, to near Billy Creek, a distance of about
15 miles.

At a higher horizon than the thick Archaeocyathinae limestones are several
smaller limestones, richly fossiliferous, containing Brachiopods (Obolella, etc.),
Pteropods, Trilobites, Girvanella, etc. These occur on the western side of
Wirrealpa [lead Station house, also on the road near the old Wirrealpa Station,
on the road on the eastern side of Mount Lyall, in Ralcoracana Creek, and other
places.

The Wirrealpa district has yielded the greatest variety of Cambrian fossils
hitherto obtained in South Australia. he geological succession in the district
also includes fossiliferous beds higher in the series than are known elsewhere in

@) This mode of spelling the name is in accordance with the Government Maps.
Some local residents state the correct spelling is Wirrialpa.

South Australia. With respect to the Archaeocyathinae, Somphocyathus
coralloides, Archaeocyathus wirrialpensis, and A. equivallum, have not been
found elsewhere; while A. concentricus is supposed to be identical with the
Sardinian species of that name. [See Taylor, ‘I. G., 1910, p. 74.] Ethmophyllum
hindei, described by Etheridge, came from the same locality.

[For detailed descriptions of this district see Howchin, W., 1922. |

3. Toe Ajax Ourrrer (figs. 8, 9).
The most northerly exposure of fossiliferous Cambrian beds, so far as
known, is situated in close proximity to the old Ajax Copper Mine and Emu

SS. Puttapa
Gap

Open Plain

Sn Loe S OTS
eb gbretr ener eee, oes
sregastasteosensunererne oS:

= SS

ER SITE OOO OS

reaneesteacentetennetensetssesers
Seteek

oe Sree 5 RAeree fe
aszetene CD eeieetat eee

7, LSE IS ROSS
TT te + BSCS RS OCS OCS NS iss
any eS aay le ae BE Ay pte ee Pe a nee ge Sot J

: ns
crest?

Quarixite Range inform of

Fig. 9. Rough Sketch-plan of the Archaeocyathinae Field at The Ajax Mine.
Limestones:—

(a) Limestone containing pebbles of quartzitc. Strike E; 20° S., dip 85° southerly.

(b) Archaeocyathinae limestone. Dip 65°,

(c) Bulf-coloured limestone (dolomitic). This has features similar to limestone (b)
and is probably ou the same horizon as the latter, although no fossils were
seen in it.

On the western side of the field extraordinary displacements have taken placc,
resulting in a change of strike to right angles with much broken ground in
the angle.

(d) A limestone conglomerate (? autoclastic) mixed with Fe,O;. Possibly a repetition
of limestone (a).

(e) A broken segment of limestone turned to an angle by a spur of quartzite. ,

(f) Limestone nearest quartzite range. Strike N. 110° W., dip 50° northerly—that
is, towards the quartzite hills.

Quartzites :—

1. Structure shows lines or laminac. Strike E, 20° S., dip southerly at 78°.

2. Rock much broken and slickensided (? fault breccia). Strike N.W. and S.E.

3. A quartzite of about 3 chains in width.

Creek, about 10 miles to the northward of Beltana Railway Station, and 36 miles
from the Parachilna-Wirrealpa fossiliferous district (fig. 8).

Around Beltana and Puttapa (situated between Beltana and The Ajax) the
beds have only a slight inclination, but at Puttapa Gap, which has been excavated
on the axis of an anticline, a great change occurs in the country lying to the
north-eastward. The beds are, commonly, at a high angle and the field is intensely
faulted.

In the neighbourhood of The Ajax there are only slight indications of the
presence of true slates as the exposures are almost exclusively in the form of
quartzites and limestones. The quartzites are often much broken and reduced to
fragments, like road metal, and supply endless examples of slickensides, on the
fragments. The quartzites frequently cut off the limestones, or, by strike-faulting,
repeat them. The dip is generally high. It is a question as to whether the
Archaeocyathinae limestones roll, or not.

The Archaeocyathinae limestone has a great spread, probably reaching 500
yards across the strike, with a fossiliferous zone of about 250 yards. There is
no doubt that the occurrence of fossils was originally more extended than appears
at present, as the limestone has been much altered by dolomitization, metasomatic
deposits of ironstone, barites, etc. The outcrop along the strike extends for
about a mile, or a little more, and is bounded by quartzites on all sides. On the
western side there is a basin, while the crescentic hills of Puttapa Gap Range
occur to the southward, and a similar crescentic range of quartzite hills to the
northward (see fig. 9). The lateral movement which has taken place has,
apparently, crushed the limestones and associated beds into angular segments.

So far as the Archaeocyathinae remains are concerned, it is the richest field
for this class of organism known in the State, and probably in the world. Of the
35 species described by T. Griffith Taylor, in his monograph, no less than 25 were
obtained from The Ajax area (op. cit., p. 74). In addition to the great number
of individuals, the field has a further advantage in that the fossils occur as
pseudomorphs in silica, by which not only is the structure well preserved, but the
solution of the matrix, in weathering, has left the fossils more or less in relief.
In so extensive a field, and with a tendency to prolific differentiation in the
organism, there remains, no doubt, a rich harvest for future workers in the
elucidation of this interesting and long-lost fauna.

V. BIBLIOGRAPHICAL REFERENCES.

Ertrerince, R., jun., 1890—“On some Australian Species of the Family Archaeo-
cyathinae,” Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol. 13, pp. 10-22, pls. ii., iii.

1905—“ Additions to the Cambrian Fauna of South Australia,” ‘Trans.
Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol. 29, pp. 246-251, pl. xxv.

Firercurr, A. W., 1890—Exhibited Cambrian Fossils from Curramulka and
Ardrossan, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol. 13, p. 249.

Howcurin, W., 1892—“Note on the Occurrence of Hyalostelia” (ineluded in
Tate’s ‘Cambrian Fossils of South Australia”), Trans. Roy. Soc. S, Austr.,
vol. 15, pp. 183 and 188.

1897—"On the Occurrence of Lower Cambrian Fossils in the Mount
Lofty Ranges,” Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol. 16, pp. 74-86.

1907—“A General Description of the Cambrian Series of South Aus-
tralia,” Aus. Assoc, Adv. Science, vol, 11 (Adelaide Meeting), pp. 414-422.

1911—“Description of a Disturbed Area of Cainozoic Rocks in South
Australia with Remarks on its Geological Significance,” Trans. Roy. Soc.
S. Austr., vol. 35, Geolog. Map, pl. x.

Howcuin, W., 1918a—‘“Notes on the Geology of Ardrossan and Neighbourhood,”
Roy. Soc, S. Austr., vol. 42, pp. 185-225, pls. xix.-xxix.

1918n—“Geology of South Australia,” Education Dept., Adelaide, pp.
366-382 (Parara).

1922—“A Geological Traverse of the Flinders Ranges from the Para-
chilna Gorge to the Lake Frome Plains,” Trans. Roy. Soc. 5. Austr.,
vol. 46, pp. 46-82, pl. iv.

Jack, R. L., 1917—“Geology of the Moonta and Wallaroo Mining District,”
Geolog. Sur. S. Austr., Bull. No. 6, p. 30.

1919—“Phosphate Deposits of South Australia,” Geolog. Sur. S. Austr..
Bull. 7 (Clinton), p. 81.

Parkes, J. V., 1893—Exhibited Archaeocyathinae from The Ajax at meeting of
Geological Society of London, Quar. Jour. Geolog. Soc. London, vol. 49,
Proc., p. 8.

Prircirarp, G. B., 1892—“On the Cambrian Rocks at Curramulka,” ‘Trans. Roy.
Soc. S. Austr., vol. 15, pp. 179-182.

Tate, R., 1879—Anniversary Address, Trans, Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol. 2, pp.

xlv.-xlviii.

1892—“The Cambrian Fossils of South Australia,” Trans. Roy. Soc.
S. Austr., vol. 15, pp. 183-189, pl. it.

Tayzor, T, G., 1907—“Preliminary Note on Archaeocyathinae from the Cam-
brian (Coral Reefs) of South Australia,” Aus. Assoc. Adv. Science, vol.
1i, pp. 423-437, pls. i.-i1.

1910—‘‘The Archaeocyathinae from the Cambrian of South Australia,”
Memoir Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol. 2, pt. 2, pp. 55-188, pls. 1.-xvi.

Tepper, J. G. O., 1879—‘“Introduction to the Cliffs and Rocks at Ardrossan,”
Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol. 2, pp. 71-79, pls. 1-111.

Woopwarp, H., 1884—‘‘Note on the Remains of ‘Trilobites from South Aus-
tralia,” Geolog. Mag., n.s., Dec., iii, vol. 1, pp. 342-344, pl. xi.

ON ROLLING DOWNS FOSSILS COLLECTED BY PROF. J. W. GREGORY.

By F. W. Wuirexnouse, M.Sc., F.G.S.,
Foundation Travelling Scholar, University of Queensland,
(Communicated by Edwin Ashby.)

[Read April 9, 1925.]
Piates I. anp IJ.

During the excursion “ conducted by Prof. J. W. Gregory, in the summer
of 1901-2, a number of Cretaceous fossils were collected in the critical area to
the north-west of Lake Eyre. In this area Upper Albian® beds, typically
developed at Dalhousie Springs, Charlotte Waters, and Woodduck Creek, overlap
the Upper Aptian beds of the Peake, Primrose Springs, and neighbouring dis-
tricts. he collection, which is lodged in the Geological Department of the
University of Glasgow, was kindly lent to the writer by Prof. Gregory.

Lamellibranchs, Gastropods, Scaphopods, and Cephalopods (Belemnites)
were collected. The Belemnites, which are entirely free from matrix, came
from Woodduck Creek, the remainder of the collection having been made at the
Peake Station. These latter specimens are embedded in a fine-grained bluish-
grey limestone similar to that from Wollumbilla and the Walsh River, in Queens-
land. In some cases, however, the limestone of the matrix and the calcite and
aragonite of the tests are largely converted into gypsum.

Genus PseupAvicuLa, Etheridge, Jr.
PSEUDAVICULA ANOMALA®) (Moore).
PL i, figs. 1-3.
1870. Lucina anomala, Moore, Q.J.G.S., vol. xxvi., p. 251, pl. xiv., fig. 4.
1870. Lucina (?) australis, Moore, Id., pl. xiv., fig. 5.
rom a study of the large suite of specimens in the present collection, and
of a collection from various localities lent by the Geological Survey of Queens-
land, the writer is unable to uphold the specific identity of Pseudavicula australis
(Moore). The two specimens figured by Moore have, unfortunately, been lost.
Speaking of “Lucina(?) australis” he“ remarked “this shell may be distinguished
from L. anomala by the costae being finer; and, although it is larger, the anterior
hinge-line is less extended.” Etheridge, in 1892, wrote: “P. australis is
decidedly larger than that I take to be P. avomala, and although the sculpture is
of the same type it is never, so far as my experience goes, so sharp and regular.
The test of P. australis must have been very thin as it is seldom actually pre-
served.” Later still Etheridge“ remarked that P. anomala “is a smaller and
more delicate form than P. australis and highly gregarious.”

() See J. W. Gregory, “The Dead Heart of Australia.” London, 1906.

(2) The evidence for this will be given in a later paper (Mems, Q’land Mus.) dealing with
the Ammonoidea.

(3) In this paper only the original reference to the species and the references after the ycar

1902 are given in the synonymy. For references up till 1902 see Appendix II. (Etheridge and
Dun) to Mem. Geol, Surv., N.S. Wales, Pal. No. 11, 1902.

(4) C. Moore, Q.J.G.S., vol. xxvi., 1870, p. 252.

(6) R. Etheridge, Jr. (in Jack and Etheridge), “Geology and Pal. of Queensland,” etc.
Brisbane and London, 1892, p. 451.

(6) R. Etheridge, Jr., Mems. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 11. (1), 1902, p. 16.

Three points of difference were thus indicated by these authors—size, strength
of costae, and length of anterior hinge-line. The last-named criterion may be
dismissed, for the umbones in Pseudavicula are practically terminal and Moore’s
original P. australis had the anterior portion broken. The examination of a
large number of specimens has convinced the writer that, while there is a certain
variation in strength of costae, yet, by taking Moore’s figures as types. no division
into two groups is possible from this feature. ‘There is a complete gradation
between forms of different costal sharpness; and this gradation is often well
shown in specimens embedded in the same block of matrix. Similar remarks
apply to the criterion of size. Caution must be observed in comparing the orna-
mentation of specimens of this species; for the nacreous shell exfoliates so casily
that one is liable, at times, to confuse an exfoliated surface with the original
surface of the test. But a comparison of external moulds (for the external
ornamentation) and of internal moulds (for internal ornamentation) has led the
writer to believe that the gradation is continuous.

One group, however (typified by the form figured by Etheridge, loc. ctt.,
1892, pl. 24, fig. 8), may eventually require separation from P. anomala; but it
cannot, of course, receive the name P. australis.

The hinge-line of the genus has not been satisfactorily observed hitherto.
One specimen, in the present collection, however, shows the hinge of a left valve,
while further information is available from the cardinal regions of internal
moulds. The hinge is typically aviculid (compare, e.g., the hinge of Pseudo-
monotis figured by Pompeckj™), It is edentulous with a narrow rectangular
ligament pit on the posterior portion. A slight inflection of the hinge-line pro-
vides a rudimentary type of articulation (see pl. i, figs. 1,2). No byssal sinus
is present in the right valve.

Gents Maccovenia, Etheridge, Jr.
MAcCOYELLA RARKLYI (Moore),
1870, .dvicula barklyi, Moore, OJ.GS., p. 245, pl. xi, figs. 1, 2.
1915. Afaceoyella barklyi, Newton, Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. xi, pt. iv., p. 225, pl. vi, fig, 19,
A large number of specimens of this species, mainly fragmentary, are in the
collection. All are at the stage where quaternary ribs are developed. The sig-
nificance of this stage of ornamentation will be discussed in a forthcoming paper.

Genus Precrex, Miiller.
Subgenus CAmpronectss, Agassiz.
Precren (CAMPTONECTES) socraLis, Moore,
1870. Pecten socialis, Moore, O.J.G.S.. vol. xxvi., p. 248, pl. xi., fig. 9.

The specimens of this species in the collection are all internal moulds similar
to the form originally described by Moore. Moore’s specimen has been lost;
but until more perfect specimens are figured than those already known, it is
inadvisable to choose a neotype.

punctatus, Romer, especially the smaller forms like those figured by Pictet as

P. arsierensis, de Loriol,® is very similar to P. (C.) secialis, differing in size
and in the greater number of ribs. Romer’s species is typical of Hauterivian,
but has been recorded from the Valanginian and even as high as the Upper
Gault. P.(C.) curvatus, Geinitz,™ widespread in the Upper Gault (but ranging
much higher also), is similar, but is again larger and has thicker ribs. P. (C).
projectus, Tate. from the Uitenhage beds of South Africa, is also very similar.

Subgenus SyNcycLoNEeMA, Meek.
PrecTeEN (SYNCYCLONEMA) GRabDATUS (Ith. fil.).

1902. Protamustum (?) gradation, Etheridge, Jr.. Mem, Roy. Soc. S. Austr., ii, p, 10,
pl. i, fig. 14,

Only one specimen of this species is present, showing even less detail than
the holotype. Etheridge quoted five genera which may have claims to include
the species, and, while placing it provisionally in Protamusium, he seemed to
regard Amusium as a very probable genus for it. The rugosity of the exterior
and smoothness of the interior, however, together with the absence of the long
crura, remove it decidedly from Amusium. Woods“) has pointed out that the
name Protamusiim must be abandoned, since the type species quoted by Verrill,
Pecten denussus, Phill., is the type of Entokiwm, which has precedence. He
remarks further that Entolinm should probably be united with Syncyclonema.

Even if the two genera are to remain distinct the present species must be
referred to Syncyclonema (Genotype Pecten rigidus, M. and H.), It is rather
to be deplored that a new name should be given to such a poor specimen as the
holotype of the present species. However, the small portion of adherent test
on the specimen allows a reconstruction to be made and to show that the surface
of the left valve was ornamented by strong concentric costae. It is the opinion
of the writer that the long-lived (Hauterivian to Upper Cenomanian) P. (S.)
orbicularis, J. Sow..0?) has been the main stock from which most of the other
Cretaceous members of the subgenus evolved. But for the strong costation.
P. (S.) gradatus is very similar to this European species.

Genus Mopro.a, Tamarck.
Moptor.a suBsOLENOoIDES, Hudleston.

1890. Modiola subsolenoides, Hudleston, Geol. Mag. Dec., iii, vol. vit, p. 245, p. ix, fig. 8.

1902. Modiola subsolenoides, Etheridge, Jr, Mem. Roy. Soc, S. Austr., ii. (1), p. 22.

1902. . Modiola dunlopensis, Etheridge, Jr.. Mem, Geol. Surv. N.S. Wales, Pal. No. 11,
p. 23, pl. v., figs. 4, 5; pl. vi, figs. 1, 2; pl. vii., fig. 1. ‘

An examination of Hudleston’s type, in the British Museum (Nat. Hist.)
Collection, has shown that this species is identical with Etheridge’s M. dun-
lopensis. In the present collection it is represented by fragments only. The
species is very similar to the Aptian to Upper Albian, M. subsimplex, d’Orb.,(
but attains a larger size. The Upper Neocomian M. rectior, Wollemann,“®)
may be closely compared with the straighter forms of M. subsolenoides.

(8) Pictet, Foss. Terr, Cret. de St. Croix, 4th part, 1868-71, p. 195, pl. elxxi., fig. 3.
(9) See Geinitz, Die Verstein. von Kieslingswalda, 1843, p. 16, pl. iii., fig, 13.
_, 1 See Tate, Q.J.G.S., vol. xxiii, 1867, p. 155, pl. ix, fig. 6; also Kitchin, Ann. South

African Mus., vol. vii., No. 3, 1909, p. 66, pl. ii, fig. 5.

(1) Woods, Mon. Cret. Lamellibranchiata, vol, i. (Mon, Pal. Soc.), p. 145.

U2) J, Sowerby, “Mineral Conchology,” vol. ii., p. 193, pl, 186.

(8) Etheridge, Joc. cit. (N.S. Wales), 1902, p. 23, pl. v., figs. 4, 5; pl. vi. figs. 1, 2;
pl. vii., fig. 1.

(14) See d’Orbigny, Pal. Franc. Cret. Terr., vol. iii, p. 269, pl. cecxxxviii., figs, 1-4 (as
AM. simplex}.

(5) Wollemann, Zeit. d. Deutsch. Geol, Gessell., vol. xlviii,, 1896, p. 844, pl. xxi., fig. 6.

Certain forms (e.g., the specimen figured by Etheridge, Joc. cit., N.S.
Wales, 1902, pl. vii., fig. 1) connect the species with M. angusta (Hudl.).C® The
latter species exhibits the “ensiform” type of shell originally characteristic of
Middle Jurassic beds (¢.g., M. sowerbyana, VOrb., M. icaunensis, de Loriol,
etc.), but reappearing in the Cretaceous in such species as the Neocomian,
M. baini, Sharpe,C? and the long-lived Upper Cretaceous, M. flagellifera,
Forbes.) The Neocomian, M. gillieroni, P. and C.,0® is also similar.

Modiola cupula, n. sp.
Pl i, fig. 4.

Sp. Chars. Shell curved-pyriform in outline, rather narrow, tapering
acutely towards the anterior end. Test moderately thick, ventral margin con-
cave, dorsal margin long and very slightly convex; posterior margin regularly
rounded. Antero-ventral portion of the shell narrow and sharply bevelled,
the dividing edge between the two areas rounded. Ornamentation by regular
fine growth striae. Byssal sinus not apparent.

The species is represented by a number of specimens, most of which, includ-
ing the holotype, are in the form of external moulds. The species is closely
related to M. eyrensis, Eth. fil.,C? from which it may be distinguished by its
slightly greater curvature and longer hinge-line. It may perhaps form a link
between that species and M. subsolenoides, Hudl. “Mytilus” rugocostatus,
Moore,™ is also very similar, but has a shorter hinge-line and develops con-
centric rugae. The correct relationship of these Rolling Downs Myftilidae can-
not be determined, however, till the zonal range of the species is known.

Owing to the simplicity of its characteristics M. cupula might well be com-
pared with the forms from many horizons. Perhaps the foreign species most
similar is M. subsimplex (d’Orb.).©

Genus Mvytius, J-innaeus.
Myritus InFLaTus, Moore.

1870. Mytilus inflatus, Moore, Q.J.G.5., vol, xxvi., p. 252, pl. xiii, fig. 4.

This species is represented by numerous specimens. There is a considerable
amount of shape variation in the species, grading, apparently continuously, from
wide forms, such as that shown on pl. ii., fig. 12, of the South Australian Memoir
(Etheridge, Joc. cit., 1902), to elongate forms with truncate antero-ventral region.

M. primulafontensis, Eth, fil.,© is very closely related, and apparently con-
nects the species with Modiola eyrensis, Eth. fl. On the other hand, the unique
M. palmerensis, Eth. fil.,@ may also be related; but it is so distinct from the
usual mytilid type that it is difficult to make comparisons with foreign forms.

(16) Hudleston, Geol. Mag., 1884, i. (3), p. 341, pl. ii, fg. 5. The Hudleston collection
(in the British Museum) contains a number of specimens of the species in good preservation.
Unfortunately a rather distorted form was figured under the name Gervillia angusta. The
species is identical with, and must replace the name M. ensiformis, Eth. fil. (loc. cit., 1902,
S, Austr. p. 22, pl. ii, figs. 8-12).

G7) See Sharpe, Trans. Geol. Soc. Lond., ser. 2, vol. vii, 1856, p. 193, pL xxii, figs. 2, 3.

(8) See Forbes, Trans. Geol. Soc., ser. 2, vol. vil, 1856, p. 152, pl. xvi, fig. 9; alse
Woods, loc. cit, p. 99, pl xvii. figs. 1, 2
‘ eae ae and Campiche, Foss. Terr. Cret. de St. Croix, iti, pt. 1864-7, p. 503, pl. cxxxiil.,
gs. 9, 10.

(20) Etheridge, Joc. cit., 1902 (S. Austr.), p. 22, pl. it, figs. 5-9.

(21) Moore, loc. cit., p. 252, pl. xiii, fig. 2.

(2) d@Orbigny, loc. cit. (v. supra).

(28) Etheridge, loc. cit., 1902 (S. Austr.), p. 18, pl. ii, figs. 22-24.

(24) R, Etheridge, Jr., Bull. Geol. Surv. Q’land, No. 13, 1901, p. 21, pl. ii, fig. 9.

One specimen in the collection has developed faint radial costulae. The
appearance of this feature strengthens the view the writer has long held that
the names Brachydontes, Mytilus, Lithophagus, etc., as commonly used, have a
morphic rather than a generic significance. and that, in each case, they cover
heterogenous groups repeatedly derived from the persistent Modiola stock. No
more systematic significance should be attached to them, it is believed, than to
the comprehensive “Gryphaea” and “Exogyra.” At numerous horizons one is
confronted with the difficulty of deciding whether a species should be allotted,
e.g., to Modiola or Mytilus in their accepted sense ;@ and the conchological dis-
tinction on which a division is made rests on such slender foundations that one
would be surprised if the groups are homogeneous. So with other “genera.” The
group designated Lithophagus, Mithlt., e.g. (=Lithodomus, Cuv.), represents, in
the writer’s opinion, diverse branches of Modiola that have adopted a boring
habit. The whole group presents other interesting problems (¢.¢., the repeated
appearance of “ensiform” types); but it has attracted so little systematic atten-
tion that it is not possible to make the suggestions given above more definite at
present. The writer is convinced that a detailed chronological analysis of many
Lamellibranch groups would make this class infinitely more valuable for zonal
work than it is at present; and that, as Spath©® has hinted, the Lamellibranchs
owe their present limited zonal value to the fact that, systematically, they are little
used.

Genus Trracta, Leach.

‘THRACIA PRIMULA, Iludleston.
Pi. i, fig. 5.
1890. Thracia primula, Hudleston, Geol. Mag. Dec., iii., vol. vii p. 245, pl. ix., fig, 7.

One specimen is present agreeing with Hudleston’s type (B.M. Coll.). The
species is closely related to the slightly lower, T. e«ilsoni, Moore. The latter
species occurs at Wollumbilla and in the chert beds of Maryborough, in Queens-
land (3 specimens are in the Sedgwick Museum Collection). T. primula is more
transversely elongate, has a somewhat wider ante-carinal area, and is, apparently,
less tumid than 7. wilsoni.

T. wilsoni is very similar to the Hauterivian and Lower Barremian T.
phillipsi, Romer,C® while, perhaps, T. primula is most like the unnamed form @
from the basal Hauterivian®” (Uitenhage) beds of South Africa. The Lower
Aptian, T. robinaldina, d’Orb.,“ is also very similar, The Canadian T. semi-
planta, Whiteaves,@) is closely comparable, but its precise horizon is unknown.
The difficulty, mentioned above in the case of Camptonectes, of making compari-
sons with a genus of limited variation, is met with here; and in addition to the
Cretaceous species enumerated above, even such Jurassic forms as the Oxfordian
T. depressa, Sow., might well be cited for comparison.

_ @) E.g., there is apparently, as indicated above, a definite inter-relationship between the
various Rolling Downs species at present distributed between Modiola and Mytilies.

@8) Spath, Trans, Roy. Soc. Edinburgh, vol. lii., pt. i., 1922, p. 94.

(24) Moore, loc. cit., p. 254, pl, xiv., fig. 8; holotype (still preserved in Bath Mus, Coll.),
rehigured by Etheridge, loc. cit. (1892), pl. xxviii, figs. 10, 11.

(28) See Woods, loc. cit., vol. ii, p. 240, pl. xxxix., figs. 7-9.

(29) Kitchin, loc. cit., p. 160, pl. viii, fig. 5.

(30) See Spath, Geol, Mag., vol. Ixi., 1924, correlation table (opp. p. 80).

(31) d’Orbigny, loc. cit., p. 380, pl. ccelxxii., figs. 1, 2.

(32) Whiteaves, “Mesozoic Fossils,” vol i, (Canadian Geol. Surv.), 1884, p. 221, pl. xxix.,
fig. 5. This species was recorded “subdivision C of Mr. Dawson’s report”: but, to judge from
the Ammonites figured from the same “subdivision” many horizons are represented in this
assemblage of fossils.

Etheridge“ placed the two species in the genus Corimya, Agassiz. This,
however, is synonymous with the pre-established Thracia, Leach.

Genus Cyrenopsis, Etheridge, Jr.
CYRENOPSIS spp. indet.

Many fragments in the collection no doubt belong to several of the species
included by Etheridge@® in Cyrenopsis; but, being fragments, they cannot be
determined specifically with any precision.

The genus cannot be regarded as definitely established, for the hinge structure
is still very imperfectly known. The present fragments add nothing to our
knowledge of the genus.

Genus FissirunuLa, Etheridge, Jr.
? FIissILUNULA CLARKE! (Moore).

1870. Cytherea clarkei, Moore, Q.J.G.S., vol. xxi., p. 250, pl. xiii, fig. 1.
1915. Fissthonttla clarkei, Newton, Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. xi., p. 223.
This species is doubtfully represented by fragments.

Genus Gari, Schumacher.
Gari elliptica, n. sp.
Pl. i, figs. 7, 8.

1901. Tatella maranoana, Etheridge, Jr., Geol. Surv, Q’land, Bull. 13, pl. ii, fig. 8 (only).
Pale yes TatcHa maranoana, Etheridge, Jr.. Mem. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., ii. (1), pl. ii, fig. 25

only}.

Sp. chars. Shell elongated, length nearly twice the height, inequilateral,
equivalve. Outline forming a regular subelliptical curve only very slightly modified
in the umbonal regions. Ornamentation by growth striae. Umbones insigniii-
cant, pressed close together. Anterior adductor scar deeply impressed and
bounded by radial ridges; posterior scar of normal impress. Anterior scar
linguiform, narrowing dorsally, with a concave semicircular dorsal boundary.
Posterior scar subcireular with a long, narrow, rather deeply impressed attenua-
tion towards the umbo. Pallial sinus large, extending more than half the length
of the shell, and with a linear postero-dorsal extension. Hinge-line strengthened
by a small medial umbonal thickening.

Remarks. In all features—shape, ornamentation, shape and size of muscle
scars, type of pallial sinus, internal anterior radial ridges and small umbonal
thickening of the hinge-line—this species agrees perfectly with Geri, Schum.
(=Psammobia, Lam.). Further, there is an indication on the internal mould,
figured herewith, that the left valve had one small cardinal tooth fitting between
two teeth of the right valve of precisely similar type to the normal Gari dentition.

There seems to be not the slightest doubt that the species is a typical Gari,
and this is of importance since, although many other Cretaceous species have
been referred to this genus, their claim to stich a place has in no case been
definitely established. Until the generic positions of such species are deter-
mined it is useless to make comparisons, though it may be pointed out that the
Uitenhage, G.(?) atherstoni, (Sharpc) “ which certainly has a strong claim
to the genus, is rather similar to G. elliptica.

(38) Etheridge, loc, cil., 1892, p. 481; and 1902, (S. Austr.), p. 36. a
(4) Etheridge, loc. cit., 1902 (N.S, Wales), p. 28.
(35) Sharpe, foc cit. (1856), p. 196, pl. xxii, fig. 11.

As holotype may be taken the specimen figured by Etheridge @® in 1901.

A glance at the various figures published by Etheridge as Tatella maranoana
will show that several distinct types have been included under that name. The
figure of the holotype, described as Corbicella (?) maranoana, Eth. fil.,@? shows
a well-preserved exterior. The other specimen figured under that name. in the
same volume (pl. xxviii. figs. 2 and 3) is an internal cast, and it is hard to
believe that the two are specifically identical. Figures published by Etheridge,
in later works, show other different forms covered by the same name. An
auton of the present collection has shown that, at least, two genera are
included. .

The figures published by Etheridge fall into five groups, thus :—

1. Geol. Pal. Q’land (1892), pl. xxvii, figs. 4, 5; Tatella maranoana
(Eth. fil.).
2. Geol. Pal. Q’land (1892), pl. xxviil., figs. 2, 3; 7. sp.

3. O’land Geol. Surv., Bull. 13 (1901), pl. i., fig. 5; 7. (?) aptiana, n. sp.
Q’land Geol. Surv., Bull. 13 (1901), pl. iit, fig. 4. Mem. Roy. Soc.
S. Austr. (1902), II. (1), pl. iii, figs. 28, 29.

4. O’land Geol. Surv., Bull, 13 (1901), pl. ii., fig. 8; Gari elliptica, n. sp.
Mem. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., II. (1), (1902), pl. ii, fig. 25.

5. Mem. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., II. (1), (1902), pl. ii, fig. 26; G.(?) sp.

Genus Tare.ia, Etheridge, Jr.
Tatella (?) aptiana, n. sp.

PL. i, figs. 9, 10.

1901. Tatella maranoana, Etheridge, Jr., Q’land Geol, Surv., Bull. 13, pl. i, fig. 5, pl. it,
fig. 4 (only).

1902. Tatella maranoana, Etheridge, Jr., Mem. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., ii. (1), pl. tit. figs.
28, 29 (only).

Sp. chars. Shell, thin elongated, subequilateral, equivalve; slightly gaping
anteriorly and posteriorly, Dorsal margin almost straight; ventral margin
slightly but regularly convex. Surface smooth. Hinge-line with two simple
strong cardinal teeth in the right valve and one tooth in the left which fits in
between the two former. A small posterior lateral is also present. Posterior
cardinal of the right valve larger than the anterior. Ilinge-line strengthened
by a medial umbonal thickening which gives a bifid appearance to the internal
mould of the umbones. Adductor scars subequal; the anterior scar linguiform
truncated dorsally; posterior scar drop-shaped attenuated towards the umbo.

As holotype may be taken the specimen figured by Etheridge © in 1902.

Remarks. As mentioned above this species must be separated from
T. maranoana, Eth. fil., and there is a possibility that it may even be generically
distinct. The species may be closely compared with Gari elliptica, The type
of dentition, the details of the muscle scars, the internal anterior ridge, and the
thickening of the hinge-plate are similar. Generic differences occur in the
shallow pallial sinus and the much more massive teeth. It seems probable,
therefore, that /atella, at least as represented by T.(?) aptiana, is an offshoot
from Gari, or vice versa. The Middle Jurassic Quenstedtia is also very. similar ;
but no species of the latter are known in Upper Jurassic or later beds.

(36) Etheridge, Jr., Geol. Surv. Q’land, Bull. 13, 1901, pl. ii, fig. 8. ©
(37) Etheridge, Jr., loc. cit. (1892), pl. xxvii. figs. 4, 5.
(88) Etheridge, Jr., loc. cit., S. Austr., 1902, pl. iii, figs, 28, 29,

Genus Panopr, Menard.
PANOPE (?) sp. ind.
PL i, fig. 11.

Several specimens are probably referable to Panope. One specimen shows,
on an internal cast of the umbones, a single central tooth in each valve. There
is always considerable difficulty in deciding between such genera as Panope,
Pleuromya, Homomya, etc., although the recent summaries of Bender) have
helped to lessen the difficulty.

Gen. et. sp. nov.
Pl. i, fig. 6.

There is one specimen of a gents allied to Fissilunula, Eth. fil. It has the
same type of shell and the peculiar trisected “lunule,” while the ligament groove.
nymph and raised marginal thickening of the hinge are also very similar. The
genus is, however, edentulous (unless there should be any teeth on the extreme
anterior portion of the hinge which is not preserved in this specimen). While
the cardinal margin in /issilunula is closed, in this genus there is a large gape
similar to the pedal gape in the modern Tridacna, where, on account of the
anomalous orientation of the animal within the shell, the foot is protruded
through the cardinal margin. A cardinal gape may also be seen, ¢.g., in the
Jurassic vulsellid genus Heligmus; but in that case it is probably of different
significance (a byssal gape). Unfortunately, muscle scars and the shape of the
shell are unknown at present, so that a complete generic diagnosis must be post-
poned until other specimens are known.

Genus Nartica.
Subgenus Lunatia, Gray.
Natvica (LuNaTIA) VARIABILIS, Moore.

Pl. i., fig. 12.

1870. Natica variabilis, Moore, Q.J.G.S., xxvi.. p. 256, pl. x., fig. 15.

1915.. Euspira variabilis, Newton, Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. xi., p. 232, pl. vi., figs. 20-23.

1920. (Pseudamaura or Ampullina) variabilis, Etheridge, Jr., Q’land Geol. Surv. Pub.
269, p. 12, pl. ii, figs. 39, 41.

This well-known species, abundant in the collection, has been referred by
various authors to Delphinula, Pseudamaura, Ampullina, and Euspira.
Delphinula, which is not a member of the Naticidae, is ineligible. The reflection
of the inner lip, only above the umbilicus, removes it from Pseudamaura, and
there is no smooth umbilical band as in Ampullina, The spire is not so high as
in Euspira, which, in addition, has no reflection of the inner lip. ‘he features,
however, agree entirely with Lunatia, Gray, to which subgenus it is here
referred.

Of -allied species the most similar is perhaps N. (L.) puerrydonensis,
Stanton,“ from the Lower Cretaceous (possibly infra-valanginian) of Pata-
gonia, though the Albian N. rauliniana, d’Orb., is also similar.“Y

(39) Bender, Zeit. d. Deutsch. Geol. Gesell., vol. 73 (1922), pp. 24-112.

(40) T, W. Stanton, Rep. Princetown Univ. Exped. to Patagonia, 1901, vol. iv., p. 32,
pl. vi., fig. 12.

(41) @Orbigny, Pal. France. Terr. Cret., vol. ii., p. 160, pl. clxxiv., fig. 1.

? 35

Genus VANIKoRopPsIs, Meek.

VANIKOROPSIS (?) sTUARTI, Etheridge, Jr.
1902. Vanikoropsis (?) stuarti, Etheridge, Jr.. Mem. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., ii. (1), p. 42,
pl. vi., figs. 18-20.
Only one specimen, imperfectly preserved, is in the collection. The generic
determination of the species is still uncertain since the aperture is imperfectly
known,

Genus DentTatium, Linnaeus.

DENTALIUM WOLLUMBILLAENSIS, Etheridge, Jr.
1870. Dentalium lineatum, Moore (non Guér.), Q.J.G.S., vol. xxvi., p. 256.
1892. Dentalium wollumbillaensis, Etheridge, Jr., Geol. Pal. Q’land, p. 483.
Several broken fragments of this species are present.

Genus DimitoseLus, Whitehouse.

DIMITOBELUS CANHAMI (Tate).
Pl. ii, figs. 1-7, 9-11.
1870. Belemnites australis, Phillips (pars), Q.J.G.S., vol. xxvi., pl. xvi., figs. 3, 4 (only).
1879. Belemnites canhani, Tate, Trans. Phil. Soc. S. Austr. (1878), vol. ii., p. 1.
1924. Dimitobelus canhami, Whitehouse, Geol. Mag., vol. Ixi., p. 412, text figs. 2, 3.

Sp. chars. Guard clavate, flattened in a dorso-ventral direction. Lateral
lines not in the centre of the sides but curving on the ventro-lateral portion.
These lines may give place anteriorly to a single dorso-lateral groove, or else to
a pair of diverging grooves.) Pseudal velous with axial projection generally
developed.

Remarks. The species is allied to the D. superstes (Hector) .of New
Zealand (U. Albian), the only extra-Australian species known. That species,
however, is more cylindrical, and apparently never has the diverging anterior
grooves. Pseudal velous and axial projection developed.

Queensland the species is associated with Prohysteroceras, Inflaticeras, and
other Upper Albian genera.

Dimitobelus stimulus, n. sp.“
Pl. it, figs. 8, 12-17,

Sp. chars. Guard only very slightly clavate, slightly flattened in a dorso-
ventral direction. Lateral lines straight and in the centre of the sides. These
lines may give place anteriorly to either a single groove or to a pair of diverging
grooves. Pseudal veolus and axial projection developed.

Remarks. This species differs from D. canhami in two respects: the
guard is less clavate in form and the lateral lines are straight and central. It
is very closely related to that species and, like it, generally develops diverging
dorso-lateral and ventro-lateral grooves. Both D. canhami and D. stimulus are
represented by a very large number of specimens.

Dimitobelus stimulus, var. extremis, n. var.
Pi. ii, figs. 18-20.
This name is proposed for the longer and more cylindrical forms of
D, stimulus. It is almost equidimensional, though a slight dorso-ventral flatten-
ing is still apparent. The lateral lines are straight and strictly central, as in

(42) See Whitehouse, Geol. Mag., vol. Ixi. 1924, p. 412, figs. 2, 3.
(43) Referred to previously (Whitehouse, loc. cit., p. 412).

D. stimulus proper. The writer had previously“? regarded it as a distinct
species, but it is probably more correct to regard it merely as a variety of
D. stimulus. ‘

In conclusion, the writer wishes to thank Prof. J. W. Gregory and the
University of Glasgow for the loan of the collection, the University of Queens-
land and the Sedgwick Museum (Cambridge) for facilities for carrying out the
examination, and the British (Natural History) and Bath Museums for per-
mission to examine the Hudlestone and Moore collections, respectively.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES I. anv II.
(All figures natural size.)

Prate I.

Figs. 1-3. Pseudavicula anomala (Moore). 1. Artificial cast of the external mould of
a young specimen (left valve). 2. Hinge-line of a left valve showing long posterior ligament
pit. 3. Artificial cast from the umbo of an external mould (right valve) showing the slight
flexing of the cardinal margin, giving a rudimentary type of articulation.

Fig. 4. Modiola cupula, n. sp. Artificial cast of the external mould of a right valve.

Fig. 5. Thracia primula, Hudl. Left valve.

Fig. 6. Gen. et. n. sp. View of right valve from above showing trisected lunule, nymph,
posterior ligament pit and “dorsal” gape.

Figs. 7, 8. Gari eliiptica, n. sp. 7. Internal mould (right valve) showing muscle scars,
impression of anterior radial ridge, and pallial sinus with the linear ventral extension. 8. Left
valve with shell partly preserved. Impression of anterior radial ridge visible.

Figs. 9, 10. Tatella(?) aptiana, n. sp. 9. Internal mould showing “bisected” appearance
of umbonal region, muscle scars, impression of anterior radial ridge and shallow pallial sinus.
10. Artificial cast of hinge-line from an internal mould (right valve) showing two cardinal and
one lateral teeth and median umbonal thickening.

Fig. 11. Panope (?) sp. ind. Artificial cast of hinge-line from an internal mould.

Fig. 12. Natica (Lunatia) variabilis, Moore. Specimen showing portion of reflected
inner lip above the umbilicus.

Puate II.

Figs. 1-7, 9-11. Dimitobelus canhami (Tate). 1-7. Ventral view of specimens in different
stages of growth (fig. 7, of a form transitional to D. stimulus). 10. Showing early stage in
formation of axial projection. 9. Lateral view of specimen. 10. Showing divergent grooves.
11 a, b, c. Same specimen as fig. 4. 11 b. Showing curving lateral lines. 11 c. View from
above showing axial projection.

_ Figs, 8, 12-17. Dimitobelus stimulus, n. sp. 8. Showing carly stage in formation of axial
projection. 12-16. Ventral views of specimens in varying stages of growth. 14. Holotype
refigured in fig. 17 a, b. 17 b. Lateral view showing central and straight lateral lines.

Figs. 18-20. Dimitobelus stimulus, var. extremis, nov. Ventral views.

(44) Whitehouse, foc. cit., p. 412. The name was then incorrectly printed as extremus.

NEW AUSTRALIAN LEPIDOPTERA.
By A. JEFFERIS TurNER, M.D., F.E.S.
[Read November 13, 1924.]
Family NOCTUIDAE,

Canthylidia crocopepla, n. sp.

xpoxorewAvs, clothed in saffron.

8, 2%, 22-24 mm. Head, palpi, antennae, and thorax ochreous-whitish.
Abdomen and legs pale ochreous. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa nearly
straight, apex round-pointed, termen slightly bowed, oblique, ochreous-whitish ;
markings reddish-orange ; a transverse sub-basal fascia; a second fascia at 4, con-
stricted on costa, dilated beneath costa; a third fascia from midcosta to dersum
beyond middle; a finely dentate line from costa beyond this joining third fascia
below middle; a narrow subterminal fascia; cilia ochreous-whitish; hindwings
with termen slightly indented above middle; ochrcous-whitish; a suffused
fuscous terminal band more or less developed ; cilia ochreous-whitish.

North-West Australia: Kimberley, two specimens received from Mr. L. J.
Newman,

Dasygaster oressigenes, n. sp.

épecotyerns, Mountain-born.

é, ¢, 36-40 mm. Head and thorax fuscous with sparse grey-whitish irrora-
tion; face whitish with a blackish transverse median bar. Palpi whitish irrorated
with dark fuscous. Antennae grey; in male bipectinate, pectinations 2. Abdomen
and legs dark grey. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa straight, apex round-
pointed, termen scarcely oblique, rounded beneath, fuscous obscurely irrorated
with whitish ; costal edge whitish; a sub-basal fuscous line to fold, twice dentate;
antemedian from 4% costa to midtermen, whitish doubly edged with fuscous,
strongly dentate, containing a longitudinally elongate brownish-ochreous spot in
middle, connected by a fuscous line on fold with sub-basal line; orbicular small,
brownish-ochreous outlined with dark fuscous; reniform similar but larger, trans-
versely oval, with a white dot at its lower, and sometimes another at its upper
extremity; postmedian line from a fuscous dot on # costa, fuscous, edged pos-
teriorly with whitish, bent outwards beneath costa, then finely dentate and bent
to end on midtermen joining antemedian, it contains several brownish-ochrcous
dots; a dark subterminal shade containing short interneural dark-fuscous lines,
sharply limited posteriorly, with obtuse projections above and below middle;
terminal fascia grey-whitish irrorated with fuscous, with an anterior series of
brownish-ochreous and a posterior series of blackish dots, both interneural; cilia
fuscous. Hindwings dark grey; cilia grey, apices whitish.

New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko, in December; four specimens received
from Mr. G. M. Goldfinch. Type in Coll. Goldfinch.

Dasygaster melambaphes, n. sp.

pedapBapys, dark-dyed.

?, 38mm. Head and thorax fuscous with slight whitish irroration: face
whitish with a transverse fuscous bar above middle. Palpi 14; fuscous mixed
with whitish. Antennae fuscous. Abdomen grey. Legs grey; tarsi fuscous
with whitish annulations. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa nearly straight,

apex round-pointed ; termen scarcely oblique, rounded beneath, crenulate ; fuscous
with slight whitish irroration; a sub-basal blackish costal dot; a short blackish
median streak from base; orbicular pale, longitudinally oval, reniform larger,
transversely oval, both outlined and connected by blackish, the latter followed by
a blackish spot; claviform represented by a short thick blackish bar, connected
by a twice dentate line from its anterior end with dorsum before middle; post-
median line very slender and obscure, blackish, finely dentate ; four or five minute
whitish dots on posterior half of costa, posterior area with a series of blackish
interneural streaks connected with a terminal series of blackish dots; cilia fuscous,
extreme apices partly whitish. Hindwings with termen sinuate, crenulate; fus-
cous, towards base paler; cilia grey, apices whitish.

There are no coloured scales, and no subterminal line.

New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (4,000 feet), in March; one specimen.
Type in Coll. Goldfinch.

Euryschema, n. gen.

cipvoynpos, broadly built.

‘Tongue strong. Palpi moderate, ascending; second joint rough-scaled
anteriorly ; terminal joint short. Thorax with slight rounded anterior and small
bifid posterior crests. Abdomen with a dorsal crest on basal segment. Fore-
wings rather short and broad; neuration normal. Hindwings broad; 5 weakly
developed from middle of discocellulars. Posterior tibiae hairy on dorsum.

Near Syntheta, Turn., but hindwings with 5 from middle of cell and both
wings shorter and broader.

Euryschema tricycla, n. sp.

tpixv«dos, three-ringed.

@, 32mm. Head whitish with a few fuscous scales; face with a median,
transverse, blackish bar. Palpi whitish with some dark-fuscous irroration.
Thorax whitish; collar and an inverted, V-shaped, posterior mark fuscous.
Abdomen grey. Legs mostly fuscous; tarsi annulated with ochreous-whitish.
Forewings triangular, costa gently arched, apex round-pointed, termen scarcely
oblique, rounded beneath; grey, towards base whitish, with dark-fuscous mark-
ings, two short oblique lines from costa near base; antemedian from 4 costa to
4 dorsum, slender, dentate, with a strong posterior tooth beneath costa; orbicular
circular, rather large, beneath it a similar circle, rather smaller, incomplete
anteriorly ; reniform transversely oval, filled in with white; a broad median shade,
well defined, from midcosta to 4 dorsum, between and touching both orbicular
and reniform, angled posteriorly in middle; a suffused dark spot beyond reniform
nearly confluent with a similar apical mark; a white costal spot beyond middle
followed by several white dots; postmedian mostly obsolete, faintly indicated
below middle; an ill-defined subterminal line; three or four short longitudinal
streaks running into upper part of termen; a fine terminal line with a larger
dot above dorsum; cilia whitish and fuscous with a darker median line. Hind-
wings grey; cilia grey, apices paler.

Queensland: Toowoomba, in February ; one specimen received from Mr. W.
B. Barnard.

Bathytricha monticola, n. sp.

monticolus, mountain-dwelling.

3, 25 mm, Head and thorax brownish. Palpi 14; dark fuscous mixed
with brown-whitish. Antennae brown-whitish; pectinations in male 1.
Abdomen and legs whitish-brown. Forewings elongate triangular, costa nearly
straight, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; brown-whitish with obscure
fuscous streaks on veins; a streak from base beneath cell, ending in four streaks
on veins; four streaks also on radial veins; a terminal series of interneural

fuscous dots; cilia brown-whitish. Hindwings with termen scarcely sinuate; pale
grey; cilia ochreous-whitish. '
New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko, in December; one specimen. Type

in Coll. Goldfinch.
Caradrina niphosticta, n. sp.
vepoorixtos, snow-spotted.

é , 28-32 mm. Head and thorax brownish mixed with fuscous. Palpi dark fus-
cous; terminal joint and apex of second joint whitish-ochreous. Antennae in male
slightly serrate towards apex, ciliations 4, fuscous. Abdomen fuscous-brown. Legs
fuscous-brown. Forewings clongate-triangular, costa nearly straight, apex round-
pointed, termen scarcely oblique, rounded beneath; fuscous-brown; with obscure
slender fuscous markings and white spots; a short sub-basal line from costa, some-
times followed by a minute white dot ; antemedian very slender, transverse, dentate,
from 4 costa to $ dorsum, just crossed by a fine streak from base along fold;
sometimes this streak contains a white dot just beyond antemedian; orbicular
circular, filled in with white; reniform white, obscurely K-shaped; postmedian
very slender, slightly dentate, from midcosta obliquely outwards, then rounded
to % dorsum; some obscure longitudinal streaks interrupted by paler scales in
terminal area; cilia fuscous-brown. Hindwings grey; cilia grey, apices paler.

Allied to C. leucosticta, Turn., and C. adelphodes, Low. The former differs
in the white-spotted termen of forewings, the latter in the white hindwings.

New South Wales: Jervis Bay, in August and March; two specimens
received from Mr. L. H. Moss-Robinson.

Caradrina leptochroa, n. sp.

Aerroxpoos, slightly coloured.

8, 36 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-grey-whitish. Palpi dark fuscous,
towards apex ochreous-whitish, Antennae fuscous. Abdomen ochreous-grey-
whitish with slight grey irroration. Legs ochreous-grey-whitish; tarsi fuscous
with pale annulations. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa nearly straight, apex
round-pointed, termen scarcely oblique; rounded beneath; ochreous-grey-whitish,
posterior part of disc very slightly reddish tinged; a fuscous dot on costa near
base ; three fuscous dots representing first line, on costa, above middle, and above
dorsum ; orbicular represented by a white dot, reniform by two very short trans-
verse white streaks; a line of fuscous dots from costa at 3, at first outwards,
then nearly transverse to % dorsum; an interneural series of fuscous dots close
to termen ; a terminal series of fuscous dots on veins; cilia ochreous-grey-whitish,
bases fuscous. Hindwings with termen scarcely sinuate; whitish suffused with
fuscous except towards base; cilia whitish with an interrupted fuscous line in
apical part of wing. Underside of hindwing with discal dot, an apical blotch,
and a subterminal series of dots fuscous.

New South Wales: Sydney, in February; one specinen. Type in Coll,
Goldfinch.

Araeoptera poliobapta, n. sp.

modtoBartos, dyed grey.

g, 14 mm. Head white; face dark fuscous. Palpi smooth; terminal
joint 4; fuscous. Antennae grey, towards base white. Thorax grey, anteriorly
suffused with white. Abdomen dark grey. Legs grey-whitish. Forewings
elongate-triangular, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, termen bowed,
strongly oblique; grey; costal half white, except about middle, where the grey
area forms a strong rounded projection nearly to costa; fuscous dots on costa
at £4 and 1, a larger fuscous spot at middle with central white dot, four grey
costal dots between this and apex; a very obscure, incomplete, dentate, fuscous, |

transverse line at 4; an obscure fuscous ring in anterior part of central grey pro-
jection; two irregular, suffused, subapical, grey spots; an interrupted fuscous
terminal line; cilia grey. Hindwings with apex round-pointed, termen slightly
incurved; grey; cilia grey.

The smooth second joint of palpi, and shape of hindwings are noteworthy
points.

Queensland: Montville (1,500 feet), near Nambour, in March; one specimen.

CATOBLEMMA APLECTA, Turn.

$, 2, 20-24 mm. Head whitish-grey. Palpi 2}; grey more or less tinged
with ferruginous. Thorax whitish-grey; collar ferruginous. Abdomen and legs
whitish-grey. Forewings triangular, costa nearly straight, slightly sinuate towards
apex, apex pointed, termen bowed, slightly oblique ; whitish-grey more or less
suffused with ferruginous; costal edge ferruginous; a small triangular white
spot on costa just before apex, followed by a short, oblique, blackish streak from
apex, followed by a short series of blackish subterminal dots ; cilia ferruginous,
apices pale grey. Hindwings and cilia grey.

I have redescribed this species as the original description was incomplete,
owing to the imperfect condition of the type. I have since taken the species fre-
quently at light in my own house and have received others bred from larvae
feeding on the scale-insect Lecanium (Cryptes) baccatum in Sydney by Mr. W.
B. Gurney, and in Brisbane by Mr. H. Hacker.

Queensland: ‘Gympie, in April; Brisbane, in September, October, March,
April, and May; Warwick, in October. New South Wales: Sydney, in
November.

Sophta hapalopis, n. sp.

dradkums, gentle-looking.

4, 21-24 mm. Head and thorax ochreous-grey. Palpi 14; ochreous-grey
with slight fuscous irroration. Antennae grey; ciliations 3. Abdomen ochreous-
grey with slight fuscous irroration. Legs ochreous-whitish. Forewings tri-
angular, costa nearly straight, apex pointed, termen angled on vein 4, slightly
excavated above angulation, slightly excavated and oblique below; pale ochreous-
grey with a few fuscous scales; a darker median band, broad on costa, where it
extends from 4 to 3, much narrower on dorsum; anterior edge narrowly dark
fuscous, nearly straight, from 4 costa to mid-dorsum; posterior edge distinct,
from costa obliquely outwards, then transverse, then inwardly oblique, to
2 dorsum, in the projection thus formed is a transversely-oval fuscous ring con-
taining two dark-fuscous dots, but in a second example wholly dark fuscous;
two suffused, faint-grey lines between median band and termen; a submarginal
series of fuscous dots; cilia grey. Hindwings as forewings, but median band
broad on dorsum, rapidly narrowing, suffuséd and disappearing in disc, and
without discal ring.

Western Australia: Busselton, in October; two specimens, of which one is in
Coll. Goldfinch.

PARALLELIA SIMILLIMA, Gn.

Ophiusa simillima, Gn., Noct., iii, p. 266,

Dysgonia simillima, Moore, Lep. CeyL, iii, p. 178, pl. 170, £. 8.

Parallelia simiilima, Hmps., Cat. Lep, Phal., xii., p. 607.

North Queensland: Kuranda, in March; one specimen received from Mr. F.
P. Dodd. Also from Java, Philippines, Formosa, Ceylon, and India. Not pre-
viously recorded from Australia.

Grammodes odontota, n. sp.

édovturos, toothed. Hf

2, 34mm. Head, thorax, and antennae grey. Palpi whitish irrorated with
grey. Abdomen grey. Legs whitish irrorated with grey. Forewings triangular,
costa straight to near apex, apex round-pointed, termen slightly bowed, oblique,
slightly crenulate; fuscous with some whitish irroration beneath costa and in
terminal area; a grey-whitish patch on base of dorsum; a broad straight white
fascia from 4 costa to dorsum before middle, slightly dilated on costa and dorsum,
irrorated with fuscous on costa; a slender white fascia from #% costa, at first
obliquely outwards, bent inwards beneath costa and thence nearly straight, but
slightly bent inwards at extremity to 3 dorsum, gradually narrowing to a line as
it approaches dorsum, with a sharp anterior tooth on vein 3; this is succeeded by
a greyish-ochreous line, and this again by a series of posterior blackish teeth,
varying in size and sometimes tipped with whitish; a blackish, subapical, costal
blotch, anteriorly suffused, defined posteriorly by a whitish line; a short, oblique,
wedge-shaped blackish mark from apex; subterminal area partly suffused with
whitish so as to appear grey; cilia fuscous with basal and postmedian whitish
lines, around apex wholly white. Hindwings with termen gently rounded,
slightly waved; fuscous; a white fascia from costa before middle, gradually nar-
rowing to dorsum above tornus; a white submarginal spot above dorsum near
tornus; cilia white, on dorsum and for a short distance on midtermen fuscous.

Nearest G. quaesita, Swin., but easily distinguished by the anterior tooth on
postmedian line.
Western Australia: Perth, one specimen received from Mr. L. J, Newman.

Family SPHINGIDAE.
Macroctossum pomrrtyi, Roths,

Novitates Zoologicae, 1894, p. 67, pl. v., f. 2, Roths, and Jord., Revision Sphingidae, p. 648.

This species is easily recognised by the presence of a narrow, white, median,
transverse fascia and a white subterminal line on forewings.

North Queensland: Prince of Wales Island, Torres Straits, and Cape York,
in June and July (H. Elgner); two specimens received from Mr. Geo. Lyell.
Also from New Guinea and Amboyna,

Macroglossum stenoxanthum, n. sp.

orevotavOos, narrowly yellow,

4, 2, 58-60 mm. Head and thorax tawny-fuscous. Palpi tawny-fuscous;
beneath whitish with a few fuscous scales. Antennae fuscous. Abdomen
tawny-fuscous; orange-ochreous spots on lateral surface of 2nd, 3rd,
and 4th segments; apices of lateral tufts orange-ochreous; apical tuft
fuscous with a few ochreous scales; under-surface wholly pale ochreous mixed
with ochreous-brown. Legs tawny-fuscous or brown; anterior coxae whitish-
ochreous with a few fuscous scales. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa
straight, towards apex gently arched, apex pointed, termen slightly bowed,
oblique; dark tawny-fuscous; basal area dark, sharply defined by a straight
transverse line from 4 costa to dorsum shortly before middle; beyond this is a
paler grey transverse fascia, limited posteriorly by a dark-fuscous sinuate line
from midcosta to 3 dorsum; a dark-fuscous transverse shade shortly beyond and
parallel to this line ; a paler greytransverse shade from $ costa gradually broadening
to lower half of termen and tornus; cilia tawny-fuscous. Hindwings with tornus
prominent, termen sinuate; blackish; a rather suffused and rather narrow orange
fascia from tornus towards costa before middle, narrowly interrupted at middle
and above tornus, its posterior edge nearly straight; dorsal edge orange, cilia

blackish, on dorsum partly orange. Underside tawny-fuscous; hindwings with
a basal suffusion and a subdorsal blotch orange, and with three ill-defined darker
fuscous transverse lines.

Nearest M, meeki, R. and J., from New Guinea, but forewings with a sub-
terminal grey shade, without broad blackish subterminal band, hindwings with
posterior edge of orange band straight, abdomen without white spots on dorsum
of third segment, etc.

North Queensland: Kuranda, near Cairns, in January; two specimens
received from Mr, F. P. Dodd. Type in Coll. Jyell.

Family EPTP]LEMIDAE.
CHUNDANA LUGUBRIS, WIk.

C. phaeospila, Turn., Trans. Roy. Soc. 5. Austr., 1914, p. 247, is a synonym.
There is some variability in the development of the markings of this species.

Northern Territory: Melville Island. North Queensland: Cooktown, Cairns.
Also from New Guinea and Bornco.

Family CRAMBIDAE.
Talis diargyra, n. sp.
dvapyvpos, silvery right through.
9,29mm. Head and thorax greyish-ochreous. Palpi long (6) ; grey, lower
edge whitish. Antennae fuscous, near base whitish. Abdomen whitish-grey.
Legs whitish-grey; anterior pair ochreous-tinged. forewings narrow, costa
straight to near apex, apex pointed, termen slightly sinuate, slightly oblique ;.
4 and 5 separate; greyish-ochreous; a silvery-white subcostal streak, edged
beneath with fuscous, from 4 to near apex; a broader median streak, edged above
and beneath with fuscous, from base to beneath end of cell, there deflected parallel
to vein 4, not reaching transverse line; a short streak above this from end of cell,.
parallel to vein 5; an inwardly oblique white streak, edged anteriorly with fuscous,
from apex half across disc, there much narrowed and continued as a fine line of
white and fuscous scales parallel to termen, ending at tornus; a black dot on.
tornus and two short black lines running into termen above tornus; a fine fuscous
line on termen beneath apex; cilia grey with bases white and a fuscous sub-basal
line, on tornus and dorsum wholly grey. Hindwings with 4 and 5 stalked; pale
grey; cilia whitish, with pale grey sub-basal line.
Western Australia: Perth, one specimen,

Talis urithrepta, n. sp.

objuOperros, mountain-bred.,

6, 34mm. Head and thorax pale ochreous-grey. Palpi long (5); grey,
towards base bencath white. Antennae fuscous; slightly serrate, shortly ciliated
(4). Abdomen pale grey. Legs grey. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa
straight, apex pointed, termen sinuate, oblique; 4 and 5 separate; pale ochreous-
grey; markings white; a broad subcostal streak in cell, interrupted in middle; a
streak from base running beneath cell, then deflected towards tornus, where it
joins terminal band; a suffused streak along dorsum; a broad terminal band
bisected by a suffused line of ground-colour, but becoming single and much nar-
rower towards apex; terminal edge grey; cilia grey-whitish with a faintly darker
sub-basal line. Hindwings with 4 and 5 separate; grey; cilia as forewings.

New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (6,000 feet}, in January; one
specimen,

Gen. Tauroscopa, Meyr.

Frons not projecting. Tongue present. TPalpi moderately long, porrect,
densely clothed with very long hairs beneath; terminal joint concealed in hairs.
Maxillary palpi well developed, ending in a dense tuft of long hairs. Thorax and
coxae with dense rough hairs beneath. Forewings with 7 separate, 8 and 9
stalked. Hindwings with 4 and 5 separate, connate, or stalked, 6 remote from 7
at origin, 7 anastomosing shortly with 8.

Type 7. gorgopis, Meyr., from New Zealand. Oressaula, Turn., is a
synonym. It is related to Talis, differing in the great hairiness of palpi and
underside, and is represented by several species in New Zealand. Its occurrence
on Mount Kosciusko, where it is represented by two species, is an interesting

discovery. The genus should be found also on the Tasmanian mountains.

TAUROSCOPA LACHNAEA, Ttirn.

g. Antennae with paired tufts of long cilia (2). This character is excep-
tional in the genus.

New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (5-7,000 feet). Victoria: Mount
Hotham (6,000 feet).

Tauroscopa callixutha, n. sp.

kaAhiEovbos, beautifully tawny.

8. 2, 20-22 mm. Head, palpi, thorax, and abdomen dark fuscous with a
few scattered ochreous-yellow scales. Antennae dark fuscous; in male serrate
and shortly ciliated (4). Legs fuscous. Forewings triangular, costa straight,
apex round-pointed, termen slightly bowed, slightly oblique; dark fuscous with
ochreous irroration and markings; an ochreous basal patch mixed with dark
fuscous; a discal spot beneath 2 costa, preceded and followed by interrupted
transverse lines, the latter outwardly curved; a fine suffused transverse line, pre-
ceded by a dark-fuscous line, from # costa, first outwardly curved, then parallel
to termen to tornus: a terminal series of dots; cilia fuscous with some whitish
scales. Hindwings with termen rounded; ochreous-yellow with some fuscous
irroration; costal and dorsal areas and a terminal band mostly fuscous; cilia as
forewings.

New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (5,000 feet), in December; eight
specimens received from Mr. G, M, Goldfinch. Type in Coll. Goldfinch.

Family PYRALIDAE.

ENDOTRICHA HELIOPA, Meyr.
E. pyrocaustalis, Low., is a synonym. In colouration it is very similar to
E, pyrosalis, Gn., but Meyrick clearly indicates the difference between the two
species. Hampson identifies this with £. stilbealis, Wik., represented by a female
type in the British Museum, but this is doubtful. I think stilbealis is probably
the same as pyrosalis.

Queensland: Brisbane. New South Wales: Sydney, Jervis Bay.

ENpboTRICHA DESMotTONA, Low.

Mr. W. B. Barnard has sent me one of each sex taken at Toowoomba,
Queensland. They differ from North Queensland and Northern Territory
examples in the wings being fuscous, not reddish. Otherwise they are identical,
and at most represent a local race. Probably further captures will show inter-
mediates. i |

Trychnocrana, n. gen.

TPUXVOKPUVOS, rough-headed.

Tongue strongly developed. [Labial palpi long, ascending, exceeding vertex;
second joint rough-scaled anteriorly; terminal joint as long and stout as second.
Maxillary palpi short, filiform. Head and face rough-scaled. Outer tibial spurs
about 3 length of inner spurs. Forewings with 2 from shortly before angle,
3,4, and 5 approximated from angle, 6 from upper angle, diverging widely from 7,
7 and 8 long-stalked, 9 absent (coincident with 8), 10 from shortly before end
of cell, free, 11 from 4, free. Hindwings with 2 from 3, 3 from angle closely
approximated to 4, 4 and 5 stalked, 6 and 7 stalked, 7 anastomosing with 12,

Very exceptional in the loss of vein 9 of forewings. It appears to be nearest
Gauna, Wik., and Curena, Wlk., which arc, [ think, congeneric.

Trychnocrana abditiva, n. sp.

abditivus, remote, separate.

2, 26 mm. Ilead yellow. Labial palpi yellow; basal joint fuscous and
white; second joint whitish at base; terminal joint whitish at base and apex.
Antennae fuscous annulated with whitish. Thorax fuscous; bases of shoulder-
lappets, two anterior, two postmedian, and one posterior spot white. Abdomen
grey; a pair of white spots on dorsum of each of first two segments. Legs dark
fuscous annulated with white; middle and posterior femora and tibiae mostly
white. Forewings clongate-triangular, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen
bowed, oblique; white; markings fuscous; a fine line on costal edge to middle;
basal and sub-basal spots; subcostal spots at ¢ and middle; dorsum broadly fus-
cous, its upper edge very irregular, indented before middle, included white spots.
above dorsum near base, on dorsum at middie and before tornus; a yellowish, tri-
angular costal mark at 4, continuous with a triangular extension of dorsal fuscous
area, containing a white dot near its apex; a dark-fuscous median discal spot,
shortly beyond second subcostal spot; a suffused fuscous line from 4 costa nar-
rowly connected with an extension of dorsal area, separated by a white line from.
a small apical blotch; a terminal series of dark-fuscous dots; cilia grey with white
bases and an antemedian fuscous linc, but almost wholly white towards apex of
forewing. Hindwings and cilia pale-grey.

Qucensland: National Park (2,500 feet), in December; one specimen.

Amphiderita, n. gen.

dpbonpiros, disputed, doubtful.

Tongue strongly developed. Labial palpi long (3), straight, porrect, thick-
ened with appressed hairs; terminal joint minute, concealed. Maxillary palpi
slightly dilated at apex. Torewings with 2 from 4, 3, 4, 5 approximated from
augle, 6 from upper angle, 7, 8, 9 stalked, 10 and 11 free. Hindwings with
2 trom 3, 3, 4, 5 equidistant from about angle, 6 and 7 connate, 7 touching 12 at
a point soon after origin.

Probably nearest to Bostra, Wlk., but exceptional in this section of the
family by the fact that 7 of the hindwing actually touches 12 at a point, but this
may not be constant.

Amphiderita pyrospila, n. sp.

mupormAos, fiery-spotted,

?, 30 mm. Head purple-brownish. Palpi fuscous, lower edge whitish.
Antennae brownish. Thorax, abdomen, and legs brownish-fuscous. Forewings
triangular, costa nearly straight to just before apex, where it is abruptly arched,
apex round-pointed, termen nearly straight, oblique; fuscous; three large,
suffused, dark-crimson spots; first spot clongate, broader posteriorly, extending

from near base to antemedian line; a fine white transverse line from % costa,
bent inwards near dorsum; a similar line from # costa curving rapidly to termen,
enclosing an apical area, which is mostly filled by second spot; the third spot is
smaller and just beneath this line; a similar curved line from beneath middle of
termen to tornus; the ground-colour beyond antemedian line is paler, inclining
to. grey; a terminal series of interneural, triangular, fuscous dots; cilia ‘fuscous,
bases whitish. Hindwings fuscous-grey; an elongate darker sub-dorsal spot,
defined towards tornus by a fine whitish line; a fuscous spot, partly suffused with
dark crimson, defined by a fine whitish line, on tornus; terminal dots and cilia as
forewings.
New South Wales: Lismore, in October; one specimen,

MacaLLa PELoscrA, Turn.

I have received a second male example taken by Mr. W. B. Barnard at
Toowoomba, Queensland. It differs from my North Queensland type in having
the forewings suffused with greenish instead of reddish, but is certainly the same
species. As in Af. concisella, Wik., the male has a small glandular swelling pre-
ceded by a slight ridge of scales on costa at 3. Both specimens have two longi-
tudinal dark-fuscous or blackish streaks preceding termen above middle of disc;
these were not noticed in my description,

Macalla diaprepes, n. sp.
dwarperys, distinguished.

g, 30-34 mm. Head, palpi, and antennal processes orange-brown mixed
with white and fuscous. Antennae brown. Thorax fuscous with two
pairs of white spots, in which are a few orange-brown: scales. Abdomen grey-
whitish irrorated with orange-brown. Legs fuscous-brown annulated with white.
Forewings triangular, costa straight to near apex, apex obtuse, termen slightly
bowed, slightly oblique; fuscous with white markings and some scattered white
scales; veins more or less distinctly outlined with orange-brown; a sub-basal
transverse fascia, constricted or interrupted beneath costa, with anterior and pos-
terior tooth about middle ;a short transverse mark on 4 costa; a rather broad trans-
verse fascia from 3 costa to $ dorsum, containing a fuscous or fuscous and orange-
brown bar from costa, and a fuscous line from beneath middle to dorsum; a
series of white spots near termen, touching termen in middle, and connected in
middle with posterior fascia by a white spot ; cilia orange-brown with some fuscous
scales and conspicuous white bars. Hindwings grey, towards base paler; cilia
grey, apices whitish.

The orange-brown markings vary in degree.

North Queensland: Kuranda, in September; two specimens received from
Mr. W. B. Barnard.

Orthaga prionosticha, n. sp.
mpwoveottxos, with serrate line.

é, @, 25-26 mm. Ilead, thorax, and abdomen whitish-grey. Palpi in male
with second joint elongate, exceeding vertex, terminal joint very short; in female
obliquely ascending, second joint moderate; whitish-grey mixed. with: fuscous.
Antennae fuscous, basal joint whitish-grey; in male serrate, ciliations 4. Legs
whitish-grey mixed with fuscous; tarsi fuscous with whitish-grey annulations.
Forewings triangular, costa slightly arched, apex round-pointed, termen slightly
bowed, slightly oblique; in male with a subcostal fovea on both upper and lower
surface beyond middle, preceded by a ridge of raised scales on upper surface;
whitish-grey with some tuscous irroration and suffusion; a median fuscous dot
at 4, and a subcostal dot slightly beyond this; a fuscous transverse line from

4 costa to 2? dorsum, angled outwards beneath costa and above dorsum, sometimes
obscure and incomplete; a second line from 3 costa, outwardly oblique, finely
dentate, bent inwards in disc, then transverse to # dorsum; beyond this some
biownish-fuscous suffusion; a terminal series of fuscous dots; cilia whitish, bases
obscurely barred with fuscous. Hindwings grey; cilia as forewings.
Queensland: Coolangatta, in January; two specimens received from Mr. W.

B. Barnard.

Family TINEODIDAE.

Gen. TANYCNEMA, Turn.

There is an unfortunate error in my diagnosis of this singular genus. The
correct neuration of forewing is 7 separate, 8, 9, 10 stalked, 8 arising before or
opposite 10. I have since taken a male example at Lismore, New South Wales.
In that sex the middle tibiae have a very dense covering of long hairs on their
inner surface culminating in a large apical tuft. Mr. W. B. Barnard has sent me
a third example from Toowoomba. In none can | detect any maxillary palpi.

Family PHALONIADAE.,

In these Transactions for 1916 I included several gencra here, which I now
recognise belong to other groups. Trychnostela should be referred to the
Copromoarplidae; Tanymecica and Eusthenica, I think, to the Glyphipterygidae.

Heliocosma melanotypa, n. sp.

peAavoruros, with black markings. ;

é,20mm. Head whitish. Palpi5; whitish. Antennae pale grey. Thorax
pale grey. Abdomen grey; tuft and underside whitish. Legs fuscous; tarsi
narrowly annulated with whitish; posterior pair whitish. Forewings rather
narrow, posteriorly somewhat dilated, costa gently arched, apex pointed, termen
nearly straight, oblique; without costal fold; whitish slightly suffused with grey ;
basal third of costal edge fuscous; a rather broad suffused inwardly-oblique streak
of blackish scales at 4, not reaching margins; a similar blackish line from 3 costa
to mid-dorsum; a. triangular spot on dorsum at 3; a blackish dot in disc shortly
posterior to median line, followed by a fuscous suffusion containing some blackish
scales; an inwardly curved narrow blackish fascia from apex to tornus nearly
interrupted above middle; cilia white, on apex, midtermen, and tornus fuscous.
Hindwings with termen slightly rounded; grey; cilia grey, towards apex whitish-
grey.

Victoria: Daytrap, in October; one specimen. Type in Coll. Lyell.

Family TORTRICIDAE.
Isochorista eutypa, n. sp.

etrumos, well-marked.

?, 18mm. Head and palpi pale brown. Antennae ochreous-whitish with
fine blackish annulations. Thorax brown. Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous; tarsi
annulated with ochreous-whitish; posterior pair ochreous-whitish, tarsi with
several fuscous rings. Forewings slightly dilated, costa gently arched near base,
thence straight, apex round-pointed, termen straight, oblique; whitish-brown;
markings fuscous, well defined; [our dots on basal 4 of costa; a basal blotch from
dorsum to near last two of these dots, its costal edge rounded; a triangular spot
on dorsum from 4 to 3; central fascia extending on costa from 4 to middle, con-
stricted above middle of disc, broadly dilated posteriorly beneath constriction, and
extending on dorsum from middle to near tornus; a costal dot beyond this; a
rounded-rectangular costal blotch, its apex nearly approaching central fascia;
a subapical costal dot; an elongate spot on termen below middle; cilia whitish-

brown with several fuscous dots. Hindwings with termen scarcely sinuate ;
grey; cilia grey.

Queensland: Toowoomba, in November ; one specimen received from Mr. W.
B. Barnard,

Acropolitis lichenica, n. sp.

Aeeynvixos, lichen-like.

9, 24-27 mm. Head white. Palpi 2; second joint with basal and sub-
apical, terminal joint with median, dark-fuscous bars. Antennae grey. Thorax
white with some greenish-grey suffusion and a few dark-fuscous scales. Abdomen
pale grey. Legs whitish; anterior and middle tibiae and tarsi annulated with
fuscous. Forewings suboblong, costa arched near base, thence straight, apex
rectangular, termen nearly straight, not oblique; white strigulated more or less
with greenish-grey; numerous blackish costal and dorsal dots; a smalt tuft of
scales on dorsum near base; several blackish basal dots; an elongate blackish
spot beneath costa near base sometimes confluent with a larger spot on fold,
acutely produced posteriorly ; this in turn may be confluent with a blotch beneath
middle of wing, partly blackish, partly greyish-green, sometimes connected with
dorsum by an ochreous suffusion; a triangular blotch on costa before apex,
blackish with some white dots on costal edge, its apex reaching middle; cilia
white with a median series of blackish dots. Hindwings with termen sinuate;
4 and 5 connate, 6 and 7 stalked; grey; cilia grey.

Queensland: National Park (3,000 fect), in December and March; three
specimens. ,

Baropes conyuNcTANA, WIk.

B. hemicryptana, Meyr., is a synonym. The species is variable, but I find
no constant difference between Queensland examples and those from Victoria
and ‘Tasmania.

Queensland: Brisbane, Mount Tambourine, Coolangatta, National Park
(2,500 fect), Rosewood, Toowoomba, Nanango, Warwick, Killarney. New South
Wales: Tenterfield, Glen Innes, Gosford, Bulli, Mount Kosciusko (4,500 feet).
Victoria: Beaconsfield, Gisborne. Tasmania: Launceston, Deloraine, George’s
Bay.

Batodes euryxutha, n. sp.

eipvéoutos, broadly tawny. ,

8, @, 15-18 mm. Head and palpi fuscous. Antennae fuscous; in male
serrate towards apex, shortly ciliate (4). Thorax pale brown with a broad,
anterior, transverse, fuscous bar. Abdomen fuscous. Legs fuscous; tars1
annulated with whitish-ochreous; posterior pair except tarsi whitish-ochreous.
Forewings rather broadly dilated, costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen
obliquely rounded; in male with a narrow costal fold extending to about 4; pale
brown with diffused patches of darker brown; no basal patch, but a fuscous streak
on basal part of costa; terminal area beyond a line from 4 costa to tornus fuscous,
its anterior edge suffused ; a pale oblique band containing a fuscous costal strigula
from costa beyond middle becoming indistinct in disc; several oblique strigulae
of mixed blackish and brown scales posterior to this, and two brownish-whitish
costal dots; cilia fuscous. Hindwings with termen scarcely sinuate; dark grey ;
cilia dark grey.

It is hardly possible that this is no more than an extreme variation of
B. conjunctana, from which it differs in the absence of a basal patch, much nar-
rower central fascia with obsolescence of its anterior fold, and widely sutfused
tawny colouring.

North Queensland: Eungella (2,000 feet, behind Mackay), in September
(Goldfinch). Queensland: Brisbane; Mount Tambourine, in November ; National
Park (3,000 fect), in December and January; five specimens.

CAPUA MERSANA, WIk.

Lower edge of face narrowly white. Some examples of this variable species
are extremely like C. montivagana, Meyr. The character here given is a useful
distinction. In the case of the male the presence of a costal fold is of course
sufficient.

; Capua gyrobathra, n. sp.
yepoBabpos, with rounded base.

?, 21 mm. Head brown-whitish. Palpi 34; brown-whitish. Antennae
whitish. Thorax pale brown. Abdomen grey. Legs ochreous-whitish; anterior
tibiae and tarsi barred with fuscous. Forewings suboblong, costa strongly
rounded and projecting from base to 2, thence sinuate, apex rounded-rectangular,
termen obliquely rounded ; pale brown; costal cdge whitish with fine short fuscous
strigulae ; cilia pale brown. Hindwings with termen sinuate; grey; cilia grey.

‘The peculiarly shaped forewings suggest a relationship to C. alaudana, Meyr.

Queensland: Bunya Mountains (3,500 feet), in October; one specimen.

Capua parooptera, n. sp.

TAPWOTTEPOS, brown-winged.

9,28 mm. Head, thorax, and antennae reddish-brown. Palpi 2; reddish-
brown. Abdomen ochreous-grey. Legs whitish-ochreous; anterior pair brown.
Forewings oblong, costa strongly arched near base, thence nearly straight, slightly
sinuate before apex, apex rectangular, termen straight, not oblique, rounded
beneath; reddish-brown with slight darker transverse strigulae; cilia reddish-
brown. Hindwings with termen slightly sinuate; greyish-ochreous; cilia pale

grey.
Queensland: Southport, in January; one specimen received from Mr. W.
B. Barnard.

Capua gongylia, n. sp.

yoyyvAuos, rounded,

@?, 20-22 mm. Head and thorax fuscous-brown. Palpi 3; fuscous-brown,
whitish beneath towards base. Antennae grey. Abdomen grey-brown. Legs
ochreous-whitish ; anterior pair grey; anterior and middle tarsi grey with whitish
annulations. Forewings oval, costa strongly arched, apex rounded, termen
obliquely rounded; pale brown; some slightly darker transverse strigulac in
posterior part of disc; cilia fuscous-brown. Hindwings with termen scarcely
sinuate; grey, suffused in disc with pale ochreous; cilia grey.

Peculiar in shape of forewings and absence of markings, but appears referable
to this genus.

Queensland: Rosewood, in April; Toowoomba; three specimens.

Capua micropolia, n. sp.

pexporodcos, small grey.

8,12mm. Head and thorax grey. Palpi 24; grey. Antennae grey; serrate
and very shortly ciliated. Abdomen grey. Legs grey; tarsi atinulated with
whitish ; posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings rather narrow, costa gently
arched, apex pointed, termen very obliquely rounded; without costal fold; pale
grey with numerous small fuscous strigulae; cilia grey. Hindwings with termen
slightly sinuate; pale grey; cilia pale grey.

Queensland: Brisbane, in November; one specimen.

Capua castanitis, n. sp.
Kkagrovtis, chestnut-brown. F

@, @, 18-20 mm. Head and thorax brown. Palpi 3; brown. Antennae
grey, towards base brown. Abdomen grey-brown. Legs brown; posterior pair
ochreous-whitish. Forewings dilated posteriorly, costa moderately arched to
middle, thence straight, apex pointed, termen sinuate, not oblique; in male
with a moderate costal fold extending to 2 costa; grey-brown; markings fuscous-
brown; a moderate basal patch sometimes well defined, sometimes indistinct; a
broad fascia from costa before middle to dorsum beyond middle, gradually
dilated towards costa, anteriorly well defined, posteriorly suffused; a small semi-
circular blotch on costa beyond 4; some strigulae in posterior part of disc; some
of which form a line from tornus to near costal blotch; cilia brown. Hindwings
with termen sinuate; grey; towards apex a large suffused pale-orange blotch
strigulated with grey; cilia grey.

Queensland: National Park (3,000 feet), in December and March; three
specimens.

Capua catoxia, n. sp.
xatofeos, sharp, pointed.

2,15 mm. Head, thorax, and antennae pale grey. Palpi 24; pale grey.
Abdomen grey. Legs whitish; anterior pair grey. Forewings suboblong, costa
arched near base, thence straight, apex acute, termen straight, oblique; pale grey;
markings fuscous ; a moderate basal patch indicated by a posteriorly angulate line ;
a moderate fascia from costa at 4 to middle of dorsum, anterior edge outwardly
curved, posterior edge strongly convex, with a large indentation above middle;
a triangular blotch on costa at %, its apex acute and nearly reaching posterior
extremity of fascia; a spol on tornus; a few slender strigulae before apex; cilia
pale grey. Hlindwings with termen rounded; grey; cilia grey.

Queensland: National Park (3,000 feet), in March; one specimen,

Homona stenophracta, n. sp.
orevoppaxtos, with narrow border.

$, 9, 16-18 mm. Head, palpi, and thorax brown. Antennae fuscous;
ciliations in male extremely short. Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous; posterior pair
ochreous-whitish. Forewings broad, costa strongly arched to middle, thence
straight, apex rectangular, termen straight, rounded towards tornus, not oblique ;
in male without costal fold; brown with fine transverse fuscous strigulae; a broad
subterminal fuscous band, very suffused anteriorly, sharply defined posteriorly ;
a narrow pale-brown terminal fascia; cilia pale brown. Hindwings with termen
rounded; ochreous-grey with indistinct darker strigulae; in female with a large,
subapical, ochreous suffusion; cilia grey, bases and apices paler and ochreous
tinged.

Queensland: Eidsvold, in September (Dr. Thos. Bancroft); Toowoomba,
in September, March, and April (Mr. W. B. Barnard).

Barnardiella, n. gen.

Antennae in male thickened with a large dilatation, flattened anteroposteriorly,
beyond basal joint. Palpi very long, porrect. Thorax in male with shoulder-
flaps enlarged and elongated to reach slightly beyond posterior margin; a lateral
pencil of long hairs from posterior margin of thorax on each side. Forewings
with all veins present and separate, 2 from 3, 7 to termen. Tindwings with
3 and 4 connate, 5 approximated to them at origin, 6 and 7 closely approximated
at origin.

A local derivative of Tortrix distinguished by the peculiarities of the male
antennae and thorax. I dedicate the genus to Mr. W. B. Barnard, to whose zeal
and generosity I owe much in the study of our Lepidoptera.

Barnardiella sciaphila, n. sp.

oxcadiros, shade-loving.

§, 30 mm. Head fuscous. Palpi 4; fuscous with a few paler scales.
Antennac fuscous; basal joint stout, beyond this a broad dilatation extending
to 4, flattened anteroposteriorly, some serrations towards apex, and moderately
long ciliations throughout. Thorax and abdomen fuscous-brown. Legs fuscous.
Forewings broadly dilated, costa gently arched, apex rounded-rectangular, termen
straight, scarcely oblique; without costal fold; grey-brown with darker dots and
strigulae ; an inwardly-oblique blackish bar from } costa to fold near base, dilated
on fold; a fuscous spot on midcosta, a second beyond this; a rather broad,
suffused, pale-fuscous line from 2 costa inwardly oblique to middle of disc,
there angled outwards to end on dorsum shortly before tornus; subapical and
apical costal spots; an irregular, pale-fuscous, subterminal, median spot; cilia
brown with a basal series of fuscous dots. Hindwings with termen slightly
sinuate; grey with numerous, transverse, fuscous strigulae; a small, blackish, basal
area; cilia fuscous.

?, 30-33 mm. Forewings proportionately longer, costa more strongly arched
at base, termen sinuate; colour varying from pale ochreous-grey to fuscous-brown ;
markings extremely variable in detail, corresponding to those of male but without
sttb-basal costal bar, in dark examples obsolete. Hindwings without basal blackish
area.

‘The male is described from a single example; but probably this sex is
equally variable. This large obscure variable species is a denizen of our moun-
tain jungles. ,

Queensland: ‘Toowoomba, in February (1 male, type) ; Bunya Mountains, in
May (3 females); all four examples received from Mr. W. B. Barnard.

Tortrix crypsilopha, n. sp.

kpuytAodos, with hidden crest.

¢, 30 mm. Head and thorax brownish-fuscous. Palpi 3; brownish-
fuscous. Antennae grey. Abdomen dark grey. Legs fuscous; posterior pair
grey. Torewings suboblong, costa strongly arched, less su towards apex, apex
rectangular, termen sinuate, strongly rounded in middle; grey; a broadly suffused,
ferruginous, subcostal streak from base to about 4; a similar, median, longitudinal
streak from before middle towards, but not reaching apex; a few darker strigulac
in terminal area; cilia ochreous-grey with a darker sub-basal line. Hindwings
with apex obtuse, termen rounded; a subapical costal tuft of densely crowded
scales on under-surftace; grey; cilia grey,

The peculiar tuft on the hindwings may be analogous to that of the female
of Cacoecia ausiralana.,

Queensland: Coolangatta, in January; one specimen received from Mr. W.

B. Barnard.
TORTRTX ILLUCIDA, Meyr,

This species should be referred to Tortrix, not to Epichorista.

Queensland: Eumundi, near Nambour, in October; Mount ‘lambourine, in
November; National Park (3,000 fect), in December and January,

Tortrix leucoptera, n. sp.
AevKOTTEpOS, white-winged.

¢, 15-18 mm. Head whitish. Palpi 24; whitish with a few fuscous scales.
Antennae pale grey; basal joint whitish. Thorax whitish-grey. Abdomen pale
grey. Legs whitish. Forewings suboval, costa moderately and uniformly
arched, apex rounded, termen very obliquely rounded; whitish with numerous
transverse strigulae of pale grey sometimes faintly greenish tinged; minute fus-
cous dots on base of costa, on costa slightly beyond base, and on fold near base;
similar dots on + costa, slightly beneath this, and on fold, representing edge of
basal patch; central fascia represented by.a small blackish outlined square on
midcosta, and an undefined fuscous suffusion on dorsum between middle and
tornus, together with several fuscous dots in disc; a series of fuscous dots on
apical half of costa and termen; cilia white with a few fuscous points around
tornus. Hindwings with termen rounded; white; cilia white.

Queensland: National Park (2,500 to 3,000 feet), in January and March;
three specimens.

Tortrix oressinoma, n. sp.
dpecowonos, haunting the mountain.

4, 27-28 mm, Head brown. Palpi 3; brown. Antennae grey; with
moderate ciliations (1). Thorax grey-brown. Abdomen grey. Legs brown;
posterior pair ochreous-whitish. Forewings rather broad, somewhat dilated
posteriorly, costa strongly and evenly arched, apex rectangular, termen obliquely
rounded; without costal fold; grey suffused with reddish-brown, more so towards
dorsum and termen; costal edge reddish-brown; numerous fine fuscous dots; a
longitudinal series in cell with one or two above and beneath; a larger dot in
mid-dise at $;.a strongly outwardly-curved series from beneath 3 costa to tornus ;
a subterminal serics; cilia grey-brown, apices sometimes ochreous tinged. Hind-
wings with termen scarcely sinuate; pale grey with faintly darker strigulae ; cilia
pale grey. ‘

@, 29mm. Forewings narrower, not dilated, costa arched near base, thence
slightly sinuate, termen slightly sinuate; purplish-brown without markings.
Hindwings grey-whitish with faint grey strigulac.

New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (5,000 feet), in December; 2 male and
1 female examples received from Mr. G. M. Goldfinch, who has the type. I had
previously taken 3 female examples at the same locality (3,500 to 5,000 feet), in
February and March, which are probably the same species, but have the fore-
wings uniformly reddish-brown.

Tortrix haplophanes, n. sp.

dxhodayyns, of simple appearance,

4, 24-26 mm. Head and thorax grey. Palpi 25; grey. Antennae grey;
ciliations 14. Abdomen grey; tuft pale ochreous. Legs fuscous; posterior pair
mostly ochreous-whitish. Forewings not dilated, costa moderately and uniformly
arched, apex pointed, termen nearly straight, oblique; without costal fold; grey
suffused with pale ochreous except in central and dorsal areas, which contain
ntuimerous very minute fuscous dots; rather larger blackish dots in subcostal area ;
cilia grey. Hindwings considerably broader than forewings, termen slightly
sinuate; pale grey; cilia grey-whitish.

Western Australia: Mundaring, in June; two specimens.

CNEPHASIA RUPICOLANA, Meyr.
Tortrix celatrix, Turn., is a synonym.
Queensland: Stradbroke Island, Mount Tambourine, Toowoomba, New

South Wales: Murrurundi, Sydney, Katoomba, Adaminaby. Victoria: Mel-
bourne, Wandin, Gisborne. South Australia: Mount Lofty,

Cnephasia argyrocosma, n. sp.

dpyvpoxogpos, adorned with silver.

é, 9, 17-20 mm. Head blackish with some whitish irroration. Palpi 24;
blackish; inner surface, upper edge, and extreme apex whitish. Antennae
blackish; ciliations in male 1, Thorax with a well-developed posterior crest; a
central and two anterolateral spots whitish, Abdomen fuscous. Legs dark
fuscous irrorated, and tarsi annulated, with ochreous-whitish. Forewings sub-
oblong, not dilated, costa moderately arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely
rounded; in male without costal fold; blackish; markings whilish mixed with
silvery and pale-ochreous scales; a small basal patch containing several costal
and discal blackish dots; a costal spot at 4, containing a central black dot, con-
nected by a narrow fascia with a similar spot on dorsum at 4+; a transverse wavy
bar from mid-dorsum % across disc; costal spots similar to first on middic and
before apex; a narrow fascia from 3 costa, very slender on costa, dilated in disc,
there dividing into sinuate lines running to dorsum at }% and tornus; three small
terminal spots; cilia fuscous with 3 or 4 whitish bars. Ilindwings with termen
slightly sinuate; grey; cilia grey with a darker basal line.

New South Wales: Mount Kosciusko (5,000 fect), in December; three
specimens. ‘lype in Coll. Goldfinch.

Cnephasia bleptodora, n. sp.
Brextobwpos, a seemly gift.

é,18mm. Head whitish-ochreous mixed with fuscous on crown. Palpi 24;
fuscous; apex and upper surface of second joint whitish-ochreous. Antennae
fuscous; serrate towards apex with moderate ciliations (1). Thorax dark
fuscous. Abdomen grey; tuft and underside ochreous-whitish. Legs dark
fuscous annulated with ochreous-whitish; posterior pair wholly ochreous-whitish.
Forewings slightly dilated, costa rather strongly and evenly arched, apex pointed,
termen slightly bowed, slightly oblique; without costal fold; white with some
whitish-ochreous and blackish irroration; markings blackish; basal patch repre-
sented by a quadrangular elongate spot on costa from base and a dot on 4 dorsum;
median fascia very broad on costa, being completely confluent with costal patch,
and extending from 4 to #, much narrower in disc, from which it is reduced to
a curved line which reaches dorsum shortly before tornus; three included paler
costal dots; a subapical costal dot; a large triangular terminal spot which includes
one or more whitish dots; cilia fuscous, apices whitish with some fuscous bars.
Hindwings with termen slightly sinuate; grey with faintly darker mottling; cilia
pale grey with a dark swh-hasal line.

New South Wales: Stanwell Park, in March; two specimens. Type in Coll.
Goldfinch.

Argyrotoxa pompica, n. sp.

TOMLTLKOS, showy.

8, @, 18-20 mm. Head dark fuscous; face white. Palpi 14; white.
Antennae dark fuscous; ciliations in male 4. Thorax dark fuscous; shoulder-
flaps pale ochreous mixed with fuscous, apices whitish, Abdomen fuscous:
extreme base and underside ochreous-tinged. Forewings not dilated, costa
moderately and evenly arched, apex round-pointed, termen bowed, oblique; in
male with a basal costal fold extending to #; fuscous mixed with grey, blackish,
and a few whitish scales; a large crest of raised blackish scales near base; a large
white quadrangular costal spot beyond middle, containing a fuscous costal dot,
and connected by a white line with tornus; a large, irregular, blackish and ferru-
ginous spot before termen, with several small similar spots between it and apex
and termen; cilia grey with indistinct paler bars, several blackish sub-basal
dots on a whitish-ochreous basal line, on tornus whitish. Hindwings with

termen rounded; orange; a narrow terminal fuscous band, broader at tornus, and
prolonged along dorsum; cilia grey with a fuscous sub-basal line.

Exceptional in the genus by the presence of a costal fold. It is the only
Australian species, the two formerly referred here by Meyrick being now referred
to Schoenotenes, distinguished by the peculiar form of the cell of forewings.

Queensland: Emerald, in September; five specimens received from Mr. W.
B. Barnard.

Eboda chlorocosma, n. sp.

xAwpoxocwos, adorned with green.

$, 16 mm. Tead and thorax green. Palpi 14; whitish. Antennae pale
grey; ciliations imperceptible. Abdomen grey. Legs whitish. Forewings
slightly dilated posteriorly, costa with two rounded prominences edged with large
scales, first near base, second at %, beyond this excavated, apex very obtusely

‘rounded and displaced, termen rounded, not oblique; without costal fold; very
pale grey with sparse irroration of slightly darker scales; a few raised blackish
scales about middle of disc; an elongate blotch from base reaching costa beyond
first prominence, thence broad, narrowing to a point at commencement of second
prominence, bright green broadly edged with fuscous; a broad fuscous line along
costa and termen throughout; cilia pale grey. Hindwings with termen sinuate;
pale grey tinged with green; cilia pale grey.

New South Wales: Port Macquarie, in April; one specimen. Type in Coll.
Goldfinch.

Scyphoceros, n. gen.

TKUOKEPWS, cup-horned.

Palpi moderate, ascending, reaching vertex; second joint rough-scaled
anteriorly ; terminal joint very short. Antennae of male with a fusiform dilatation
beyond basal joint excavated anteriorly to form an oval cup, slightly serrate,
minutely ciliated. Thorax with small posterior crest. Forewings with tufts of
scales; 3 and 4 stalked, 7, 8, 9 stalked, 7 to termen. Hindwings with 3 and 4
stalked, 6 and 7 stalked.

A development of Dicellitis, from which it differs in antennal structure of
male.

Scyphoceros tholera, n. sp.

JoXepos, muddy.

é, 14 mm. Head and thorax fuscous. Palpi fuscous-brown. Antennae
ochreous-whitish finely annulated with fuscous ; sub-basa! cup fuscous. Abdomen
fuscous; tuft and underside ochrcous-whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish ; anterior
and middle tibiae and tarsi annulated with fuscous. Forewings somewhat dilated
posteriorly, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, termen slightly bowed,
slightly oblique ; costal fold extending to 4; ochreous-whitish suffused with brown
and fuscous; obscure iuscous markings; a small basal patch; six or seven costal
dots; median fascia represented by a large ill-defined dorsal blotch, narrowly
confluent with a small triangle on costa at %; an irregular subterminal line, dilated
and angled inwards in middle ; an interrupted terminal line; cilia fuscous. Hind-
wings with termen sinuate; grey; cilia grey.

North Queensland: Mourilyan Harbour, in July; one specimen.

Gen. Dicerritis, Meyr.

Palpi rather short, ascending; second joint rough-scaled anteriorly, terminal
joint very short. Thorax with a small posterior crest. Forewings with tufts
of scales; 3 and 4 connate or stalked, 7, 8, 9 stalked, 7 to termen. Hindwings
with 3 and 4 connate or stalked, 5 somewhat approximated, 6 and 7 stalked.

Hitherto confined to a single Indian specics.

Dicellitis theticophara, n. sp.

Ayricopapos, in menial garb.

é, 13 mm. Head and thorax fuscous. Palpi brown-whitish; a median
bar on second joint and whole of terminal joint fuscous. Antennae ochreous-
whitish finely annulated with dark fuscous; without basal dilatation and cap.
Abdomen fuscous; tuft and underside ochreous-whitish. Legs ochreous-whitish ;
anterior and middle tibiae and tarsi annulated with fuscous. Forewings some-
what dilated posteriorly, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, termen
slightly bowed, slightly oblique; costal fold extending to 4; brown-whitish
suffused with fuscous; markings fuscous, very obscure; a large basal patch pro-
duced on costa to 4; six, incomplete, interrupted, fine transverse lines; a pale
area follows basal patch; postmedian half of disc darker; a large supratornal
spot ; an interrupted terminal line; cilia fuscous. Hindwings with termen sinuate;
grey, cilia grey.

This obscure species is not unlike the preceding, with which it agrees
structurally except in antennal structure and shorter palpi.

Queensland: Palmwoods, near Nambour, in October; one specimen,

Dicellitis zostrophora, n. sp.
Enotpodopos, banded, girdled.

é, 13 mm. Head and thorax brownish. Palpi ochreous-whitish, apex
brownish. [Antennae missing.] Abdomen grey. Legs ochreous-whitish.
Torewings slightly dilated posteriorly, costa gently arched, apex pointed, termen
very obliquely rounded; ochreous-whitish with fuscous irroration; markings
fuscous ; basal patch undefined, represented by some transverse strigulae; median
band, broad, oblique, dilated towards dorsum, from before midcosta to beyond
mid-dorsum; a large quadrate spot on costa at 3, nearly confluent with a large
erect oblong spot from lower end of termen: a suffused line from costa before
apex to termen above middle; cilia ochreous-whitish with a few: fuscous scales.
Hindwings with termen sinuate; pale grey; cilia pale grey.

North Queensland: Kuranda, in September; one specimen received from
Mr. F. P. Dodd.

Trachyptila phaulodes, n. sp.

pavriwdys, of mean appearance.

8, 16 mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen grey. Palpi 2; grey. Antennae
grey; with rather long ciliations (2). Legs whitish; anterior pair fuscous;
anterior and middle tarsi fuscous with whitish annulations. Forewings moderate,
not dilated, costa moderately arched, apex round-pointed, termen very obliquely
rounded; no costal fold; grey with scanty dark-fuscous irroration mostly on
veins; costa with numerous small dark-fuscous costal strigulae; an interrupted
dark-fuscous line on fold to about middle of wing; cilia grey-whitish with some
dark-fuscous points. Hindwings and cilia grey.

Very similar to T. melanosticha, Turn., but with shorter palpi.

Queensland: Brisbane, in August ; one specimen.

Colocyttara, n. gen.

xoAoxutrapos, with shortened cell.

Head rough-scaled. Palpi porrect ; second joint thickened with rough scales
above, and to a less extent beneath, at apex. Thorax with a posterior -crest.
Forewings with raised tufts of scales; all veins present and separate, 7 to costa.
Hindwings without cubital pecten; cell short ($ to 4), 3 and 4 connate or short-
stalked, 5 usually straight, from middle or below middle of cell, sometimes slightly

curved towards 4 at origin, but always well separate from that vein, 6 and 7
separate but approximated at origin and for some distance.

Type C. epidesma, Low. This genus includes the Australian species
hitherto included in Peronea, from which it differs in the much shorter cell of
hindwing; and structure of vein 5. The three species form a natural group,
though there is some range of variation; in C. epidesma the cell is 4, and 5 arises
from middie; in C. phaeolopha the cell is 4, but 5 arises from somewhat below
middle; in C. asperana the cell is 4, and 5, which is slightly curved, arises from
about 4+ from lower angle.

Colocyttara phaeolopha, n. sp.

paodogos, dark-crested.

g, 16 mm. Head fuscous. Palpi 3, second joint widely expanded above
at apex; fuscous. Antennae fuscous; ciliations imperceptible. Thorax and
abdomen fuscous. Legs ochreous-whitish suffused with fuscous; posterior pair
paler. Forewings not dilated, costa gently arched from base, slightly indented
before middle, thence nearly straight, apex rounded, termen nearly straight or
slightly sinuate, slightly oblique; without costal fold; whitish-brown with
numerous transverse dark-fuscous strigulae; basal patch large, fuscous, contain-
ing a large crest of raised scales near its posterior edge, which runs from 4 costa
to 4 dorsum, and is outwardly curved; an irregular blotch on and beneath fold
beyond this, with some fuscous irroration between it and costa; strigulae denser
and forming narrow lines before apex and termen; cilia fuscous. Hindwings
with termen sinuate; greyish-ochreous, becoming grey towards costa and apex;
cilia grey.

Queensland: Brisbane, in August; one specimen,

Family EUCOSMIDAE.

Acroclita stilpna, n. sp.

artArvos, glittering.

@, 15 mm. Head and thorax brown. Palpi 4, densely clothed with long
hairs; grey, beneath whitish. Antennae and abdomen fuscous. Legs grey.
Forewings narrow, suboblong, costa slightly arched, apex pointed, termen con-
cave, slightly oblique; dark brown; markings silvery-white ; a stout median line
edged beneath with blackish from base to %, terminating abruptly; a pair of
short oblique whitish streaks on midcosta, of which the first gives rise to a line
towards but not quite reaching tornus; three similar pairs at about equal dis-
tances between midcosta and apex; the second streak of third pair gives rise to
a short line towards midtermen; a suffused and partly interrupted line on dorsum
from near base to 3; an erect transverse bar from tornus to middle of disc; a
blackish line on lower half of termen; cilia around apex dark brown including a
whitish bar beneath apex, thence grey with brassy lustre, but bases silvery-whitish,
on tornus whitish. Hindwings with termen scarcely sinuate; grey; cilia pale grey
with a darker basal line.

Tasmania: Cradle Mountain, in January; one specimen received from
Dr. R. J. Tillyard.

Acroclita confusa, n. sp.
confusus, disorderly, confused.

@, 12mm. Head and thorax pale brownish. Paipi 14; whitish, scales on
lower edge of second joint grey: Antennae pale grey. Abdomen grey. Legs
ochreous-whitish; tarsi fuscous with ochreous-whitish annulations. Forewings
narrow, costa slightly arched, apex pointed, produced, termen strongly sinuate,
not oblique; without costal fold; pale brownish, finely strigulated with dark

fuscous; costa with strigulae and short oblique streaks dark fuscous; streaks
better marked in posterior half, between them short pale streaks, ochreous-
whitish on costa, becoming silvery-grey; some irregular dark-fuscous suffusion
between dorsum and fold; a dark-fuscous subcostal suffusion from middle to
near apex; a fine dark-fuscous line on central part of termen; ocellus repre-
sented by an undefined pale area containing a few dark-fuscous scales; cilia
grey, on apex fuscous. Hindwings with termen rounded; grey; cilia grey.
Queensland: Brisbane, in March; one specimen.

Acroclita ochronota, n. sp.

expovotos, with pale dorsum.

é, 13 mm. Head, antennae, thorax, and abdomen grey. Palpi 24;
whitish. Legs grey; posterior pair whitish. Forewings narrow, costa nearly
straight, apex acute, produced, termen sinuate, not oblique; without costal fold;
grey; a number of oblique fuscous costal streaks, those before middle short,
beyond middle much longer, short again before apex; a broad streak of paler
grey along dorsum from base, edged above interruptedly with fuscous to middle,
there it broadly dilates and becomes less defined; ocellus preceded by a blackish
discal dot; it consists of two broad pale-grey transverse bars, enclosing an area
of fine blackish irroration, posterior bar interrupted by a blackish dot; a fuscous
terminal line; cilia grey with some fuscous points, and a strong dark-fuscous
apical bar. Hindwings with termen scarcely sinuate; grey; cilia grey.

North Queensland: Townsville, in April; one specimen received from Mr. F.
P. Dodd,

Acroclita liturata, n. sp.
lituratus, blotched.

@,12-14mm. Head and thorax fuscous with a few whitish points. Palpi 3;
whitish ; two bars on outer surface, apex, and lower edge of second joint fuscous.
Antennae fuscous. Abdomen grey. Legs dark fuscous with whitish annula-
tions; posterior pair mostly whitish. Forewings narrow, costa nearly straight,
apex pointed, termen slightly sinuate, slightly oblique; dark fuscous; costa with
six pairs of short white streaks, each separated by a fine dark-fuscous line; a
large oblique quadrangular white spot on middle of dorsum, imperfectly separated
by fuscous scales into four parallel white lines; ocellus represented by a white
*‘ tornal area containing a silvery-grey spot and some dark-fuscous irroration; cilia
white, on and beneath apex mixed with dark fuscous, towards tornus mixed with
grey. Hindwings with termen scarcely sinuate; pale grey; cilia pale grey.

Queensiand: Charleville, in September; two specimens.

Eucosma leuconephela, n. sp.

Aevcovepedos, clouded with white.

a, 2, 17-18 mm. Head grey-whitish. Palpi 24; grey; internal surface
whitish. Antennae grey; in male thickened and slightly serrate, minutely ciliated,
Thorax grey. Abdomen fuscous. legs fuscous; tarsi slenderly annulated with
whitish. Forewings moderately broad, not dilated, costa gently arched, apex
pointed, termen sinuate, not oblique; in male with a moderate costal fold reaching
nearly to middle; grey, slightly ochreous-tinged except towards base and dorsum;
sometimes with whitish irroration along costa; numerous short oblique dark
costal streaks in apical 3; some intervening white streaks before apex; an
oblique rather suffused white bar from above mid-dorsum to beyond middle of
disc, where it closely approaches an ill-defined white suffusion in disc; a leaden-
grey line from this suffusion and another from near apex of costa meet at tornus;
preceding the first of these lines is an elongate minute blackish mark, and two

similar marks in area between the lines; cilia grey, broadly white beneath apex.
Hindwings scarcely sinuate; fuscous; cilia grey.
New South Wales: Barrington Tops, in December; two specimens. Type in
Coll. Goldfinch.
PoLycHRosIs ANCONIA, Meyr.

Epichorista pleurosema, Turn., is a synonym. T had failed to observe the
cubital pecten.

North Queensland: Innisfail. Queensland: Eidsvold, Brisbane, Rosewood,
Toowoomba, Bunya Mountains (to 3,500 feet), Killarney.

Gen. ANALDEs, Turn.

Palpi obliquely ascending; second joint rather long, rough-scaled anteriorly,
with a small terminal tuft of scales posteriorly; terminal joint short. Thorax
with a strong posterior crest. Forewings with 2 from 4, 3 and 4 approximated
from angle, 7, 8, 9 very closely approximated at origin, or connate, sometimes
7 and 8 short-stalked, 7 to termen. Huindwings with 3 and 4 connate, 5 parallel,
nearly straight, from near middle of cell, 6 and 7 stalked.

Certainly allied to Polychrosis, Rag., but distinct by the neuration. Having
now more material, I am redescribing both genus and species. The markings in
the male are somewhat obscure, and are best interpreted by those in the female,
which are very distinct.

ANALDES HYPOLEPTA, Turn.

6, 14-16 mm. Head and thorax brown; pectus white. Palpi 14; fuscous-
brown. Antennae pale brown with fine fuscous annulations; ciliations imper-
ceptible. Abdomen pale grey. J-egs fuscous; tarsi annulated with whitish;
posterior pair whitish. Forewings elongate-triangular, costa nearly straight,
apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; without costal fold; pale grey-brown
with fine, fuscous, transverse strigulae on costa and in disc; basal patch obsolete,
sometimes indicated by a pale fuscous spot on + costa, and another, darker, on
fold at 4; a large, undefined, triangular, fuscous spot on costa at $, connected by
irroration with a broad outwardly curved bar from dorsum beyond middle; a
grey blotch between dorsal bar and tornus, and another larger between posterior
costal spot and termen; several ochreous-whitish spots each divided by a fuscous
dot on apical half of costa; an ill-defined grey apical spot with fuscous centre;
cilia fuscous, on apex brownish tinged, on tornus grey. Hindwings slightly
sinuate; pale grey; cilia pale grey.

9, 15-16 mm. Forewings grey without brownish tinge; basal patch some-
times distinct, and then with a posterior median tooth on fold; dorsal bar blackish,
sharply defined, separated by whitish from posterior costal spot, which is blackish
and sharply defined, and is continuous with terminal blotch, which is also blackish ;
apical spot fuscous and more distinct ; cilia wholly fuscous. Hindwings and cilia
darker grey.

Queensland: Brisbane, in September, March, and April; Toowoomba, in
December; National Park (3,500 to 4,000 feet), in March; six specimens.

Helictophanes metallocosma, n. sp.
peradAoxoopos, With metallic ornament.

8, 15-16 mm. Head grey. Palpi 3; whitish-brown; inner surface whitish.
Antennae grey. Thorax fuscous-brown. Abdomen fuscous. Legs fuscous
annulated with whitish; posterior pair mostly whitish. Forewings dilated
posteriorly, costa nearly straight to 3, thence moderately arched; apex rounded,
termen obliquely rounded; without costal fold; fuscous slightly or extensively
suffused with white; a silvery spot on costa at 4, whitish on costal edge, including

a ferruginous dot; four, very short, equidistant, oblique streaks on apical third
of costa, the first two whitish, the last two silvery; a ferruginous subcostal line
crosses the apices of these streaks, edged beneath by a silvery line, both nearly
reaching termen; a suffused white or silvery bar from beneath 3 costa to tornus,
and a similar blotch on lower half of termen; a white or silvery terminal line;
cilia fuscous with grey or whitish bars. Hindwings with termen scarcely sinuate;
dark grey; cilia dark grey.

Queensland: Brisbane, in February; Mount Tambourine, in November; two
specimens, both in poor condition, differing greatly in amount of white suffusion.

Argyroploce uncimacula, n. sp.

uncimaculus, with hook-shaped mark.

é, 18mm. Head and thorax pale brown. Palpi 24; brown-whitish; two
pairs of fuscous dots on outer surface of second joint. Antennae grey; thickened
and slightly serrate, minutely ciliated. FForewings somewhat dilated, costa gently
arched, apex rounded-rectangular, termen rounded, scarcely oblique; without
costal fold; brown-whitish with some fuscous irroration; a small tuft of scales
on dorsal edge at 4; three ftuscous costal dots, near base, at 4, and midway
between; an irregular fuscous spot across fold at 4; central fascia represented
by a large, median, triangular, costal blotch, reaching below mid-disc, there turned
outwards in a stout, obtuse, J-shaped process; a semicircular, median, fuscous
blotch in terminal fourth of disc, its outer edge produced to midtermen; a
suffused, transverse, fuscous bar between this and tornus; a fuscous apical spot,
from which proceeds a short subterminal line; cilia fuscous, towards tornus
brown-whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded; grey; cilia grey.

The markings are suggestive of a Polychrosis, but 3 and 4 of hindwings are
connate, 7 and 8 separate and approximated for some distance. It appears to be
nearest A. helicana, Meyr.

Queensland: Brisbane, in January; one specimen,

Argyroploce angustifascia, n. sp.

angustifascius, with narrow band,

2, 18 mm. Head and thorax pale brownish-grey. Palpi 3; pale grey.
Antennae fuscous. Abdomen grey. Legs fuscous annulated with ochreous-
whitish; posterior pair wholly ochreous-whitish. Forewings suboblong, not
dilated, costa moderately arched, apex bluntly pointed, termen sinuate, not oblique ;
pale grey-brown with a few darker strigulae; numerous, short, blackish, costal
strigulae; basal patch large, represented by a brown blotch with acute posterior
angle lying across fold, partly edged with fuscous, and connected by fuscous
strigulae with + costa and 4 dorsum, and by a sub-basal, fuscous, dorsal spot;
central fascia uniformly narrow, partly edged with fuscous, from midcosta to
4 dorsum, pale brown; a small, suffused, brown spot in disc before apex; an
elongate fuscous mark on tornus; a terminal scries of fuscous dots; cilia pale
grey-brown, on tornus fuscous. Hindwings with termen sinuate; 3 and 4
stalked; grey; cilia grey, apices paler and ochreous tinged, except towards tornus
and on dorsum.

Queensland: Toowoomba, in March; one specimen received from Mr, W.
B. Barnard.

Argyroploce stilpnosticta, n. sp.

ortArvoorixtos, with glistening spots.

@, 18mm. Head and thorax dark fuscous. Palpi 2; fuscous. Antennae
fuscous; ciliations 4. Abdomen fuscous. [Legs fuscous; tarsi annulated with
whitish. Forewings dilated posteriorly, costa slightly bisinuate, apex rounded,

termen obliquely rounded; without costal fold; dark fuscous; markings consist
of groups of bluish-metallic scales; these are grouped in transverse series of
small spots somewhat confusedly arranged, of which there are five before middle;
sixth consists of a subcostal and a discal spot; seventh of a curved series of larger
spots from $ costa to tornus; eighth extends submarginally from costa near apex
to midtermen; cilia dark fuscous. Hindwings with termen slightly bowed;
3 and 4 short-stalked; grey; cilia grey.
Queensland: National Park (3,000 feet), in March; one specimen.

Oriodryas, n. gen.
bpecvdpvas, a mountain woodnymph.

Palpi moderate, ascending ; second joint long, densely rough-scaled anteriorly ;
terminal joint very short, obtuse. Head rough-scaled. Thorax with a small
posterior crest. Forewings with 2 from 3, 7, 8, 9 closely approximated at origin,
7 to termen. Hindwings with cubital pecten; 3, 4, 5 approximated at origin,
6 and 7 closely approximated for some distance.

Nearest Articolla, Meyr., but with dissimilar neuration of hindwings, and
the palpi are altogether different. I at first took it for one of the Chiidanotidae.

Oriodryas olbophora, n. sp.

drkBodopos, bringing happiness.

é, 19 mm. Head blackish; on crown tips of scales whitish. Palpi 14;
white. Antennae fuscous. Thorax blackish; shoulder-flaps mostly white.
Abdomen grey. Legs white; anterior femora, annulations on anterior and middle
tibiae and tarsi, and posterior tarsi, fuscous. Forewings strongly dilated
posteriorly, costa straight, apex very obtusely rounded, termen nearly straight,
slightly oblique; without costal fold; white with slight pale-grey suffusion;
terminal area partly suffused with silvery scales; numerous blackish and fuscous
dots on costa; a large ill-defined blackish spot on base of dorsum to 4, and
another sma.ler on 4 costa representing basal patch; blackish dots on dorsum
at 4, middle, and 2; some fuscous suffusion in disc above mid-dorsum ; an oblique
line of blackish strigulae from beneath 3 costa to termen below middle; termen
with some blackish strigulae and preceded by a suffused grey line; cilia pale grey,
apices whitish. Hindwings with termen rounded; grey; cilia grey, apices whitish,

Queensland: National Park (3,000 feet), in March; one specimen.

Laspeyresia acrocausta, n. sp.
axpoxrvatos, scorched at the apex.

6, 20 mm. Head and thorax grey. Palpi 3; grey; lower edge and a
median spot on outer surface of second joint, and outer surface of terminal joint,
fuscous. Antennae grey. Abdomen fuscous. Legs fuscous; posterior pair
grey-whitish. Forewings dilated posteriorly, costa moderately arched, apex
round-pointed, termen nearly straight, scarcely oblique; without costal fold;
grey with slight fuscous irroration; costa with numerous fuscous dots and
strigulae; a large apical ferruginous blotch, becoming grey near tornus, its lower
half narrowly edged with blackish anteriorly, containing two, short, longitudinal,
blackish bars before lower end of termen; cilia fuscous, towards tornus grey with
two grey-whitish bars. Hindwings with termen sinuate; grey with numerous,
broad, transverse, fuscous strigulae; cilia whitish, bases grey.

A true Laspeyresia, although in the only example available 6 and 7 of
hindwings are stalked.

Queensland: National Park (3,000 feet), in March; one specimen.

Laspeyresia tetramita, n. sp.
TETPMLLTOS, with four threads.

é,9-10mm. Head, thorax, and abdomen fuscous; face whitish. Palpi 14;
whitish. Antennae fuscous. Legs whitish; tarsi with fuscous annulations.
Forewings somewhat dilated posteriorly, costa modcrately arched, apex rounded,
termen slightly incised beneath apex, obliquely rounded ; without costal fold; grey,
with numerous fuscous and whitish streaks from costa and dorsum; costal
streaks strongly oblique, the fuscous streaks short towards base, longer in middle,
and again shorter and less oblique before apex, the intervening whitish streaks
all short, but those towards apex with dull-metallic prolongations; dorsal fuscous
streaks long, outwardly curved, a stronger streak from 2 dorsum reaching beyond
middle of disc, beyond it four parallel curved whitish streaks; an obscure erect
grey-metallic bar from tornus, between it and termen sometimes three, short,
blackish, longitudinal bars; cilia grey-whitish, a fuscous basal line interrupted at
incision. Hindwings with termen rounded; grey; cilia grey-whitish with a
fuscous basal line.

North Queensland: Kuranda, in June; two specimens.

Laspeyresia tetrazancla, n. sp.

TetpacayKAr0s, with four sickles.

2, 12-14 mm. Head ochreous grey-whitish; face whitish. Palpi 2; whitish.
Antennae fuscous. Thorax fuscous; shoulder-flaps grey. Abdomen fuscous.
Legs grey-whitish; tarsi annulated with fuscous. Forewings dilated posteriorly,
costa gently arched, apex rounded, termen obliquely rounded; fuscous; costa
with seven, short, stout, oblique, whitish streaks between 4 and apex, their apices
prolonged by bluish-metallic streaks; four, slightly outwardly curved, whitish
streaks, closely approximated from dorsttm beyond middle, stout and distinct,
reaching nearly to middle of disc; these end in a bluish-metallic suffusion; a
broad, erect, violet-metallic bar from tornus, reaching beyond middle, narrowing
to a point on tornus; cilia grey with silvery lustre, a blackish basal line. Hind-
wings with termen rounded; fuscous; cilia whitish with a fuscous basal line.

Northern Territory: Darwin and Melville Island; two specimens received
from Mr. G. IF. Hill, with the note: “larvae tunnel leaves of ‘seven-year bean.’ ”’

Tamily HY PONOMEUTIDAE.
ETHMIA HELIOMELA, Low.

i, olbista, Turn., is a synonym. Mr. Lower received specimens trom the
Bunya Mountains taken in the same locality and at the same date as my own.
The species has not been taken on Mount Tambourine. The faunas cf these two
mountain ranges are not identical, and form an interesting object for future
study. Meanwhile we must be careful to keep our records true.

NOTES ON THE GEOLOGICAL STRUCTURE OF CENTRAL AUSTRALIA.
By L. Kerry Warn, B.A., BE
[Read May 14, 1925.]

Pirates IH. to VIII.

Page
I. Previous Geological Investigations .- ed Pte 244 A L661
II. The Stratigraphical Succession . ar o aie dn .. 62
A. The Fundamental Gneisses and Sahiets iia = i a a 8-02
B. The Lower Palaeozoic Sediments .. es be 2 Ae .. 62
C. The Finke Scrics of Sediments .. wi 34 ds es Ae .. 66
D. The Jurassic Sands sa an) A
E. The Lower Cretaceous Marine ‘Shales ‘(Rolling Downs Barwiation) in #2
F. The Middle Cretaceous Lignitic Shales ‘5 bf A a3, #2
G. The Upper Cretaceous (“Desert Sandstone”) Beiies ss3 . sae ote
H. The Fluviatile Deposits .. rg ey ws , nf ag .. 76
I. The Aeolian Deposits .. i a v6 Le ss ts > 76
J. The Siliceous Capping .. J 2 76
III. Problems of Correlation and the Rroluvivn ve: the Genloaieal- Sir uctive od 78

I, PREVIOUS GEOLOGICAL INVESTIGATIONS.

Our knowledge of the geological history and structure of the southern part
of the Northern Territory is due to the investigations of Mr. H. Y. L. Brown;
of Professor R. Tate and Mr. J. A. Watt, the geologists of the Horn Expedition:
and of a few individual observers—notably Dr. Chewings, Sir Baldwin Spencer,
Mr. P. J. Byrne, Sir Edgeworth David, and Professor Howchin. The four last-
mentioned have been concerned specially with the glacial deposits near Crown
Point.

Without exception the work that has been carricd out hitherto consists of
a number of rapid reconnaissance examinations, and no detailed mapping has
been attempted. The official geological map of the Northern Territory, due to
H, Y. 1. Brown, constitutes the only systematic attempt to define the limits of
the formations represented; and this map contains also the results of the topo-
graphical mapping carried out by the late C. Winnecke. With the help of these
very useful foundations it will be possible to attack the structural, stratigraphical,
and physiographical problems in a systematic way. And this can be done only
by properly equipped parties. ‘The region is an arid one, in which the natural
surface waters are for the most part ephemeral and distributed sparsely ; wherein
artificial water conservation schemes are almost unknown; and in which the
development of underground waters is still backward, even along the stock
routes that are in constant use. The limited number of water supplies brings
about the eating out of natural fodder for a considerable distance round each
water, even in the case of those which are situated at a distance from the stock
routes used by travelling mobs. Hence a full equipment is required, if geological
investigation is to be raised from the stage of route traversing to that of systematic
areal mapping. The need for systematic and detailed work away from tracks
and routes leading from water to water is felt most keenly by the geologist who,
in his reconnaissances, has to travel perforce across wide stretches of sand which
mask the structural features and the stratigraphical succession.

The writer’s excuse for making this further contribution to the study of the
geology of the region lies in the fact that he has had the opportunity of noting

the features of some localities not visited by other geologists and of studying the
region in the light of all that has been written about it. In this study the con-
clusion has been reached that some noteworthy differences in interpretation would
have resulted, had the earlier investigators approached the area from the north-
ward instead of from the southward. A more satisfactory explanation of several
features will be afforded by a party which makes the MacDonnell Ranges the
starting place for a systematic study, and works thence to the southward.

References to geological investigations in the regions adjoining the Northern
Territory are embodied in the text.

Il. THE STRATIGRAPHICAL SUCCESSION.
A. THE FUNDAMENTAL GNTISSES AND SCHISTS.

The foundation rocks of the region are first seen in place by the traveller
from the south who follows the route of the Overland Telegraph T.ine when he
passes through Heavitree Gap, 2 miles to the south of the town of Stuart and
about 4 miles south of Alice Springs Telegraph Station.

They consist of a great series of highly altered rocks, many of which, by their
lithological characters, show signs of a sedimentary origin. The principal types
are quartzites, quartz-mica schists, and gneisses which contain numerous lenses,
eyes and bands of pegmatite as well as intrusions of similar material. Quartz
veins, some containing tourmaline, traverse the gneisses at many places, and are
probably related genetically to the pegmatites, Less common are intrusive
amphibolites. There are also basic intrusions of gabbroid type, which are
marked, in many cases, by highly ferruginous outcrops, in which spheroidal
weathering is noteworthy.

More uncommon are the dense silicified rock-types, which appear to be
derived from argillaceous sediments, and in which garnets are to be seen in some
places, as, for example, near Simpson’s Gap, a few miles to the west of Alice
Springs.

These highly metamorphosed rocks constitute the fundamental complex upon
which the early Palaeozoic sediments have been laid down. There can be no
hesitation in assigning to them a Pre-Cambrian age. They have suffered stresses
during the periods preceding those in which the overlying marine sediments were
formed, and by which these later rocks have not been affected. The youngest and
least altered members of the pre-Cambrian group at Alice Springs are the intru-
sive dykes of gabbroid character—a feature that has been noted also in the Mus-
grave and Everard Ranges of northern South Australia.©? The quartzites of
Arltunga are mentioned in a later part of this paper.

The exposures of these Pre-Cambrian rocks reveal characteristics that
indicate a deep-seated origin or the deep burial of rocks formed at the surface.
Hence there is evidence of strong and deep erosion prior to the Palaeozoic sedi-
mentation, quite apart from the subsequent erosion to which further reference
is made below.

B. Tue Lower PALaAgozolc SEDIMENTS.

Resting unconformably upon the Pre-Cambrian complex is a great series
of sandstones (in part quartzites) and dolomitic limestones which exhibit marked
regularity of succession over a very wide area, ‘These sediments are regarded by
the writer as constituting one great series, with alternating phases of sandstone
and limestone determined by the changes in the conditions of sedimentation during
the stages of deposition. The typical succession is well displayed on the southern
front of the MacDonnell Ranges immediately to the south of Heavitree Gap and

() Geol. Surv. S. Austr., Bull, No. 5, pp. 18, 19,

Mount Gillen. At this place the sedimentary series has been strongly tilted and
measurements made by the writer along a meridional line give the following
results :-—

5, Upper sandstone and quartzite .. .. over 550 feet
4. Upper dolomitic limestone fey A by 7,030 ,,
3. Middle sandstone and quartzite .. ta 820,
2. Lower dolomitic limestone it am 5,500 _ ,,
1. Lower sandstone and quartzite .. bg 750,

over 14,650 feet

By reference to the section printed herewith (fig. 2) it will be seen that the
thicknesses given in this table are based on clearly defined outcrops of the sand-
stone or quartzite ridges, whereas the lower and upper dolomitic limestones are

DIAGRAMMATIG
SKETGH SECTIONS ALONG THE
OVERLAND TELEGRAPH LINE
(Not to scale)

MacDonnell Ranges ——_-_.

; nds ,
gin ring palit
yt PI piiceshart mily P

RECENT

—RECENT1-——— PRE~- CAMBRIAN ———_ -———r— ORDOVIGIAN ———~y-— TERTIARY ~—
TS HT ESR SST |

oe
ts.

Stites Bet st s+ ite oe eet
TEs tye Bhs pe eG rete ey

i 12 well
ay plaia yell 70% ary oes we i
Esti Graminna.Ra. James Ra DO°P ony" Mer annoy Hilt piio® wel

Fig. |

largely concealed beneath alluvium. In the estimation of the thickness of each
limestone bed, it has been assumed that these beds extend across the whole width
of the valleys occupied by the Police Paddock and the Racecourse (see also fig. 7).
This is an assumption that is made tentatively, pending the measurement of other
sections, in order to obtain a conception of the thickness of the whole series.
Unless there has been some duplication of the beds along the line of the section by
strike faulting—and there is no evidence of stich faulting having taken place—
the total thickness of the series is over 14,650 feet.

The only check measurement made by the writer was made at a place
about 4 miles to the south-south-east of Ooraminna Rockhole, in the Ooraminna
Range. At this place a dolomitic limestone with Cryptozodn, which is possibly
identical, stratigraphically, with the lower dolomitic limestone of the section given
in fig. 2, was found to have a minimum thickness of 1,200 feet, both upper and
lower portions of the outcrop being concealed by alluvium.

It seems probable to the writer that the thicknesses given in the table above
to the sandstones and limestones are disproportionately large for the carbonated
sediments. It is desirable that other sections be measured at suitable places, such
as in the valley of the Ross River, a tributary of the Todd, which crosses the sedi-
ments where they are folded into a syncline,

Of the beds included in this series, and occurring along the southern front of
the MacDonnell Ranges, no fossil remains were seen in either the lower or the
middle sandstone and quartzite, but in the lower dolomitic limestone there is a
notable occurrence of the forms assigned to various species of Cryptozoén. A
sandstone, corresponding probably to the lower sandstone of the section, contains
numerous worm-burrows in the eastern part of the James Range, at Deep Well.

In the upper sandstone there are numerous worm burrows, but no other
signs of organic life were found by the writer. Unfortunately these tracks of
annelids have no stratigraphical value.

The rocks of the series present no very striking lithological characteristics.
The sandstones are massive, in part, and in other places flaggy and thin-bedded
with a tendency to become shaly. They are pale in colour where exposed in
depth, but are coloured deep red at the surface, save where erosion is most rapid.
In very many places they are “case-hardened” and converted into dense quartzites.
The dolomitic limestones are distinguishable at once in most places, but there
are transition beds of red calcareous sandstone at a few localities.

Some stress is placed by the writcr on the sequence of these beds shown
on the southern front of the MacDonnell Ranges, as in the vicinity of Heavitree
Gap and in the Ross River Gorge, for it appears to him that the recognition of
this stratigraphical succession seems likely to provide the key to the structure of
a very extensive region. “lhe immense thickness of the beds of the series indi-
cates the long persistence of the conditions under which deposition took place,
and gives rise to the expectation of a wide lateral extension of the sediments.

So far as personal observations are concerned, the writer would express the
opinion that the great series of sandstones and limestones which constitute the
Ooraminna and Krichauff Ranges, as well as the eastern portion of the James
Range near the Overland ‘Telegraph Line, are identical, stratigraphically, with
those of the Heavitree Gap section. The same beds occupy the lower country
as far to the southward as Maryvale and Mount Charlotte, on the Hugh River
(fig. 1), and there is a small exposure of the series on the Finke River at Polly’s
Springs, a few miles below Horseshoe Bend (fig. 3). The structure varies
from point to point, and different members oi the scrics arc exposed to view at
different places. ‘he beds are almost horizontal or have relatively low angles
of dip in some of the plateaus and ranges, but are steeply inclined at other places
where the corrugations caused by folding have been removed by erosion. The
structural details will be plain when systematic mapping, starting in the Mac-
Donneli Ranges and working southwards, has been carried out.

From the study of the geological map of the region, by H. Y. L. Brown, and
the written accounts of observations by other geologists, it is inferred that the
rocks of this series go to build the bulk of the James, Levi, and George Gill
Ranges (fig. 6) and extend far southwards beyond the limits of the Northern
Territory. Further reference to this matter will be made in a later portion of
this paper,

With regard to the age of the rocks of this series, a definite decision is
difficuit before the palaeontological features and the stratigraphical position of
the fossiliferous localities are studied at the same time. It may seem remarkable
that there should be a lack of correlation on such an important point. But, as
has been indicated above, the regularity and persistence of certain horizons do

(2) Trans. Roy. Soc, S. Austr., vol. xxxviii., 1914, pp. 1-10, pls. i.-v,

not appear to have been recognized at the time when the fossil collections were
made, and the sections printed in the report of the Horn Expedition’ are per-
plexing. The apocryphal “Map showing the route of the Hotn ‘Scientific
Exploring Expedition,” prepared by the late C. Winnecke and published with a
Journal in 1897, but subsequently withdrawn, showed the sites of fossil discoveries,
but these sites have no stratigraphical ties, and the fossils described in the report
of the Tlorn Expedition are listed almost entirely without reference to the
horizons whence they came.

If the suggested correlation, by the writer, of the rocks forming the southern
front of the MacDonnell Ranges with those of the James, Levi, and George Gill
Ranges be confirmed by careful stratigraphical mapping, the whole of the series
should be regarded as of Ordovician age. This conclusion was reached by the
geologists of the Horn Expedition, at least with respect to the lower dolomitic
limestone and the lower portion of the middle sandstone and quartzite of the
MacDonnell Range where the Finke River crosses the Horn Valley.) The
Horn Valley is a valley of erosion along the lower dolomitic limestone bed. as
may be seen from fig. 9, pl. ii, printed with the geological report of the Horn

N. Ss.

{ L
gids” aid” gid?
ite ing
rN ait ror? ron? at ni oe
jute RO LEN griZl” tom ost je Aviv gotest ¥
jwysentst alk qua ine vim ido puiuvisice ime ont yor ait
Hn a Mowe et Front ener ies quo"

RACE COURSE

a th Ale gr | 4 Alluviut —__ '"
ares Se” NT OE TO ETS
RK = eS
. 30 60 90 120 Chains
Fig.2 °
SCALE

Expedition, which gives the section through Gill’s Pass, immediately to the west-
ward of the Hugh River Gorge. _*

No fossils have been found yet in the lower sandstone and quartzite, which
are, nevertheless, placed by the geologists of the Horn Expedition and the writer
in the Ordovician System. There seems to be no reason for the separation of
this lower sandstone from the overlying sediments resting conformably upon it.
The nature of the sediments has altered with a change of conditions, but the
limestones and sandstones seem’ to be parts of one great series.

lf this conclusion be accepted the absence of Cambrian beds above the Pre-
Cambrian complex follows, since the lower sandstone rests directly upon the
gneisses and schists. Ba

Various opinions have been expressed with regard to the classification of
these early Palacozoic sediments, and the conclusions of différent ‘geologists
have been summarised by Professor Walter Howchin in a paper, presented to
this Society, with a description of Cryptozodn, discovered by Dr. C. Chewings.

(8) Report of the Horn Expedition, vol. iii, Geology and Botany, ‘p. 47:
(4) Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol. xxxviii., 1914, p. 9. See

The latter geologist has summed up his conclusions in a paper on the Stratigraphy
of Central Atstralia,® and a sketch section from him is included in Professor
Ilowchin’s paper. By reference to these accounts it will be seen that Dr.
Chewings regards the lower dolomitic limestone and the lower sandstone and
quartzite as Cambrian, and that he feels fortified in assigning this age by the
discovery of Cryptozodn remains.

The writer has visited the locality, near Acacia Well, on the road from Alice
Springs to Aritunga, at which Dr. Chewings found the Cryptozodén, and found
that these remains occur beyond all doubt in the lower dolomitic limestone beds
of the series here discussed. The sequence of the formations is shown admirably
at this place, and there can be no doubt but that the Cryptozoan specimens occur
‘1 the lower dolomitic limestone, on the northern margin of a subsequent valley
carved in the same limestone, stratigraphically, as that in which the Horn Valley.
to the westward. has been produced by erosion. So the Cryptosodn specimens occur
on the same stratigraphical horizon as Orthis leviensis, 10 miles to the west of
the Finke River Gorge.

It was pointed out by Professor Howchin, in the paper cited, that the genus
Cryptozoén is of little value for determining the geological horizon; and, in the
writer’s judgment, this genus of doubtful affinities cannot affect the determina-
tion of the horizon as Ordovician from the evidence of other fossils.

The upper sandstones and quartzites, which tend towards conglomerates
in some places, are regarded by the writer as the uppermost members of the
series, rather than as members of a separate Post-Ordovician group.

The sands with boulders occurring in the broad plains between the Oora-
minna Range and the MacDonnell Range on the north, and the James Range on
the south, as revealed in the Temple Bar and Indemba Wells, are considered by
the writer to be very much younger, though grouped by Dr. C, Chewings with
the massive consolidated formation here discussed.

The thickness of the upper sandstones and quartzites of the Ordovician
Series ig very great indeed, and was estimated by the geologists of the Horn
Expedition at not less than 7,000 feet. It this classification is correct and the
thickness of the uppermost beds has been estimated accurately, the total thick-
ness of the lower Palaeozoic sediments, which are considered by the writer to be
Ordovician in age, is not less than 21,000 feet.

C. Tite Finke Series or SEDIMENTS.

The sedimentary rocks included in this group are pebbly grits, green and
white shales and shaly sandstones, coarse cross-bedded pebbly sandstones and
grits, and typical tillites with numerous striated boulders.

These rocks were at one time regarded as parts of the Upper Mesozoic
group, to which the names of “Desert Sandstone” and “Upper Cretaceous” were
applied. Their,stratigraphical position appears to have been recognised first by
Mr. H. Y. L. Brown, who mapped them separately in 1905. Mr. Brown pointed
out in an earlier report that these rocks are sub-Cretaceous. Tle considered
that the porous beds of this series absorbed the drainage from the MacDonnell
Ranges and other ranges traversed by the Hugh and Finke Rivers and their
tributaries, and thus constituted intake beds of the Great Australian Artesian
Basin. This conclusion has received full support and confirmation from more

(3) Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol. xxxviii., 1914, pp. 41-52.

(6) Report of the Horn Expedition, vol. iii, Geology and Botany, p. 47,

(7) Report on Geological Explorations in the West and North-west of South Aus-
traha, with Map.

(8) Report on Arltunga Gold Field and Hart’s Range Mica Field, 1897, p. 12.

recently acquired data concerning the hydraulic surface of the artesian basin“
and the chemical composition of the water in the different parts of it.©”

The lowest beds of the series seen by the writer are coarse pebbly grits
with sandy argillaceous layers resting unconformably upon the old Palaeozoic
sandstone and quartzite at Polly’s Springs, near Horseshoe Bend. The grit at
this place strikes N. 17° W., and dips eastwards at 10°. ;

To the north of this outcrop, and probably above the grits stratigraphically

(though the recent sand drifts hide the relationship), are white and red shales

DIAGRAMMATIC
SKETCH SECTIONS ALONG THE
OVERLAND TELEGRAPH LINE
(Not to scale)

iS nd gs ef
gH cdi ind pia “ev
well tl sar gor = spt yit? 5 ake ro’
pePioct ep yt end poly yt 54 ba F poi
| | RECENT cornu ornare
DPC. RC. | | 7

N : S.
10 n
ae F yun ' got
por, cll rfl ont
“al elio™ coy Nea ie

¢
UPPER
| lo PERMO- CARBONIFEROUS GRETACEOUS LOWER ian |

RECENT oS -
sce a ae pmave

Fig.3

having a thickness of about 100 feet. On these, in turn, rest 70 feet-of greenish-
grey shales which weather to a deep reddish-brown colour on the face of Mount
Engoordina. Above the shale at the latter place is a thickness of at least 100 feet
of cross-bedded variegated sandstone and grit, similar in character to that which
outcrops on the Goyder River and near Yellow Cliff on the Finke River.

The tillite of Yellow Cliff, Crown Point, and the country immediately to
the northward, appears to the writer to be closely related, stratigraphically, to
the cross-bedded sandstones. The tillites are coloured purplish and yellow like
the sandstones, and at a distance of about three-quarters of a mile to the west-
south-west of Yellow Cliff the tillite appears to merge into the cross-bedded
sandstone which contains small boulders that have all the appearance of being
shaped by glacial action. A full description of the tillite outcrop at Yellow Cliff

(9) Annual Report of the Government Geologist of South Australia for 1921, pl. ii.

(10) R. Lockhart Jack, “The Composition of the Waters of the Great Australian
Artesian Basin in South Australia and its significance,” Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol.
xlvil, pp. 316-321.

has been published recently as a result of observations made by Sir Edgeworth’
David and Professor W. Howchin.C”

With the tillite are closely associated shaly sandstones which exhibit a
notable degree of contortion, ascribed by David and Howchin to contemporaneous
pressure of land ice. The tillite of Crown Point is rolled up and contorted to a
remarkable degree, and hence it is necessary to regard all signs of dip with
extreme caution, much more than would be demanded ordinarily by the nature
of the formation.

So far as has been observed, this contortion of the tillite and the associated
sandstones occurs along a line bearing north by west, down the course of the
creek draining Paddy’s Plain and joining the Finke River near Crown Point.
Whether the disturbance occurs over any appreciable area to the east and west
of this line remains to be determined by areal mapping. No outcrop of the
underlying bedrock has been noted along the disturbed zone; but it appears to
the writer possible that the buckling of the beds has been caused by some shallow
barrier of bedrock that formed an obstacle to the progress of the glacier, or by
the melting of the ice along the front of the glacier with the tumultuous deposi-
tion of its load of transported sediment and the overthrusting of the deposited
material by temporary advances of the ice, On ascending Crown Point it was
found that the contortion extended to a vertical height of 270 feet above the
flood plain of the Finke River.

On the eastern bank of the Finke River at Cunningham’s Gap the glacial
beds are essentially horizontal, and so, too, are those constituting the table-topped
hill to the north-west of Crown Point, where no variation from the horizontal
could be detected with a clinometer.

The traveller from the south first finds the rocks of this group in the neigh-
bourhood of New Crown Point Station, a little below the junction of the Goyder
and Finke Rivers. They have been mapped for a considerable distance to the
westward along the valley of the Goyder River by H. Y. L. Brown. Northwards,
they extend beneath the red sand of the Depét Sandhills along the Hugh River
as far as the Percy Hills to the cast of Mount Charlotte. Dr. Chewings has
made the observation that the northernmost of the Percy Hills is entirely com-
posed of the older sandstone, containing annelid burrows, of the Ooraminna
ange. The writer ascended one of the more southerly hills of the Percy group,
and found that the Ordovician sandstone extended upwards for only 40 feet from
the base, and that the l'inke sandstone rested upon it, constituting the remainder
of the hill, which is 170 feet high. The formation extends for some considerable
distance to the west of the Ilugh River, and the plateau composed of these rocks
has been eroded into the characteristic table-topped hills that are familiar in
regions where subhorizontal strata have had a like geological history, This
physiographical character has misled some early observers, who have classified
the rocks of the group with the Desert Sandstone which is on a much higher
stratigraphica! horizon.

The determination of the age of the I'inke Series of sediments is a difficult
problem in the absence of palaeontological evidence. One is justified in regarding
them, on stratigraphical grounds, as intermediate between the Ordovician and
the Lower Cretaceous (Rolling Downs Formation). In the vast interval of
time that elapsed between the deposition of the rocks of these two systems, the
epoch extending over the upper part of the Carboniferous and the lower part
of the Permian periods, was characterized by a world-wide evidence of glacial
conditions, probably due to a general lowering of temperature. Moreover, there

OW) Réport of Glacial Research Committee, A.A.A.S., Wellington, 1923, vol, xvi,
pp. 74-94,

is no large region where these Permo-Carboniferous glacial beds are so well
developed as in Australia.

In Western Australia, beds bearing witness of widespread glacial action in
Permo-Carboniferous time have been mapped on the Lyons and Irwin Rivers,“
and similar beds have been found recently on the Fitzroy River. The nearest
occurrence, however, to that of Crown Point, is that discovered by Messrs. H.
W. B. Talbot and E. de C. Clarke in the region between Laverton and the north-
western corner of South Australia.C? These authors have correlated these
Western Australian glacial beds with those of South Australia occurring on at
least two different horizons, and assign to the period of glaciation a late Mesozoic

SaaS ae
Pane

AUSTRALIA

SHOWING
THE POSITION OF

LAKE PHILLIPSON BOREHOLE _©

ANNA GREEK BOREHOLE __.®©

AND OF
RECORDED OCGURRENCES.._& |
PERMO-CARBONIFEROUS IGE ACTION,

or Tertiary age. But A. Gibb Maitland, in a note appended to a later paper by
FE. de C. Clarke,“ is inclined to correlate these beds with boulder beds revealed
by boring on the ‘Transcontinental Railway, bencath fossiliferous Miocene and

G2) A. Gibb Maitland, “Relics of the Permo-Carboniferous Ice Age in Western
Australia.” Anniversary Address, Natural History and Science Society of Western Aus-
tralia, July 11, 1911.

3) Geol. Surv. W. Austr., Bulletin No. 75, pp. 105-111, and “The Geological
Results of an Expedition to South Australian Border, and some comparisons between
Central and Western Australian Geology suggested thereby,” Jour. and Proc. Roy. Soc.
W. Austr.. vol. i, 1918. .

— OF “Note on Occurrence of Boulders, possibly Glaciated, ncar Leonora and
Laverton,” Jour. and Proc. Roy. Soc. W. Austr., vol. vi., part i., 1919-1920, pp. 27-32.

Lower Cretaceous rocks. Such a correlation will be seen to be in precise agree-
ment with the stratigraphy recorded for the Crown Point region.

In South Australia, the deep bore near Lake Phillipson (fig. 4) afforded
evidence of icc action“) The stratigraphical position of these beds is indicated
in the section D-D, pl. No. 3, of the Report of the Interstate Conference on
Artesian Water, Adelaide, 1921. By refcrence to that section it will be seen
that recent boring operations have shown the Lake Phillipson shales to underlie
the water-bearing Jurassic sands of the Great Australian Basin.

During a recent re-examination of the core obtained by a diamond drill
from the Anna Creek Bore, R. Lockhart Jack found a small, but perfectly, soled
pebble in shale having an angle of dip of 30°. The core in which this apparently
glaciated pebble occurred was labelled 711 feet to 802 feet. Stratigraphically.
the shale at this spot is placed similarly to the shale in the Lake Phillipson Bore.

The more southerly occurrence of glacial beds in South Australia—on Yorke
Peninsula and Kangaroo Island, at Hallett’s Cove and in the Inman Valley—
are presumed to be of Permo-Carboniferous age, and are certainly Pre-Miocene,
but are not associated with fossiliferous beds containing traces of Palaeozoic life.
They are correlated with the not very distant glacial beds of Victoria and Tas-
mania, the age of which has been determined definitely.

In their recent report to the Australasian Association for the Advancement
of Science, Sir Edgeworth David and Professor W. Howchin have distinguished
clearly between the Crown Point glacial beds and those of later age to which
reference will be made below, and have assigned to the Crown Point Series a
Permo-Carboniferous age, on the grounds of their lithological resemblance to
the beds of which the age is known in the regions far to the south and south-east.
In view of the widespread traces of glaciation in Permo-Carboniferous time
throughout Australia it seems probable that this correlation is correct; but it
is felt by the writer that the case is not yet fully proven, and that we can state
confidently only that the glacial beds are Post-Ordovician and sub-Cretaceous
(on the evidence near Crown Point), while we can be reasonably sure that they
are sub-Jurassic (on the attempted correlation with the boulder-bearing shales
of the bores at Lake Phillipson and Anna Creek).

Ii these glacial deposits are not correlated with other deposits of similar
character elsewhere in the Australian region, and if they are regarded as indi-
vidual occurrences, it is pertinent to enquire at what other epochs of geological
time between the Ordovician and the Jurassic have traces of glaciation been
found in the record of the rocks; yet it must be admitted that any significance
that such evidence may have is not based securely on a satisfactory proof of the
causes of glacial epochs. ‘he widespread glaciations of Upper Pre-Cambrian,
Permo-Carboniferous, and Pleistocene times are surely due to a world-wide
alteration of climatic conditions, rather than to changes at localities of limited
extent due to local elevation of the land. But the following signs of more
limited glaciations have been recorded :-—

Glacial till has been found in Alaska between fossiliferous beds of Middle
Silurian age.C® Definite traces of glaciation have been found in South Africa
in the Table Mountain Series, which are placed at the bottom of the Devonian,‘!”?
and which C, Schuchert considers to be possibly of late Silurian age,“ and
contemporaneous with the period of mountain building known as the Caledonian,

5) H. Y. L, Brown, “Report on Geological Explorations in the West and North-
west of South Australia,” 1905, p. 5.

(6) KE. Kirk, “Palaeozoic Glaciation in Alaska,” Am. Jour, Sci., 1918, p. 511.

C7) A. W. Rogers, “On a Glacial Conglomerate in the Table Mountain Sandstone,”
S. Af. Phil. Soc., vol. xi., 1902.

(8) C, Schuchert, “Climates of Geologic Time,” in “The Climatic Factor,” p, 277.

“1

Traces of glaciation in the Upper Old Red Sandstone beds are recorded in the
north of England, apparently of later date than the South African occurrence
mentioned.

Above the Carboniferous and Permian rocks (signs of glaciation in which
have been mentioned), comes the Triassic system. In this there are in the United
States conglomerates suggesting a glacial origin,“ but no support is given to this
hypothesis by the record of organic life.

At the close of the Triassic period there was a marked mortality in certain
groups of organic life, notably with most families of the Ammonites. There
are fewer corals and their occurrence is restricted. The insects of the lower beds
are dwarf types. A general cooling of the climate at the beginning of the Jurassic
period is inferred, and a glacial origin has been suggested for certain Scottish
conglomerates of Liassic age.C?

From these brief references it will be seen that, though signs of glaciation
have been recorded at a few localities in the rocks belonging to periods between
the Ordovician and Jurassic, no widespread glaciation has taken place other than
that of Permo-Carboniferous age. Hence it seems extremely probable that the
glacial deposits of Crown Point are to be grouped with the many similar Aus-
tralian deposits of Permo-Carboniferous time. The discovery of fossil evidence
in the central region will be most welcome, and would assist in the solution of
this problem.

D, THe Jurassic SANDS.

From the many boreholes drilled to tap the supplies of water in the Great
Australian Artesian Basin it has been found that the Jurassic sands, which out-
crop in Queensland on the eastern margin of the basin, extend westwards across
the northern part of South Australia and the south-eastern corner of the Northern
Territory. So far as is yet known with certainty, there is no outcrop of these
sands on the western rim of the basin, but these sands, constituting the immense
aquifer of the basin, are known to receive accessions of water from the central
region. It has been shown that the hydraulic surface of the basin affords clear
proof of a westerly intake area,’ and that the quality of the water in the extreme
western portion of the basin is affected in a pronounced way by the nature of the
water absorbed in this region.“ The water derived from westerly sources is
characterised by predominant sulphates in solution, whereas the more easterly
waters contain predominant carbonates. The sands are known, from the results
of boring operations, to carry fragments of lignitic material wherever samples
have been brought to the surface. Possibly this carbonaceous matter may bring
about the reduction of the sulphates to sulphides, with consequent precipitation
of pyrites.

The water-bearing sands, though not outcropping at any known point, must
receive a proportion of the water traversing the main channels of drainage after
this water has been absorbed by the Finke Series near the junction of the Goyder
and Finke Rivers, and by much younger sands in the valley of Arckaringa Creek,
the Alberga River, and Hamilton Creek, where these waterways cross the rim
of the basin. In view of the evidence of a notable absorption of water from
the area near the Goyder-Finke junction, it seems probable that the Jurassic

(19) Sir A. Geikie, “Textbook of Geology,” vol. ii., pp. 1001, 1011.
(20) Chamberlin and Salisbury, “Geology,” vol. iii, p. 29.
(21) C, Schuchert, “Climates of Geologic Time,” in “The Climatic Factor,” p. 281.

(2) Geol. Surv. S. Austr., Bulletin No. 5, p. 45. Annual Report of the Government
Geologist of South Australia for 1921, Map of Artesian Basins,

(23) R, Lockhart Jack, “The Composition of the Waters of the Great Australian
Artesian Basin in South Australia and its Significance,’ Trans, Roy. Soc. S. Austr,
vol. xivii., 1923, pp, 316-321.

sands are in direct contact with the porous sandstones of the Finke Series
beneath the Lower Cretaceous marine shales of the Rolling Downs Formation
(fig. 3).

; he thickness of the Jurassic sands is unknown in most parts of the Great
Artesian Basin in South Australia, being found only by penetrating the over-
lying shales in the great majority of the boreholes. Operations ceased as soon
as the flow of water was obtained, but near the western margin of the basin the
hydraulic surface dips below the ground and subartesian conditions prevail, so
that the investigation of the water-bearing beds is more easily made. At Wintinna
Bore, on Arckaringa Creek and just to the west of the 134th meridian, the
Jurassic sands have a proved thickness of 363 fect, and boring ceased bcfore
traversing the whole of the formation. At Charlotte Waters the old borehole,
drilled in 1897-1899, entered the Jurassic sands at 614 feet from the surface,
and the sands had not been completely traversed when boring ceased at 1,474 feet.
This thickness, of 860 feet, is the greatest recorded. he marginal borehole,
Stuart’s Range No, 1, at 224 feet 6 inches from the surface entered typical
Jurassic sands with nodules of pyrites and fragments of lignite. Boring was
continued in sand to a depth of 458 feet. At this point grey shale was penetrated
and continued to the bottom of the hole at 485 feet. At Stuart’s Range No. 2
borehole, about 14 miles to the north-east of No. 1, two beds of sand were proved,
with grey shale between them, The upper extended downwards from 4/7 feet
to 253 feet, and the lower from 343 feet to 486 feet. Below this lower sand the
borehole penetrated shale (with a 6-feet bed of sand at 831-837 feet) to the
bottom of the hole at 1.000 feet from the surface.

E. Tne Lower Creraccous Martne Saates (Rotting Downs Formation ).

Resting immediately upon the Jurassic sands, and acting as the impervious
cover, which confines the artesian water, are the dense blue shales which contain
thin calcareous beds and were deposited under marine conditions. These shales
are known from the boreholes in South Australia. and the Northern Territory
as well as from outcrops at localities where erosion has removed the overlying
strata. Many fossils have been collected from some outcrops.

The extent of this formation determines the limits of the basin within which
artesian water (under pressure greater than that of the atmosphere) exists.
Beyond its limits ground water (nol under pressure) may be found in the upper
portions of the aquifer of the basin, but this water will not rise if struck in a
well or bore. The marine shales are 494 feet in thickness at Charlotte Waters
and probably thin out towards the north and west. They have not been recorded
beyond the neighbourhood of Mount Daniel (fig, 3).

One interesting feature of the terrain occupied by this impervious formation
is the noteworthy development of a surface drainage system. The surface waters
of this region, on the oceasions of the infrequent falls of rain, are carried towards
the central depression of Lake Eyre; but beyond the limits of the basin, where
also the drainage is internal, the watercourses are relatively few and short or
discontinuous.

FF. Tue Mippre Cretaceous Lieniric SHALES.

In many of the boreholes that have been drilled in South Australia to tap
the artesian water of the Great Australian Basin a considerable thickness of
shales associated with lignite have been found to overlie the marine blue shales
which rest on the water-bearing sands. ‘These upper shales have a greenish-grey
colour that is distinct from that of the marine shales below them. ‘hey are
somewhat arenaceous in part, and artesian water is obtained from them in the
far north-eastern corner of South Australia, on Cordillo Downs.@® The thick-

(2) Geol. Sury. S. Austr., Bulletin No. 11, pp. 13-18.

ness of this formation is greatest, so far as is yet known, at Patchawarra Bore,
near the eastern boundary of South Australia, where it is 3,533 feet. To the
south and west the thickness diminishes, but is still considerable in the Lake
Eyre and Lake Frome regions.%) To the southward of Lake Frome the
lignitic shales overlap the marine shales, but to the westward of Lake Eyre these
upper beds thin out and disappear. So far as is known they do not extend into
the Northern Territory, as they have not been found in the boreholes at Charlotte
Waters and Anacoora (50 miles east of Charlotte Waters). The characteristic
upper shales were penetrated, however, by the Hamilton Creek, Breaden, and
Oodnadatta boreholes.

G. THe Upper Cretaceous (“DESERT SANDSTONE”) SERIES.

Resting upon the Cretaceous shales is a series of pale-coloured clays, clay-
stones, and sands, or argillaceous sandstones with thin beds of impure limestone,
having immense lateral extent. Some of these sediments are white, others
yellow to reddish. Superficially the rocks of this series (as well as those of
other series) have been altered by secondary silicification. The characteristic
outcrops are therefore capped with a dense and hard crust of flinty quartzite
and porcellanite; or, where denudation has been active, strewn with the
“gibbers” resulting from the disintegration of this capping. No measurements
of the full thickness of this series near the Overland Telegraph Line are available,
and the boreholes have been located in the valleys or depressions produced by
the partial removal of the constituent beds by erosion. In the Cordillo Downs
area, in the far north-eastern part of South Australia, the full thickness of the
series has been found to be about 360 feet,@® and in that area the uppermost
third consists of arenaceous beds, the middle third of argillaceous beds, and the
lowest portion is both argillaceous and arenaceous. It is not known whether a
similar succession exists in the region lying to the westward.

The rocks of this series contain marine fossils and also fragments of silicified
wood at a number of places widely scattered. They were deposited during a
period of marine transgression which extended as far to the westward as the
133rd meridian of east longitude in the country drained by the Alberga River—
far beyond the boundaries of the Great Australian Artesian Basin. The forma-
tion was at one time essentially continuous across the region between the artesian
basin and that part of the Transcontinental Railway which extends from Tarcoola
to Woocalla. Only the higher land, such as the Peake and Denison Ranges,
stood above the level to which sedimentation reached, but subsequent denudation,
following upon elevation, has removed a great part of the formation; in many
places the remnants only of the plateau remain. In other places residual peaks
(such as McDouall Peak) mark its former extent, and, in yet other places, beds
of characteristic lithological composition, with or without siliceous capping, are
found resting on the older formations. These Upper Cretaceous rocks may be
traced northwards into the Northern Verritory near Charlotte Waters, but do
not appear to extend along the Overland Telegraph Line beyond the area round
Mount Daniel. Possibly Mount Townsend should be included in this group,
with the plateau remnants farther to the east.

One of the most interesting features of this series of sediments is the very
widespread occurrence, within its limits, of boulders that appear to be true glacial
erratics, A glacial origin for the boulders was indicated by H. Y. L. Brown,
who remarked on their wide distribution in his annual report for 1894. References

(25) See sections, pls. 3 and 3a, Report of the Third Interstate Conference on
Artesian Water, 1921.

(6) Geol. Surv. 5. Austr., Bulletin No. 11, p. 13.

to these erratics in official publications are summarized elsewhere.?? Their loca-
tion is shown on the map, fig. 5.

The existence of the erratics near Dalhousie Station has been recognised
recently by Sir Edgeworth David and Professor Walter Ilowchin, whose report
is published in the record of the Glacial Research Committee of the Australasian

i
i "

AUST:

STERN

SOUTH AUSTRALIA

SHOWING

KNOWN SouTH wesTERN | UPPER ~~ ~~
LIMITS OF = ¢MIDDLE san
GRETACEOUS ROCKS |) owep , ae

ERRATIC BOULDERS

Association for the Advancement of Science.? In this report the authors
express the opinion that the glaciation was later than Lower Cretaceous, and pro-
bably Upper Cretaceous. From his own observations near the Dalhousie Mound
Springs and the Duckponds (a few miles south-east of Blood’s Creek borehole),
and from more recent observations made in conjunction with his colleague, Mr. R.

@7 Geol. Surv. S. Austr., Bulletin No. 5, pp. 42-44.
(8) Proc, A.A.A.S., vol. xvi., 1924, pp. 74-94.

Lockhart Jack, in the region between the Great Artesian Basin and the Trans-
continental Railway, the writer places the glaciation definitely in the later part
of the Upper Cretaceous period. While it may happen that the more resistant
erratics remain after the removal of the formation in which they were embedded,
and be found resting upon Lower Cretaceous shales, as does happen at Dalhousie,
at Blanche Cup, near Beresford Hill, and on the Stuart’s Range opal field, it
is significant that these boulders are found also resting on the Upper Cretaceous
rocks in many places, as at Dalhousie (in part), Stuart’s Range, Mount Eba
Station, Arkeeta Claypans, and the country drained by Woorong Creek. At
many of the latter places the erratics have been noted far beyond the limits of
the Lower Cretaceous shales, as may be seen from the plan printed as fig. 5. The
boulders are in some cases very large, up to 150 Ibs. in weight; they consist of
rocks (quartz, quartzite, felspar porphyry, greenstone, granite, and gneiss)
outcropping at considerable distances, and they are angular, subangular, and
waterworn. Some of the boulders appear to have been soled, and many have
the outlines characteristic of glaciated boulders, though the only one found
hitherto with glacial striae is that. recorded by Sir Edgeworth David and Pro-
fessor Howchin. There can be no doubt of their glacial origin, and the writer
would place the glacial horizon high up in the Upper Cretaceous.

Looking for correlative evidence elsewhere in the world as to glacial condi-
tions at a corresponding period, we may note the following occurrences and
deductions :-—

The evidence for a warm temperate climate, uniformly distributed, with
well-marked seasonal changes, is well established for the earlier part of Cretaceous
time.) During the Upper Cretaceous, life, generally, indicates a warm climate
with climatic zones not so marked as those of to-day, yet a glacial origin has been
suggested for the boulder beds constituting the lower portion of the Flysch
formation of the castern Alpine region of Europe.“ These beds are probably of
Upper Cretaceous age.

Evidence of local glaciation, at the end of the Cretaceous period or the
beginning of the Eocene, has been recorded by W. W. Atwood in respect of
the San Juan Mountains of Colorado, where beds of tillite, 80-100 feet thick,
containing boulders that have been brought from a distance of 40 miles, give
proof of alpine and picdmont glaciers.“!) The occurrence of such tillites im
elevated regions is not contradictory to the evidence of general climatic conditions
at lower altitudes, and it is considered, from the study of botanical and zoological
evidence, that the climate of Upper Cretaceous time continued, with some slight
reduction of temperature, into the Lower Tertiary epoch.

If a glacial origin for the boulders distributed over the Upper Cretaceous
terrain in South Australia be correct, it would seem that they were distributed
by floating ice in the Upper Cretaceous sea. The source of the icebergs would
appear to be the western and southern shores of that sea.

The rocks represented in the erratics are found in the MacDonnell and
Musgrave Ranges, and in the area extending for 50 miles to the north-west of
Yarcoala. More distant sources, for the telspar porphyry, are the Gawler
Ranges in South Australia and the Warburton Kange m Western Australia (lat.
26° S., long, 127° E.), The highest land masses at the close of Cretaceous time,
were the regions embracing the Musgrave and Gawler Ranges, so far as is known,
and it seems proper to look to these regions for the source of the erratics.

(29) C, Schuchert, “Climates of Geologic Time,” in “The Climatic Factor.” F. H.
Knowlton, “Evolution of Geologic Climates,” ‘Bull. Geol. Soc. America, vol. 30, pp.
520-528. C. E. P. Brooks, “The Evolution of Climate,” p. 37,

(30) Chamberlin and Salisbury, Geology, vol. iii, pp. 172 and 218.
(31) Pirsson and Schuchert, Textbook of Geology, p, 913.

H. Tue Frouviatire Deposits.

The broad valleys crossed by the Overland Telegraph Line between the
eastern portion of the James Range and Ooraminna Range. and between Oora-
minna Range and the MacDonnell Ranges, are filled to a considerable depth by
unconsolidated sediments of fluviatile origin.

Indemba Well, about 154 miles north of Deep Well, was sunk in the southerly
valley of the two mentioned above, to a depth of 240 feet, and the bottom was
still in the sand and gravel. A crust of travertine limestone reached from the
surface to 12 feet, and the rest of the sinking was done through an ashy-grey
sand containing some mica and waterworn stones. The travertine at this place
occurs in a strip about 8 chains in width.

Temple Bar Well. on the creck of the same name, about 12 miles to the
south of the town of Stuart (Alice Springs), was sunk to a depth of 250 feet.
Except for an argillaceous bed, cut at 60 feet from the surface, all the sinking
was carried out in river wash with boulders, and the {ull thickness of the forma-
tion was not penetrated. The broad valley which stretches far to the westward
along the southern front of the MacDonnell Ranges is filled with similar fluviatile
material. At a few places there is a travertine capping similar to that at the
site of Indemba Well. The rivers leaving the ranges—the Jay, the Hugh, and
the Finke—have cut their way down through these old river gravels, and char-
acteristic terraces indicate the stages of dissection.

Other fluviatile gravels are deposited where the streams encounter natura!
obstacles in their paths to the southward; as, for example, in the case of the
Todd River above Ileavitree Gap, and of the Hugh River to the north of Mount
Charlotte and the Percy Hills. High-level gravels occur also along the course
of the Hugh River near Alice Well.

I. Tire ArottAn Deposits.

Covering immense areas with a mantle, and, in places, such as the Depdt
Sandhills north of Horseshoe Rend on the Finke River, heaped up in great
parallel dunes, are the acolian sands. These have a characteristic Indian red
colour, and are, on the whole, stationary. Large trees (Casuarina decaisneana,
the “desert oak”) grow in the interdune valleys of the Depét Sandhills, and
smaller shrubs on the crests of the dunes. Nor are there signs of dead vegeta-
tion on the windward side of the dunes, such as may be seen after the passage
ot “marching” dunes.

Vhe crests rise to a height of about 50 feet above the troughs, and the crests
are half a mile or less apart. ‘he trend of the Depét dunes is N.W.-S.E., with
the steeper fall on the north-eastern slopes.

It seems probable that these sand ridges, like those occurring at the castern
edge of the Nullarbor Plain, accumulated under climatic conditions rather
different from those of to-day. ‘lheir mobility has been arrested under the
present-day system of atmospheric circulation.

J. THe Siticrous Cappine,

Although not a stratigraphical unit, the capping of dense chalcedonic
quartzite merits scparate mention in much the same way as the sediments
described above. For its wide lateral extent and general uniformity of character
have led, in the past, to the belicf that it occupied a definite stratigraphical posi-
tion at the top of the Mesozoic system. It seems certain that the silicified crust
was identified with the Desert Sandstone far beyond the limits of the Upper
Cretaccous terrain, and that the Upper Cretaceous rocks were on that account
considered to extend far to the northward.

The sediments of the Finke Series are capped with the same siliceous crust
as the younger rocks to the southward; as, for example, at Crown: Point and
thence northward, as far as the formation can be traced, on the Percy Hills.
The general appearance of the remmants of the plateau which was silicified
superficially is identical, whether the rocks of the plateau are Upper Cretaccous
or of the I'inke Series (? Permo-Carboniferous). This similarity is due merely
to the action of the forces of erosion upon one physiographical unit which
embraces formations on different stratigraphical horizons.

Similar cappings are found in some places on the Ordovician rocks also.
Typical occurrences are those of the Ooraminna Range, of the capping on the

[Pi X, é 1
FF ARYVALE : ~,\

MBERS) PILLAR S
Kae” :
Sah 5
{ Ty? Lat.25°53.
"\2
ete
Sealey nonst so BEND A
MAYERS ROCK Ean
“
i QLTE WATERS

“Tab. :
NORTHERN TERRITORY

upper limestone immediately to the south of the middle quartzite of the Mac-
Donnell Range Series (fig. 2), of the capping of the lower limestones in this scries
at Jessie Gap, and of the eastern end of the James Range, to the cast of Deep
Well and along Phillipson’s Creek. An interesting structural feature connected
with this superficial silicification is the occurrence of “dykes” of the chalcedonic
quartzite on the Ooraminna Range and the James Range near Deep Well. At
these places the impregnation of the rock with silica has proceeded downwards
along the major joint planes. Subsequent weathering has removed the softer
and more friable sandstone, and the dense secondary siliceous material stands out
in bold relief, just as igneous dykes do, where their enclosing rocks are morc
casily eroded,

lll. PROBLEMS OF CORRELATION AND THE EVOLUTION
OF THE GEOLOGICAL STRUCTURE.

The sequence of events, which has resulted in the structural features of the
present day, may be briefly outlined in the following way :-—

The oldest sedimentary rocks which are present in the region have not been
mapped in sufficient detail for the Pre-Cambrian history to be written up in full.
There is evidence, in the lithological character of the rocks, of more than one
period of sedimentation. The ore-bearing quartzites of Arltunga,“@2) 340 feet in
thickness, are perhaps the uppermost of the Pre-Cambrian sediments in the
MacDonnell Ranges. All of these rocks have suffered deep burial, and have
been invaded by igneous material. The auriferous veins and the pegmatites
carrying mica and beryl were probably introduced during this epoch.

It is not yet possible to establish a close correlation of these oldest sediments
of the MacDonnell Ranges with the formations of the region to the south and
east of the Musgrave Ranges. Possibly the Arltunga quartzites are to be
regarded as the equivalents of the lowest sediments formerly considered to be
Cambrian in the Musgrave Range region.) It is now considered that these
old sediments, with their tillites, should be more properly classified as Upper Pre-
Cambrian.

On lithological grounds, the metamorphic grit of Ayers Rock, and the coarse
conglomerate of Mount Olga, to the south of Lake Amadeus, should be grouped
with the Pre-Cambrian rocks.

Following upon the elevation of the central region, before the opening of
the Palaeozoic era, there was prolonged denudation, which seems to the writer to
have extended throughout the Cambrian period.

A subsequent transgression of the sea, in Ordovician time, brought about the
deposition of an immensely thick series of sediments. Of these, the siliceous
members, with their numerous ripple marks, were deposited in shallow water on
the margin of an area that was probably subsiding rapidly. The dolomitic lime-
stones were probably deposited in somewhat deeper water. The Ordovician sea
spread far to the southward and westward, where the sediments deposited within
its limits may be traced, in the absence of a covering mantle of younger rocks.
It has been indicated above that the rocks of the MacDonnell Ranges, to all of
which the writer ascribes an Ordovician age, extend across the region occupied
by the Waterhouse, Krichauff. George Gill, Levi, Ooraminna and James Ranges;
and outcrop also at Mount Charlotte and Polly’s Springs (south of Horseshoe
Bend) (see figs. 1 and 6).

In South Australia rocks of corresponding lithological characteristics have
been mapped on the western margin of the Great Artesian Basin at Mount
Johns, Chambers Bluff, and Mount Chandler, on the head of Arckaringa Creek,
and on Ammaroodinna Creek.

Isolated remnants of a once-continuous formation occur far to the westward.
Schneider Hill, Mount Bonyboninna,“ and many hills in the far north-western
corner of South Australia” constitute links with the more continuous outcrops
of the Townsend Range in Western Australia, @®

ays (2) H. Y, L. Brown, “Report on the White Range Gold Mines, Arltunga Galdfield,”
(34) Geol. Surv. S. Austr., Bulletin No. 5, pp. 19-23, and section facing p. 46,
@4) Geol. Surv. S. Austr., Bulletin No. 5, pl. ii.
5) Map of the Elder Scientific Exploring Expedition, 1891-2,
(6) Geol. Surv. W. Austr., Bulletin No. 75. H.W. B. Talbot and FE. de C. Clarke,
“The Geological Results of an Expedition to South Australian Border and some Com-

parisons between Central and Western Australian Geology suggested thereby,” Proce.
Roy. Soc. W. Austr. vol. iit.

The broad dissected plateau on the western side of the Spencer’s Gulf-Lake
Torrens Rift, with its numerous flat-topped outliers near Iron Knob and Port
Augusta West, has long been regarded by H. Y. L. Brown as a probable southerly
extension of the same series. The evidence now available, though no fossils
have been found hitherto in this region, certainly supports Brown’s hypothesis,
which is based on lithological features. If this correlation proves correct, it is
reasonable to expect that Ordovician rocks will be found to the eastward of the
Torrens Rift, among the old sediments of the Flinders Range.

In neither the Northern Territory nor South Australia have there been

found volcanic rocks associated with the sediments, such as have been noted by
Messrs. Talbot and Clarke at the base of the Ordovician series of the Townsend
Range.
At some period following upon the Ordovician, and prior to the deposition
of the Finke Series of sediments (? Permo-Carboniferous ), there were notable
earth movements within the Ordovician terrain, followed by extensive erosion.
The crustal movements were in part radial—resulting in the elevation of the bed
of the Ordovician sea, and in part tangential—producing the bending and fracture
of the Ordovician rocks.

Of the folds due to these crustal movements the most prominent to-day is
the great anticlinal fold of the MacDonnell Ranges, with its axis approximately
east and west for a distance of at least 150 miles. The northern limb of the fold
is lost by erosion to the north of Alice Springs, where it might otherwise have
been expected to occur; but to the westward of Alice Springs, the northwards-
dipping sediments are visible, and Simpson’s Gap is corroded through the ridge
composed of the basal Ordovician quartzite, just as Heavitree Gap has been
cut down through the same bed on the southern limb of the great fold. A series
of measured sections across the ranges at intervals of a few miles is wanted to
check the measurements of thickness given on an earlier page of this paper and
to furnish details with regard to the folding.

The axis of this great fold maintains its easterly course as far as Mount
Undoolya, where it is broken and bent abruptly to a course bearing N. 40° E.
towards Mount Benstead, Abrupt alterations of strike at points where there
are breaks in the range are noticeable as far to the eastward as Love’s Creek
Station.

In the eastern portion of the MacDonnell Ranges—in that portion which
has been named the Fergusson Range—there is a well-defined synclinal fold across
which the Ross River has cut its way.

Folding in other parts of the MacDonnell and other ranges to the southward
has been indicated in the Report of the Horn Expedition.@”) Some of the folds
produced features of high relief at such places as the area lying to the east of
Mount Burrell, between Maryvale Station and the James Range near Deep Well,
where now the planed-down edges of the folded rocks exhibit few prominences
(fig. 1).

lt seems probable that some of the present features of relief have been
determined in part by strike-faulting that may have accompanied the Post-
Ordovician elevation and folding; as, for example, along the northern fronts of
the Waterhouse and Krichauff Ranges (fig. 6). The presence or absence of
such faulting will be determinable when areal mapping of the Ordovician sedi-
ments has been carried out.

‘These crustal movements were followed by a long period during which the
central portion of Australia remained elevated above the sea and subject to sub-
aerial denudation. No trace of Silurian nor of Devonian sedimentation is known.
‘The deposits here grouped and described as the Finke Series may have been laid

(7) The Horn Expedition, vol. iii. Geology and Botany, pls. i. and i.

down on a sea shore of Permo-Carboniferous time. The greenish shales at the
base of Mount Engoordina, at Horseshoe Bend on the Finke River. are ripple
marked. These sediments rest upon the Ordovician foundations, and do not
occur, so’ far as known, at any places but those where the Ordovician rocks were
worn down by erosion to relatively low levels. The localization of the glacial
deposits of the series near Crown Point awaits the explanation that areal mapping
may provide.

Perhaps the most interesting feature of this period of sedimentation, during
which the rocks of the Finke Series were deposited, is the indication of the
beginning of the great central Australian depression. he rocks of the Finke
Series, together with the supposed glacial deposits revealed by the Lake Phillipson
and Anna Creck Bores, appear to have been formed on the western margin of a
central Australian sea which occupied a broad depression that persisted through
the Mesozoic era. They are separated now, and appear to have been separated
at the time of their formation from the Western Australian glacial beds by a
continental mass extending southwards from the Musgrave Ranges. There is,
moreover, no sign of connection between the Finke beds and the glacial deposits
in the southern part of South Australia,

Upon the Permo-Carboniferous sediments, and probably after slight eleva-
tion which caused a contraction of the area of deposition, the Jurassic sands
were laid down in a broad lake. Then followed a downward movement which
resulted, in Lower Cretaceous time, in the formation of a great inland sea.
The marine sediments of this period overlapped the Jurassic sands at many places
round the margin of the central depression, as, for example, in the Lake Frome
district. and near Charlotte Waters. But near Stuart’s Range, on the upper
Arckaringa, Creek, and probably also on the Alberga River and Hamilton Creek
near the 134th meridian of east longitude, there was no such overlap, and the
Jurassic sands are covered only by the Upper Cretaceous and by Recent uncon-
solidated sands.

After this great marine transgression, during which the shales and lime-
stones of the Rolling Downs Formation were deposited, the connection of the
inland waters with the ocean seems to have been broken. But the depression
still existed and sedimentation continued, the shales being associated with lignitic
beds. From the distribution and thickness of these beds, here termed Middle
Cretaceous, it may be inferred that the mediterranean depression was deepest in
the far north-eastern corner of South Australia, where the Patchawarra borehole
proved the beds to have a thickness of over 3,500 feet (between 345 and 3,878 feet
from the surface,*) and that the downward movement in the Lake Frome region
was still in progress while the beds were being formed, for there is a well-marked
overlap (fig. 5) of the Middle over the Tower Cretaceous beds, proved by boring
operations.) On the west, there tay have been a pause in the downward
movement, and even a slight elevation, since the Middle Cretaceous sediments
do not extend so far westwards as those of the Rolling Downs Formation.

While the latter stages of the filling of the central depression were in progress
there was some erosion of the marginal portion of the marine shales of Lower
Cretaceous age, so that their outcrops show low angles of dip.

At the termination of this period of sedimentation, in fresh or brackish
water, there was another downward movement which resulted in marine trans-
gression far beyond the limits of the Lower and Middle Cretaceous basins. This
Upper Cretaceous sea was limited by the high lands of the Musgrave and Everard
Ranges in the northern part of South Australia, and did not extend far into the

G8) Geol. Surv. S. Austr., Bulletin No. lil, p. 11.
') Report of the Third Interstate Conference on Artesian Water, 1921, pls. 3 and 3a.

Northern Territory, but, to the south of Stuart’s Range, it stretched to the
Transcontinental Railway between Tarcoola and Woocalla. Its limits beyond
the Flinders Range, in the Lake Frome region, may have been wider than is
indicated in the map showing the extension of the rocks (fig. 5).

Reference has been made above to the probable distribution of numerous
erratic boulders by floating ice in the Upper Cretaceous sea, and to the source
of these boulders.

With the aggregation of these late Mesozoic rocks the processes of sedi-
mentation on a large scale came to an end. Elevation of the whole central region
followed. The sea retreated from continental Australia and throughout the
Tertiary period to the present day the interior of Australia has been subject to
continuous subaerial denudation. The Mesozoic rocks, on elevation above sea
level, formed a broad plateau region which extended northwards in one unbroken
physiographical unit over the terrain occupied by the Finke Series of sediments,

Alice Seo a

tN
KON

Fundamental
Gneisses & Schists__>

Lower Quartzite

Lower Limestone

Middle Quartzite

BLOCK DIAGRAM Upper Limestone

OF
THE VICINITY OF

~ CHAURITCHA
(ALICE SPRINGS) Fig.7

and possibly also over the older rocks of the MacDonnell and other ranges. At
the present time the remnants of this plateau slope gently towards the Lake Eyre
depression, whither the drainage trends. The dissection of this plateau has been
in progress over an immensely long period, and the bulk of rock matter removed
by erosion is very great indeed. It is not possible to account satisfactorily for
the vast amount of material removed without postulating one or more outlets
from the central depression. The action of the wind in removing material has
surely been insufficient. Yet the Lake Eyre basin of to-day is not filled, as we
know from boring operations in the Great Artesian Basin, with a great thickness
of post-Mesozoic sands large enough to account for the erosion of the Permo-
Carboniferous and Mesozoic rocks. We are not in a position to say whether

the great sandy region occupying so large a portion of eastern Western Aus-
tralia and western South Australia has derived its sands from the central region.
If the drainage formerly trended in that direction, its traces have been obliterated,
so far as we know now, by the later stages of progressive denudation,

Far back in the Tertiary period the climatic conditions of the central region
favoured the extraordinary development of a siliceous crust, which formed over
the Upper Cretaceous, the Finke Series, and even the Ordovician sediments,
and which is visible to-day on the residual fragments of the dissected plateau.
It seems probable that induration of the surface, by the introduction of ferru-
ginous and siliceous cement, is still taking place; as, for example, in the flats
and depressions to the north-north-west of McDouall Peak Station and to the
east and north-east of Lake Wirrida. This superficial silicification has been noted
not only in the form of cappings on the sedimentary rocks of the arid region, but
also on the outcrops of the lodes,“ and, in these latter cases, at least, the process
has been in operation until recent times.

The physiographical features of to-day represent the algebraic sum of the
processes thus briefly outlined. The great folded mountain range of the Mac-
Donnells shows well-marked signs of maturity. The traveller approaching Alice
Springs from the south is confronted by what appears to be a great rock wall or
rampart. The wall seems to him to be extraordinarily regular in height and to
be unbroken for a distance of many miles. The chief notch in the wall seen from
a distance is Emily Gap, but the continuity is broken farther to the eastward near
Mount Undoolya. From a closer viewpoint, the small conical hill, known as
Mount Blatherskite, is seen to occur at a strtictural break at the end of one
prominent wall (formed by the middle quartzite, fig. 7), and a somewhat higher
wall is seen behind it. Farther to the westward are two other walls of quartzite,
to the south of the inner two. The gap known as Heavitree Gap in the lower
quartzite is not seen clearly until the traveller has rounded the end of the second
wall. When once the walls of tilted quartzite have been passed the topographical
features change abruptly, and the regular outlines of the sediments give place
to the irregular rounded contours of the crystalline rocks. There are other
features of the sediments, beside the even height of the walls, that call for brief
mention. The southern faces of the two main ramparts are well-defined dip
slopes, and on the northern front of each is a typical strike scarp.

The regularity of the longitudinal profile of the ridges points to an earlier
eyele of erosion in which the region was reduced to a peneplain; some of the
highest peaks of the MaclDonnell Ranges standing. no doubt, in relief above
the general level. A subsequent uplift of the tighlands revived the forces of
erosion, and a second cycle began. ‘This later cycle has reached a stage of
maturity, as may be seen from the perfect development of longitudinal valleys
along the limestone beds between the more resistant quartzites. The longitudinal
valleys are reduced almost entirely to base level and make accordant junctions
with the transverse valleys, but in the case of those valleys seen by the writer
the course of the consequent transverse streams has not been diverted to follow
the subsequent valleys. There may be instances of such adjustments of the
drainage in the MacDonnell Ranges, but none were observed.

The drainage of the MacDonnell Range region (fig. 6) is not simple. Part
finds its way into the plains on the northern side of the ranges by the channels
of relatively smal] streams, rising close to the Tropic of Capricorn. The chief
of these are the Darwent, the Dashwood, the Charley, Hamilton Creek, Six-
mile Creek, and Harry Creek. A very small part of the drainage trends towards
the depression of Lake Amadeus from the George Gill Range at the extreme
western portion of the highlands.

G9) Geol. Surv. S. Austr., Report No, 3, p. 9.

The largest part is carried southwards towards the Lake Eyre depression by
the channels of the Palmer, the Finke, the Hugh, the Jay, the Todd, and the
Hale. The divide of this largest basin has moved westwards and northwards
on account of the lower level of the centre of the basin. The levels taken recently
in connection with the survey of the North-South Transcontinental Railway show
‘that the Emily Plain, at Temple Bar Creek on the southern side of the Mac-
Donnell Ranges, is 1,806 feet above sea level, whereas the Burt Plain, at Six-
mile Creek on the northern side of the ranges, is 2,363 feet above sea level.
There is consequently a considerable portion of the northern part of the ranges
drained by the southwards-flowing stream. The field offers promise of interesting
results when the details of the physiography relating to stream-capture are
worked out.

It has been pointed out above that the peneplanation of the MacDonnell
Ranges was followed by an uplift which rejuvenated the streams. This inter-

BLOGK DIAGRAM
OF

TEMPLE BAR GAPS
(LocaTED ON A FAULT)

ruption in the physiographical development may have been that which raised
the bed of the Upper Cretaceous sea and restored continental conditions m
Central Australia. The rejuvenated streams, operating upon rocks of varying
resistance, cut down steep-sided gaps through the ridges of hard quartzite which
were gradually etched out in strong relief. These gaps are a noteworthy feature
of the ranges, and it is interesting to observe that their location has been deter-
mined in some cases by the position of fault fractures, whereas in other cases
there is no sign of dislocation with its weak resistance to stream erosion.

Examples of typical gaps, where the stream has cut its way downwards
through an unbroken quartzite formation, are the Heavitree Gap, Emily Gap, and
Simpson’s Gap. All three are located in the lower quartzite (fig. 7), the last-
named being on the northern limb of the anticline and the other two on the
southern limb.

On the other hand, at Temple Bar, where the Roe or Temple Bar Creek cuts

through the ranges, there is a displacement of the ridges to the northward on

the western side of a fault, and the drainage channel follows the breaks (fig. 8).
Other cases of gaps located on fractures may be seen on each side of Mount
Undoolya, that on the eastern side being situated at a point where the strike of
the quartzite changes abruptly by 50°. There are other gaps at structural breaks
in the ridges still farther to the east.

At a few points the formation of gaps has been arrested, and the notches
remain in the ridges. A typical case is that indicated in the block diagram shown
as fig. 7.

Hy the south of the MacDonnell Ranges the course of the Finke River
through the Krichauff Range is remarkably circuitous, although the walls of the
gorge are steep. The rock structure does not cause the meandering of the
channel, for the structure is that of a flat dome, the centre of which is close to
the crest called Hermannsburg. The rock is reddish sandstone. The explana-
tion of the meandering course of the river lies in the earlier physiographical
lustory of the region. At a time when the area occupied by the Krichauff Range
was base levelled—probably at the close of the Mesozoic area—the old Vinke
River was crossing its flood plain in a meandering course. But when the uplift
came the meandering stream was rejuvenated and cut its gorge downwards into
the solid rock while still preserving the plan of its bed. Thus the Finke River
gorge of to-day through the Krichauff Range is an “entrenched” or “incised”
meander. The process of entrenchment was not quite continuous, for the main
gorge and its tributaries show signs of a pause when base level was reached
temporarily and lateral erosion began. At this period the high-level gravels of
the Missionaries’ Plain, north of the Krichauff Range, were deposited. The
subsequent rejuvenation of the river caused the deepening of the gorge and the
formation of terraces in the gravel deposits to be seen near the Mission Station
on the northern side of the range. The deep and narrow canyon of Palm Creek,
a small western tributary of the Finke notable for its preservation of living
eycads and palms, was formed during the later stages of entrenchment.

‘Vhese notes on the evolution of the geological structure are set forth in the
hope that they will be amplified, and corrected where necessary, in the light of
systematic and detailed surveys.

The study of the development of the valleys and drainage systems should
be extended through rainy periods, for it is difficult to work out the evolution of
intermittent streams in the dry periods of present climatic conditions when
waler-gaps become temporarily air-gaps and low divides cannot he defined
exactly.

Although the writer has had occasion to express views that differ from those
expressed hy others who have dealt with the geology of Central Australia, he is
keenly appreciative of the help afforded to him by these earlier accounts. All
differences in the interpretation of the sequence of events will disappear when a
thorough survey has been made.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES Il. to VILL.
The description will be found under each block on the Plates,

85.

THE FLORA AND FAUNA OF NUYTS ARCHIPELAGO AND THE
INVESTIGATOR GROUP.

No. 17.—THE SCORPIONS, WITH DESCRIPTIONS OF SOME SPECIES
FROM OTHER LOCALITIES IN SOUTH AUSTRALIA.

By L. Gravert, F.G.S,.%
(Communicated by Professor F. Wood Jones.)

[Read May 14, 1925.]

The scorpions which form the subject of this paper were collected by Pro-
fessor F. Wood Jones, of Adelaide, at various localities in South Australia. Of
the four species represented in the collection three have long been known to occur
in South Australia, but one of these, Lychas marmoreus, is represented in the
series before me by a form previously recorded from a limited area near
Geraldton, in Western Australia. The fourth species, Lychas truncatus, n. sp., 18
remarkable for the short truncated tooth under the aculeus; it is a desert form
having the typical desert colouration and seems to be confined to the interior of
South Australia and Victoria. There are several fine specimens of this scorpion
in the collection of the National Museum, Melbourne, one of which has been
selected as the type.

Iam under an obligation to Professor Wood Jones for the opportunity of
examining this small but very interesting collection.

LYCHAS MARMOREUS SPLENDENS, Kr.

Lychas marmoreus splendens, Kraepelin, 1916, Ark. Zool. K, Svensk. Vetensk. Ak, x.,
No. 2, p. 28

Locality —RBlack Rock Island (4), Greenly Island (2).

Remarks.—Professor K. Kraepelin, in his revision of the forms of Lychas
marmoreus (C. L. Koch), states that the range of this subspecies appears to be
restricted to “Northampton and Eradu, near Geraldton, Western Australia.” I
have seen specimens from Moora, Tammin, and Euro in Western Australia in
addition to these South Australian specimens.

The two smaller individuals, from Black Rock Island, have 17-17 teeth to
the pectines.

Lychas truncatus, n. sp.

Colour —Trunk uniform tawny, ocular areas blackish, limbs and tail yel-
lowish, hand and fingers uniform with no indications of darker markings, fourth
segment of the tail and vesicle rather darker; under surface uniform pale yellow.
Carapace dull, covered with coarse granulation, keels granular, moderately
prominent, superciliary crest well marked, coarsely granular, extending forward
for a distance equal to the horizontal diameter of the eye; median sulcus
granular, a row of larger granules along the posterior border of the carapace.
Frontal notch wide and shallow, frontal lobes slightly rounded. Tergites dull,
covered with granules which increase in size towards the posterior border of
each segment; median keel subdenticulate, obsolescent on the first tergite, chiefly
developed on the hinder portion of the next five; last tergite with posteriorly
abbreviated subdenticulate median keel and four strongly g granular lateral keels,

@ Colmuiieated by permission of the » er eisteas of the Western ‘Austeatiin Museum,
Perth.

the granules. on which increase in size posteriorly, submarginal terminal granule
not enlarged. Sternites, the anterior ones smooth and shining, the last rather
dull, with a few very fine granules and four subdenticulate keels which do not
teach the anterior margin, the inner pair persisting to the posterior margin.
Tail, first three segments with ten keels, fourth with eight keels and strong indi-
cations of the accessory keels; dorsal and supero-lateral keels with granules
increasing in size posteriorly, terminal granule somewhat enlarged on the first
three segments, infero-lateral and ventral keels finely and regularly granular,
dorsal inter-carinal spaces shining, with a few coarse granules, the other inter-
carinal spaces dull, with smaller granules; fifth segment with five granular
keels; dorsal inter-carinal surface convex, sulcus not pronounced, smooth, with
a few large granules; lateral and ventral surfaces shining with larger and
smaller granules. Vesicle short, swollen, shining and keelless, the sulci
obsolescent, with a number of large pores. Aciuleus curved, stout, almost as long
as the vesicle. Tooth under the aculeus short, strong, conical and truncated,
wider than high, without any trace of a dorsal tubercle, the basal diameter of the
tooth less than its distance from the base of the aculeus. Pedipalpi normal, hand
swollen, wider than the brachium, smooth and shining, without traces of keels
or granulation on its upper surface; fingers long, curved, smooth, with a smooth
keel on the fixed finger, the movable finger not more than twice the length of the
hand, basal scries of teeth with two enlarged external lateral teeth. Legs keeled,
the inter-carinal spaces dull, finely granular. Pectines with 22-27 teeth.

Dimensions.—Total length 38:5 mm., trunk 14:5, tail 24, length of hand
5°5, less than the first two caudal segments.

Distribution —Victoria (Pyramid Hill), South Australia (Miller’s Creek
and Cooper’s Creek).

The type is in the National Museum, Melbourne.

Uropacus Manicatus (Thorell),

loctonus manicains, Thorell, 1876, A.M.N.H, (4), xvii, p. 14; Thorell, 1877, Atti. Soc.
Ital, xix., p. 261. :

Uredacus novac-hollandiae, Keyserling (not Peters), 1885, Arachn, Austr. it, p. 34.
Urodacus abruptus, Pocock, 1888, A.M.N.H. (6), ii, p. 174,
Urodacus keyserlingi, Pocock, 1801, A.M.N.H., (6), vil, p. 245.
Urodacus manicatus, Kracpelin, 1908, Fauna Suedwest Austr., it, lief. 7, p. 97.
Locality,—Kangaroo Island (2).

Remarks —Vhe specimens, a male and a female, show no points of difference
from the mainland form of the species, but the length of the female (with dis-
tended abdomen) is remarkable, being 63 mm., or 8 mm. in excess of the maximum
given by Kraepelin. ‘The male has 16-17 teeth to the pectines, and the female
11-11. The range of the species extends from New South Walcs through Victoria
to South Australia. Whether it enters Western Australia is doubtful. Kraepelin
states that it occurs there, but I have failed to find it among the hundred or more
specimens of Uvodacus which I have received from all parts of the south of
Western Australia. On the other hand, the Urodacus, so plentiful in the vicinity
of Eucla, is U. novae-hollandiae ; this stiggests that U7. manicatus does not reach
the western boundary of South Australia,

The presence of U. manicatus on Kangaroo Island, where Cercophonius
squama also occurs, is significant, for in ‘l'asmania the latter species is the sole
representative of the Scorpionidea.

Uropacus vascHENKor (Birula).
Hemihoplopus yaschenkoi, Birula, 1904, Ann. Mus. Acad. Sci. St. Petersb., viii., No. 12,
Nouvelles.
Urodacus yaschenkot, Kraepelin, 1908, Fatma Suedwest Austr., ii, lief. 7, p. 95.

Locality —Miller’s Creek. and Cooper’s Creek.

Remarks—Two females in the collection undoubtedly belong to this species ;
they agree with the description in all essential features, having a rounded brachium
with 16-17 trichobothria, an irregular terminal group of 5-7 trichobothria on the
lower surface of the hand, minute inner terminal claws on the third and fourth
legs, 7 spines on the dorsal surface of the tarsus of the first leg, 14 teeth to the
pectines, and the fifth caudal segment and the vesicle darker than the rest of
the body.

THE VANADIUM CONTENT OF CERTAIN TITANIFEROUS IRON ORES
OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA.

By A. R. Atperman, B.Sc,
(Communicated by Sir Douglas*Mawson. )

[Read June 11, 1925.]

The presence of small quantities of vanadium in some titaniferous iron ores
has long been known. It was from such a source that the element vanadium was
first definitely recognised by Sefstrom in pig iron derived from the titanium-
hearing ores of Taberg, in Sweden.

A high titanium content is a notable feature of a wide range of igneous rocks
in South Australia; in fact, this facies delineates a considerable region of the
State as a petrographical province.

The abnormal occurrence in the State of such highly vanadiferous forma-
tions as that at Radium Hill, Olary, and that of the Edelweiss Mine, near Burra,
suggests that any facts relating to the further occurrence of vanadium in con-
nection with the iron ores of this petrographical province should be of interest.

Although vanadium is known to occur in iron ores which are not titani-
ferous in other parts of the world, such occurrences are considerably less frequent
than in the titanium-bearing types.

In view of the value of vanadium for use in special steels and alloys, and
the relative scarcity of rich ores of this element, it is possible that the richer
varieties of these vanadium-bearing iron ores may be of economic value.
Goodwin™ found that it was possible to reduce 90 per cent. of the vanadium
with the iron, by using a flux of silica instead of lime, when reducing such an
ore in the electric furnace.

In order to investigate the bearing which these facts have on the South
Australian occurrences of such ores, partial analyses were made of a number of
specimens from various parts of the State.

PARTICULARS AND ANALYSES OF ORES.

[. Specimen from a large deposit of ilmenite situated 13 miles N.N-IE. of
Olary, near the “Graphite Locality.” Genetically this deposit appears to be con-
nected with a body of basic igneous rock resembling dolerite, as judged on the
hand specimen.

On analysis the specimens gave high percentages of titanium and vanadium.

Per cent.
Titanium dioxide (TiO.) .. ot _ .. 35°37
Iron (calculated as Fe) .. A, .. 46°88
Vanadium pentoxide (V.O, ) 3 7 .. O59

It. Vimenite from a quartz- -ilmenite pegmatite situated on the sea front,
three-quarters of a mie south of the “Little Gorge” near Normanville. his
occurrence is particularly interesting on account of its proximity to the monazite-
bearing pegmatite at the “Little Gorge.” described by R. Grenfell Thomas.

Per cent,

‘Titanium dioxide Grey a2, gh, me .. 17-07
Iron (Fe) ri My 7 ay a)°30)
Vanadium pentoxide ra 204) A, iv .. 0°29

a “A Method of Smelting Titantheros fron Ore,” ”* the Hon. Aitetvory Cotaiet for Sai
and Ind. Research, Report No. 8, Otlawa, 1921.

‘23 Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol. xlviti., 1924, p. 258.

{1lI. A large quartz-ilmenite pegmatite, situated about two miles south of
the apatite mine, Old Boolcoomatta Station, near Olary. Specimens show great
variability in vanadium content. An average figure is as follows :—

Per cent.
‘Titanium dioxide Oe) ont i As .. 14°36
Iron (Fe) ke hn acs .. 57°60
Vanadium pentoxide (Vv. O 5) oh Lip .. O16

It is interesting to note that a sample of sphene, occurring in a pegmatite, situated
a few yards distant from this pegmatite, gave not the slightest trace of vanadium,
although it was quite apparent in the ilmenite.

IV. Iron ore from a southern extension of the Radium Hill lode, near
Olary. The ore was crushed to suitable fineness and the heavier constituents
separated by “panning” and subjected to partial analysis as follows :—

Per cent.
Titanium dioxide (TiO,) .. A, 4 .. 60°76
Iron (Fe) cf 39 if .. 28°58
Vanadium pentoxide (Vs O:) rr m .. O84

The high percentage of titanium suggests that the ore consists of a mixture of
rutile and ilmenite. In view of the relatively high proportion of vanadium and
its relation with the carnotite-bearing ore, nearby, it is notable that the ore gives
no trace of uranium.

V. A sample from Blackfellows’ Creek, Hundred of Kuitpo. This sample
consists of a very variable mixture of magnetite and true ilmenite, and occurs as
veins and stringers in gneiss. On analysis this sample was found to contain :—

Per cent.
Titanium dioxide (TiO,) .. “6 As 2. 13-05
Iron (Fe) iy +4 ne .. 65°01
Vanadium pentoxide (V, O; 5) fe 2 wd 125

VI. A sample of clastic ilmenite from the ilmenitic grits at the base of the
Adelaide Series at Mylor. The sample contained much quartz and felspar sand
grains mechanically mixed :—

Per cent.
Titanium dioxide (TiO.) .. et ms .. 12:22
Tron (Fe) ae sf 7 .. 52°81
Vanadium pentoxide “(V20, ) 7 4 .. O14

VII. Iron ore from a large barytes-hematite-magnetite lode formation,
situated 13 miles N.W. of Olary, on Outalpa Station. On analysis this sample
showed a complete absence of both titanium and vanadium.

Vanadium determinations were also made by the writer on several other
occurrences of ilmenite. Of these, a sample from a pegmatite situated 20 miles
north of Olary, near Bimba Hill, contained 0°25 per cent. of vanadium pentoxide.

A specimen from a pegmatite near Aldgate contained 0-14 per cent. V_O,.
Other iron ores examined proved to be both non-titaniferous and non- -vanadic.

lt is interesting to record that the rutile from the “Little Gorge” at Norman-
ville contains a notable amount of vanadium pentoxide, viz., 0°27 per cent.

Analyses made of certain ilmenitic ores from the main workings at Radium
Hill disclose up to 2 per cent. of vanadium pentoxide. These samples were
washed free of carnotite before analysis.

COMPARISON OF ANALYSES.

The results given above may conveniently be compared by plotting, under
the respective numbers of the samples, the percentages of titanium dioxide and
vanadium pentoxide on rectangular co-ordinates. In the following diagram the
percentage of titania has been plotted as an abscissa and that of vanadium
pentoxide as an ordinate :—

ae — Iv

“ACIXOLNGYd WOIGVNVA 4O FOVINGDAAd
~

10 20 30 40 50 60 70
PERCENTAGE OF TITANIUM DIOXIDE.

It is noticeable from the diagram that the percentage of vanadium pentoxide
is roughly proportional to that of the titanium dioxide. Pope“) found in investi-
gating certain iron ores of Ontario, that the ratio between vanadic oxide and
titanium dioxide was always in the region of 1 to 28; but he found that this
relationship was not borne out by results obtained from ores of other districts.
Certainly in South Australia the ratio would be much lower, roughly about 1 to 60.

SUMMARY.
The titanium-bearing iron ores occurring in South Australia are almost
invariably found to contain small amounts of the rare metal vanadium, The
quantity of vanadic oxide present is often roughly proportional to the amount
of titania in the mineral, and sometimes comprises more than a half of 1 per
cent. of the ore.
On the other hand, occurrences of vanadium in South Australian non-
titaniferous iron ores are, so far, practically unknown.
In conclusion, the thanks of the writer are due to Prof. Sir Douglas Mawson,
not only for the facilities granted which made this work possible, but also for his
many helpful suggestions.

(3) Trans. Am. Inst. Min. Eng., vol. 29, 1899, pp. 395-397,

NOTES ON CERTAIN SOUTH AUSTRALIAN FOSSILIFEROUS
TERRESTRIAL FORMATIONS OF RECENT AGE.

By F. Cuarman, A.L.S., F.R.M.S., and D. Mawson, Kr., F.R.S.
[Read June 11, 1925.]
Pirate IX.

This paper deals with several localities in the State where sedimentary
deposits have been met with containing the fossilised remains of fresh water
mollusca and water plants. All the forms are still existing, so that the beds are
of Recent age. This is further borne out by their arrangement and relation to
present topography.

Of these, three small basins situated in the Middle North, roughly between
the Burra and Truro, are of interest in drawing attention to the fact that altera-
tions have, in Recent times, heen effected in the grades of the main lines of drain-
age of that area. The ponding of some areas and canyon cutting noted in others
suggests slow general meridional uplift associated with slight differential warping.

The movements here indicated, however, are on a smaller scale than such as
have already been described“ from the neighbourhood of Orroroo, further to
the north-west. In that locality, Chara remains are described as a feature of
the lacustrine formation. Traces of the remains of mollusca are also reported,
but are apparently too badly preserved to be identified. The present recorded
occurrences, however, yield abundant shells in a good state of preservation. The
specific localities are referred to in the following notes.

THE Burra CREEK LOCALITIES.
A traverse) of the Burra Creek, made three years ago, resulted in the

discovery of several ancient ponded areas along its course. The length examined
extended for over 30 miles, from the Burra down stream to the extinction of
the creek in the Tertiary area of the Murray flats leading to Morgan. At intervals
along its course water weeds were met with, and a very common form among
them is Chara.S) From the remains of, and through the agency of this Chara,
calcareous tufa is now actively forming in the river channel in many places.

In connection with the subject of this communication, two areas came speci-
ally under notice. The more remote of these is in the vicinity of the boundary
between the Hundreds of Bright and Bundey. In that locality, for a couple of
miles to the west of the boundary and about a mile to the east, the Burra Creek
traverses a plain that owes its flatness to the accumulation of old river sediments.
Along this length, the highly inclined Pre-Cambrian rocks which form the bed
of the stream, elsewhere, rarely appear, the river banks being decply incised in
horizontally arranged boulder-beds, gravel beds, clays, silts and marl, interbedded
in which are Chara remains and a strong horizon of travertine limestone, the

ae ‘Description of an old Lalee Aves in Paina Creole, aus its relation. to Recent
Geological Changes,’ by W. Howchin, F.G.S., Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol, XXxiii., pp.
253-261.

(2) In this field work assistance was rendered by Mr. C. T. Madigan, B.E., M.A., and
several advanced students of Adelaide University.

(3) From an examination of some fragmentary and ill-preserved remains of this Chara,
Professor T, G. B. Osborn, D.Sc., concludes that it is probably C. fragilis.

Jatter indicating a former land surface. This accumulation obviously represents
deposition. in an area that has become relatively depressed or ponded during the
existence of the Burra Creek. The flat expanse may be traced far on either
side of the present watercourse, and represents what was a region of depression
of at least several square miles in area. The exposed thickness of the accumula-
tion is regularly about 25 feet, and, in places, the bottom of the formation ha’
not been reached by the present stream bed.

Down stream from this area of accumulation, the Burra Creek carves its
way across the underlying steeply-dipping Pre-Cambrian formation and is deeply
entrenched in a rocky gorge. Old river gravels are here met with on the flanks,
at the top of this gorge, as much as 65 feet above the present river level.

The other locality is much nearer the Burra, at the double ox-bow bend in
the vicinity of the Thirty Pound Pool, in the Hundred of Apoinga. The pre-
vailing rocks thereabouts are Proterozoic sediments. These strike N. 30° W.
magnetic, and are very steeply inclined. The Burra Creek traverses limestones
before arriving at the Thirty Pound Pool, but at that point reaches a slate
formation which, being more resistant to river erosion, has diverted the creek
along the strike to the north for half a mile before it succeeds in crossing again
to the east. It soon meets a harder slate formation and is again deflected along
the strike to the south. In this way a double ox-bow bend has developed. In
that neighbourhood there is considerable topographical relief and the river is
entrenched to the extent of several hundred feet below the hill tops thereabouts.

Backward cutting is actively in progress at the present time, indicated by the
presence of a waterfall situated in the middle bend of the double ox-bow. Along
the whole of this middle limb, the river is entrenched in lacustrine sediments,
apparently of Recent age. Two distinct terraces of erosion are marked. The
full depth is not revealed ; but in one spot a depth of 20 feet is shown, beginning
with coarse conglomerate on bed rock below and passing upwards into grey sticky
clay richly studded with shells of fresh water mollusca. Of the latter a number
of examples were collected as follows :—

Fam. CYRENIDAE,

Genus Corpicu.a, Megerle.
CORBICULA ANGASI, Prime.

Corbicula angasi, Prime, 1863, Cat. Corb. p. 4, and 1869-70, Gen. Corbicula, No. 1; Id,
1864, Journ. Conch,, vol, xii., p. 151, pl. vii., fig. 6; Clessin, 1879, in Martyn and Chemnitz Syst.
Con, Cab., vol. ix., pt. iii, p. 205, pl. xxxvili, fig. 3; Reeve, 1878, Conch. Tcon., Cyrena, pl. xvii.,
hg. OO.

Corbicula rivina, Clessin, 1879, in Martyn and Chemnitz Syst. Con Cab. vol. ix., pt. iti,
p. 139, pL xxv., figs. 3, 4

Corbicula angast, Prime, E. A, Smith, 1882, Journ, Linn. Soc. Lond. Zool., vol. xvi,
p. 302.

Observations.—The series comprises 15 examples, and shows all gradations
in size and variations in outline, of a single variable species.

In the neanic and ephebic stages the valves are more roundly ovate than in
the gerontic, where the shell lengthens in proportion to the width and the. umbo
is more prominent. The dorsal margin in the gerontic forms has more sloping
sides. In the coarser lamellation of the shell surface the fully grown individuals
have a resemblance to C. ovalina, Deshayes, a shell recorded from Port Essington,
though that species has a straighter ventral edge and less prominent beaks.

That Corbicula angasi is a most variable species is convincingly seen in a
large collection of shells obtained by Mr. C. |. Gabriel from one spot in the reser-
voir at Studley Park, Kew, Victoria. These'shells range from the comparatively
short and almost subquadrate valves to the long-ovate, mature fornis. We have
had further assurance of identification by Mr. Chas. Hedley, who has separately
determined them as C. angasi.

Fam. PLANORBIDAE,
Genus BuLuinus, Oken.
BuLLINUS ACUTISPIRA, Tryon, sp.

Physa acutispira, Tryon, 1866, Amer, Journ, Conch., vol. ii, p. 9, pl. it, fig. 10; Tate and
Brazier, 1881, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, vol. vi, p. 557; Smith, E. A., 1882, Journ. Linn.
Soc. Lond., Zool., vol. xvi., p. 282, pl. vi. fig. 16; Clessin, 1885, Conch. Cab., vol. 1., Abth.,
xvii, p. 242, pl. xxxiv., fig. 1.

Bullinus acutispira, Tryon, sp., Hedley, 1917, Rec. Austr. Mus,, vol, xii, p. 5, pl. i, figs.
11, 12, pl. ii, fig. 16; Chapman, 1919, Proc. Roy, Sac. Vict., vol. xxxii., p. 26, pl. iii, fig. 4,

Observations —Both examples found here resemble the variety of B.
acutispira figured by Hedley (loc. supra cit., 1917) on pl. i., found at Portland,
Victoria.

Fam. SUCCINEIDAE,
Genus Succinea, Pfeiffer.
SUCCINEA AUSTRALIS, Ferussac.

Succinea australis, Ferussac, 1821, Tabl. Syst., vol. ii.; Ferussac in Quoy and Gaimard,
1832, Voy. “Astrolabe,” vol. ii., p. 150, pl. xiii., figs. 19-23.

Succinea legrandi, Cox, 1871, Legrand, Coll. Mon. (in Deshaye’s Hist. Nat. Moll, vol. it,
p. 137, pl. xi., fig. 11).

Succinea australis, Ferussac, May, 1921, Check List Moll, Tas. p. 91; Id, 1923, IN.
Index Tas. Shells, pl. xlii., fig. 2.

Observations —This species, represented here by one example, is usually
found under moist land surface conditions, as, for example, amongst wet grass.

Professor Tate described a species collected by the Horn Expedition (1896.
p. 207, pl. xix., fig. 21) under the name Succinea interioris. It is doubtful
whether this is more than a varietal form of the widely distributed and variable
species, S. australis. In any case, it differs from the Burra Creek example in
its longer and more acutely turreted shell.

Dutton.

Recently, while geologically mapping the Hundred of Dutton, Mr. P. S.
Hossfeld, B.Sc., located an area formerly occupied by ponded water, situated at
and around the town of Dutton. He estimates the original area of the lake as
about one and a half miles from west to east and three miles from north to south.
The recent depositions in this area, which are almost horizontal and rest upon
highly inclined rocks of Proterozoic age, have been cut across by the main line
of present drainage, namely, Pine Creek, which flows from west to east. Though
the creek is deeply entrenched, it has failed to reach the bottom of these recent
deposits in their deeper portions. The strata exposed consist of boulder and
gravel beds, clays, silts, and marls with some bands of tufaceons limestone rich
in remains of Chara. Molluscan remains of fresh-water species are moderately
common, distributed throughout the more calcareous beds. Forms occurring in
three specimens selected by Mr. Hossfeld are as follow :—

1. A tufaceous limestone formed of a mass of encrusted, reed-like plant
remains, amongst which the Chara is evident, and containing
numerous shells belonging to the genera Bithinella and Coxiella.

Fam. HYDROBIDAE.
Genus BITHINELLA, Moquin-Tandon.
BITHINELLA NIGRA, Quoy and Gaimard, sp.

; eli nigra, Quoy and Gaimard, 1835, Voy. “Astrolabe,” vol. iil, p. 174, pl. tviii.,
igs. 9-12.

Potamopyrgus nigra, Q. and G., sp., May, 1921, Check List Moll, Tas., p. 56; Id., 1923,
Index, pl. xxvi., fig. 3.

Observations —This small fresh-water shell is quite common and typical in
this rock.

Fam. TRUNCATELLIDAE.,
Genus Coxretia, E. A. Smith.
COXIELLA STRIATA, Sowerby, sp.

Truncatella striata, J. de C. Sowerby, 1842; Reeve, Conch. Syst., vol. ii, p. 94, pl.
clxxxit, fig, 4.

Blandfordia striatula, Cox, 1868, Mon. Austr. Land Shells, p, 95, pl. xv., figs. 13a-c.

Coxiella confusa, E. A. Smith, 1898, Proc. Malac. Soc., vol. iii, p. 76; Gatliff, 1905,
Vict. Nat., vol. xxii, p. 14.

Coxiella striatula, Menke, sp., Chapman, 1919, Proc. Roy. Soc. Viet., vol. xxxii., p. 25,
pl. iii., fig. 3. ;

Truncatella fillosa, Sow. (nom. nud.), Hedley, 1923, Vict. Nat., vol. xl, p. 76.

Observations —This species here occurs abundantly in the same material
with Bithinella nigra, although, curiously, Coxiella has a preference for brackish
conditions. C. striata is easily separated from the more typically South Aus-
tralian form, C. gilesi, the latter having broader and more inflated whorls.

2. A fine loessial silt containing a small percentage of clay. Microscopic-
ally examined, the sediment consists of fine quartz sand, somewhat
rounded, probably of aeolian origin, with a few shell flakes and occa-
sional spicules of fresh-water sponges. In this material the following
mollusca were found :—

Bithinella nigra, Q. and G., sp. Seven examples.
Coxiella striata, Sow., sp. A few broken shells.
Succinea australis, Ferussac. A medium-sized example.
3. Another specimen of fine silt rocks yielded four examples of Succinea
australis, Ferussac.

Observations —One of these, in its slightly more elongated spire and more
ovate aperture, approaches Tate’s Succimea inlerioris from Central South Aus-
tralia and near Rockhampton, Queensland. It is, however, undoubtedly con-
specific in other characters with S. australis, as in the shell texture and shape of
the earlier whorls. The remaining specimens are typical.

Patsey’s SPRING.

Located in the Flinders Range, about 18 miles from Copley on the road to
Mount Searle, is a seepage known as Patsey’s Spring. This is adjacent to the
mail coach track, on the flank of-a prominent ridge which rises to heights of
several hundred feet above the level of the spring itself, which is some 1,430 feet
above sea level.

The ranges thereabouts are constituted of highly inclined limestones,
calcareous slates, purple slates, and quartzites which are probably of early Cam-
brian age. In a small depression in the face of the range, in the locality of the
spring, is a Recent formation, of very local development, resting unconformably
upon the older rocks.

This Recent deposit consists of a horizontally distributed boulder bed passing
upwards into finer material and eventually into a buff-coloured limestone, the
whole reaching a thickness of about 20 feet. It represents an accumulation in a
creek bed or depression. The limestone, which is of a travertine variety, is
partly or wholly deposited from the spring waters, which in the past may have
been ponded to an extent not indicated by present conditions.

Sparsely distributed through the dense limestone are remains of Coxiella
striata, Sow., sp.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE IX.

Fig. 1. View of the old river terrace at the waterfall on the Burra Creek just below
the Thirty Pound Pool. Two terrace levels are indicated. The rocky spur in the background
is composed of Proterozoic limestones and slates.

Fig. 2. View in the hed of the Burra, Creek, Hundred of Bright, near the boundary of
the Hundred of Bundey. The creek has here cut through a recent formation accumulated in a

ponded stage of the river development. These clay and marl beds contain also tufaccous
Chara limestone.

A NEW SOUTH AUSTRALIAN DORMOUSE OPOSSUM.

By Prepertc Woon Jones, D.Sc., F.Z.S.,
Professor of Anatomy in the University of Adelaide.

[Read July 9, 1925.]

The little Dormouse Opossums of the Genus Dromicia have a very wide
distribution in Australasia; but this distribution, though wide in a geographical
sense, is curiously confined to what may be termed the margins of the Aus-
tralasian marsupial area. One species occurs in New Guinea, two in ‘Tasmania.
and one is found upon the mainland of Australia.

With regard to the mainland form, D. concinna, there is in the literature some
confusion concerning the actual distribution. In discussing the genus, Oldfield
Thomas gave the continental range as ‘‘Western Australia” (Catalogue of the
Marsupialia and Monotremata in the Collection of the British Museum, 1888,
p. 141), but by this expression he apparently intended to indicate the western
portion of the continent rather than the actual State, for in dealing with the
species (p. 147) he defines the range as “South and Western Australia,” and
records three specimens in the collection as caming from this State.

In South Australia, D. concinna has a wide range. It is by no means rare
in Kangaroo Island; it is present in most districts in which native bush remains
in the southern portion of the State, and it even extends into the mulga and
saltbush of the north, having been taken by Mr. A. G. Bolam among the saltbush
at Ooldea. So far as ] am aware, Mr. Bolam’s specimen is the first ever obtained
upon the saltbush plains, and it is an extremely interesting record. This Nullarbor
Plains example is in every way typical and differs in no feature from those
obtained in the “black-boy” country of Kangaroo Island, in the ti-tree of the
South-East, or in the bush of the Mount Lofty Ranges.

Dremicia nana is confined to Tasmania. In 1863 Krefft described a specics
which he named D. unicolor, from the neighbourhood of Sydney. By Oldfield
Thomas this species 1s said to be the same as PD, nana, and this author suggests
that Krefft’s animals had escaped from captivity. ‘There are certain measure-
ments given by Kretft which aimost seem to preclude his supposition being correct ;
but without further facts being available it is impossible to decide the matter.
It is, at any rate, certain that Krefft’s specimens do not represent the new species
described here, for he gives a total head and body length of 64 inches, which
considerably exceeds the measurements of the average specimens of /). nana,
and is almost double those of the new species. With the exception of Kretft’s
doubtful species, no other species of the nana group has been recorded from the
mainland, The new species here described was captured at Millicent, in the
South-East, aud | am indebted to Dr. Rolland, of that town, for the type (male
adult) specimen.

The whole genus Dromicia is very naturally divided into two sections by
reference to the dentition.

In the one section, the last premolar of the lower jaw is a well-developed
tooth which is as high as, or higher, than the molars; and in the other section,
this tooth is a minute one, being as small as, or smaller than, the two anterior
premolars. In the second section there is only one described species, D. concinna
(Gould, 1845), which also differs from the other members of the genus in having
the hairs of the ventral surface of the body pure white from base to tip.

In the first section, characterised by the well-developed last lower premolars,
are two species, D. lepida (Thomas, 1888), and D. caudata (Milne-Edwards,
1877), which possess four molars, and one species, D. nana (Desmarest, 1817),
which, like D. concinna, possesses only three molars above and below.

The new species described here falls into the same group as D. nana, for it
has a well-developed last lower premolar and only three molars,

A differential table for the species may be summarised as follows :—

A. Hairs of ventral surface grey at the base. Last lower premolars
well developed and as high as the molars.
B. Molars 4/4.
C. Size large. Head and body circ. 100. Tail long circ. 140 .. D. caudata
CC. Size small. Head and body cire. 70. Tail cire. 75 .. D. lepida
BB. Molars 3/3.
D. Size large. Head and body circ. 100. Tail longer than
head and hody ae et ay ea ae te
DD. Size smaller. Head and body circ. 90. Tail shorter than
head and body oe a = =m ay .. D. britta
AA. Hairs of the ventral surface white throughout. Last lower

premolar minute and no larger than the two anterior pre-
molars we ee re rst ee es he .. D. concinna

D. nana

Dromicia britta, n. sp.

General colouration and appearance much as in D. nana, but at once dis-
tinguished from that species by its smaller size, greyer colouration, and shorter
tail.
General colour greyish—almost mouse-grey—on the dorsal surface. The
colouration is more sombre than that of any other member of the genus, the
fawn colour of D. nana and the bright brown of D. concinna being wholly lack-
ing. The pelage is short, soft, and dense. Individual hairs of the mid-dorsal
region measure only 5-6 ntm., whereas in the corresponding region of D. nana
the hairs are double that length. Each individual hair of the dorsal surface is
dark smoke-grey at the base and for almost the whole of its length, only the
immediate tip being pale grey. The face is slightly lighter than the rest of the
dorsal surface of the body. The region around the eye is dark, and this dark
area is catried forwards slightly in advance of the anterior canthus of the eye,
but does not continue as a dark whisker mark as it does in D. nana,

The ventral surface and the inner aspect of the limbs are pale grey, the
hairs being smoky-grey at the base and pale grey at the tip. The darker grey of
the dorsal surface and the paler grey of the ventral surface merge gradually into
each other, there being no definite line of demarcation.

The tail is shorter than the head and body; the basal fifth is clothed with a
continuation of the general body hairs, the remaining four-fifths being covered
with short, closely adpressed, shining, dark hairs. Basal incrassation is only
slightly developed.

The rhinarium is dusky-brown in colour, finely tesselated, and sharply
delimited. It is grooved in the middle line. The facial vibrissae are well
developed, the longest member of the mysticial set measuring 17 mm. All the
facial vibrissae are black in their entire length: the ulnar vibrissae,
of which there are two, are white. The ears are long, membranous
in texture, and dusky-brown in colour. The pes is remarkably small,
being actually no larger than that of D. concinna and considerably smaller than
that of D. nana. The manus and pes are clothed with grey hairs, the manus
being darker than the pes; details of the palm and sole as in other members of
the genus.

Skull, in general, like that of D. nana, but smaller in all measurements.
Dentition as in D. nana, but teeth considerably smaller. In the skull of the type
specimen, which is an adult male, the upper anterior premolar is more reduced
than the corresponding tooth in D. nana and is present as a minute rudiment
only upon the right side.

Dimensions. Dimensions of Skull.
Adult ¢ type Adult ¢ type
Head and body nies sepsis 10) 0) ASA eMmetbte: 2 o ta eee
Rhinarium to eye .. .. 10 Zygomatic breadth SPOS,
LEW Boi soe Barter Pda eer pnns ance Sully Nasals length eee Be
ower leg. GEE oun. cnot eel Interorbital breadth op 49
Recent oc. ae! Se aN ates eld Balates length Ateric.esit. 0012
flee las Eales awe an Tees Oe sate diate te 0) Molar stries 1s iene 1353.2
Table of comparative dimensions of D. britta, D. nana, and D. concinna.
D. britta. dD. nana. D. concinna.
Head and body sdapaentrt 90 100 97 80 77
Rhinarium to eye .. .. 10 11 11-3 8°8 85
(Seung hy spbldioe Meevianniemane eeumae 17 17-4 17 12 12
Mowieiglegt een gene te 21 26 27 21 20
eer een ee 11 14-7 16 aes ee
eRe 92 8G Se Se Ree 80 104 111 89 82
Basal length of skull .. 26 23°6 23 19°6 19°5
Zygomatic breadth .. .. 16°8 16:9 1735 14 14
Nasals length .. 1... 73 9 10 75 795
Interorbital constriction .. 4°5 4:7 5 4°] 4
Palate-lensthe* P22 V Sa oe 12 13 13 10°5 10
Molar series "7 22° 3: 3:2 4 4 2°8 2°8

Type specimen, an adult male from Millicent forwarded by Dr. Rolland.
Other specimens have since been obtained, but so far none have been available
for examination.

A DENTAL ANOMALY IN THE SKULL OF AN AUSTRALIAN
ABORIGINAL.

By T. D. Campsecy, D.D.Sc.
{Read July 9, 1925.]

The skull which presents the dental irregularity is probably that of a female,
who, judging from the degree of synostosis of the cranial sutures, was of some-
what advanced age. The mandible is missing. All the teeth have been Iost
from the jaw post mortem with the exception of the unerupted canines, but the
presence of the unabsorbed alveoli shows that the remaining members of the
dental series were fairly normal in position.

In the case of the right canine, the cuspal portion of the tooth is missing
and may possibly have protruded slightly through the soft tissues during life.
This part of the crown appears to have been broken off and not destroyed by
carious action.

Diagrammatic outline showing positions of Malposed Teeth.

A portion only of the labial surface of the left canine is uncovered by bone,
and it is unlikely that the crown of this tooth emerged through the soft tissues.
The tip of its cusp lies close to the remaining portion of the lateral incisor socket.

In both instances the coronal portions of these tecth present themselves on
the facial surfaces of the maxillae about one centimetre above their normal
situations in the alveolar arch. The teeth, instead of occupying their somewhat
vertical positions in the maxillae, lie horizontally and parallel with the floor of
the nasal fossa. The positions of the root portions of the teeth are clearly seen,
for they lie in the plates of bone which form the nasal surfaces of the maxillae.
The ridges of bone covering the roots are seen lying antero-posteriorly on each
side of the floor of the nasal chamber. The accompanying diagrammatic illus-
tration shows the situation of the teeth.

‘ Radiographic examination of the specimen clearly showed the presence of
the teeth.

106

The occurrence of unerupted canines in an Australian skull is interesting
and somewhat unusual; such an anomaly has not previously been met with by
the present writer in the examination of a large series of Australian skulls, the
results of which have recently been published.

The present condition of the alveolar arch gives no clue as to any probable
cause of the malposition of these teeth. The bony septa between each of the
incisor sockets and those anterior to the first premolar sockets are all thicker
than is usual, so that the four anterior teeth were spaced to occupy the arch
region of six teeth. The crowns of the canines during the early stages of their
formation were possibly deflected somewhat from their usual positions; this,
together with a lack of correlation between the subsequent rate of tooth devclop-
ment and that of the immediately associated osseous structures, would ultimately
give rise to marked malposition of the teeth.

Another interesting feature presented by the maxillary region of this speci-
men is the persistence of the premaxillo-maxillary suture. Although the cranial
sutures show partial obliteration, indicating somewhat advanced age, the palatal
sutures are still well defined and the premaxillo-maxillary suture is still patent,
extending each side of the incisive canal about cight millimetres. Records have
shown the persistence of this suture to occur fairly often in young adults, and
occasionally in adults; but its presence at an age so advanced as that indicated
by the present specimen is unusual.

The writer is indebted to Dr. A. A. Lendon for placing the specimen at his
disposal for the purpose of description.

(1) “Dentition and Palate of the Australian Aboriginal,” University of Adelaide
Publications, No. 1.

101

RADIO-ACTIVE ILMENITE, NEAR MOUNT PAINTER,
NORTHERN FLINDERS RANGE.

By A. C. BroucHtTon.
{Read July 9, 1925.]

The mineral referred to in these notes occurs in the ranges which terminate
the northerly chain of mountains that run from Cape Jervis in the south to the
Cretaceous basin in the north. Fragments on the slope of a rocky ridge first
directed attention to the occurrence of this mineral in the district and led to the
discovery of the mineral in situ. The first pieces discovered varied in size from
a small walnut to an average-sized peach, but subsequently fragments weighing
up to 1 Ib. were found. The conchoidal fracture of the first piece found,
together with its weight, distinguished it immediately from black tourmaline
which occurs in the vicinity.

A faint yellow powder on the fractured surface of the original fragment
suggested the radio-active, uranium-potassium-vanadate mineral, carnotite,
Submitting this fragment to an electroscopic examination for radio activity it
was determined to be radio-active. Later work on the same piece indicated
the radio-activity to be equal to 2-1 per cent. uranium oxide (U,Q,).

This confirmation of its radio-activity suggested the possibility of a uranium
content in the mineral, and on submitting it to chemical analysis the presence of
both uranium and vanadium in the ilmenite was demonstrated.

A sample of the material was forwarded to the South Australian Govern-
ment Assayer (Mr. W. S. Chapman) for chemical analysis, and the assay
gave —

Titanium dioxide (TiO.) .. .. 341 per cent.
Iron (Fe) fs ety nd oe DEBE ys 55
Uranium-uranic oxide (U,;O,) .. 37 4, ,,
Vanadium De aa x. .. Present

The majority of the fragments scattered on the hillside have the greyish
decomposition product, leucoxene, showing distinctly along three directions of
cleavage and on tabular faces; whereas the deep canary-yellow of the carnotite
occurs on the conchoidally fractured faces which are comparatively free from
the leucoxene.

Many of the fragments collected showed a thick tabular or platy character,
although a few wete irregular and massive in form. A number of pieces were
attached to either quartz or felspar, or the two combined, suggesting an origin
in acid plutonic rocks,

When the ilmenite was ultimately located in situ it was found to occur
in mica-schist, in granulitic felspar and quartz formations, and in coarsely
crystallised typical pegmatites. It also occurs in gneiss encircled with a well-
developed flow-structure, as though it offered resistance to the movement or
re-arrangement of the substance of the enveloping minerals.

At three distinct places, separated by several hundred feet from each other,
the ilmenite occurs more profusely scattered on the hill where mica-schist has
rotted to soft soil in which rabbits burrow and on which euros camp, a feature
that is in contrast to the hard, rugged, boulder-strewn country characteristic of
the richer ilmenite-shedding rocks.

102

At first sight it might appear that the enrichment of the ilmenite was due
to the softer disintegrating rocks discarding the included titanium-iron mineral,
but closer examination discloses that there is an enrichment of ilmenite in the
mica-schists where they are in contact with the more acid pegmatites.

The greatest proportion of the local country rock consists of a quartz and
felspar formation which contains sporadic ilmenite. It is entirely crystalline.
Through it veins of much more coarsely crystallised quartz and felspar occur
in which the ilmenite exists in a much greater ratio. The field occurrence of the
entire formation suggests an acid magma which crystallised out as a quartz-
felspar body, after secreting basic centres of mica which is typically biotite ; or
else the acid magma enveloped blocks of pre-existing rocks, converting them into.
mica-schist.

Whichever action produced the schists, a later pneumatolitic phase injected
the ilmenite-bearing pegmatites into the parent magma, producing an ilmenite
enrichment at the contact of the pegmatites and the schists, as well as pennitting
a greater ratio of the titanium-iron mineral to be distributed within the veins.
of the pegmatites themselves.

The occurrence described herein exists about a half mile from, and 10° S.
of W. from Mount Gee, and about one and a half miles, and 5° N. of W. from
Mount Painter, in the district which is referred to by Sir Douglas Mawson on
pp. 376-387 of vol. xlvii. of the Transactions of this Society,

103

THE FLORA OF THE NORTH-EAST CORNER OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA,
NORTH OF COOPER’S CREEK.

By J. B. CLevanp, J. M. Brack, and L. REEss.
[Read July 9, 1925.|

One of us (L. R.), during a visit to Adelaide in 1923, was asked to collect
specimens of the various plants growing in his district (Minnie Downs) for the
Herbarium of the Field Naturalists’ Section. Minnie Downs is situated on the
Birdsville Track near the Queensland border. During 1924, 178 specimens were
forwarded, and of these 118 were identified and determined by another of us
(J. M. B.}. The remaining specimens were either duplicates or consisted of in-
sufficient material to allow of accurate determination. Accompanying the speci-
mens were notes as to the soils in which the plants grew, their heights, and infor-
mation as to their value as food for stock or horses or use in any other way.

In May, 1924, another of us (J. B. C.) had an opportunity, through the
courtesy of the Beltana Pastoral Co., of paying a visit to Cordillo Downs, which
is situated in the extreme north-eastern corner of South Australia, being 90 miles
north of Innamincka, on the Cooper, bounded to the north and east by Queens-
land. The journey there was made in the company of Mr. Reid, the general
manager, and of Mr. R. L. Jack, Assistant Government Geologist. Starting by
motor car from Beltana, the railway line was followed to Mount Lyndhurst siding.
Thence the road lay eastwards to Mount Lyndhurst Station, Murnpcowie,
Blanchewater, Mount Hopeless Station, and the Lakes Crossing between Lakes
Blanche and Callabonna. Here the first sandhill country was encountered, accom-
panied by a marked change in the flora. Strzelecki Creek was struck near Carra-
weena, and its bed was followed in a north-easterly direction, through Tinga
‘Tingana to Innamincka, on the Cooper. Thence the route lay almost due north
to Cordillo. The distance thus travelled by motor car was 416 miles. A visit
was paid from Cordillo to Arrabury Station, due east, some 20 miles, just over
the Queensland border. Through the kindness of Mr. and Mrs. Murray at Cor-
dillo, special opportunities were given for the collecting of natural history speci-
mens. The return journey followed the same route, except that Farina was the
railway town finally reached. Every opportunity was taken, on both the up and
down journeys, to collect specimens of the plants. During the nine days spent
at Cordillo itself 205 species of plants were obtained. Forty-one additional species
were found on the way up or the way down, outside the area defined in this paper.
The localities of plants found on these journeys, but outside the area, are inserted
in this paper in brackets.

‘The number of plants collected by L. R. and J. B. C. in the north-east corner
of the State is, so far, 253. With the 40 plants outside the area, 292 species are
mentioned in this paper.

J. M. B. is responsible for the identifications of the various plants. The
collections have resulted in the finding of two species new to science, 7g., a
Cyperus by J. B. C. and a Ranunculus by L. R. There is also probably a new
Eremophila and a new Lepidium. Several new records for the State have also
resulted, and some species, listed as probably occurring because previously found
close to our borders, have now actually been collected in South Australia.

The new species founded on these collections and described, or about to be
described elsewhere, are Cyperus Clelandii, J]. M. Black; Ranunculus pentandrus,
Black; Lepidium (n. sp. probably), collected by L. R.; and Eremophila (n. sp.
probably ), collected by J. B. C. and previously by Dr. MacGillivray.

104

New varietics comprise: Eragrostis imterrupta, var. densiflora, Black, and
Cassia Sturtii, var. planipes, Black, both collected by J. B.C.

New records for the State are twelve in number :—Cynodon ciliaris, Bulbo-
sivlis capillaris, Blennodia eremigena, Neptunia monosperma, Indigophera
enneaphylla, Tephrosia sphaerospora, Swainsona lara, var. rigida, Owenia
acidula, and Eucalyptus pyrophora, all collected by J. B. C.; Babbagia scleroptera,
Amaranthus macrocarpus, and Sesbania aegyptiaca, collected by L, R.

J. B. C. is responsible for the notes on the distribution of plants at Cordillo,
and Mr, R. 1. Jack has kindly supplied a short account of the soils of this part,
which is included in his own words, as follow :—

THE Sorrs NoktH or Lake Crosstnc to Corpitio.
There are three types :-—
(1) The desert sandstone and its derivatives,
(2) The sandhill country,
(3) The silts of the Strzelecki flood plain.

(1) The desert sandstone, or Upper Cretaceous, is an approximately hori-
zontal series of arenaceous and argillaceous rocks. While it wag still continuous
the upper crust became silicified, so that with incomplete erosion table-topped
hills are left. With more complete erosion the tabular crust breaks up into
siliceous stones which gradually become rounded by insolation, polished by sand
blast. and acquire a patina of iron oxide. The tabic tops are very stony and the
soil is fairly thin, and may be argillaceous or arenaceous. The steep slopes of
the table hills expose semi-decomposed angular white and yellow shale fragments
and beds of sandstone more or less indurated. The rolling tableland country
has a mantle of gibbers, but beneath it the soil is red and deep, generally argil-
laceous. The main creeks are well defined and tributary creeks appear to have
at one time excavated thin valleys a little deeper, and then with the drying of the
climate these small valleys have silted up with loamy soil without gibbers. In the
rolling gibber country small depressions also fill with soil. Towards the outer-
most limits of the desert sandstone, where it has been planed down, silt and loams
from the outwash overlie the gibbers and are encroached on in their turn by the
sandhill country.

(2) The sandhill country is made up of successive waves of yellowish to
reddish sandhills, essentially siliceous, and iron stained. The intervening flats
may range from loam to claypans, and are formed in part (near the desert sand-
stonc) by the outwash plain above referred to, and in part by the collection of
dust by rain-wash of the finer particles from the sandhills, They are yellowish
to reddish.

(3) The Strzclecki flood plain. This is a fine grey silt, apparently fairly
argillaceous, brought down in the highest flood waters of Cooper’s Creek,

R. LockHarr Jack.

The vegetation on Cordillo Station may be divided into three main types, vis.,
that of the gibber country and flat-topped hills, (2) that of the sandhills, and (3)
that of the creeks and adjacent flood-lands. he first of these may be roughly
described as consisting, in part, of undulating plains and slopes covered with the
stony gibbers with occasional flat-topped hills rising some 150 feet, or so, above
the surrounding surface and capped with the hard crust of the desert sandstone
not yet weathered into gibbers. In the second type, the sandhills rise perhaps
80 feet from the plain, are of varying colours from dirty whitish to a brilliant
brick-red or terra-cotta, and show a few scattered shrubs and under-shrubs.
Between the sandhills are flat claypans, where the sand has been blown off or
fine silt has formed an impermeable floor. These claypans are sometimes of large
size, a mile or more in length. The third type commences with depressions which

105

gather the water when it comes and pass it into creeklets, and these collect into
creeks sometimes of considerable size and in places with permanent waterholes.
(1) The presence of the gibbers undoubtedly exercises a very important
influence on the vegetation. (I am indebted to Mr. Jack for directing my atten-
tion to this aspect.) It is this gibber country that after rain yields grass (chiefly
Mitchell grass) in abundance, and constitutes the best sheep country. The rain
falling on the stones, passes down their sides and sinks into friable soil penetra-
ting beneath the stones themselves. Geologists consider that the stones practically
act as a coarse mulch. Beneath them the moisture is conserved, and this is
accentuated by the friable tendency of the soil between. Mr. Jack points out
also that the shadow cast by the stone protects the adjacent soil for so many hours

|
NORTHERN TERRITORY : QUEENS

LAND
—Chotlotte Waters Birdsville
“tes Minnie\Downs |

‘
; i lArrabu
CordilloDowng |. i

Oodnadatta : f

pod t.Blanch

Blanchewater

Scale. Lina eS “"
0 2% 40 69 g8Omiles. "i 4 ; t Hopeless
je es i *
wren Railways. aqhects Fe
seontt tases Prof. Cleland’s route Farinas Fs “

i larcoola

Beltana f <

elTana

ost: West m . 354 miles from <
Sway Adelaide by rail. a

of the day against direct sunlight. As the soil itself is an exceedingly fertile one,
it is not surprising that grass and herbage should arise after rain, and it is also
obvious that the luxuriance of this is greater, from the water-conserving action
of the gibbers, than would be the case were the surface stone free. The stones
also assist in giving stability to the soil.

On the undulating gibber downs, depressions of two kinds occur—little
saucer-shaped depressions of a few yards in diameter with relatively impervious
bottoms and without outlets, and longitudinal depressions representing abortive
watercourses, or actually, the commencement of small tributaries that eventually
descend to a main creek. In both these, the gibbers are few and the effect of rain
‘is to feed these areas from the adjacent slopes. In the circular depressions, nardoo

106

is often found; in the incipient creeks Mitchell and a few other grasses and herbs
luxuriate.

Widely distributed over the gibber surface is Bassia lanicuspis, a hirsute
saltbush, a few inches high. Equally distributed is the Mitchell grass, but this
tends to luxuriate more particularly along the depressions. Another widely dis-
tributed grass, though in less abundance, is a Pappophorum. ‘lwo other grasses
are occasionally met with.

During J. B. C.’s visit, the gibber slopes were almost completely devoid of
plant life, looking in the distance like recently ploughed dark-brown soil. Only
an occasional, usually dried up, remnant of the flora that appears after rain
remained, The writer has therefore no clear idea of the abundance in quality
and in quantity of plant life under favourable conditions. The Mitchell grass is
said to grow luxuriantly and entircly covers the brown gibbers from sight. These
stony downs, Sturt’s Stony Desert, as seen by him in drought time, form the best
of sheep-grazing country. Only the following plants were collected:—The grasses
Tragus racemosus, Sporobolus actinocladus, Pappophorum sp., Cynodon ciliaris,
and Astrebla pectinata (Mitchell grass) ; Bassia lanicuspis, Atriplex spongiosum,
Portulaca oleracea, and in depressions, nardoo (Marsilia Drummondi).

(2) The vegetation on the more or less shifting sandhills is meagre but very
characteristic. On the summits, where the sand is finest, the vegetation may
consist merely of widely-sundered xerophytic shrubs. Lower portions may be
more fertile. The effect of traffic in conserving moisture was often shown by
plants growing and being in flower only along the tracks over the lower sandhills.
The most striking plants on the higher sandhills are the Asclepiad, Cynanchum
floribundum, a tufted low bush with thin glossy leaves; Leschenaultia divaricata
and Scaevola depauperata, low intricate wiry stiff leafless shrubs, almost impos-
sible to differentiate from each other except when in flower; the somewhat wiry
cane gtass Spinifer paradoxus; the grass Plagiosetum refractum, Aristida
stipoides; Eviachne aristida; the porcupine grass Triodia; Eragrostis sp., with
sand particles clustered on the hairs of the roots; Grezvillea stenobotrya; Ptilotus
latifolius; Didymotheca ramulosa; a succulent Calandrinia; Acacia Murrayana,
A. ligulata, the handsome A, dictyophleba; Cassia pleurocarpa; the bird flower,
Crotalaria Cunninghamii, abundant; C. dissitiflora, abundant ; Tribulus hystrix;
Dodonea attenuata (probably); Adriana glabrata; Euphorbia Wheeleri; E.
eremophila; Solanum ellipticum; Helichrysum ambiguum; H, apiculatum;
Siloxerus pusillus; Trichodesma seylanicum; Owenia acidula and Newcastlia
cephalantha,

(3) ‘he watercourses and flooded flats and their neighbourhood had, as
might have been expected, by far the most abundant flora. The three nardoos
and Triglochin calcitrapa were necessarily found in drying waterholes. Nearly
all of the 42 species of grass collected at Cordillo were gathered in or on water-
cotirses and flats and often formed a tall and luxuriant vegetation. The chief
exceptions to this habitat have already been mentioned in the sandhills vegetation.
The 8 Cyperaceae and the Crinum also only occurred in parts liable to flood.
Grevillea striata and Hakea Ivoryi are found on the flats. Lignum grows on flats
definitely liable to flood. Most of the 15 Chenopodiaceae grow near these lower
parts or a little further back. Polanisia viscosa was found along a dry water-
course. The Red Mulga (Acacia cyperophylla) was an abundant and striking
shrub along many watercourses. A. Canebagei, the stinking wattle or gidya, was
much less abundant. 4. stenophylla was round a waterhole. A. farnesiana grew
on the flats. as did most of the Cassias. Bauhinia occurred near watercourses,
Vigna lanceolata, Neptunia monosperma, Psoralea patens, and Aeschynomene
indica on their banks. Atalaya and Heterodendron were found on the flats.
Most of the mallows were near watercourses. Solanum esuriale and Nicotiana

107

were on the sandy soil near their edge. Eucalyptus rostrata grew in or near per-
manent water; Coolebah and Bloodwood on the flats. The Eremophilas were
found on the flats. The two melons grew on the banks of watercourses, Scaevola
ovalifolia on a flat,

The flora of this district is strikingly different from that of the southern parts
of the State. It happened that, when one of us (J. B, C.) made the journey to
Cordillo, he was engaged in collecting the plants of the Encounter Bay district.
For the north-east corner of the State we have tabulated about 253 species of
plants, of which only about two or three are introduced. In the Encounter Bay
district, over 600 species have been collected, of which about 100 are introduced.
On comparing the lists, it is seen that only about 28 species are common to the
two districts. These include, of grasses, Themeda triandra, Panicum gractle
(sensu lato), Pappophorum nigricans (probably occurs in the Encounter Bay
area), and Cynodon dactylon (couch grass); Heleocharis acuta; Loranthus
exocarpi; Muchlenbeckia Cunninghamii; Rhagodia nutans; Atriplex Muelleri;
Salsola kali; Trichinium alopecuroideum,; Portulaca oleracea; Pittosporum
phillyreoides (possibly occurs in the Encounter Bay district); Acacia higulata;
Psoralea patens; Lotus australia, represented by a variety in the. North; Euphorbia
Drummond, Lavatera plebeja; Eucalyptus rostrata; Convoluulus erubescens ,;
Nicotiana suaveolens; Mimulus repens; Wahlenbergia gracilis; Senecio lautus ;
Centipeda Cunninghamii; Gnaphalium Iuteo-album; Helichrysum apiculatun ;
and Sonchus oleraceus (introduced). ‘These are all widely distributed species in
Australia and would form an interesting study to the students of “Age and Area.”

No ferns (excluding three species of Marsilia) have yet bech collected in
the north-east, as against 9 species (Marsilia has not been recorded) for Encoun-
ter Bay, Forty-six species of grasses have already been found in the north-east
and 49 are known for Encounter Bay, the total for the State being about 190.
Yet only four occur in both these localities. It may’ be: noted that a number of
the grasses at Encounter Bay are introduced. The north-cast is rich in species of
Andropogon, Panicum, Aristida, Sporobolus, Eragrostis, and Chloris, of which
genera Encounter Bay possesses no species or single species only. Stipa replaces
Aristida at Encounter Bay.

Eleven species of Cyperaceae occur in the north-east, chiefly species of
Cyperus and Fimbristylis. Forty-one species, out of about 91 known for the
State, are found at Encounter Bay, belonging chiefly to the genera Cyperus,
Schoenus, Scirpus, Cladium, Lepidosperma, and Carex. Only one species (Heleo-
charis acuta) is so far common to both localities.

No orchids have yet been found in the north-east, Flinders Range being the
nearest definite locality for them (Dr. Rogers). No Liliaceae have beeen col-
lected, though probably one at least occurs. No Juncaceae, Casuarinacae,
Rutaceae, Rhamnaceae, or Epacridaceae have been recorded.

The north-east has 11 species of Acacia, the Encounter Bay district the
same number. 4. ligulata is common to the two, A. Victoriae of the north-
east occurs as far south as Brighton, and A, salicina also occurs in the south. The
Caesalpinioidea, represented by 7 species in the north-east, are absent from
Encounter Bay. The Papilionate flora is quite distinct in the two localities.
‘Only one species is common to both, though a varietal difference occurs in another
species, Eighteen species are found in the north-east: 27 native species and a
number of introduced clovers, etc., in the Encounter Bay area. In the former
we get Crotolaria, Indigofera, Psoralea, Sesbania, and Swainsona, in the latter,
more particularly Daviesia, Pultenaea, and Dillwynia.

The Eremophilas are a notable feature of the desert flora, entirely absent in
ithe Encounter Bay district. :

108

MARSILIACEAE :—
(1) Marsilia Brownii, A. Br., Cooper’s Creek at Innamincka.
(2) M. Drummondii, A. Br., Nardoo, Cordillo; flooded country, 3 or 4
inches high, seeds ground or rather pounded to meal and eaten by the
natives, Minnie Downs (No. 121).
(3) M. hirsuta, R. Br., Cordillo; [between Caraweena and Lakes Crossing ;

Mount Hopeless].

SCHEUCHZERIJACEAE :—

(1)

Triglochin calcitrapa, Hook., on damp soil in a watercourse, Cordillo.

GRAMINEAE !—

(18)
(19)

Pollinia fulva, (R. Br.) Benth., Sugar Grass, in watercourse, Cordillo.
Andropogon intermedius, R. Br., Blue Grass, Toorawatchy waterhole.
A, annulatus, Forsk., in watercourse at Cordillo,

A, annulatus, var. humilis, Benth., in sandy loam, 6 inches high, Minnie
Downs (No. 7).

A. Gryllus, L., in watercourse at Cordillo, 4 to 5 fect high; in sand liable
to floods, not in any quantity, Minnie Downs (No. 42),

Themeda triandra, Forsk., in watercourse at Cordillo.

Iseilema membranacea, (Lindl.) Anderss., in watercourses at Cordillo
and Toorawatchy waterhole; Minnie Downs (No. 5).

Tragus racemosus, (1..) Haller, Small Burr Grass, on gibber plains,
Cordillo; sandy flats, 8 inches high, Minnie Downs (No. 53)

Eriochloa punctata (L.), Hamilt., var. acrotricha, Benth., in water-
course at Cordillo; in sandy loam, 18 inches to 2 feet high, splendid
stock feed, Minnie Downs (Nos. 1 and 127).

Panicum decompositum, R. Br., along watercourses at Cordillo and
Toorawatchy ; “Pepper” or “Popper Grass,” in flooded country, 18
inches to 2 feet high, practically useless for fodder, aboriginals gather
the seed and grind it, Minnie Downs (No. 6).

[P. Novae-hollandiae (Beauv.), comb. nov, (P. reversum, F, v. M.),
Strzelecki Creek near Carraweena. |

P. gracile, R. Br., Toorawatchy waterhole.

P. Brownii, Roem. et Schult. (P. leucophaeum, Benth. non H. B. et K.),
in watercourse, Cordillo.

P. notochthonum, Domin (P. helopus, Benth. non Trin.), tn garden
at Cordillo.

P. crus-galli, L., Cockspur Grass, in creeks at Cordillo and Toorawatchy ;
Sorghum, 5 to 8 feet high, on flooded flats, grows plentifully after
summer floods and must be cut at the right time for hay. At Monkira
a lot of cattle died when fed on it in the drought. Sometimes it causes
heavy scouring, at others stock improve on it. I have ridden through
miles of it and have tied it over my head when sitting on horseback
(L. R.). Minnie Downs (No. 26). This is var. aristata, Wirtgen.

Plagiosetum refractwm, (F. v. M.) Benth., in the sandhills, Cordillo.

Spinifex paradoxus, (R. Br.) Benth., in the sandhills, Cordillo; Sand-

hills Cane Grass, a good stand-by in dry times, Minnie Downs (No.
132).

Aristida stipoides, R. Br., in the sandhills 25 miles south of Cordillo.

A. arenaria, Gaudich., Cordillo, Toorawatchy, Innamincka; Fly Spear
Grass, in sand, 12 inches high, used by the natives to spear flies. They
put a small piece of meat on their knee with the fore-finger of the left
hand about 3 inches away. On it they rest one of the darts from the
top of the grass and flip it with the second finger of the right hand.
They amuse themselves sometimes for hours at this and get quite a
number of flies. Minnie Downs (No. 108).

109

(20) A. ramosa, R. Br., near watercourses at Cordillo and 20 miles south.

(21) A. calycina, R. Br., Cordillo,

(22) Sporobolus virginicus, (L.) Kunth., var. pallidus, Benth., Lake Grass,
on lakes or flooded country, 2 feet high, Minnie Downs (No. 161).

(23) S. actinocladus, F. v. M., on gibber plains, Cordillo.

(24) S. Lindleyi, Benth., in watercourse, Cordillo; [Nilpena].

(25) Eriachne aristidea, F. v. M., in sandhills, Cordillo and south thereof.

(26) E. ovata, Nees, var. pallida, Benth., Cordillo ; in sandy loam and swamps,
2 to 3 feet high, Minnie Downs (Nos. 46, 58).

(27) Pappophorum nigricans, R. Br., Cordillo, Innamincka.

(28) P. avenaceum, Lindl., Cordillo; [Mount Lyndhurst].

(29) Triodia, probably T. pungens, R. Br., sandhills, Cordillo; Spinifex, good
for making a fire on a wet day, Minnie Downs (No. 133).

(30) [Diplachne fusca (L.) Beauv., var. Muelleri, (Benth.) Lakes Crossing ;
Murnpeowie. |

(31) Eragrostis mterrupta, (Lamk.) Beauv., var. tenuissima, Stapf., in creeks,
Cordillo and ‘oorawatchy.

(32) E. interrupta, Beauv., var. densiflora, J. M. Black, Toorawatchy water-
hole.

(33) E. leptocarpa, Benth., along creeks, Cordillo and south thereof.

(34) E. pilosa, (L.) Beauv., Toorawatchy.

(35) E. concinna, Steud., Cordillo, Toorawatchy.

(36) E. eriopoda, Benth., in sand, 2 feet, Minnie Downs (No. 70).

(37) E. setifolia, Nees, near watercourses, Cordillo, Toorawatchy; Inna-
mincka ; in sand, 12 or 18 inches high, Minnie Downs (No. 41); [near
Carraweena. |

(38) E. Dielsii, Pilger, Cordillo and south thereof ; good feed, Minnie Downs
(No. 3); [Lakes Crossing ; Mount Lyndhurst, and between here and
Murnpeowie].

(39) E. sp. (not in flower), in sandhills, Cordillo, with sand clustering on
the thick hairs of the roots.

(40) Glyceria ramigera, I. v. M., Cane Grass, flats south of Cordillo; clay-
pans, 6 to 8 feet, eaten by stock, Minnie Downs (No. 77); [between
Carraweena and Lakes Crossing].

(41) Cynodon dactylon, Rich., Couch Grass, Cordillo.

(42) C. ciliaris, Benth., on gibber plains, Cordillo, new record for the State.

(43) Chloris divaricata, R. Br., var. minor, J. M. Black, near watercourses,
Cordillo.

(44) Ch, acicularts, Lindi., Spider Grass, in watercourses, Cordillo.

(45) Ch. scariosa, F. v. M., in watercourses, Cordillo.

(46) Astrebla pectinata, F. v. M., Mitchell Grass, Cordillo; Minnie Downs
(No. 4).

(47) Dactyloctenium aegyptium, (L.) Willd., Cordillo, Toorawatchy ; Button
Grass, 12 inches high, in sandy Joam, very sweet horse feed, Minnie
Downs (No. 2); [near Carraweena and between here and Lake Cross-
ing].

(48) Leptochloa digitata, (R. Br.) J. M. Black, Toorawatchy.

CYPERACEAE :-—
(1) Cyperus pygmaeus, Rottb., Toorawatchy and 40 miles north of Inna-
mincka; [Burnie Burnie near Innamincka].
(2) C. squarrosus, L., in sand, 6 or 7 inches high, Minnie Downs (No. 37).
(3) [C. vaginatus, R. Br., var. densiflorus, Benth., Akalana Crossing,
Strzelecki Creek. ]
(4) C. difformis, L., Cordillo.

110

(5) C. Iria, L., in watercourses, Cordillo and Toorawatchy: in sand, 6 to
12 inches high, Minnie Downs (Nos. 39, 40).

(6) C. retundus, L., Cordillo, Toorawatchy; Balsam or Nut Grass, 2 or
3 feet high, Minnie Downs (No. 43); [probably Mount Hopeless].

(7) C. Clelandw, J. M. Black. This new species was found at Cordillo.

(8) Heleocharis acuta, R. Br., in watercourses, Cordillo; in swamps, 12
inches high, Minnie Downs (No. 64).

(9) Fimbristylis diphylla, Vahl., in watercourse, Cordillo.

(10) Bulbostylis capillaris, (L.) C. B. Clarke; in watercourse, Cordillo, a
first record for the State.

(11) [Scirpus littoralis, Schrad., in bore-stream, Murnpeowie. ]

AMARYLLIDACEAE -—

(1) Crinum pedunculatum, R. Br., probably, not in flower, Cordillo; flooded
country, 1 foot to 18 inches. Cattle are very fond of the leaves, it
will grow a foot and Hower in three weeks, being one of the fastest
growing plants in the district, but there is not much of it. Minnie
Downs (No. 169); [near Carraweena].

PROTEACEAE -—

(1) Hakea Ivoryi, Bailey, Corkwood, Cordillo west; H. Ivoryi (H. inter-
media, Ew. et Davies), in sandy soil, 14 feet high, supposed to grow
on water-bearing country, eaten by camels, Minnie Downs (No. 176).

(2) H. leucoptera, R. Br., Needlewood, Cordillo; on stony downs and in
sand, 16 feet high, the leaves are good for making a fire on a wet day,
used for making smoking Pipes, supposed to have water in the roots
sufficient to yield a drink, Minnie Downs (Nos. 89 and 142); [banks
of the Strzelecki Creek, the roots radiate outwards superficially and
are very porous, the orifices of the pores being just recognisable by
the naked eye. By setting fire to the tree, Mr, Patterson, of Tinga
Tingana, says the water is driven into the roots, whence it may be
obtained by tearing them up and standing short lengths in a recep-
tacle. |

(3) Grevillea stenobotrya, F. v. M. Cordillo west, Arrabury (Q’land).

(4) G. striata, R. Br., Beefwood, Cordillo west; in any soil, up to 40 feet
high, wood splendid for yard building, especially for gates, in a
drought if cut down cattle and horses will eat it, but they do not care
for it, Minnie Downs (No. 97); [Upper Strzelecki: Tinga Tingana on
Lower Strzelecki].

SANTALACEAE -—

(1) Santalum lanceolatum, R. Br., Plum or Cherry, in sandy loam, 20 feet
high, the fruits are eaten by the aborigines, and emus, camels, and
goats are very fond of the leaves, Minnie Downs (No. 28) ; Cordillo
and south thereof.

LORANTHACEAE :—

(1) Loranthus exocarpi, Behr., on Acacia farnesiana, tubular portion of
perianth yellow, berries yellowish-red, Cordillo; on “white wood”
(Atalaya hemiglauca), tubular portion of perianth red, between Cor-
dillo and Innamincka; on LEremophila Freelingii and E. PDalyana, red
form, Innamincka; [on Hakea leucoptera and Atalaya hemiglauca,
red form, Tinga; between Mount Lyndhurst and Murnpeowie].

(2) L. linearifolius, Hook. (probably), on Acacia tetragonophylla (Dead
Finish), Cordillo; [on the same species of Acacia, 18 miles west of
Murnpeowie].

(3) L. Maidenii, Blakely, on Red Mulga (Acacia cyperophylla), Cordillo.

(4)

lit

L. dictyophlebus, F. v. M., perhaps (and, if so, new for the State), on
the Broad-leafed Pitchuri Willow (Acacia sp.), Minnie Downs (No.
140).

PoLYGONACEAE !—

(1)

Muehlenbeckia Cunninghamii, (Meisn.) F. v. M., Lignum, on flats, Cor-
dillo; on flooded country, 8 or 10 feet high, Minnie Downs (Nos.
75 and 135).

(2) [M: coccoloboides, J. M. Black, Sandhills Lignum, near Carraweena,
Lower Strzelecki.]
CHENOPODIACEAE :—
(1) Rhagodia spinescens, R. Br., var. deltophylia, F. v. M., Cordillo.

Rh. nutans, R. Br., Cordillo.

Chenopodium nitrariaceum, F. v. M., 25 miles south of Cordillo.

Ch. carinatum, R. Br., Keeled Goosefoot, in sandy loam, 6 or 8 inches
high, Minnie Downs (No. 13).

Ch. auricomum, Lindl., Golden Goosefoot, on flats, Cordillo.

Dysphania littoralis, R. Br., Cordillo.

Atriplex angulatum, Benth., Cordillo; [Mount Lyndhurst].

A. velutinellum, F. v. M., Cordillo and between here and Innamincka ;
6 feet high, eaten by stock, Minnie Downs (No. 68); [Tinga].

A. rhagodioides, F. v. M. (perhaps), Blue Bush, on flooded flats, 3 or
4 feet high, good stock feed, very fattening, Minnie Downs (No. 49).

A, Muelleri, Benth., between Cordillo and Innamincka.

[A. leptocarpum, F. v. M., Slender-fruited Saltbush, near Carraweena ;
Tinga. |

[A. limbatum, Benth., var. sexifidum, Black, Tinga; Mount Lynd-
hurst. |

[A. halimoides, Lindl., var. conduplicatum, F. v. M. et Tate, between
Carraweena and Lakes Crossing. |]

A. spongiosum, F. v. M., grows on gibber country, Cordillo; Annual
Saltbush, about 8 inches or a foot high, Minnie Downs (No. 38);
[near Carraweena].

Bassia uniflora, (R. Br.) F. v. M., in sand, 6 inches high, Minnie Downs
(No. 69).

[B. uniflora, var. incongruens, J. M. Black, Mount Lyndhurst. ]

B, bicornis, (Lindl.) F. v. M., Cordillo and 25 miles south; Goat Head,
on sand flats, 18 inches or 2 feet high, eaten by camels, very painful
if a spine sticks in one’s hand, Minnie Downs (No. 80)

B. brachyptera, (F. v. M.) R. H. Anders. Cordillo.

[B. paradoxa, (R. Br.) F. v. M., between Mount Lyndhurst and
Murnpeowie. |

[B. biflora, (R. Br.) F. v. M., Mount Lyndhurst. ]

[B. decurrens, J. M. Black, near Carraweena; Lakes Crossing. |

B. lanicuspis, F. v. M., grows on gibber country, Cordillo and between
here and Innamincka.

[B. divaricata, (R. Br.), F. v. M., Tinga.]

B. echinopsila, ¥. v. M., on tableland red soil, 6 inches high, Minnie
Downs (No. 136)—a first record for South Australia.

B. sp., near B. glabra, Cordillo.

[Babbagia dipterocarpa, F. v. M., Lakes Crossing. |

) {B. acroptera, F. v. M. et Tate, Lakes Crossing; Mount Lyndhurst. ]

B. scleraptera, F. v. M., Squash Bush, in red loam, 6 to 8 inches high,
Minnie Downs (No. 95)—stated in Black’s Flora as probably to be
found in our Far North-East.

112

(29) [Kochia brevifolia, R. Br., Mount Lyndhurst. ]
(30) [K. pyramidata, Benth., Farina. ]
(31) K. tomentosa, (Mog.) F. v. M., var. appressa, Benth,, on claypans,
18 inches high, Minnie Downs (No. 125).
(32) Salsola kali, L., Rolly-poly, in sandhills, 1 to 2 feet high, eaten by stock,
Minnie Downs (No. 16).
(33) S. kali, var. strobilifera, Benth, Cordillo.
(34) Enchylaena tomentosa, R. Br., Ruby Saltbush, Cordillo; Currant Bush,
grows anywhere, | to 4 feet high, berries eaten, Minnie Downs (Nos.
112 and 129); [Mount Lyndhurst].
(35) [Arthrocnemum leiostachyum, (Benth.} Paulsen, near Carraweena].
(36) Pachycornia tenuis, (Benth.) J. M. Black, Cordillo; [near Carraweena;
Farina. |
AMARANTACEAE !:—

(1) Trichinium obovatum, Gaud., Cordillo.

(2) T. alopecuroideum, Lindl., Cordillo; sandhills, 2 feet high, Minnie
Downs (No. 55).

(3) Amarantus Mitchellii, Benth., Chick Weed, in sandy loam, 1 to 2 feet
high, frogs are very fond of the seeds, Minnie Downs (No. 22).

(4) A. Mitchellii, var. grandiflora, J. M. Black, between Mount Lyndhurst
and Murnpeowie (“may be a distinct species. Only known by one
specimen in the Tate Herbarium, from Mount Parry, near Lake
Torrens.”-—Black’s Flora of S.A.).

(5) A. macrocarpus, Benth., Chick Weed, in sandy loam, 1 to 2 feet high,
frogs are very fond of the seeds, Minnie Downs (No. 22)—a new
record for the State,

(6) Ptilotus latifolius, R. Br., in sandhills, Cordillo.
(7) Alternanthera sp., in watercourses, Cordillo.
NYCTAGINACEAE !——
(1) [Boerhavia diffusa, L., Mount Lyndhurst, Lower Strzelecki. |
(2) B. repanda, Willd., Cordillo, Innamincka.
PHYTOLACCACEAE —
(1) Gyrostemon ramulosus, Desf., collected at Arrabury, Q’land, on the
sandhills one mile over the border, said to be found on Cordillo itself,
AIZOACEAE :—
(1) Tetragonia expansa, Murr., young plant, probably this, Cordillo.
(2) Gunniopsis quadrifida, (F. v. M.) Pax, in sand, 2 feet high, Minnie
Downs (No. 51).
(3) Trianthema decandra, L., Cordillo and 25 miles south; in sandhills and
in red and black loam, 6 to 8 inches high, Minnie Downs (Nos. 67,

96a).

(4) T. sete Vahl., in sand, 5 or 6 inches high, Minnie Downs (No.
47); Cordillo and 25 miles south; [between Mount Lyndhurst and
Murnpeowie].

(5) T. pilosa, F. v. M., 25 miles south of Cordillo.

(6) Glinus lotoides, Loefl., Cordillo; on flats, 4 inches high, Minnie Downs
(No. 74); [Burnie Burnie near Innamincka].

PoRTULACACEAE :—

(1) Portulaca oleracea, L., Purslane, Cordillo; between Cordillo and Inna-

mincka ; [Lower Strzelecki].

113

(2) P. oleracea, var. grandiflora, Benth., Pig Weed, root eaten by blacks
after cooking, in the sandhills. 6 inches high, Minnie Downs (No. 63).

(3) Calandrinia sp., drying plants, very succulent, in sandhills, Cordillo.

CARYOPHYLLACEAE :—

(1) Polyearpaea synandra, F. v. M., on tablelands, 4 to 6 inches high, Minnie
Downs (No. 1434).

(2) P. corymbosa, (1...) Lamk., in watercourse, Cordillo.

RANUNCULACEAE —

(1) Ranunculus pentandrus, J. M. Black, a new species, flooded land, Minnie

Downs.
CAPPARIDACEAE -—

(1) Polanisia viscosa, (L.) DC., near dry watercourses, Cordillo.

(2) Capparis Mitchellii, Lindl., Native Orange, in garden at Cordillo, also
occurs wild.

CRUCIFERAE :—

(1) [Blennodia trisecta, (F. v. M.) Benth, Murnpeowie west; Mount
Lyndhurst. ]

(2) B., near curvipes, F. v. M. (too young), between Cordillo and Inna-
mincka.

(3) [B. pteresperma, J. M. Black, Carraweena. ]

(4) B. eremigena, (F. v. M.) Benth., Innamincka—new record for the
State.

(5) Alyssum linifolium, Steph., 25 miles south of Cordillo.

(6) [Menkea sphaerocarpa, F. v. M., near Carraweena. |

(7) Lepidium sp., in sandy loam, 8 inches to 1 foot, Minnie Downs (No.
224)—-perhaps a new species.

PITTOSPORACEAE -—~
(1) Ptttosporum phillyreoides, DC., Toorawatchy.
LEGUMINOSAE :—

(1) Acacia Victoriae, Benth., Prickly Acacia, Cordillo; [Tinga Tingana;
Strzelecki Creek].

(2) A. Murrayana, F. v. M., the stems are yellowish, in the sandhills,
Cordillo.

(3) A. salicina, Lindl, Native Willow, Broughton Willow, on flooded
ground, 20 feet high, good wood for buggies, bark tans a bit, eaten by
camels, Minnic Downs (No. 78); [along the creek, Murnpeowie].

(4) A. liguiata, A. Cunn., in sandhills, Cordillo; Pitchuri Willow, 12 feet
high, Minnie Downs (No. 86); [Tinga]—the ash of the leaves is
mixed by the natives with the narcotic pitchuri leaves. It has a
strong taste resembling that of rotten eggs.

(5) A. tetragonophylla, F. v. M., Dead Finish, Cordillo; in any soil, 8 to
10 feet high, good for boomerangs and wohera sticks, also for whip
handles, takes a splendid polish and looks well, caten by camels, Minnie
Downs (No. 99).

(6) A. dictyophleba, F. v. M., forming handsome shrubs in full flower (May)
in the sandhills at Cordillo and Arrabury (Q’land); sandhills, & or
10 feet high, in flower in April, Minnie Downs (No. 84)

(7) A. stenophylla, A. Cunn., Toorawatchy waterhole; Bulgroo, in any

soil, 10 feet high, used principally for hobble-pegs, Minnie Downs
(No. 98).

(8)

114

A, Cambagei, R. T. Baker, Gidya, Stinking Wattle, characterised by a
strong smell, especially when in flower, which is very objectionable to
many people. The smell is like that given out from the roots of
various Acacias, and also of Albizzia when the roots are injured when
digging. As the bacterial nodules on these roots give off this smell
when crushed, these nodules are possibly its source. In this Acacia
the whole plant appears to give off this smell. Near watercourses,
Cordillo (flowering in May).

A, Oswaldn, I’. vy. M., Cordillo; [near Carraweena].

A. brachystachya, Benth., Umbrella Mulga, in sand, 16 to 20 feet high,
good stock feed, Minnie Downs (No. 143); [Burnie Burnie near
Innamincka |.

A, cyperophvila, F. v. M., Red Mulga. This characteristic mulga was
first seen lining a creek some 20 miles north of Innamincka. From
thence it occurs to Cordillo. The stems with their shreddy reddish
fragments of bark present a striking appearance, as if due to tearing
by the horns of cattle.

) A. farnesiana, Willd., Cordillo, on the flats; in black soil, 8 feet high,

Minnie Downs (No. 148).

Neptuimia monosperma, F. v. M., Cordillo, recorded in Black with the
statement that it probably occurred in this State.

Cassia pleurocarpa, F. v. M., in sandhills, Cordillo and Arrabury
(Q’land).

C. desolata, F. v. M., Cordillo and between here and Innamincka.

C. desolata, tending towards C. eremophila, A. Cunn., Cordillo.

C. Sturti, R. Br., Cordillo.

C. Sturtii, var. planipes, J. M. Black, Cordillo, a new variety.

C. eremophila, A. Cunn., Turpentine Bush, in sand, 10 feet high, Minnie
Downs (No. 94).

C. artemesioides, Gaudich., Cordillo; Arrabury (Q’land).

C. phyllodinea, R. Br., Cordillo; in sand, 8 or 10 feet high, eaten by
camels, Minnie Downs (No. 177).

Bauhinia Carronu, F. v. M., Strzelecki Bean, from about 10 miles below
Tinga Tingana on the Strzelecki up to Cordillo in creeks.

Crotalaria Cunninghamu, R. Br., Bird Flower, in sand from Akalana
Crossing on the Strzelecki to Cordillo and Arrabury (Q’land) ; Hack’s
Pea or Bird Flower, in sandhills, 4 to 5 feet high, a fair plant for
making aboriginal string, Minnie Downs (No. 62).

C. dissitifora, Benth., in sand from Lakes Crossing to Cordillo; Kahlo,
in sand, 6 feet high, used by the natives for making string, ranking
amongst the best for this purpose, Minnie Downs (No. 147).

Lotus australis, Andr.. var. parviflorus, Benth., Poison Pea, sandy loam,
1 foot high, with the reputation of being poisonous, but L. R. knows
of no instances of actual poisoning by it; [Carraweena and between
here and Lakes Crossing].

Indigofera brevidens, Benth., Arrabury (Q’land).

I. enncaphylla, L., Cordillo, first record for the State.

Psoralea patens, Lindl, Cordillo; [near Carraweena; Ilawker].

Ps. cinerea, Lindl., 25 miles south of Cordillo; Minnie Downs (No. 23).

Ps. eriantha, Benth., Cordillo; in sand, 2 to 4 feet high, Minnie Downs
(Nos. 30 and 60); [near Carraweena].

Tephrosia sphaerospora, F. v. M., between Cordillo and Innamincka,
first record for the State.

Sesbania aegyptiaca, Poir., not eaten by stock, Minnie Downs (No. 71),
first record for the State.

W15

(33) S. aculeata, Poir., Yellow Pea, 4 to 6 feet high, grows at the bottom of
dried-up waterholes, no good for feed, Minnie Downs (Nos. 25 and
72).

(34) Clianthus speciosus, (G. Don) Aschers. et Graebn. (C. Dampieri, A.
Cunn.), Sturt Pea, said to occur on Cordillo.

(35) Swainsona oligophylla, F. v. M., in sand, 18 inches high, Minnie Downs
‘No. 45). ia.

(36) S. oroboides, F. v. M., Cordillo; in sand, 6 inches to 1 foot high, Minnie
Downs (Nos. 32, 35).

(37) [S. microphylla, A. Gray, near Carraweena. |

(38) S. lawa, R. Br., var. rigida, Benth., in sand, 3 to 5 feet high, Minnie
Downs (Nos. 94a and 178); [Lakes Crossing], first record for the
State.

(39) Glycine sericea, (F. v. M.) Benth., Cordillo. A

(40) Vigna lanceolata, Benth., along watercourses, Cordillo; Yam, a creeper
with branches 4 or 5 feet long, in sand, Minnie Downs (No. 185).

(41) Aeschynomene indica, L., along watercourse, Cordillo, Toorawatchy.

ZYGOPHYLLACEAE :—
' (1) [Nitraria Schoberi, L., Nitre Bush, near Carraweena. |
(2) Zygophyllum sp., Cordillo.
(2) Tribulus hystrix, R. Br., Cordillo; Bull Head, creeping, in sand, Minnie
Downs (No. 9a); [Lakes Crossing].

MELIACEAE :—
(1) Owenia acidula, F. v. M., in sandhills, Cordillo, first record for the State.
EUPHORBIACEAE :—

(1) Phyllanthus rhytidospermus, F. v. M., no male flowers collected, Cordillo
and south thereof; in sand, 18 inches high, Minnie Downs (No. 126);
[near Carraweena],.

(2) Ph. lacunarius, F. v. M., in sandy soil, 1 foot high, Minnie Downs (No.
154) ; [Upper Strzelecki, Tinga, and near Carraweena].

(3) Ph. Fuernrohrii, F. v. M., on black soil flats and sandhilis, 1 foot high,
Minnie Downs (No. 102); [Tinga].

(4) Adriana glabrata, Gaudich., in sandhills, Cordillo,

(5) [Euphorbia australis, Boiss., Mount Lyndhurst. |

(6) E. Drummondii, Boiss., Cordillo; Buffalo Bush, Currawinya Clover, in
sand and sandy loam, on stony downs or any soil, 3 to 12 inches high,
kills sheep when they eat much of it when hungry, a sheep-buyer lost
400 or 500 sheep at Mina Mitta from eating it probably after a semi-
starve, Minnie Downs (Nos. 36, 93, and 130).

(7) E. Wheeleri, Baill., on sandhills, Cordillo and 25 miles south; Sandhill
Caustic, in sand, 18 inches or 2 feet high, the iguana is said to eat this
plant or E. eremophila after he has had a fight with a snake, Minnie
Downs (No. 82).

(8) E. eremophila, A. Cunn., on sandhill 20 miles south of Cordillo;
Flooded-ground Caustic, in flooded country, 2 to 3 feet high, Minnie
Downs (No. 83).

CALLITRICHEAE ;—
(1) Callitriche verna, L., on damp bank of drying watercourse, Cordillo.
SAPINDACEAE -—

(1) Atalaya hemiglauca, F. v. M., Whitewood, on flats, Cordillo ; on all sorts
of soil, 16 feet high, good camel feed but poisonous to them in
November when it is in flower, every year Afghans lose some animals
from it, Minnie Downs (No. 91).

116

(2) Heterodendron oleifolium, Dest., Cordillo.
(3) Dodonaea attenuata, A. Cunn., in sand, Cordillo (probably this species ) ;
| Lakes Crossing}.
MALVACEAE -—
(1) Sida corrugata, Lind., var. trichopoda, Benth., south of Cordillo; in
sandy loam, 1 to 2 feet high, eaten by stock, Minnie Downs (No. 17).
(2) S. corrugata, var. goniocarpa, F. v. M., in sandy soil, 8 inches to 1 foot
high, eaten by stock, Minnie Downs (No. 19).
(3) S. virgata, Hook., along watercourses, Cordillo.
(4) S. rhombifolia, L., Cordillo and between here and Innamincka.
(5) S. intricata, F. v. M., a form, Cordillo.
(6) Abutilon leucopetalum, F. v. M. (including A, Mitchellu, Benth.), all
with yellow flowers, Cordillo; Innamincka; [Murnpeowie].
(7) A. Fraseri, Hook., var. parviflorum, Benth., Cordillo.
(8) Lavatera plebeja, Sims, Cordillo; Marsh Mallow, on flooded parts, 6 to
10 feet high, eaten by stock, Minnie Downs (No. 12).
(9) Malvastrum spicatum, A. Gray, Cordillo and 25 miles south; 1 foot to
18 inches high, the leaves follow the sun, Minnie Downs (No. 31).
(10) Hibiscus trionum, L., in sandy soil, 1 foot high, Minnie Downs (No.
103).
ELATINACEAE -——
(1) Bergia ammanioides, Roxb., Cordillo.
TRAN KENIACEAE:>—
(1) Frankenia serpyllifolia, Vindl., Cordillo; in sand and sandy loam, 6 to
18 inches high, Minnie Downs (Nos. 20 and 44); [Farina].

VIOLACEAE :—
(1) Hybanthus Tatei, F. v. M.(?), Cordillo.
THY MELEACEAE :—
(1) [Pimelea microcephala, R. Br., Tinga; between Mount Lyndhurst and
Murnpeowie. |

Ly THRACEAE |—

(1) Ammania multiflora, Roxb., Cordillo; in sandy and flooded country, 12
inches high, Minnie Downs (No. 158).

MyrracEAk :—

(1) [Melaleuca glomerata, F. vy. M., in creek bed, Blanchewater Station. |

(2) M. trichostachya, Lindl., probably, in the bed of the Cooper at Tnna-
mincka.

(3) Kucalyptus pyrophora, Benth., Bloodwood, on flats, Cordillo to Arra-
bury, with large apple-like brachyselid galls, new record for the State.

(4) E. terminalis, F. v. M., Bloodwood, in sand and sandy flats, 20 feet high,
makes good yard timber, Minnie Downs (No. 153).

(5) E.microtheca, F. v. M., Coolebah, Cordillo to Murnpeowie ; in all sorts of
soil, up to 30 to 40 feet, the chief wood, growing mostly on flooded flats
and round waterholes, the aboriginals grind and eat the seed (which
is very small), camels eat the leaves, and horses when starving will
eat a few mouthfuls, good firewood and good wood for repairing
drays, ete., Minnic Downs (No. 29); [Burnie; Murnpeowie].

(6) E. rostrata, Schlecht. Cordillo; Innamincka ; [none between Innamincka
and 7 miles below Tinga, but found from here to the end of the
Strzelecki; Blanchewater Creck; Murnpeowie].

(7) [E. sp. Box., 18 miles west of Murnpeowie, in creek bed.]

117

HALORRHAGIDACEAE :—
(1) Halorrhagis (?) sp., Cordillo.
(2) Myriophyllum verrucosum, Lind., in waterhole, Cordillo.
(3) M. Muelleri, Sond., in a waterhole, Cordillo.
GENTIANACEAE :—
(1) Limnanthemum crenatum, F. v. M., in mud near waterhole, Cordillo,

ASCLEPIADACEAE -——

(1) Sarcostemma australe, R. Br., Tableland Caustic Bush, cattle eat a little
of it, it makes the mouth very black, on stony downs and sandy flats,
4 to 5 feet high, Minnie Downs (No. 81); {cropped by sheep, near
Blanchewater Station; Murnpeowie west].

(2) Cynanchum floribundum, R. Br., Pear, in sandhills, Cordillo; Weela, in
sand, 3 feet high, eaten by the blacks, used for string, stock eat it a
little, Minnie Downs (Nos. 76 and 138) ; [fruit edible, rather astrin-

gent, with plenty of moisture, used for quenching thirst, Tinga].

CoNVOLVULACEAE:—
(1) Ipomaea Muelleri, Benth., Creeper, on flooded flats, 5 or 6 feet long,
cattle like it and horses eat it, Minnie Downs, April (No. 79).
(2) 1. sp., near f. sepiaria, Koen., Cordillo, Toorawatchy waterhole.
(3) I. plebeja, R. Br., Creeper, floats on the water, on black flats, cattle very
fond of it, Minnie Downs (No. 110).

(4) I. heterophylla, R. Br., Creeper, in sandy loam, Minnie Downs (No.
137

(5) Convoluulus erubescens, Sims, Cordillo; [Carraweena; Mount Lynd-
hurst].

BorRAGINACEAE —

(1) Trichodesma zeylanicum, R. Br., Cattle Bush, in sandhills, 3 to 4 feet
high. L. R. lost a young bull camel in hobbles in October and did not
find him till January, when he still had the hobbles on. The nearest
water from where he was lost and found was 30 odd miles away.
When found, he was in a patch of this bush and had not shifted 100
yards away from it. L. R. is certain that he had no water during the
four months and was getting this bush only to quench his thirst.
Minnie Downs (No. 59); in sandhills, Cordillo and 25 miles south
thereof.

VERBENACEAE -—

(1) Verbena officinalis, L., south of Cordillo; [Burnie Burnie near Inna-
mincka].

(2) Newcastha cephalantha, F. v. M., in sandhills, Cordillo.

LABIATAE :—

(1) Mentha australis, R. Br., in watercourse, Cordillo, Toorawatchy.

(2) Teucrium racemosum, R. Br., Cordillo and south thereof ; in sandy loam,
1 to 2 feet high. Minnie Downs (No. 18).

(3) T. racemosum, var. tripartitum, F.v. M., in sandy loam, about 12 inches
high, Minnie Downs (No. 33).

SOLANACEAE :—

(1) Solanum orbiculatum, Dun., on flats, 2 feet high, camels will eat a fair
quantity, stock take an occasional mouthful, Minnie Downs (No. 73).

(2) [S. oligacanthum, F. v. M., binding the sand in large sand mounds, near
Lakes Crossing. ]

113

(3) S. esuriale, Lindl., Cordillo; on sandy loam and claypans, 10 or 12 inches
high, berries eaten by the aborigines, Minnie Downs {No. 50);
| Murnpeowie; Hawker].

(4) [S. lacunarium, F. v. M., Farina.]

(5) S. ellipticum, R. Br., in sandhills, Cordillo.

(6) Datura Leichhardtii, F. v. M., in flooded ground, 1 foot high, Minnie
Downs (No. 162) ; |Murnpeowie west |.

(7) Nicotiana suaveolens, Lehm., Native Tobacco, Cordillo; in sandhills,
2 feet high, will kill cattle or sheep if eaten on an empty stomach,
cattle when being driven through it will eat a little, Minnie Downs
(No. 66).

SCROPHULARIACEAE :—

(1) Mimulus gracilis, R. Br., on sandy loam and flooded country, 6 to 18
inches high, eaten by stock, Minnie Downs (Nos. 168 and 180).

(2) M. repens, R. Br., in salt holes, sometimes right on the edge of the
water, 6 inches high, Minnie Downs (No. 173).

(3) Morgania glabra, R. Br., Cordillo; in sandy loam, 1 foot to 18 inches
high, eaten by stock, Minnie Downs (No, 21). >

(4) M. floribunda, Benth. (M. glabra, var. floribunda, Maid. et Betche),
Cordillo and 25 miles south thereof; bottoms of waterholes chiefly,
18 inches to 2 feet high, “for years I never saw it except round the
edge of large waterholes and nothing ate it. In the last few years it
has spread all over the flooded flats and stock eat it the same as other
herbage” (L. R.). Minnie Downs (No. 8); [horses are said to get
fond of this plant for a while, but then will not eat, and if forced to
eat it go blind, Lakes Crossing and near Carraweena. |

(5) Glossostigma spathulatum, Arn., on damp bank of drying watercourse,
Cordillo.

PEDALIACEAE -—
(1) Josephinia Eugeniae, k. vy. M., in sandhills, 8 inches high, sometimes
eaten by stock, Minnie Downs (No. 65).
" ACANTH ACEAE:—
(1) Justicia procumbens, L., near the edge of watercourses, Cordillo; in
sandy loam, 4 to 8 inches, Minnie Downs (No. 420).

Myoproracrar :—

(1) Eremophila (Photidia) Dalyana, F. v. M., in leaf only (leaves up to
5 em. long), ainongst rocks, Innamincka Station.

(2) E. longifolia, F. v. M., Cordillo; in sand, 12 feet high, Minnie Downs
(No. 123).

(3) E. Freelingti, F. y. M., Cordillo,

(4) E. bignoniflora, F. v. M., Cordillo west and Arrabury (Q’land).

(5) E. Macdonnellii, F. v. M., Wakimba, in sandhills, 12 inches high, Minnie
Downs (No. 57).

(6) E. maculata, F. vy. M., on a flat a few miles south of Cordillo;
[Murnpeowie].

(7) E. sp., on dry ground adjacent to watercourse, Cordillo,

(8) [E. glabra, (R. Br.) Ostenf., between Mount Lyndhurst and Murn-
peowie. |

(9) [E. sp., Lakes Crossing].

RUBIACEAE :-—

(1) Oldenlandia tillaeacea, F. v. M., in sandy loam, 5 or 6 inches, Minnie
Downs (No. 14).

119

(2) Dentella repens, Frost, Dry Moss, creeper growing in a patch about a
foot in circumference, Minnie Downs, No. 188; forming patches of
dense green carpet in the dry bed of the Strzelecki between Inna-
mincka and Tinga and at Tinga, said to be poisonous to goats.

CUCURBITACEAE :—

(1) Cucumis trigonus, Roxb., waterhole 25 miles south of Cordillo; Uleardo
Melons, creeper up to 8 feet long, on flooded ground, relished as food
by the aborigines, allowed to drop off the vine before being eaten and
then rubbed to get a fluffy substance off which makes the mouth sore,
Minnie Downs (No. 122).

(2) Melothria maderaspatana, Cogn., along creek beds, Cordillo.

(3) M. micrantha, (F. v. M.) Cogn., creeper, Minnie Downs.

CAMPANULACEAE :—
(1) Wahlenbergia gracilis, DC., Cordillo; [Carraweena to Lakes Crossing].
GOODENIACEAE -—

(1) Leschenaultia divaricata, F. v. M., growing in colonies in sandy soil,
Cordillo; in sand, 12 inches high, Minnie Downs (No. 48); [Upper
Strzelecki |.

(2) Scaevola spinescens, R. Br., Cordillo.

(3) S. depauperata, R. Br., sandhills near Cordillo, forming intricately
branched small undershrubs—this and L. divaricata growing in loose
sand have very similar appearances.

(4) [S. collaris, F. v. M., near Lakes Crossing. ]

(5) S. ovalifolia, R. Br., Cordillo.

(6) [Goodenia cycloptera, R. Br., Carraweena to Lakes Crossing. |

(7) [G. glauca, F. v. M. (typica ?, a stunted form perhaps), Lakes Crossing. ]

(8) G. glauca, FV. v. M., var. sericea, in creek bed, Cordillo; Cowslip, in
flooded country, 6 inches high, Minnie Downs (Nos. 61 and 164).

(9) G. glauca, var. swbintegra, I. v. M., Minnie Downs (No. 24).

(10) [G. heteromera, F. v. M., probably, Lakes Crossing. |

CoMPOSITAE :—

(1) Minuria integerrima, Benth., Cordillo; in swamps, 18 inches high, eaten
by stock, Minnie Downs (No, 54).

(2) M. denticulata, Benth., in a washout, Cordillo; [between Carraweena
and Lakes Crossing].

(3) [M. rigida, J. M. Black, Farina. ]

(4) Calotis multicaulis, (Turez.) J. M. Black, Daisy, on flooded flats and
stony downs, stock feed, Minnie Downs (No. 10).

(5) C. hispidula, F. v. M. (Bogan Flea or Bindyi), in any country, 4 to
6 inches high, Minnie Downs.

(6) C. erinacea, Steetz., Cordillo, Arrabury (Q’land).

(7) Brachycome ciliaris, \.ess., Daisy, on tablelands, 6 inches high, Minnie
Downs (No. 139).

(8) Senecio Gregorii, F. v. M., Cordillo; in sand, 12 inches high, Minnie
Downs (No. 165); [near Carraweena and between here and Lakes
Crossing |.

(9) S. lautus, Sol., Mustard, flooded country, 18 inches high, not eaten at

, all even by starving animals, Minnie Downs (No. 152a).
(10) S. Cunninghamii, DC., Lakes Crossing. -
(11) Centipeda Cunningham, I. v. M.., in watercourses at Cordillo, Toora-
watchy waterhole ; in sand, 4 or 5 inches high, Minnie Downs (No. 34),

120

Kutidosis helichrysoides, DC., near watercourse, Cordillo; flooded
country Yellow-top, in flooded country, 1 foot high, liked very much
by cattle, though after a day or two if there is nothing else they get
tired of it, Minnie Downs (No. 144),

Pluchea rubelliflora, (F. v. M.) J. M. Black (P. evrea, Fk, vy. M.), south
of Cordillo.

Pterigeron adscendens, Benth., Cordillo.

[/violaena leptolepis, Benth., Nilpena, Farina.]

Gnaphalium luteo-album, L., probably (very young), in watercourse,
Cordillo; in sandy loam, 6 inches high, Minnie Downs (No. 11).

G, indutum, Tlook., probably (very young), in watercourse, Cordillo;
[Burnie Burnie near Innamincka}.

|Helipterum floribundum, DC., Murnpeowie. |

ff. moschatum, Benth., in sand, 18 inches high, Minnie Downs (No.
184) ; [between Carraweena and Lakes Crossing; Murnpeowie|.

[Helichrysum podolepidenm, F. vy. M., near Lakes Crossing. |

Fl. ambiguum, Turez., in sandhills, Cordillo (“but our varied specimens
under this name will probably require revision.”—J. M. B.),

H. apiculatum, DC., in sandhills, Cordillo; [near Carraweena |.

Myriocephalus Stuartii, F. v. M., 25 miles south of Cordillo ; Billy or
Bachelor Button, in sand, 8 inches high, good stock feed, Minnie
Downs (No. 149); [near Carraweena].

Angianthus (Siloxerus) pusillus, Benth., in sandhills, Cordillo.

Calocephalus platycephalus, Benth., Yellow-top, on flooded flats,
6 inches to 1 foot, good cattle feed but after a couple of days they get
tired of it, Minnie Downs (No. 9); [Lakes Crossing].

Pterocaulon sphacelatus, Benth. et Hook., Cordillo; between Cordillo
and Innamincka.

Sonchus oleraceus, L., introduced, Cordillo.

[Centaurea melitensis, L., introduced, Mount Lyndhurst Station. ]

121

ABORIGINAL MARKINGS ON ROCKS NEAR BURRA (KOORINGA).

By J. P. H. Brippre.
(Communicated by A. G. Edquist.)

{Read August 13, 1925.]
Pirate X.

Approximately five miles due east of Burra (Kooringa), in what is known
locally as “Deep Creek,” Mr. Frank Spencer, of Kooringa, and myself, discovered
a large number of marks on the faces of various rocks, and the very crudeness
of the designs !ed us to believe that they represented some form of aboriginal art.

Deep Creek is one of the small streams that drain the eastern slopes of that
range of bald hills which runs north and south parallel to and on the eastern side
of the Main North Road from Black Springs to Mount Bryan. It issues from
these hills at a point near the foot of the high peak known as “Sugar-loaf” which
lies in a north-easterly direction from Kooringa and about three miles from that
town. From this point it flows in a southerly direction for a couple of miles,
across what is known as Baldina Plain, keeping almost parallel to the range and
within half a mile of it, and then it takes a bend to the east and breaks through
the system of low ranges which form the eastern boundary of this plain, which
separates it from the Murray Plains. Some five or six miles farther on, it is
joined by another small stream from the south-west, but soon peters out on reach-
ing the level country.

At the spot where the creek first enters those low ranges, it has cut out a
small gorge, and it is on the various exposed rock-faces in the gorge that the
native art is noticeable.

The exact spot may be reached by following the Main Eastern Road from
Burra for about three miles, turning to the south along the World’s End Road
for a quarter of a mile, and taking the first turn again to the east, along
what is known as Mann’s Road, until the first water reserve is reached. It is in
the creek where it passes through this reserve, and also in the property that
adjoins it on the western side, that the marks may be seen.

The rocks in the bed and banks of the creek at this point are very striking
in that they are exposed in large, flat, rectangular surfaces. They are clay-
slates resembling in appearance and formation the slates at Mitcham. Two sets
of joint planes are very noticeable, one almost vertical, and the other approxim-
ately horizontal, with a dip of 7° to the east.

The exposed surfaces upon which the markings were made have been pre-
served by a skin of oxide of iron, and the rock-face, containing the bulk of the
marks, is a huge platform, roughly rectangular in shape, and measuring 36 feet
by 24 feet.

The markings occur in at least four different places along the creek within a
total length of 300 yards. ‘The first and second groups (from west to east) occur
on approximately horizontal faces, the third on perpendicular faces, and the
fourth on a surface which slopes to the east at an angle of about 30° to the
horizontal.

The marks are all well preserved, but by far the most striking group is the
second, which occurs on a large stage of solid rock standing about 18 inches above
the present level of the creek bed, measuring some 36 feet by 24 feet, and rect-
angular in shape.

122

This large stage is practically covered with designs, though some portions
have disappeared owing to erosion, the platform being subject to scouring in
flood time. The third occurrence is on perpendicular faces on the south side of
the creek, some 50 yards down stream. Here, again, some are well preserved
while others have crumbled.

The fourth occurrence, about 100 yards farther down stream, is on a sloping
rock on the north side of the creek, and the lower portion of its face was buried
under several feet of silt. Upon removing this earth it was discovered that the
buried portions of the surface had also received attention by the natives, for it
was liberally covered with designs. Here, on the unearthed face, were found,
among others, two of the “broad-arrow” designs, which were very distinct and
the only examples of that type noticed.

The form of the designs themselves I shall not attempt to describe, beyond
stating that the majority resemble circles and elliptical figures, some containing
smaller internal designs, while there are various other forms of which the photo-
graphs will give a clearer idea than any description.

The designs appear to have been punched into the rock with some sharp-
pointed instrument, for each line is composed of a series of small holes or in-
dentations. Some are two millimetres in diameter at the top and average a
depth of one millimetre. It is remarkable that these intagliated designs escaped
observation for so many years, for operations were in full swing at the Burra
Mines in 1845,

On making a search for stone implements, etc., that might have been used
by the natives, a camp site was discovered some three-quarters of a mile along the
creek to the eastward.

It is on the southern bank and covers an area of about half an acre. The
level here is about 8 inches lower than that of the surrounding ground and is prac-
tically destitute of grass, as if kept wind-swept since the time when the occupa-
tion by blacks prevented the growth of herbage. Many chippings of chert, a
mineral which is geologically foreign to this locality, were found on this patch,
as well as a number of finished implements, anvils and pieces of stone showing
fine secondary work.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATE X.

Aboriginal markings on rocks near Burra (Kooringa).

123

DETAILED NOTES ON THE ABORIGINAL INTAGLIOS NEAR BURRA.
By T. D. Camppetr, D.D.Sc.
[Read August 13, 1925.]
Pirates XI. anp XII.

The following notes are intended as a supplement to the paper on “Native
Rock Carvings at Burra,” given by J. P. H. Biddle, to whom the credit of their
discovery is due.

It is not proposed to give here any repetition of the account of the discovery,
the situation, the nature of the rocks and their vicinity, but to place on record a
brief description of the actual native work, together with a Bag! general notes on
the subject.

The published accounts of the occurrence of native rock intaglios in South
Australia seem to commence with a brief note recorded ‘in the Transactions of
this Society in 1902 (1). Basedow has recorded his many finds in the Flinders
Range (2). Recently Hale and Tindale have reported their discovery of fresh
instances of this form of native art, and have also made a brief but interesting
review of the subject (3). zn

The occurrence under present review has several points of interest.

It seems to be the southernmost instance of this type of native intaglios
discovered in this State at the present time; and, as such, it is interesting from
the viewpoint of the distribution of various types of native art.

The matter of the antiquity of these particular carvings is one which can,
of course, only be speculative; the difficulty of making any sort of chr onological
calculation is too great to permit of dogmatic estimations. As has been pointed
out in the foregoing paper, careful enquiry from living persons shows that the
natives have not been known to inhabit this particular district for at least eighty
years. Thus it is possible to say definitely that the most recent of the carvings
cannot be much less than a hundred years old. Beyond this we have two in-
definite but significant features bearing on their age. Firstly, in the case of
one slanting intagliated rock-face, we noticed the designs were buried beneath
the creek bed deposit, and this was removed to a depth of half a metre or more,
exposing further designs. This removed deposit consisted chiefly of creek bed
gravel. Even allowing for the vigorous flooding activities of such a creek, a
fairly considerable period would be necessary to permit of gravel being deposited
to that depth over the designs carved on a rock-face situated at the side of the
creek channel. Also, a few fresh chips intentionally made on the rock-faces
for comparison purposes revealed that even the obviously freshest and youngest
of the aboriginal indentations were well coated with that dark rust-coloured
patina which is considered by some as geological evidence of marked antiquity.
This condition was even more marked on other of the designs, where, in

CQ) A few vague newspaper references have been made to the occurrence of carvings
in rock shelters on the Murray River, but no definite account was given therein. Hale
and Tindale also mention having seen native markings on rocks on River Murray, but of
quite a different type from these intaglios.

124

addition to a dense patina, the chipped depressions have become much eroded and
smoothed by the effects of long weathering.

Another point of interest is the occurrence of the large, almost horizontal,
intagliated rock-faces, right in the creek channel. In other examples the in-
taglios generally appear te have been worked on vertical or slanting rock surfaces
at the sides of creek beds or ravines. Basedow, however, also records an example
of a horizontal, intagliated rock-face occurring at Yunta.

The various worked designs at the Burra site undoubtedly represent efforts
which must have been performed at different intervals over a long period of
time. Some of the figures are unquestionably older than others, as is seen by
the differences in weathering and patination of the chippings, and also the in-
stances of younger intaglios have been worked over obviously much older designs.

It is unnecessary to make any remarks here on the probable methods employed
by the natives in executing this type of work, as Basedow has treated this aspect
of the subject very well both in his initial account (2) of rock carvings and in
his more recent work of the Australian native (4).

—

cn ip 1p ” A om te bd 26
Fig. 1.
Reduced outlines of two figures occurring in Group 2. ‘he small associated

circles probably bear no relation to larger design. Wavy line indicates
: fracture of the rock-face.

The following are brief descriptive notes on the actual designs --——

No. 1 rock-face was a horizontal slab in the creek channel. Its surface was
about a metre square and contained only a single figure, somewhat oval in out-
line and about 30 centimetres in diameter.

No. 2 group of figures occurred on the large horizontal slab which measured
about ten metres by seven. Over a considerable area, chiefly the central portion
of the slab, were many figures, most of which—with the exception of a few
almost indiscernible ones—were chalked in for the purposes of photography
and are shown in the illustration accompanying Mr. Biddle’s paper (pl. x.).
Many of the intaglios were sharply chipped and well preserved, but not a few

125

had been apparently affected either by the vigorous scouring action of the creek
in flood times or by the erosion of the material separating the individual puncta-
tions. In these cases, instead of the lines being formed by a series of chipped-
out depressions, they give an appearance such as might be obtained by an
irregular gouging process. Some idea of this effect can be obtained from
pl. xi., fig. 1, which shows some of the intaglios of this group before they were
chalked. The designs here for the most part consist of circular and elliptical
figures, singly, interlaced, or one or more contained within another larger figure.
Some of them are barred so as to divide the figure into two or more segments.
These circular figures are generally referred to as “corroboree circles.” Two of
the most interesting figures of this group are depicted in outline in text fig. 1,
the scale providing a close approximation to their natural size. They are
just indefinite enough to permit of only a guess being made as to what they
probably represent. “A” may depict some short-legged creature like a wombat,
or could well represent the outline of the skin of some such stumpy-bodied
animal. “B” might depict a rough approximation to a profile outline of a similar
type of animal. The small circles associated in this tracing probably bear no
direct relation to the form outline. On the lower right side of this group (see
Biddle’s pl. x.) will be seen portion of a figure which may have been similar to
that in text fig. 1a, but a large part is missing owing to the breaking up of the
rock slab. On both the extreme right and left sides of the main chalked-in
batch were also a few faint scattered and fragmentary figures, chiefly of the
circular pattern.

No. 3 group occurred chiefly on a vertical rock-face which measured about
three metres in height and four in length. At the base of this face was also a

? 19 20 30 y
Centimetres Q\
Near

Fig. 2.
Traced outlines of some of the caryings shown in pl. xii, fg. 1.

disintegrating horizontal platform which extended about seven metres outwards
into the creek channel. ‘The figures on the vertical face were mostly well pre-
served and skilfully executed circle designs, the circles apparently having no
particular grouping or relation to one another (pl. xi., fig. 2). The out-
lines consisted of a band of very sharply-defined pits, each about five milli-
metres in diameter and three to five millimetres deep. The nature of the chipped

126

lines in this case presents an appearance different from the more grooved effect
of many of those on the large No. 2 slab. The figures on the associated
horizontal platform were fairly numerous, of circular and elliptical form, but
very much eroded and fragmentary. They were exposed by removing ten to
twenty centimetres of soil.

No. 4 group consisted of two slanting (about 45°) faces of rocks, about
two metres apart, situated on the side of the creek bed. There was obviously a
marked difference in age between the oldest and youngest intaglios of this group.
This was evidenced by the much worn and almost obliterated appearance of the
former compared with the relative freshness of the latter. With the exception
of the few individual figures referred to in Group 2, the designs in this instance
were the most complex of all. The outlines were not such that a ready sug-
gestion could be made as to representing any familiar object or animal, but the
figures presented what seemed more intentional grouping than the somewhat
haphazard display elsewhere executed. Fig. 2 shows the outlines of the figures
forming the upper portion of the group intagliated on the northern of these two
associated rock-faces (see pl. xii., fig. 1). The outlines have been reproduced
from tracings secured, and the scale provides a close approximation as to their
natural size. The two striking designs are the large oval-shaped outlines, one
placed horizontally and the other vertically. Both are barred and contain cir-
cular figures, while the vertical design has intermittent punctations, somewhat
similar to what is sometimes said to represent a human track. Again, on the
southern of these two faces (see pl. xii, fig, 2) are fragmentary retains
of what also appear to be large oval figures with closely associated circles and
lines. At the lower part of the same rock-face occurs the only instance found
in this locality of markings representing bird footprints. One probably repre-
sents the foot of an emu. the other may be a similar but incompleted figure, the
two marks forming it being too nearly the same in length to permit of their
representing a kangaroo footprint.

No. 5 consisted of a single, large, somewhat leaf-shaped figure, intagliated
on the horizontal face of a boulder situated several metres above Group 4, on the
creek bank.

The chief points of interest concerning this occurrence of rock intaglios at
dutra may be summarized thus :-—

It provides the southernmost example of this type of native rock intaglios
so far recorded for this State.

‘The probability of many of the intagliated figures being of quite appreciable
antiquity.

The obvious age diffcrences in some of the designs indicate that the work
was executed at different periods over a long interval of time.

The figures, with a few exceptions, consist of the so-called “corroboree
circles” and elliptical figures, and appear to have little relationship to, or grouping
with one another.

The art displayed does not appear to be quite so advanced as many of the
occurrences recorded from the Flinders Range, there being a paucity of repre-
sentations of various animals, reptiles, footprints, and other familiar objects.

[am indebted to Professor Wood Jones for the photographs reproduced in
pl. xi., fig. 2, and pl. xii., and to Mr. A. G. Edquist for that shown in pl. xi., fig. 1.

My thanks are also due to Mr. J. P. H. Biddle and Mr, Edquist for the
opportunity of being associated in the work of examining this occurrence.

127

Tracings of the figures were made on brown paper of most of those forming
Group 2, as shown in Biddle’s pl. x., and also portion of Group 4; and these,
with the kind permission of Professor Wood Jones, have been retraced on to the
walls of the University Anatomy School Museum, thus forming a preserved
record should the actual intaglios on the site itself become deteriorated or

damaged.
REFERENCES.

(1) Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xxvi., 1902, p. 326.

(2) Basedow, H.: Journ. Roy. Anthrop. Inst., xliv., 1914, p. 195..
(3) Hale and Tindale: Records S. Austr. Mus., iti., No. 1, 1925, p. 52.
(4) Basedow, H.: “The Australian Aboriginal,” 1925 (Preece).

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES XI. anp XII.

Piate XT.
Fig. 1. Portion of large intaghated rock-face belonging to Group 2.
Fig. 2. Group 3; vertical face with most of the figures chalked in.

Puate XII.

Fig, 1. Northern slab of Group 4. Figures chalked in. Photograph taken looking some-
what side on and from above. Creek bed and removed débris showing on upper left side.

Fig. 2. Southern slab of Group 4. Photograph taken in same direction as indicated by
fig. 1.

REVIEW OF AUSTRALIAN ISOPODS OF THE CYMOTHOID GROUP.
PART I.

By Hersert M. Haze, Zoologist (Crustacea), South Australian Museum.
[Read August 13, 1925.]

Tsoropa-PLABELLIFERA,

The Cymothoid families of the tribe Flabellifera form a connected group,
embracing species which range from symmetrical, active forms, feeding upon fishes
and other marine animals or acting as scavengers, to others specialized for a
parasitic mode of life. The truly parasitic species are found in the Aegidae and
Cymothoidae; most of the representatives of the two last-named families, at least
in the adult stages, feed upon fishes.

The members of the group have the uropods lateral, each with a free, more
or less lamelliform, exo- and endopod, and the pleon, as a rule, is composed of
six distinct segments. This last condition does not obtain in the Australian genus
Ourogzeuktes, M. Edw., which has all six segments coalesced, nor in the American
Colopisthus, Rich., which has but two distinct segments, the first five being
fused into one short segment. Haswell states that in his genus Codonophilus
the uropods are uniramous. An examination of the type of Codonophilus shows,
however, that it is a very juvenile example of Meinertia imbricata, and that the
uropods are normal, each having two lamelliform branches.

I desire to express my thanks to the Director of the Australian Museum,
Sydney, for the opportunity of examining the specimens preserved in that insti-
tution (including the types of the species described by the late Prof. W. A
Tlaswell and by Mr. T. Whitelegge), and to the Curator of the Western Aus-
tralian Museum for the loan of specimens from Western Australia. I am also
indebted to various other collectors who have obtained specimens from South
Australian waters. The collections housed in the Australian, South Australian,
and Western Australian Museums include good serics of specimens from the
eastern, southern, and western coasts of Australia, but material from the northern
waters is not plentiful. The families represented in Australian seas may be
separated as follows :-—

a. Fal a maxillipeds free, the last two articles setose, not furnished with
IOOKS.
b., Distal part of mandibles usually stout, conspicuous. Inner lobe of
first maxillae expanded at apex and furnished with three or four
spines ; outer lobe wide and capped with many strong spines. Second
maxillae with three free, very setose lobes.
ce. Molar part of mandibles large. Last four pairs of peraeopods
ambulatory, with normal dactylus and claw, the merus, carpus,
and propodus of fourth and fifth pairs not greatly expanded .. Eurydicidae

ec. Molar part of mandibles small. Last four pairs of legs natatory,
with dactylus rudimentary or absent; in the fourth and fifth pairs
the merus, carpus, and propodus are greatly expanded and flat-
tened, each being about twice as wide as long - - Phoratopodidae

bb. Distal part of mandibles narrow, partly or quite concealed iy upper (nov.)}
and lower lips. Inner lobe of first maxillae without apical spines ;
outer lobe narrow, tapering from middle of length to apex, which is
armed with a few spines (sometimes with some small and incon-
spicuous spines also), or with many tiny hooked spines. Second
maxilla not having three distinct lobes, and usually with apex simple Corallanidae

129

aa. Palp of maxillipeds embracing cone formed by distal parts of mouth

organs, the inner upper margin and apex never setose, at least the apex

furnished with outwardly curved hooks in the males and non-ovigerous
females. . :

d. Both pairs of antennae with well-defined peduncle and flagellum.

Maxillipeds with palp five-jointed or two-jointed, the last joint in

the latter case rather short, obtuse Ae a te 4 .. Aegidae
dd. Antennae reduced, without clear distinction hetween peduncle and
flagellum. Palp of maxillipeds always two-jointed, the last joint
rather long and narrow, subacute — oe te a .. Cymothotdae

The above is adapted in part from Hansen’s key.“? The first four
families are herein dealt with; in the descriptions the seven free segments of
the peraeon are referred to as the first to seventh peraeon segments, and the
appendages of these somites as peraeopods. The localities given under ‘‘Loc.” are
those from which specimens now described were taken, and “Hab.” indicates the
general distribution of a species.

Family EURYDICIDAE.®?

The antennae are usually unequal in length, The mandibles are usually
wide throughout, their cutting edges more or less tridentate and meeting behind
the large labrum; the movable lacinia is large, with many spines, and the molar
process is large and triangular. The outer lobe of the first maxillae is wide
and capped with many spines; the inner lobe bears three spines, usually plumose.
Maxillipeds with palp free, wide and very setose. The last four pairs of peraco-
pods are ambulatory, and the others are, as a rule, prehensile.

Key To AUSTRALIAN GENERA.

a. Front of cephalon not produced in an anteriorly dilated process; sides
of fifth pleon segment usually more or less covered by. lateral parts
of preceding segment; outer margin of exopod of uropods furnished

with hairs. : :
b. Cutting edge of mandibles long... ss tr 4 p .. Cirolana
bb. Cutting edge of mandibles short .. i AS a i .. Neoctrolana
aa, Front of cephalon produced in a prominent and anteriorly dilated pro- (nov.)

cess; sides of fifth pleon segment free, not covered by preceding

segment; outer margin of exopod of uropods naked Exctrolana

CrroLana, Leach.

Cirolana, Leach, Dict. Sct. Nat., xii., 1818, p. 347; Sars, Crust. of Norway, ii., 1899, p. 69 ;
Stebb., Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl Fish. Suppl. Rep., xxiii, 1905, p. 11 (syn.).

The Cirolanae are very agile in the water, and some of them, for a short
period at least, display considerable activity on land also. They are eminently
carnivorous and, at times, are encountered literally in swarms; fishes captured
in nets are sometimes rendered useless through their depredations. Persons
wishing to obtain vertebrate skeletons, and not.desiring to undertake the un-
pleasant task of maceration, take advantage of the scavenging habits of the “sea
lice,” and submerge their specimens, in the flesh, at a place where these Isopods
are abundant; the bones are rapidly and very cleanly denuded of all flesh.

Schioedte) remarks that the Order Tsopoda “occupies one of the highest
steps to which the class of Crustacea upon the whole attains in the scale of
development of the articulate type.” and that the “Cirolanae represent, no doubt,
the highest development of the Crustacean type amongst Isopoda.”

Seven species and one variety have been previously recorded from our waters
and seven species are. now added to the list.

() See Stebbing, Hist. of Crust., 1898, pp. 340, 341.
(2) Stebbing, Herdman's Ceylon Pearl Fish. Suppl. Rep., xxiii, 1905, p. 10.
(3) Schioedte, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (4), i., 1868, pp. 2 and 9.

130

Kry To AUSTRALIAN SPECIES.
a, Flagellum of second antennae not reaching to hinder margin of fifth
peracon segment.
b, Apex of telson broadly rounded or subtruncate.

c. Endopod of uropods with a prominent nick in outer margin -. punticea
ec, Endopod of uropods with outer margin entire.
d, Exopod of uropods only about half as long as endopod -. hermitensis
dd, Exopod of uropods very little shorter than endopod .. .. arcuata

bb. Apex of telson narrowly rounded or subacute.
e. Second antennae much fonger than first antennae.

f. End of peduncle of first antennae not reaching beyond middle

of fourth peduncular article of second antennae.

g. Frontal lamina sublinear.
h. Basos of seventh peraeopods expanded, twice as long as
greatest width.

i. Form stout; posterior angles of coxal plates of third

and fourth peraeon segments acute re es -. corpulenta
tt. Form narrower ; posterior angles of coxal plates of third
and fourth peraeon segments rounded .. Sa -. tenuistylis
hh. Basos of seventh peraeopods greatly expanded, only one
and one-half times as long as greatest width .. -» woodjonesi
gg. Frontal lamina broad.
j. Peraeon and pleon ornamented with rows of tubercles .. pustulosa
jj. Peraeon and pleon without tubercles = af +. eranchti, var.
if. End of peduncle of first antennae teaching to or beyond end australiense

of fourth peduncular article of second antennac.
k, Flagellum of second antennae composed of twenty-five
articles a hs me ne Far tae . -» lata
kk. Flagellum of second antennae composed of thirteen to
fifteen articles.

i, Eyes subquadrate Ps as ts a fs .. lata, var. integra
ul. Eyes elongate... ai vf “4 _ - -» laevis
ee. Second antennae scarcely or not longer than first antennac -. lineata

aa. Flagellum of second antennae reaching back beyond hinder margin
of fifth peraeon segment.
m. Flagellum of first antennae not extending beyond end of peduncle
of second antennae; coxal plates with oblique furrows.
n, Frontal lamina broad; flagellum of second antennae not reaching
to hinder margin of sixth peracon segment

é , a -» schioedtet
wt. Frontal lamina sublinear; flagellum of second antennae reach-

ing to middle of length of pleon 20 AF ee .. victa
mm, Flagellum of first antennae extending for more than half its
length beyond end of peduncle of second antennae; coxal plates
without oblique furrows - a sce be -. concinna

The length of the flagellum of the second antennae is unknown in C. pumicea;
if, when perfect specimens are obtained, this species should prove to belong to
section aa, it is readily separated from C. vieta, C. schioedtei, and C. concinna by
the shape of the telson and frontal lamina, the character of the peraeopods, the
shape of the uropods, etc.

‘Vhe position of C. tenuwistylis in the key is also somewhat tentative, for the
second anlennae are damaged in the type specimens; I have placed it near C.
woodjonest, as it is evidently allied to that species. C. concinna and C. vieta also
have the frontal lamina narrow, but otherwise cannot be confused with C. tendwi-
silis.

C. lata, C. lata, var. integra, and C. laevis are apparently allied forms; I have
not seen the two last-named and, working with the descriptions alone, find it diffi-
cult to satisfactorily separate them.

Cirolana pumicea, n. sp.
@. Form narrow, with sides subparallel, three and three-fourths longer than
greatest width. Dorsal surface with evenly spaced, small, but very distinct punc-
tures, intermixed with which are some coarse punctures. Cephalon twice as wide

131

as medial length; a strong, transverse, bisinuate ridge between the front angles
of eyes defines the anterior margin, as seen in dorsal view; surface rugose. Eyes
prominent, tumid, situate antero-laterally. Peduncle of first pair of antennae
not as long as first three articles of second antennae together ; articles of peduncle
short, subequal in length; flagellum a little longer than peduncle, composed of
seventeen articles and extending slightly beyond end of fourth article of peduncle
of second antennae. First two articles of second antennae very short, together as
long as the fourth article, which is shorter than the third; fifth article the most
slender, a little longer than third article; flagellum missing. Frontal lamina com-
plex; a horizontal basal part is subtriangular in shape, not adpressed, the anterior
part projecting forwards and visible in dorsal view between bases of first
antennae; from the dorsal face of the basal part a narrow piece extends perpen-
dicularly upwards between the bases of the second antennae; this linear process
is a little dilated anteriorly, narrowest at middle of length, and is again dilated

Fig. 1.

Cirolana pumicea, type female; a and b, dorsal and lateral views (3 diams.) ; c, antennae,

frontal Iamina, clypeus and labrum in ventral view (7 diams.); d, anterior view of

clypeus and frontal lamina, showing perpendicular process (7 diams.); e, lateral view

of frontal lamina (7 diams.); f, first maxilla (144 diams.); g, second maxilla (144

diams.) ; h, maxilliped (143 diams.); i and j, first and seventh peraeopods (5 diams.) ;
k, uropod (7 diams.); 1, first pleopod (7 diams.).

towards the junction with the basal part. Clypeus wide and short, crescentic,
much shorter than labrum. Second article of palp of mandibles twice as long as
third. Outer lobe of first maxillae capped with twelve spines, two or three of
the outermost seven being denticulate ; inner lobe with threc stout, plumose spines.
Maxillipeds moderately stout, the basipodite about one-half as long as the five-
jointed palp. First peraeon segment embracing base of cephalon, longer than any
of the other segments, which are subequal in length. Coxal plates each with a
very indistinct, oblique furrow in addition to the submarginal furrow; plates of
second to fourth segments rounded behind, not extending beyond hinder margins
of their segments; those of fifth and sixth segments subacutely rounded pos-
teriorly, reaching a little beyond level of hinder margins of their segments; last
pair extending slightly beyond level of postero-lateral angles of first pleon seg-
ment, and with posterior angle acute. Pleon not at all narrower than peraeon,

132

with all segments visible, the first a little shorter than the others, which are sub-
equal in length; postero-lateral parts of fourth segment covering lateral portions
of fifth segment ; telsonic segment less than one-third wider than long; basal part
tumid; lateral margins convexly rounded, evenly converging to the widely sub-
truncate and crenulate apical margin. Uropods extending to level of apex of
pleon; protopod with two spines on outer margin near articulation of exopod,
and with inner process not reaching to middle of length of endopod; exopod
narrow, a little more than three-fourths as long as, and much less than half as
wide as endopod, which is crenulately rounded posteriorly and has a prominent
nick in the outer margin. Peraeopods stout; the outer distal part of the merus
of the first three pairs is greatly produced, extending nearly to level of distal end
of propodus, and with outer margin and apex armed with strong setae; outer
distal part of ischium of these limbs similarly but less markedly produced ; last
four pairs furnished with spines, setae and plumose hairs, the basos of each with
a longitudinal, median ridge; basos of fourth and fifth pairs expanded, that of
sixth and seventh pairs much more expanded; basos of seventh pair greatly ex-
panded, the length only twice the greatest width; merus of seventh pair nearly
‘one-third longer than carpus and about three-fourths as long as ischium. Inner
ramus of first pair of pleopods not much more than three-fourths of length of,
and about same width as, outer ramus. ; =

Colour—Anterior ridge of cephalon, hinder margins of cephalon, peraeon
segments, first to fifth pleon segments, and posterior four-fifths of telsonic seg-
ment, whitish; the remainder of the dorsal surface is thickly covered with black
dots and thus appears of a greyish-black colour.

Length, 18 mm.

Loc—New South Wales (Austr. Mus. Coll.). Type, female, in Australian
Museum, Reg. No. G 5319.

Four mutilated specimens are before me. The posterior ‘margin of the telson
is not at all distinctly truncate in the type, and in two of the paratypes it is
rounded.

The peraeopods of C. pumicea slightly resemble those of C. japonensis,
Rich., but the process of the merus of the first three pairs is much more marked
and the cephalon and pleon are totally different.

CTIROLANA HERMITENSIS, Boone.
Cirolana hermitensis, Boonc, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., liv., 1918, p. 592, pl. xci., fig. 2.

The form is widely subovate, about twice as long as wide. According to
Boone’s figure the hind margin of the cephalon is trilobate. The flagellum of the
first antennae reaches to just beyond the end of the peduncle of the second
antennae, the flagellum of which reaches to the posterior margin of the third
peracon segment. The second to seventh peraeon segments are subequal in
length. The greater part of the first pleon segment is concealed beneath the last
peraeon segment ; the telsonic segment has “‘the apex roundly truncate, crenulated,
and ornamented with a row of spines.” The uropods reach 4 little beyond the
apex of the telson and the exopod is “oval and about half as long as” endopod.

Colour.—“The specimen is heavily banded crosswise with light brown stripes,
with an equal light creamy arca between them on the head, thorax, and first five
abdominal segments; the sixth segment and uropoda are similarly marked but
have the bands longitudinally placed.”

Length, 9 mm.; width, 4-9 mm.

Hab.—Western Australia: Home Lagoon, Hermite Island, Montebello
Islands.

(43 Wink. Proc: CS. Nat, Mus, socvii, 1904. p..38, fies SS

133

l have not seen this species, and the above details are culled from Boone’s
description. C. hermitensis differs exceedingly from the other three species of
the genus (C. concinna, C. lineata, and C. schioedtei) herein recorded from Wes-
tern Australian waters.

Cirolana arcuata, n. sp.

@. Form narrowly oval, three times longer than greatest width. Surface
with very fine punctures. Cephalon about two and one-half times wider than
medial length; anterior margin rounded, with a small, median, downbent, sub-
triangular process, not separating first pair of antennae and not visible in dorsal
view. Eycs moderately large. Peduncle of first pair of antennae as long as first
three articles of peduncle of second antennae; second article slightly shorter than
third and a little longer than first article; flagellum extending beyond end of
peduncle of second antennae, composed of fifteen to seventeen articles. Second
antennae reaching to level of hinder margin of third peraeon segment; first two
articles of peduncle short, together about as long as third article; fourth longer
than third and about three-fourths the length of fifth article; flagellum half as

Fig. 2.
Cirolana arcuata, type female; a and b, dorsal and lateral views (4 diams.) ; c, antennae,
frontal lamina, clypeus and labrum (6 diams.); d, first maxilla (22 diams.); e, second
maxilla (22 diams.); f, maxilliped (22 diams.}; g and h, first and fifth peraeopods (7
diams.) ; i, uropod (7 diams.); j and k, first and second pleopods of male (7 diams.).

long again as peduncle, composed of twenty-three to twenty-six articles and a
terminal style. Frontal lamina pentagonal, longer than wide, widest at about
first fourth of length and with postero-lateral margins converging posteriorly.
Clypeus rather long, its medial length subequal to that of labrum and with anterior
part not adpressed but projecting outwards and forwards. Mandibles normal,
the first and third articles of palp of equal length, each much more than half as long
as second article. Outer lobe of first maxillae capped with eleven strong spines
and one thinner spine; the three innermost spines are denticulate ; inner lobe with
three stout plumose spines. Maxillipeds narrow, elongate, the basipodite less
than one-half the length of the five-jointed palp, the basal article of which is
nearly as long as the second. First peraeon segment embracing base of cephalon,
longer than any of the others; second, third, and fourth segments subequal in

134

length, each a little shorter than fifth or sixth; seventh segment the shortest.
Coxal plates each with a curved, oblique furrow in additional to the submarginal
furrow ; those of second and third segments rounded behind, not reaching beyond
hinder margins of their segments ; those of fourth segment extending very slightly
beyond hinder margin of their segment, and with rounded posterior angles; last
three pairs extending suctessively further beyond the hinder margins of the seg-
ments and with posterior angles subacute; those of seventh segment reaching to
level of hinder margin of second pleon segment. All segments of pleon com-
pletely visible, the fifth a little longer than any of the others (which are subequal
in length) and with lateral parts partly covered by postero-lateral portions of
fourth segment; telsonic segment nearly half as wide again as medial length;
lateral margins roundly converging to the rounded and crenulate posterior margin,
Uropods extending slightly past apex of pleon; protopod with a spine on outer
margin near articulation of exopod and with inner process wide and produced
to well beyond middle of length of endopod; exopod narrowly suboval, rounded
posteriorly, furnished with hairs and a few short spines on outer and apical
margins ; endopod more than twice as wide as, and a little longer than, exopod,
rounded posteriorly, and with postero-lateral and apical margins furnished with
long hairs and short spines. Peraeopods stout, armed with spines and moderately
dense, long hairs; last four pairs armed with strong spines on inner and apical
margins of ischium, merus, and carpus, and with a few short spines on inner
margin of propodus; basos of seventh pair expanded, two and. one-third times
longer than wide; merus equal in length to carpus and more than one-half length
of ischium. Outer ramus of first pair of pleopods nearly twice as wide as, and
very slightly longer than, inner ramus.

Colour, in alcohol-—-Yellow, dotted with prominent black chromatophores
on dorsal surface of cephalon, peraeon, first to fifth segments of pleon and basal
part of telsonic segment.

Length, 12-5 mm.

é. A somewhat damaged example of this sex does not notably differ from
the female. The flagellum of the second antennae consists of a lesser number of
articles—twenty and a terminal style. The male appendage of the second pair
of pleopods does not reach quite to the end of the inner ramus.

Length, 12 mm,

Loc.—New South Wales: Little Sirius Cove, Port Jackson (Austr. Mus.
Coll.). Type, female, and allotype, male, in Australian Museum, Reg. Nos.
P8200 and P8201.

Several specimens were taken in company with Sphaeroma quoyana. This
species somewhat resembles C. hermitensis, but has the form more slender, the
second to fifth peraeon segments not subequal in length, the first segment of the
pleon not almost wholly concealed, the exopod of the uropods relatively longer
and the hinder margin of the cephalon not at all trilobate.

Cirolana corpulenta, n. sp.

@. Form widely suboval, less than two and one-fourth times longer than
greatest width. Surface with rather fine sparse punctures arranged in transverse
series and intermixed with a few large punctures. Cephalon twice as wide as
medial length; anterior margin distinctly bisinuate, with a median subtriangular
process, not completely separating the basal articles of the first antennae. Eyes
moderately large, situate laterally. First antennae short, the end of flagellum not
reaching to end of peduncle of second antennae; peduncle as long as first three
articles of second antennae, the first article widest, extending in front at a right
angle to remaining part of antennae; second article a little shorter than first,
and scarcely more than one-half as long as third, the posterior distal part of

135

which is produced into a lobe; flagellum a little shorter than peduncle, composed
of eleven articles. Second anterinae reaching almost to hinder margin of second
peraeon segment; first two articles of peduncle short, together about as long as
third article, the first longer than second; third article longer than fourth and
scarcely as long as fifth; flagellum about one-fourth longer than peduncle, com-
posed of eighteen articles and a terminal style. Frontal lamina linear, a little
dilated anteriorly. Clypeus not much more than one-half as long as labrum.
Mandibles normal, the first article of palp more than half as long as second and
longer than third article. Outer lobe of first maxillae capped with seven stout
simple spines of various lengths, one thin spine and one very short spine; inner
lobe with three stout, plumose spines. Maxillipeds moderately slender, the basi-
podite a little more than one-third as long as the five-jointed palp. First peraeon
segment embracing base of cephalon, distinctly longer than any of the others;
second and seventh segments subequal in length, shorter than third, fourth, fifth,
or sixth segments, which are subequal in length. Coxal plates each with an
obliquely curved, shallow furrow, in addition to the submarginal furrow; plates

Fig. 3.

Cirolana corpulenia, type female; a and b, dorsal and lateral views (44 diams.); c¢,
antennae, frontal lamina, clypeus and labrum (8 diams.); d, first antennac (13 diams.) ;
e, first maxilla (143 diams.}; f, second maxilla (143 diams.); g, maxilliped (144
diams.) ; h and i, first and seventh peraeopods (5 diams.); j, first pleopod (5 diams.).

of second to sixth segments subrectangular in shape, the first three pairs not or
scarcely extending beyond hinder margins of their segments, and those of fifth
and sixth segments extending but little past the level of hinder margins; plates
of second segment obtusely rounded posteriorly and with lower anterior angle
acute, those of third to sixth segments with a small acute point at posterior
angles ; plates of seventh segment extending back to level of postero-lateral angles
of first pleon segment, and with acute posterior angles. All segments of pleon
visible, the first the shortest ; fifth segment slightly longer than fourth, which is a
very little longer than third; telsonic segment about one-half as wide again as
long; lateral margins slightly sinuate, converging to the acute apex; postero-
lateral margins crenulate, furnished with short spines and plumose hairs. Uropods
reaching to level of apex of pleon; protopod with three setae on outer margin

136

and with inner process reaching to middie oi length of endopod, which is two and
one-half times wider, and a little longer, than exopod; endopod acutely rounded
posteriorly, with outer margin almost straight, slightly sinuate, and with postero-
lateral edges furnished with plumose setae and a few short spines; exopod nar-
rowly rounded at apex; margins furnished with plumose hairs and a few short
spines near distal end. Peraeopods stout; outer distal part of ischium and merus
a little produced in first pair, and in second pair much produced; the outer apex
of the merus of the second peraeopods extends past level of anterior margin of
carpus, and the outer apex of the ischium reaches to middle of length of carpus;
outer apex of merus of third pair a little forwardly produced, and. outer part of
ischium ‘considerably expanded laterally and a little forwards, the outer apex
reaching beyond apex of merus; last four pairs with long, mostly plumose, hairs,
and with the basos expanded ; basos of seventh pair only twice as long as wide,
and with both lateral margins and median ridge furnished with long piumose
hairs; merus of seventh pair about same length as carpus and more than haif as
iong as ischium. Outer ramus of first pair of pleopods much wider and dis-
tinetly shorter than inner ramus.

Colour during life—-White, with transverse series of black chromatophores
near hinder margins of cephalon, peraeon segments, first to fifth pleon segments,
and along lateral margins of peraeon; the chromatophores near the hinder margins
of cephalon and first two peraeon segments, and along the lateral margins of
peracon, arc larger than the others,

Length, .12 mm.

Loc.—South Australia: Port Willunga, on meat near shore (type loc., IT. M.
Hale), Brighton, from Heterodontus phillipi (11. Collyer), Vype, female, in
South Austr. Mus., Reg. No, C275,

A single specitten was obtained amongst a large number of specimens of
C. woodjonesi taken from the body cavity of the Port Jackson shark. A small
scries, mostly of immature specimens, was obtained at Port Willunga in company
with C. woedjonesi and C. cranchti, var. australiense. During life the three
species can be very readily scparated by the colour alone; C. woodjonesi is white
without pigmentation, C. cranchit, var. australiense, is closely dotted with small
black chromatophores, and C, corpulenta is characteristically marked with trans-
verse bars of black chromatophores.

C. corpulenta approaches Ewry ‘dice in the structure of the first antennae, but
in other respects is a typical Cirolana, for the peduncle of the second antennae is
five-jointed, the inner plate of the basipodite of the maxillipeds is furnished with
two hooks, the protopod of the uropods is well produced, and the peduncle of the
first pair of -pleopods is much wider than long.

The number of articles in the flagella of the antennae is a little variable, and
in some specimens there are but eight articles in the flagelium of the first pair.

CIROLANA TENUISTYLIS, Miers.

Cirolana tenutstylis, Miers, Zool. “Alert,” 1884, p. 303, pl. xxxiii., fig. B.

This species belongs to the group of Cirelanae having the frontal lamina
elongate, at least three times longer than wide, the first antennae short and stout,
the basos of the posterior peraeopods expanded, and the coxal plates each with a
distinct, oblique furrow in addition to the usual submarginal furrow. The eyes
are “subquadrate or somewhat rounded, with very large ocelli.”

Length, 15 mm,

Hab,—North Queensland: Prince of Wales Channel,

C. tenuistylis is somewhat close to C. woodjonesi, but Dr. W. T. Calman has
very kindly compared specimens of the last-named species with Miers’ syntypes,

137

and informs me that the basos of the seventh peraeopods is less markedly ex-
panded in C. tenuistylis, while the furrows of the coxal plates are considerably
different. These furrows are not indicated in Miers’ figure, and I] am indebted
to Dr. Calman for the accompanying sketches of one of the syntypes in the British
Museum collection.

Fig. 4.

Cirolana tenuistylis, syntype; a, lateral view of peracon;
b, basos and ischium of seventh peraeopod.

CIROLANA woopjonesi, Hale.

Cirolana woodjonesi, Hale, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xiviii, 1924, p. 71, pl. v., and
text fig. 2.

@. Form natrowly obovate, about three times longer than greatest width.
Surface finely and sparsely punctate, the punctures arranged in transverse series.
Cephalon twice as wide as medial length; anterior margin slightly bisinuate with

Fig. 5.

Cirolana woodjonesi, type male; a and b, dorsal and lateral views (34 diams.); c¢,

antennac, frontal lamina, clypeus and labrum (7 diams.); d, first maxilla (16 diams.) ;

e, second maxilla (16 diams.); £, maxilliped (16 diams.); ¢ and h, first and seventh
peraeopods (8 diams.); i, second pleopod (8 diams.).

a small, median, subtriangular process, which does not separate the first pair of
antennae. Eyes moderately large, with the inner margins straight ; subquadrate
in lateral view, First antennae short, reaching almost to middle of last peduncular
article of second antennae; first article of peduncle much longer than second, and

138

third article as long as first two articles together ; flagellum composed of thirteen
articles, the second longer than the others, which are very short. Second antennae
reaching to posterior margin of first peracon segment; first article of peduncle
twice as long as second ; third as long as first two together, a little longer than the
fourth and slightly shorter than the fifth article; flagellum composed of eighteen
articles and a terminal style. Frontal lamina linear, at least four times longer
than greatest width, widened at anterior third and slightly dilated at posterior end.
Clypeus wider and shorter than labrum. Mandibles normal: first article of palp
two-thirds as long as second, and about one-fourth longer than third article.
Outer lobe of first maxillae capped with eleven spines (two of the outermost
of which are denticulate) and two thinner spines; inner lobe with three stout,
plumose spines. Maxillipeds rather slender, the basipodite less than one-third as
long as the five-jointed palp. First peraeon segment embracing base of cephalon,
subequal in length to cephalon, and much longer than any of the other segments,
which are more or less subequal in length. Coxal plates each with a distinct.
oblique furrow in addition to the usual submarginal furrow; first three pairs of
plates subquadrate and obtusely rounded posteriorly; first and second pairs
scarcely reaching to level of posterior margins of their segments and third pair
extending very slightly beyond level of posterior margin of fourth segment ; plates
of fifth to seventh segments subacute posteriorly and reaching beyond level of
hinder margins of their segments. All segments of pleon visible in dorsal view,
the first partly concealed beneath last peraeon segment; second’ to filth segments
subequal in length, the lateral parts of the fifth covered by the postcro-lateral
portions of the preceding segment ; telsonic segment distinctly wider than its medial
length; lateral margins a little convex and converging to the roundly angular
apex, postero-lateral margins with hairs and shori spines. Uropods reaching
slightly beyond level of apex of pleon; protopod with two or three $pines at outer
posterior angle and with inner process reaching to beyond middle of length of
endopod ; exopod lanceolate, shorter than and but half as wide as endopod, the
margins furnished with plumose hairs and the apex with two spines; endopod
subacute posteriorly, the margins provided with plumose hairs and a few spines.
Peraeopods stout, all more or less expanded and flattened; outer distal part of
merus of first three pairs forwardly produced; the propodus of the first pair bears
three spines (the distal of which is serrate), the carpus one spine, and the merus
ten or eleven spines, on the inner edge; propodus of second and third pairs with
one spine, carpus with six, and merus with nine to twelve spines; ambulatory
peraeopods armed with many spines and long plumose hairs; basos of seventh
pair greatly expanded, two-thirds as wide as long, the median, inferior ridge set
with shorter hairs than the lateral margins; merus as wide as long, a little longer
than carpus and more than one-half as long as ischium. Outer ramus of first
pair of pleopods a little shorter than, and nearly half as wide again as, inner
branch; male appendage of second pair moderately stout, not much longer than
rami and bent inwards at tip.

Colour during life—White.

Length, 14 mm.

@. Form slightly wider than in male,

Length (largest specimen), 24 mm.

Hab—South Australia: Gulf St. Vincent (type loc.) and south coast 0S:
Austr. Mus. Coll.). Tasmania: 100 fms, (C. Hedley); off Cape Portland,
5-10 fms., “fish baits on lines at night” (Dr. E. J. Paradice). Victoria: Port
Phillip (Austr. Mus. Coll.). New South Wales: ‘From porpoise” (Austr. Mus,
Coll.).

C. woodjonesi is common in the shallow waters around the South Australian
coast. During life some specimens are diffused with rose red, but the usual

139

colour is white; examples have been taken from sharks and from a porpoise, and
numbers have been secured on fish baits.

The antennae are a little variable in length and in the number of articles of
which they are composed; the first pair may extend only to the end of the fourth
peduncular article of the second antennae, and the latter may reach to the level
of the posterior margin of the second peraeon segment. As many as twenty-eight
articles are sometimes présent in the flagellum of the second antennae. In some
specimens the first pleon segment is entirely concealed in dorsal view, in others
only a small postero-lateral portion on each side is visible. The relative width
of the basos of the seventh peraeopods varies a little, but is always equal to more
than half the length of the joint. As with other species of the genus, the number
of spines margining the telson and uropods proves variable when a large series is
examined, ‘

I have referred to this species a small male dredged in 100 fathoms off Tas-
mania; in this example the male appendage of the second pleopods is apically
rounded and is not imbent.

Cirolana pustulosa, n. sp.

_ Form rather narrowly suboval, about two and three-fourths times longer than
greatest width. Surface very finely punctate. Cephalon scarcely twice as wide

Fig. 6.
Cirolana pustulosa, type; a and b, dorsal and lateral views (8 diams.); c, antennae,
frontal lamina, clypeus and labrum (10 diams.}; d, second maxilla (29 diams.) ;
e, maxilliped (29 diams.); f and g, first and seventh peraeopods (144 diams.) ; h, uropod
(7 diams.),

as medial length; anterior margin incrassate, somewhat conically rounded in out-
line and with a tiny, median, subtriangular process, which’ does not separate the
first antennae; dorsum with a curved, medianly interrupted furrow, extending
along inner margins of eyes and subparallel to antero-lateral margins, and with
another furrow submarginal to posterior edge of cephalon; an irregular tubercle
at middle of basal part and two smaller and less distinct tubercles near postero-
lateral angles. Eyes moderately large, situate laterally. First antennae reaching

140

slightly beyond fourth article of peduncle of second antennae; first article stouter
than second and subequal to it in length; third narrower than, and about three-
fourths as long again as second article ; flagellum composed of ten articles and a tiny
terminal style; the first article is very short and the second is longer than any of
the others. Second antennae reaching to level of posterior margin of fourth
peraeon segment; first two articles of peduncle short, the first longer than the
second; fourth article half as long again as third and about five-sixths as long as
the fifth article; flagellum composed of thirty articles and a terminal style.
Frontal lamina twice as long as greatest width, dilated anteriorly; margin of
anterior part convex, and posterior margin concave. Clypeus scarcely as long
as labrum. Outer lobe of first maxillae capped with strong spines, some of which
are denticulate; inner lobe with three strong, plumose spines. Maxillipeds rather
stout, the basipodite less than half as long as the five-jointed palp. First peraeon
segment embracing base of cephalon and much longer than any of the others;
second and seventh segments shorter than the third to sixth, which are subequal
in length; posterior margins of all segments with sparse hairs; the last four have
a submarginal row of conical, backwardly-directed tubercles, and on the third
segment is a row of similar but very indistinct tubercles; on the first and second
segments are faint and barely discernible indications of tubercles. Coxal plates
each with a distinct, oblique furrow in addition to the submarginal furrow; plates
of second and third segments obtusely rounded behind, not extending beyond
posterior margins of their segments; remaining pairs subacute, reaching well
beyond the level of the posterior margins of their segments, the last pair extend-
ing to beyond hinder margin of second pleon segment. Whole of first pleon seg-
ment, and anterior part of second segment, concealed beneath last peracon seg-
ment; third and fourth segments subequal in length, much shorter than the fifth ;
postero-lateral angles of third segment acute, those of fourth rounded, lobular:
lateral parts of fifth segment partly covered by postero-lateral portions of pre-
ceding segment; a submarginal row of nine subconical tubercles on third and
fourth segments and with five tubercles (the median of which is largest) on fifth
segment ; telsonic segment wider than long; lateral margins sinuately converging
to the narrowly rounded apex; dorsum with a prominent, elongate tubercle near
each antero-lateral angle and with a longitudinal carina on each side of median
line. Inner process of protopod of uropods not reaching to middle of length of
endopod, which extends past level of apex of pleon, is rounded posteriorly, and
has the outer margin almost straight ; exopod not quite half as wide as and shorter
than endopod, reaching to level of apex of pleon, and with the exireme apex
emarginate, with a short spine set in the incision; apical and inner posterior
margins of endo- and exopod, and apex of telson, with short spines intermixed
with the fringe of hairs. Peraeopods rather slender; basos of seventh pair not
greatly expanded; ischium, merus, carpus, and propodus with spines on distal
margins and a few on inner margins; merus equal in length to carpus and about
four-fifths as long as ischium.
Colour bleached.
Length, 7 mm.

Log.—Queensland: Cooktown (A, G. Maitland). Type in Austr. Mus., Reg.
No. P8202.

A single mutilated example, previously preserved in a dry state; the pleopods
are destroyed, In some features this species resembles C. cranchii, but may be
separated by the narrower frontal lamina and by the ornamentation of the dorsum.
It is allied to C. seulpta, M. Edw., and to C. willeyi, C. pleonastica, and C. sulcati-
cauda of Stebbing, but the sculpturing of the pleon is different.

141 ©

CIROLANA CRANCHSI, Leach, var. AUSTRALIENSE, nov.

4. Form suboval, more than three times longer than greatest width. Sur-
face with fine punctures intermixed with a few larger punctures. Cephalon twice
as wide as medial length; anterior margin rounded, with a small, median, sub-
triangular process, arching downwards and backwards, completely separating the
first pair of antennae, and meeting the apex of the frontal lamina. Eyes modert-
ately large, situate laterally. First antennae reaching slightly beyond end of
peduncle of second antennae; first and second articles of peduncle subequal in
length; third article more slender and more than one-third longer than either of
first two articles; flagellum composed of fifteen articles and a small terminal
style. Second antennae reaching to level of posterior margin of third peraeon
segment ; first and third articles of peduncle subequal in length, each longer than
the second; fourth article twice as long as third and about four-fifths as long as
fifth article; flagellum composed of thirty-four articles and a terminal style.
Frontal lamina pentagonal, a little longer than greatest width. Clypeus wider

Fig. 7.

Cirolana cranchii, var. australiense, type male; a and b, dorsal and lateral views (4

diams.); c, antennae, frontal lamina, clypeus and labrum (9 diams.); d, first maxilla

(9% diams.) ; e, second maxilla (94 diams.); f, maxilliped (93 diams.); g and h, first
and seventh peraeopods (8 diams.); i and j, first and second pleopods (54 diams.).

and shorter than labrum. Mandible with tridentate cutting edge, movable lacinia
and molar process well developed; first article of palp one-half as long as second.
_ Outer lobe of first maxillae capped with eleven stout spines and one long seta
(also some short setae near inner distal angle of lobe), the three or four imner-
most spines denticulate; inner lobe with three stout, plumose spines. Maxillipeds
moderately stout, the basipodite not much more than one-third as long as the
five-jointed palp. First peraeon segment embracing base of cephalon, much
longer than any of the others. Coxal plates each with an oblique furrow in
addition to the submarginal furrow ; those of second and third segments obtusely
rounded posteriorly ,not reaching beyond hinder margins of their segments ; remain-
ing plates subacute posteriorly, extending beyond hinder margins of their segments,
those of last segment reaching slightly beyond postero-lateral angle of first pleon
segment. Pleon not abruptly much narrower than peraeon ; first segment almost

142

wholly concealed beneath last peraeon segment, only a small postero-lateral por-
tion being visible; anterior median part of second segment covered by last
peraeon segment; third and fourth segments subequal in length; medial length of
fifth segment equal to that of third and fourth together; lateral parts of fifth
segment covered by postero-lateral parts of preceding segment; telsonic segment
longer than wide; lateral margins almost straight, a little convex, converging to
the rather narrowly rounded apex, which is furnished with eight short spines and
short hairs. Inner process of protopod of uropods reaching to middle of length
of endopod, which extends a little past level of apex of pleon and is twice as wide
as exopod; apices of both exo- and endopod sub-bifid; outer margin of endopod
with three, and inner with seven spines, and plumose hairs; outer margin of
exopod with nine, and inner with three spines, and plumose hairs. Peraeopods
rather slender; ischium of first pair with three or four setae on outer distal
margin, the merus with six blunt spines on inner margin and with outer distal
apex capped with several setae; merus, carpus, and propodus of first peraeopods
with a dense fringe of hairs; ischium of second and third pairs with one spine
and three setae on outer distal margin, merus with seven to nine spines on inner
margin and with one spine and several setae on outer apex; carpus with several
short spines at inner apex; last four pairs of peraeopods furnished with spines
on inner and distal margins of ischium, merus, carpus, and propodus; basos of
seventh pair more than twice as long as greatest width; ischium longer than
carpus, which is longer than merus. Outer ramus of first pair of pleopods more
than one and one-half times wider, and scarcely shorter, than inner ramus; male
appendage of second pleopods more than one-lourth longer than inner ramus.

Colour—Whitish, with dorsum closely dotted with tiny black chromatophores,

Length, 13 mm,

@. The torm is slightly wider than in the male.

Length, 12 mm.

Loc.—South Australia: Port Willunga, in rock pools and near shore (type
loc.), and Gulf St. Vincent, dredged in 6-8 fms., etc. (H. M. Hale); Hallett’s
Cove, from a sponge (W. H. Baker). New South Wales: Near Tuggerah Lakes,
in rock pools (A. A. Livingstone and H. O. Fletcher); off Bateman’s Bay, 80
fms., in crevice of conglomerate (Capt. |. Fordar) ; east of Ulladulla, 74 fms., in
conglomerate boulder (C. W. Mulvey); Port Jackson (F. A. McNeill); Port
Stephens (Austr. Mus. Coll.). Victoria: Port Phillip (Gabriel), Type, male,
and allotype, female, in S. Austr. Mus., Reg. No. C304-305.

This form is by no means rare in South Australia. A series of about 300
specimens was sclected from a multitude recently obtained by lowering a piece
of meat into the water near shore at Port Willunga, on a moonlight night. Tmme-
diately the meat was submerged swarms of Cirolanae crowded to it; two other
species, C. corpulenta and C. woodjonesi, accompanied C. cranchti, var, aus-
iraliense, but the last-named was in greatest number, so that a series was obtained
ina few minutes. The following variation obtains in these specimens :—Some
young examples are relatively wider in form, being not much more than two and
one-half times longer than wide; in specimens 5 mm, or so in length most of the
first pleon segment is concealed. ‘Vhe number of articles and the length of the
flagellum is variable in both pairs of antennae; in some cases the flagcilum of the
second antennae reaches slightly beyond the posterior margin of the fourth peraeon
segment; in an example 5 mm. in length the flagellum of the first antennae is
composed of nine articles and that of the second of nineteen. The number of
spines on the apical margin of the telson is not constant and varies from six to
fourteen. ‘Vhe fringe of hair on the inner margin of the first peraeopods is not
always developed. A young specimen from the marsupium of a female 8 mm.
in length is approximately 2 mm. in length, and has the apices of the branches of

143

the uropods scarcely sub-bifid; the telsonic segment is much as in the adult, but
the apical spines are blunt.

In large specimens of C. cranchii the distal half of the lateral margins of the
telson is a little concave,‘) and the apical part is narrower than in the Australian
examples. In other respects the latter agree closely with the descriptions of
C. cranchii, but as the difference in the shape of the telson is apparently constant
they are provisionally given a varietal name. I am indebted to Dr. K. H. Bar-
nard for a small specimen of C. cranchii (C. vicinia, Barn.)‘® from South Africa ;
in this the postero-lateral margins of the telson are not concave, but the apical
part of the telson is very narrowly rounded.

CiroLaNa LATA, Haswell.
Cirolana lata, Hasw., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S, Wales, vi., 1881, p. 192, pl. iv., fig. 1, and Cat.
Austr. Crust., 1882, p. 286.
?. Form somewhat widely obovate, two and one-third times longer than
greatest width. Surface punctate. Cephalon three times as wide as medial
length; anterior margin rounded, medianly very slightly excavated, and with a

Fig. 8.
Cirolana lata, type female; a, dorsal view (3. diams.); b, lateral view (3 diams.) ;
c, antennae, frontal lamina, clypeus and labrum (5 diams.); d and e, first and second

maxillae (142 diams,); f, maxilliped (143 diams.); g and h, first and fifth peraeopods
(54 diams.); i, first pleopod (5 diams.).

small, downbent, subtriangular median process, not visible in dorsal view and not
separating bases of first antennae. No external trace of eye facets or pigment.
Peduncle of first pair of antennae as long as first four articles of peduncle of
second antennae; first article a little wider and shorter than second, which is
wider than, and more than half as long as third; flagellum as long as peduncle,
composed of twenty articles, the first very short.. First article of peduncle of
second antennae much longer than second, and shorter than third; fourth longer
than third but only about two-thirds as long as fifth article; flagellum a little less

(5) Hansen, Journ. Linn, Soc., xxix., 1905, p. 351,
(6) Barn, Ann, S. Afr. Mus., x., 1914, p. 351a, pl. xxxn.

144

than half as long again as peduncle, reaching back well beyond hinder margin of
first peraeon segment and composed of twenty-five articles. Frontal lamina more
than twice as long as wide; lateral margins straight and slightly converging pos-
teriorly; anterior margin convex and hinder margin concave;. anterior end
slightly projecting, visible in dorsal view. Medial length of clypeus subequal to
that of labrum. Movable lacinia, molar part, and tridentate cutting edge of
mandibles well developed. Outer lobe of first maxillae capped with ten strong, —
simple spines of varying lengths, and one thinner spine; one of the three outer-
most spines longer and much stouter than any of the others; inner lobe with
three stout, plumose spines. Maxillipeds moderately wide, with basipodite less
than one-third as long as palp. First peraeon segment embracing base of cephalon,
twice as long as second segment, which is about as long as the seventh; fourth
to sixth segments subequal in length, each a little longer than second; third seg-
ment slightly shorter than any of the others. Coxal plates each with a distinct
furrow in addition to the submarginal furrow; first two pairs obtusely rounded
posteriorly, not extending beyond hinder margins of their segments; those of
fourth to seventh segments subacute posteriorly, successively extending further
beyond hinder margins of their segments; the coxal plates of the sixth segment
reach almost to the level of the hinder margin of the seventh segment, and the
last pair reach to nearly the first fourth of the length of the pleon. First seg-
ment of pleon entirely concealed beneath last peraeon segment, and only a short
portion of the second segment visible; postero-lateral angles of second segment
subacute, a little backwardly produced; third, fourth, and fifth segments subequal
in length; the postero-lateral angles of the third segment are greatly produced
backwards and extend slightly beyond the produced and narrowly rounded postero-
lateral angles of the fourth segment; lateral portions of fifth segment covered by
postero-lateral parts of fourth segment; telsonic segment wider than medial
length, which is equal to the second to fifth pleon segments and the last peraeon
segment together; lateral margins convex, regularly converging to the acutely
rounded apex. Protopod of uropods produced to almost two-thirds of length of
endopod, which extends past apex of pleon; endopod narrowed on posterior fourth
and narrowly subtruncate apically ; armed with two short spines and some hairs,
and with the inner margin convex, the outer margin sinuate, Peraeopods stout,
the inner margin of the merus of first three pairs with a row oi short stout spines;
last four pairs armed with many strong spines on inner and apical margins of
ischiurn, merus, and carpus. Outer ramus of frst pair of pleopods wider and a
little shorter than inner ramus.

Colour, after long preservation in alcohol—White.

Length, 16°5 mm.

Loc.—New South Wales: Off Broughton Islands, near Port Stephens.

The type (which, as the accompanying figure shows, has been damaged since
Haswell described it) appears to be the only known example of this species. The
uropods are now imperfect, but Haswell remarks that the exopod is “much nar-
rower than . . . but of about equal length” to the endopod. Eyes are
apparently absent. The exoskeleton is smoother and thinner for a small portion
of the antero-lateral parts of the upper and underside of the cephalon, and by
transmitted light a dark internal mass can be seen on each side of the basal part.

CIROLANA LATA, var. INTEGRA, Miers.

Cirolana lata, var. integra, Miers, Zool, “Alert,” 1884, p. 304,

Miers’ description of this form is rather brief; the variety resembles C. lata
in having the frontal lamina moderately broad, the form broadly ovoid, the first
peraeon segment long, and the pleon short, but differs in having ‘ ‘the eyes :
black and subquadrate, the median rostral point prominent and prolonged between

145

the bases of the antennules to or nearly to the apex of the interannular plate,”
and the flagellum of the second antennae “13-15 jointed.” Miers refers “three
small specimens . . . with much hesitation to this species.”

Hab—North Queensland: Albany Island.
I have not seen, this or the following species.

CIROLANA LAEVIS, Studer.
Cirolana laevis, Studer, Abh. Kon. Akad., Berlin, 1884, p. 21, pl. ii, fig. 8.

This species is also broadly suboval in form. The flagellum of the second
antennae consists of fourteen articles and the eyes are elongate. The uropoda
reach beyond the apex of the pleon; both rami are lanceolate and the exopod is
narrower than the endopod. The shape of the frontal lamina is not mentioned,
but the form of the antennae, as figured by Studer, separates C. laevis from C.
lata. Without examining specimens it is difficult to determine the differences
between this species and C. lata, var. integra.

Length, 10 mm.; width, 5 mm.

Hab.—‘Ostlich von Queensland aus 90 Faden Tiefe.”

CIROLANA LINEATA, Potts.

Cirolana lineata, Potts, Carnegie Inst. of Wash., Papers from Dept. of Mar. Biol., viii.,
1915, p. 89, pli, fig. 4, and text fig. 6.

¢. Ovigerous. Body very convex. Form broadly ovate, about two and one-
third times longer than greatest width. Surface with tiny and almost obsolete
punctures. Cephalon about one and one-half times as wide as medial length;
surface with some irregular foveae, and a tumidity on each side of anterior part ;

Fig. 9.

Cirolana lineata, female; a, lateral view (5 diams.); b, dorsal view of cephalon and

first peraeon segment (5 diams.); c, dorsal view of pleon and hinder part of peraeon

(5 diams.); d, antennae, frontal lamina, clypeus and labrum (10 diams.); e, uropod

(12 diams.); f, mandible (16 diams.); g, cutting edge of mandible (32 diams.); h,

first maxilla (32 diams.) ; i, tip of an outer, and j, tip of an inner, spine of outer lobe of

first maxilla (188 diams.); k, second maxilla (32 diams.) ; 1, maxilliped (16 diams.) ;
m and n, first and seventh peraeopods (8 diams.); 0, first pleopod (6 diams.).

146

anterior margin rounded, with a subtriangular, median process, scarcely visible
in dorsal view but arching downwards and backwards, not completely separating
the first pair of antennae and not quite meeting the apex of the frontal lamina.
Eyes rather small, situate laterally. Antennae short. First pair reaching to
hinder margin of cephalon and a little beyond end of peduncle of second antennae;
peduncle two-jointed, the first article wider than, and one-half as long again as,
sccond article; flagellum nearly as long as peduncle, composed of eleven articles,
the first very short, and the second longer than any of the others. Second
antennae not quite reaching to posterior margin of first peraeon segment; first
three articles of peduncle short; fourth a little longer than fifth, which is slightly
longer than the third; flagellum shorter than peduncle and not much longer than
flagellum of first antennae, composed of ten articles and a tiny, terminal style.
Frontal lamina large, pentagonal in shape, about one and one-half times longer
than greatest width; with anterior apex acute, and lateral and postero-lateral
angles obtuse. Clypeus and labrum rather short, subequal in length. Molar
part of mandibles moderately well developed; first article of palp about four-
fifths as long as second, and a little longer than third article. Outer lobe of first
maxillae capped with thirteen spines of various lengths, many of them with a
lateral branch and all with the apices blunt; inner lobe of one side with three,
and of other with two, very acuminate simple spines. Basipodite of maxillipeds
less than twice as long as wide, almost as long as the first three articles of the
five-jointed palp; inner plate subtriangular, with the apex narrowly rounded and
reaching nearly to level of anterior margin of second article of palp, and with
outer margin furnished with plumose hairs and inner margin with five spines.
First peracon segment embracing base of cephalon; a little longer than fourth to
sixth segments; second and third segments about two-thirds as long as first;
seventh segment much the shortest, less than half as long as the first. Coxal
plates smooth, without oblique furrows; those of second and third segments
rounded posteriorly, not extending to level of hinder margins of their segments;
those of fourth segment subacute posteriorly, reaching to level of hinder margin
of segment; remaining coxal plates with acute posterior angles, extending down-
wards and backwards beyond hinder margins of segments. Pleon rather short
and scarcely more than one-half as wide as peraeon; first segment wholly con-
cealed beneath last peracon segment; second to fourth segments subequal in
length, with posterior angles subacute; third segment the widest, its postero-lateral
angles extending outwards and downwards beyond the level of the others; fifth seg-
ment a little longer than any of the others with sides, but not posterior angles,
covered by lateral parts of fourth segment; telsonic segment scarcely wider than
medial length, with sides a little sinuate and converging to the acutely rounded apex,
which is armed with tiny spines; lateral parts downbent, forming a sheath into
which the uropods fold. Uropods extending to apex of telson, with both rami
narrow ; iniicr process of protopod not reaching to middle of length of endopod;
endopod very little wider than exopod with apex acute; apex of exopod nar-
rowly rounded; margins of both endo- and exopod furnished with rather short
hairs and short spines. First pair of peraeopods with a spine at outer distal angle
of ischium, six strong, short spines on inner margin of merus, one on the carpus
and three on the propodus; in the second and third pairs the distal margins of
the ischium and merus are armed with some stout spines intermixed with stout
setae, the merus has nine spines on the inner margin, the carpus two or three at
inner distal angle, and the propodus has three smaller spines on inner margin; inner
and distal margins of ischium, merus, carpus, and propodus of last four pairs
armed with spincs intermixed with strong setae; merus of seventh pair longer
than carpus and more than half as long as ischium; basos not much expanded,
more than three times longer than wide. Outer ramus of first pair of pleopods

147

longer than, and slightly more than twice as wide as, inner ramus.

Colour in alcohol—Cephalon and telsonic segment densely mottled with dark
purplish-brown. Peraeon segments and second to fifth pleon segments whitish,
marked with dark mottled-brown along lateral margins and at middle of segments.

Length, 12 mm.

Loc-—Western Australia: Cottesloe (W. Austr. Mus. Coll). Queensland:
Albany Passage (Austr. Mus. Coll.).

Hab—Northern Queensland and Western Australia. ;

Only the female described above was collected from Cottesloe; a young
example taken from the brood pouch is 2°35 mm. in length, and has the colouration
much as in the adult, but differs in having the eyes relatively larger, the flagellum
of the first antennae composed of six articles and that of the second of seven.

Four slightly smaller females in the Australian Museum Collection were
taken in Albany Passage, and are labelled “Commensals of Comatulae.” These
ate evidently some of the specimens referred to by Haswell, who, after describ-
ing Synalpheus comatularum, remarks: “Other commensals of these Comatulids
were Galathea deflexifrons, and an undescribed species of Cymothoid, the latter
usually ensconcing itself in the alimentary canal of its host, in which it remained
buried with the exccption of the anterior third of its body.” These specimens
(the colour of which is bleached) have the body even more convex transversely,
and more arched longitudinally, than in the female from Cottesloe; also, in one
or two specimens the lateral parts of the telson are not quite so much downbent
(so that the telson in dorsal view appears less narrowed posteriorly), and the
apex of the median process of the cephalon meets the apex of the frontal lamina,
thus completely separating the first antennae.

Potts’ specimens are much smaller than those now examined; he had both
sexes, and gives the following measurements : male, length, 4°7 mm., and width, 1°5
mim.; female, length, 6 mm., and width, 2-5 mm. The male appendage of the
second pair of pleopods is described as “slender, much longer than inner ramus
of second uropod [pleopod], apex rounded.” Potts remarks that the species
“Occurs on crinoids, generally Comanthus annulatwm, in Torres Straits. . .
While the isopod may make busy excursions on to the surface of Comanthus, it
is often to be seen diving into the gut of the host, where it apparently spends a
large part of its time. It does not feed, so far as I know, on the tissues of the
crinoid itself, but only on the food it finds in the stomach.”

The species is not typical of Cirolana, and, in view of the several new Eury-
dicid genera which have been erected in recent years, it is possible that a separate
genus will be proposed to receive it. The mouth parts differ a little from those
of Cirolana. The molar part of the mandibles is furnished with a row of setae,
but the anterior margin of this process is only feebly serrate; the inner plate of
the basipodite of the maxillipeds is different and the three spines on the inner
lobe of the first maxillae are not plumose as in Cirolana, but are thin and simple,
as in Hansenolana.®) In his description of the type species of the last-named
genus) Stebbing remarks that the narrow second joint of the peduncle of the
first antennae “is followed by what appears to be an extremely short third pedun-
cular joint.” The condition, as shown in his figure, is similar to that obtaining
in C. lineata, and in the new genus proposed below, in which this small article is
treated as belonging to the flagellum; it certainly appears that in these species
the normal first and second articles of the peduncle of this pair of antennae have
been fused together to form a single article. A short article is present at the

(8) Stebb., Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl Fish, Suppl. xxiii, 1905, p. 15.
(9) Stebb., Willey’s Zool. Res., 1902, p. 635.

148

base of the flagellum of the first antennae of some Cirolanae in which the three
articles of the peduncle proper are quite distinct. Potts evidently treats the
peduncle as three-jointed, for he says, “first joint . . . large, second a little
smaller, and third much smaller.”

CIROLANA SCHIOEDTE!, Miers.

Cirolana schioedtei, Miers, Zool, “Alert,” 1884, p. 302, pl. xxxiii,, fig. a; Nierstrasz, Zool.
Meded., iv., 1918, p. 103, figs. —

g. Form narrow, three and one-half times longer than greatest width, with
sides subparallel. Surface with very small punctures. Cephalon more than
twice as wide as medial length; anterior margin slightly concave, with a small
median, downbent, subtriangular process, not meeting apex of frontal lamina
and not completely separating first antennae. Eyes moderately large, elongate,
situate on dantero-lateral portions of head and with only a narrow part of each

Fig. 10.
Cirolana schioedtet, male; a and b, dorsal and lateral views (14 diams.); c¢, antennae,
frontal lamina, clypeus and labrum (4 diams.); d, anterior, and dl, lateral, views of
frontal lamina (5 diams.); e and f, first and second maxillae (74 diams.) ; g, maxilliped
(74 diams.) ; h and i, first and seventh peraeopods (4 diams.); j and k, first and second
pleopods (3 diams.).

visible in dorsal view. First antennae not quite reaching to end of peduncle
of second antennae; articles of peduncle subequal in length; flagellum nearly
twice as long as peduncle, composed of forty-four articles, the first longer than
any of the others, which are extremely short. Second antennae reaching back
distinctly beyond level of hinder margin of fifth peraeon segment; first two
articles of peduncle short, the first a little longer than second; third not quite as
long as first two together and almost as long as fourth article, which is a little
shorter than the fifth; flagellum very long, composed of sixty-five articles and a
terminal style. Frontal lamina more than twice as long as greatest width;
postero-lateral margins converging, and antero-lateral margins sinuately con-
verging to the acute apex; in lateral view the ventral profile is convex for the
posterior two-thirds, then abruptly and obliquely truncated; from the truncated

149 |

surface arises the acuminate anterior part, the ventral surface of which is con-
cave in lateral view. Clypeus wide, about as long as labrum, with apex emar-
ginate. Mandibles normal; first article of palp slightly longer than third, and
more than one-half as long as second article. Outer lobe of first maxillae capped
with eleven strong simple spines and one thinner spine; inner lobe with three
stout plumose spines. Maxillipeds moderately stot, the basipodite not much
more than one-third as long as the five-jointed palp. First peraeon segment
embracing base of cephalon, much longer than any of the others, which are sub-
equal in length. Coxal plates each with a distinct, oblique furrow in addition
to the usual submarginal furrow ; those of second and third segments with obtuse
posterior angles and not extending past level of hinder margins of their segments ;
remaining coxal plates with acute posterior angles, reaching well beyond hinder
margins of their segments, the last pair extending to middle of length of postero-
lateral margins of second pleon segment. Pleon mot much narrower than
peraeon; postero-lateral angles of first to fifth segments acute and not covered
by preceding segments; all but a short posterior part of the fifth segment covered
by last peraeon segment; first segment narrower and third wider, than any of the
others; fifth a little longer than second, third, or fourth; telsonic segment wider
than medial length; lateral margins convexly converging to the acute apex;
postero-lateral margins crenulate and furnished with a dense fringe of hairs;
dorsum obscurely medianly carinate, for the greater part densely set with short
hairs, leaving bare the basal area, a narrow median portion, and a narrow mar-
ginal part. Uropods reaching a little beyond level of apex of pleon; inner pro-
cess of protopod extending to middle of length of endopod; exopod one-half as
wide as, and shorter than, endopod, the outer margin sinuately curved and the
inner margin slightly convex; both exo- and endopod with acute apices and with
margins set with a dense fringe of hairs, intermixed with which are short spines.
Peraeopods stout; outer distal part of ischium of first three pairs expanded, and
outer distal part of merus produced to or a little beyond level of anterior margin
of carpus, the outer margin and apex of produced part armed with spine-like setae ;
inner margin of merus in first pair with a few short spinules, and in second and
third pairs with a series of spines; ischium, merus, carpus, and propodus of last
four pairs armed with many strong spines; ischium folding back into a hollow
in the outer posterior surface of basos, the anterior edge of the hollow, and also
the margins of the basos, furnished with hairs; basos of seventh pair expanded,
less than three times as long as greatest width; merus of this pair almost as long
as carpus and more than one-half as long as ischium. Outer ramus of first pair
of pleopods shorter than, and scarcely as wide as inner ramus; male appendage
of second pair one-third as long again as otter ramus.

Length, 38 mm.

9. The adult female is smaller in size and is relatively wider in form than
the adult male, while the two patches of hair on the telson are less developed or
absent.

The first segment of the pleon of an ovigerous female is almost wholly con-
cealed beneath the last peraeon segment, and the postero-lateral angles are covered,
‘The ova (in an early stage) are orange in colour, broadly cucumiform in shape,
and about 2:4 mm. long by 1°65 mm. wide.

Length, 30 mm.

Colour in alcohol—Pale brown or yellowish-white.

Loc-—Northern Territory (Prof. A. Watson). Western Australia: Broome
(i. J. Stuart).

Hab.—Northern and North-west Australia.

A score of specimens of this large species are before me; as mentioned
above, in this series the females have not the hair-tracts of the telson so well

150

developed as in the male, or the patches are absent altogether. This difference
between the sexes may not always obtain, however, for Miers remarks that
“There are in the British Museum Collection several specimens collected in Torres
Straits. . . . All of them appear to be of the male sex. The terminal seg-
ment (only) is slightly pubescent above.”

The flagellum of the second antennae is slightly variable in length and occa-
sionally does not quite reach the level of the hinder margin of the fifth peraeon seg-
ment ; the number of the articles of which it is composed vary, in the adult, between
forty-nine and sixty-six. In the youngest example available (10 mm. in length)
the second antennae reach to the middle of the length of the sixth peraeon seg-
ment, and the flagellum consists of forty-four articles and a terminal style; the
seventh peraeopods, including the coxal plate, of this young example are not yet
developed, but the first pleon segment is partly concealed beneath the last peracon
segment.

Cirolana vieta, n. sp.
?. Form rather elongate, obscurely suboval, about two and three-fourths

times longer than greatest width. Dorsum of cephalon, peraeon, and middle
portions of first to fifth pleon segments not punctate but marked with numerous

Fig. 11.

Cirolana vieta, type female; a and b, dorsal and lateral views (4 diams.); c¢, antennae,

frontal lamina, clypeus and labrum (7 diams.); d and e, first and second maxillae (144

diams.) ; f{, maxilliped (143 diams.); g and h, first and seventh peraeopods (5 diams,) ;
i, uropod, ventral view (7 diams.).

transverse and oblique furrows, giving the surface a wrinkled appearance,
Cephalon about one and three-fourths times wider than medial length; anterior
margin distinctly bisinuate, with a small, median subtriangular process, partly
separating basal articles of first antennae, Eyes moderately large, situate later-
ally. First antennae short, the tip of flagellum not reaching to end of peduncle
of second antennae ; peduncle not as long as first three articles of second antennae ;
first article a little shorter than second, extending in front at a right angle to rest
of antenna; third article scarcely longer than second, with the posterior distal
part produced and furnished with a short spine and two or three short setae ;

151

flagellum composed of fourteen articles. Second antennae with very long
flagellum which reaches back to level of postero-lateral angles of fourth pleon
segment; first two articles of peduncle short; third about one-half longer than
second, one-third longer than fourth and two-thirds as long as fifth article;
flagellum composed of forty-nine to fifty articles and a terminal style. Frontal
lamina very elongate, almost linear, a little dilated anteriorly; anterior end not
adpressed, directed forwards, and visible in dorsal view between the bases of
the antennae. Clypeus as long as labrum; mid-line of frontal lamina and clypeus
obscurely carinate. Mandibles normal, the first article of palp more than one-
half as long as second and longer than third article. Outer lobe of first maxillae
capped with twelve spines of varying size, three of the outermost being denticu-
late; inner lobe with three stout, plumose spines. Maxillipeds rather slender, the
basipodite one-half as long as the first four articles of the five-jointed palp. First
peraeon segment embracing base of cephalon, longer than any of the others;
second, sixth, and seventh segments shorter than third, fourth, or fifth segments,
which are subequal in length; seventh segment much the shortest. Coxal plates
each with a subobliquely curved furrow in addition to the submarginal furrow
and various oblique wrinkles; plates of second to fifth segments subrectangular,
not or scarcely passing hinder-margins of their segments; those of sixth segment
subrectangular, extending beyond posterior margin of their segment, and
those of seventh segment subtriangular, posteriorly subacute, and reaching
to level of hinder margin of first pleon segment; the coxal plates
of the second segment are rounded posteriorly and the posterior
angles of those of the third to sixth segments are produced into a
small, acute point. Pleon much narrower than peraeon; all segments visible,
the first shorter than the second to fifth, which are subequal in length; the pos-
terior margins of the first two segments are tri-sinuate, the concave dorsal portion
of these margins meeting the concave infero-lateral margins at an acute angle;
lateral parts of fifth segment covered by postero-lateral parts of fourth segment ;
telsonic segment at least as long as basal width, the lateral margins slightly
sinuate, and converging to the apex, which is asymmetric and abnormal. Uropods
not reaching to end of pleon; protopod with two or three marginal spines on
inferior side near articulation of exopod, and with inner process on one side
reaching to. two-thirds of length, and on other side not reaching to half of length
of endopod; exopod lanccolate, more than three-fourths as long, and but half as
wide, as endopod, the margins furnished with short spines and plumose hairs;
outer margin of endopod almost straight, posterior margin obliquely rounded;
margins with plumose hairs. Peraeopods moderately stout; outer distal part of
merus of first pair produced to level of inner apex of carpus, the apex of pro-
duced part with a strong, short spinc and some setae; basos of seventh pair con-
siderably expanded, two and one-fourth times longer than greatest width; merus
four-fifths as long as carpus and more than half as long as ischium, Outer ramus
of first pair of pleopods shorter than and nearly twice as wide as inner ramus.

Colour completely bleached after long preservation in alcohol.

Length, 13 mm, ;

Loc.—South Australia: Encounter Bay (Dr. Robt. Pulleine). Type, female,
in S. Austr. Mus., Reg. No. C278.

Only a single, slightly abnormal specimen was taken. As in C. corpulenta
the first antennac approach the condition found in Eurydice, but other struc-
tural details of C. vieta are typical of the genus Cirolana. ‘he very long flagellum
of the second antennae and the wrinkled appearance of the dorsal surface separate,
this from all other Australian species.

152

Cirolana concinna, n. sp.

?. Form widely suboval, two and one-third times longer than greatest
width, Surface with transverse series of punctures submarginal to posterior
edges of cephalon, and of peraeon and pleon segments; remainder of dorsum
sparsely punctate. Cephalon about twice as wide as medial length; anterior
margin bisinuate and with a small, median, subtriangular process, not separating
bases of first antennae. Eyes moderately large, situate laterally. First antennae
long, reaching back nearly to hinder margin of third peracon segment; peduncle
extending to about one-half of length of fourth article of second antennae: first
article short, about two-thirds as long as second; third scarcely longer than first
article; flagellum three times as long as peduncle, composed of eighteen articles
and a terminal style. Second antennae long, extending back to posterior margin
of sixth peraeon segment; first two articles of peduncle short, the second shorter
than the first; third article as long as first two together and a little shorter than

Fig. 12,

Cirelana concimma, type female; a and b, dorsal and lateral views (64 diams.); c

antennae, frontal lamina, clypeus and labrum (63 diams.); d and e, first and second

maxillae (29 diams.) ; f, maxilliped (29 diams.); g and h, first and seventh peraeopods
(144 diams.); i, uropod (144 diams.).

fourth, which is more than one-half as long as fifth article; flagellum two and
one-half times longer than peduncle, composed of twenty-seven articles and a
terminal style. Frontal lamina linear, slightly dilated anteriorly and posteriorly.
Clypeus scarcely as long as labrum, projecting outwards and forwards. Outer
lobe of first maxillae capped with thirteen spines of various sizes, many of them
being denticulate; inner lobe with three stout, plumose spines. Maxillipeds
moderately slender, the basipodite less than half as long as the five-jointed palp.
First peraeon segment embracing cephalon to level of middle of eyes; not very
long, its medial length greater than that of second, third, or seventh segments,
but less than that of fourth, fifth, or sixth segments, which are subequal in length.
Coxal plates with sparse punctures but without oblique furrows; first two pairs

153

subrectangular, not extending past the hinder margins of their segments; last
four pairs with subacute or acute posterior angles, extending beyond the posterior
margins of their segments, the last pair reaching almost to postero-lateral angles
of third pleon segment. Greater part of first segment of pleon concealed beneath
last peraeon segment, leaving visible only a short portion; postero-lateral angles
of second to fifth segments acute and free, those of the fifth segment not covered
by lateral parts of preceding segment; telsonic segment about one-half as wide
again as medial length; lateral margins slightly sinuate, converging to the widely
rounded and slightly crenulate posterior margin, which is furnished with long
plumose hairs; this crenulate hinder portion of the edge forms a very obtuse angle
with the lateral margin on each side. Uropods extending to level of apex of
pleon; protopod with three setae on outer margin and with, inner process very
broad, extending to beyond middle of length of endopod, and with plumose hairs
on posterior part of inner margin; exopod shorter than, and about two-thirds as
wide as, endopod, the outer margin with two nicks, from each of which emanates
a short spine; apex of endopod broadly, obliquely, and roundly truncate ; postero-
lateral and apical margins of both exo- and endopod furnished with long plumose
hairs, intermixed with which are a few short inconspicuous spines. Peraeopods
moderately slender, furnished with many long hairs and spines; outer distal part
of merus of first pair a little forwardly produced ; basos of seventh pair expanded,
about two and one-half times longer than greatest width; the inner and apical
margins of the ischium, merus, carpus, and propodus of the seventh peraeopods
are set with clusters of strong spines, some of which are acute and others bluntly
rounded apically; merus longer than carpus and about two-thirds as long as
ischium. Outer ramus of first pair of pleopods longer and wider than inner
branch. ,

Colour in alcohol—White, marked with sparse black chromatophores
arranged in transverse series, as shown in the accompanying figure.

Length, 8 mm.

Loc—Western Australia: Cottesloe (type loc., W. Austr. Mus. Coll.). New
South Wales: Broughton Islands, off Port Stephens (Austr. Mus. Coll.). Type,
female, in W. Austr. Mus., Reg. No. 10789.

The number of articles in the flagella of the antennae is somewhat variable,
and in immature specimens the first segment of the pleon is not at all concealed.
According to Boone’s figure of C. hermitensis, the first peraeon segment of that
species is not much longer medianly than the other segments, as in C. concinna;
the last-named species differs, however, in having very different antennae and in
not having the frontal lamina “conspicuous with the anterior margin triangulate.”

Neocirolana, n. gen.

Cephalon partly immersed in first peraeon segment. Eyes set widely apart.
First antennae short, with the peduncle composed of two articles. Peduncle of
second antennae consisting of five articles. Mandibles considerably narrowed
towards the cutting edge, which is short and more or less distinctly tri- or quadri-
dentate ; palp three-jointed, the second article not very long; movable lacinia and
molar part well developed, the first with stout and rather short spines and the
last with triangular processes on anterior margin. Apex of outer lobe of first
maxillae capped with many spines and that of inner lobe with three plumose
spines. Maxillipeds with five-jointed palp; basipodite wide and not very elongate,
the inner plate with two coupling spines. Frontal lamina distinct. Dactyli of
all peraeopods bi-ungulate, there being a small claw on inner margin of dactylus
near the base of the larger terminal claw. Pleon short, the lateral parts of fifth
segment concealed by postero-lateral portions of preceding segment. Male

154

appendage of sccond pleopods attached at base of inner ramus. Tuner protess
of uropods well produced.

This genus is close to Cirolana, but differs in the narrower cutting part of the
mandibles, in the bi-ungulate dactyli of the legs, etc.

Hansenolana?® and Conilorpheus“ of Stebbing differ in having the male
appendage attached far from the base of the inner ramus of the second pleopods.
Pontogelos of Stebbing“” has the second joint of the mandibular palp very long,
and the flagellum of the first antennae of “extraordinary length.” Pontogeloides of
Barnard“ has but two articles in the palp of the mandibles, and Gnatholana of
the same author“ has no distinct frontal lamina.

The .peraeopods of the type specics of Conilorpheus (C. herdmani) are also
apparently bi-ungulate, having “on the inner margin a small tooth or spine at the
base of the short curved nail.”

Neocirolana obesa, n. sp.

é. Form oval, two and one-half times longer than greatest width. Surface
with sparse and not very distinct punctures. Cephalon twice as wide as medial
length ; anterior margin somewhat conically rounded in outline and with a small,
median, subtriangular process, not visible in dorsal view, arching downwards and
backwards and meeting frontal lamina, thus completely separating the first pair
of antennae. Eyes not very large, situate postero-laterally and widely separated.

Fig, 13.

Neocwrolana obesa, type male; a and b, dorsal and lateral views (6+ diams.) ; c, antennae,

frontal lamina, clypeus and labrum (8 diams.) ; d, first antenna (30 diams.) ; e, mandible

(30 diams.) ; f and g, first and second maxillae (30 diams.) ; h, maxilliped (30 diams.) ;

i and k, first and seventh peraeopods (15 diams.); j, dactylus of first peraeopod (75
diams.) ; J, uropod (15 diams.); m, second pleopod (15 diams.),

(10) Stebb., Willey’s Zool. Res., 1902, p. 634.

(1) Stebb., Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl Fish., Suppl. Rep., xxul, 1905, p. 13.
(12) Stebb., Trans, Linn. Soc., xiv., 1910, p. 97.

(13) Barn, Ann. §. Afr. Mus., x., 1914, p, 325a,

(4) Barn., loc. cit., xvii., 1920, p. 352. :

155

First antennae reaching almost to end of peduncle of second antennae; first article
of two-jointed peduncle wider, and distinctly longer, than second ; flagellum short,
not as long as first article of peduncle, and composed of five articles and a terminal
style; the first article is very short. Second antennae reaching well beyond
hinder margin of first peraeon segment; second article of peduncle shorter than
either first or third; fourth article almost as long as fifth and nearly as long as
first three articles together ; flagellum composed of sixteen articles and a terminal
style. Frontal lamina nearly twice as long as wide, subpentagonal in shape.
Clypeus shorter than labrum. Palp of mandibles stout, the first article almost
as long as third, and more than half as long as second. Outer lobe of first
maxillae capped with ten spines (all but two of which are denticulate) and one
thinner spine, and with one simple, and several plumose, setae on distal part of
interior margin; inner lobe with three plumose setae. Maxillipeds moderately
wide, the basipodite about one-fourth longer than wide, and more than half as
long as the five-jointed palp. First peraeon segment embracing base of cephalon,
much longer than any of the others; second to sixth segments subequal in length,
each longer than the seventh. Coxal plates each with a well-marked oblique
furrow in addition to the submarginal furrow; plates of second and third seg-
ments obtusely rounded behind, not extending beyond posterior margins of their
segments; remaining plates reaching a little beyond level of posterior angles of
their respective segments. Whole of first pleon segment, and greater part of
second, concealed beneath last peraecon segment; second segment wider, and fifth
longer, than first, third, or fourth segments; telsonic segment wider than long,
with the lateral margins slightly convex and converging to the truncate apex,
which is crenulate and furnished with tiny spines. Inner process of protopod
of uropods large, extending beyond middle of length of endopod; margins of
rami with but sparse hairs; exopod barely half as wide as, and shorter than,
endopod, with a row of small spines along outer margin (which is almost straight),
with the apex sub-bifid, and with three serrations in the inner margin, each
incision set with a spine; endopod with outer margin slightly and evenly convex
for anterior two-thirds, thence incised, the incision further divided into two or
three smaller serrations; intero-posterior margin serrate and apex sub-bifid; a
spine emanates from most of the smaller marginal incisions. Peraeopods rather
slender, the dactylus of each bi-ungulate; ischium of first pair with one blunt
spine on inner margin néar distal end, and merus with five blunt spines on inner
margin; carpus with one, and propodus with four, acute spines on inner margin;
ischium of second and third pairs with one or two strong, acute spines on outer
apex and three blunt spines near distal end of inner margin; merus with two
acute spines at outer apex and six blunt spines on inner margin, carpus with
one or two, and propodus with three, spines on inner margin; last four pairs of
peraecopods with many spines on distal margins of ischium, merus, carpus, and
propodus, and a few on inner margins of these joints; basos of seventh pair
more than twice as long as wide; merus longer than carpus and shorter than
ischium. Outer branch of first pair of pleopods slightly longer than, and less
than twice as wide as, inner ramus; male appendage of second pair long, acute,
twice as long as the inner ramus.

Colour in alcohol,—Yellowish-white,

Length, 9 mm.

2. Ovigerous. Form wider than in male, two and one-fourth times longer
than greatest width. Head shorter, less conically rounded in front, more than
twice as wide as medial length. Flagellum of first antennae composed of seven
articles and a terminal style, that of second of twenty articles and a terminal
style. Apex of telson rounded and scarcely subtruncate.

156

Length, 8:7 mm.

Loec.—New South Wales: Port Stephens and ? Port Jackson (Austr. Mus.
Coli.). Type, male, and allotype, female, in Austr. Mus., Reg. Nos. P8203 and
P8204. ;

Two separate series were taken from Port Stephens; the type specimens
were secured in Nelson’s Bay, in Port Stephens, in company with Sphaeromids,
and with the others was a specimen of Cirolana cranchii, var. australiense. The
tube of a Spirorbis is firmly attached to the left uropod of one of the examples
thought to have been obtained at Port Jackson,

In a young example removed from the marsupium of the allotype, the apex
of the telson is obtusely angular, while the rami of the uropods are not con-
spicuously serrate as in the adult, and are apically subtruncate and not sub-bifid;
the second antennal flagelium of this specimen consists of but nine articles and a
terminal style. .

The length of the antennae, and the number of articles in their flagella, varies
somewhat in the adult; the second antennae may reach only to level of posterior
margin of the first peraeon segment, or extend to slightly beyond hinder margin
of second segment. In a male 8 mm. in length the flagellum of the first antennae
is seven-jointed, and that of the second is twenty-jointed. In a few examples
only a small postero-lateral portion of the second pleon segment is visible, and in
one male there are but two spines on the apex of the inner lobe of the first maxilla
of one side.

This species resembles the much smalier Cirolana excisa, Rich.,“>) but differs
in having the flagellum of the second antennae shorter and composed of fewer
articles, the first peracon segment longer, and the telson more narrowed pos-
teriorly. In C. excisa the peduncle of the first antennae is three-jointed.

Excrrotana, Richardson.
Excirotana, Rich. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xliii., 1913, p. 201.

The following characters are given in Richardson’s diagnosis of this distinct
genus. The middle of the front of the cephalon is produced in a prominent
and anteriorly dilated process, which separates the antennae. The sides of the
_fifth pleon segment are not covered by the lateral parts of the fourth segment.
The uropods and apical part of the telson are provided with long plumose hairs,
but the outer margin of the exopod of the former is always naked. The pleopods
have both rami long and slender. Mouth parts as in Cirolana.

EXCIROLANA ORIENTALIS, Dana.

Cirolana orientalis, Dana, U.S. Expl. Exped., Crust., xiv, 1853, p. 773, pl. li, fig. 7;
Hansen, K.D. Vid. Selsk. Skr. (6), iii, 1890, p. 353, pl. iv., fig. 4: Stebb., Willey’s Zool. Res.,
1902, p. 633; Rich., Wash. Bur. of Fish., Doc. No, 736, 1910, p. 4.

Excirolana orientalis, Rich, Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xliii., 1913, p. 201.

@. Form oval, two and one-half times longer than grealest width. Surface
finely and rather sparsely punctate. Cephalon much wider than medial length
including frontal process, which is apically truncate. Eyes dorso-lateral, widely
separated. First antennae reaching to hinder margin of first peraeon segment;
third article of peduncle shorter than first or second, which are subequal in length;
flagellum composed of sixteen articles, the first very short. Second antennae
reaching almost to hind margin of fourth peraeon segment ; last article of peduncle
about one-third longer than penultimate; flagellum composed of twenty-two
articles. Frontal lamina large, in form of an inverted triangle, with apex beneath
extreme anterior apex of clypeus. Outer lobe of first maxillae capped with ten

(15) Rich. Wash. Bur. of Fish, Doc. No. 736. 1910, p. 6. fig. 4.

157 -

spines, most of which are denticulate; inner lobe with three plumose spines. Basi-
podite of maxillipeds as long as first three articles of palp together. First, fifth,
and sixth peraeon segments subequal in length, a little longer than any of the
other segments, which are subequal in length. Coxal plates each with a well-
marked oblique furrow; plates of second and third segments subquadrate, not
reaching beyond posterior angles of their segments; remaining plates sub-
triangular, reaching beyond hinder angles of their respective segments, those of
seventh segment extending to middle of length of lateral margin of fourth pleon
segment. Greater part of first pleon segment concealed beneath last peraeon
segment ; second segment a little ionger than third, which is slightly longer than
fourth; fifth distinctly longer than fourth segment ; telsonic segment subtriangular,
with sides rounded; dorsum with a pair of large foveae near base; apex with two
short spines. Uropods reaching beyond apex of pleon, protopod with a spine
at middle of outer margin and two marginal spines on ventral side near outer
posterior angle; inner process reaching to about level of middle of length of
endopod, with plumose hairs on inner margin; endopod shorter than, and more
than half as wide again as, exopod, with outer edge emarginate ; intero-posterior
margins of endopod and inner margin of exopod provided with a row of short,

Fig. 14.

Excirolana orientalis, female; a and b, dorsal and lateral views (5 diams.); c, dorsal

view of frontal process of cephalon and antennae (94 diams.); d, first maxilla (14

diams.); e, maxilliped (14 diams.); f and g, first and seventh peraeopods (93 diams.) ;
h, uropod (93 diams.); i, second pleopod (9% diams.).

stout spines in addition to the plumose hairs; exopod suboval, narrowly truncate
apically, dotted with tiny spinules towards and on outer margin. Dactyli of
peraeopods bi-ungulate ; first peraeopods with six blunt and three actite spines on
inner margin of merus, one acute spine on inner margin of carpus and five on
that of propodus; basos of seventh peraeopods not greatly expanded; ischium
three-fourths as long again as merus, which is subequal in length to carpus.

Colour in alcohol—Dorsum yellowish, with a broad median brown marking
and a narrower lateral brown stripe; anterior part of head and posterior part of
telson yellowish.

Length, 11 mm.

Loc.—Queensland: Bowen, Port Denison (E. H. Rainford). :

Hab.—Nicobar Islands, Malay Archipelago, New Guinea, Isle of Pines, and
North-eastern Australia.

158

The female described above, and three immature examples, were taken with
a hand-net from a patch of weed in 3 feet of water at low tide. Richardson
says that the species is “Very ravenous, attacking small fishes, first devouring
eyes, then gills, then working into body cavity—all of this is done inside of ten
minutes.”

The salient features of E. orientalis are the two conspicuous pits on the
dorsum of the telson, and the emargination of the outer edge of the endopod of
the uropods.

Phoratopodidae, n, fam.

Both pairs of antennae with the peduncle large and expanded, and with the
flagcllum short; first antennae not shorter than second. Mandibles with the distal
part conspicuous, the cutting edges moderately wide, trifid, or quadridentate,
meeting behind the large labrum; movable lacinia large, attaining greater develop-
ment in mandible of left side than in that of right; molar process tiny. Outer
lobe of first maxillae wide, capped with many spines; inner lobe with four plumose
spines. Second maxillae of moderate size, the three plates very setose. Maxilli-
peds with the palp free, five-jointed, broad and setose; basipodite not elongate,
the inner plate with two coupling spines. Peraeon semicylindrical in form.
Coxal plates well defined on second to seventh segments, the first five pairs very
large and the Jast abruptly smaller. First pair of peraeopods subchelate, and
second and third pairs imperfectly subchelate; fourth, fifth, and sixth pairs with
merus, carpus, and propodus greatly expanded and flattened; seventh peraeopods
much less expanded; dactylus rudimentary or absent in fourth to seventh peraeo-
pods. Pleon composed of six distinct segments. Pleopods well developed.
Uropoda large, lateral, forming a caudal fan with the telsonic segment.

This family approaches the Eurydicidae in the form of the mouth parts, but
the molar process is small. In other respects it is totally dissimilar, the great
development of the coxal plates of the-second to sixth peraeon segments, and the
curious modification of the posterior peraeopods being very distinctive. The fitst
pair of peraeopods are subchelate in the genotype of the Eurydicid genus
Hansenolana, but there the other peracopods are normal.

Phoratopus, n. gen.
The only genus of the. family is represented by a single species.

Phoratopus remex, n. sp.

g. Form suboval, with sides of peraean subparallel, more than twice as
long as wide. Surface almost smooth. Cephalon immersed in first peraeon seg-
ment, rathcr more than half as wide again as medianly long; anterior margin
sinuate, with a median subtriangular process separating the bases of the first.
articles of the first antennae. Eyes apparently absent. First antennae not reach-
ing to hinder margin of first peraeon segment, slightly longer than second pair;
peduncle four-jointed, the margins of the articles furnished with long plumose
hairs; first article greatly expanded, not much longer than wide, and about one-
third longer and slightly wider than second; third article as long, but only half
as wide, as second; fourth short, almost as wide, but only about one-fourth as
long, as third article; flagellum composed of six articles and a small, rounded,
terminal style, immersed in the sixth article, which is abruptly smaller than the
others. Peduncle of second antennae five-jointed; first article short and incon-
spicuous; second greatly expanded, almost as long as wide, with plumose hairs
on anterior margin; third article about three-fourths as wide as, and slightly
longer than, second, with long hairs on distal half of anterior margin and near
posterior distal angle; fourth article as wide, and half as long, as third, with long

159

plumose hairs on posterior margin and distal part of anterior margin; fifth article
nearly as long, but only half as wide, as second, with long plumose hairs on
posterior margin and distal part of anterior margin; flagellum consisting of five
articles and a very short, apically truncate, terminal style; a tuft of long hairs
emanates from the antero-distal margin of each article and from apex of style.
Clypeus rather short, strongly keeled. Labrum large and conspicttous, less than
twice as wide as long. Mandibles with cutting edge tridentate or quadridentate ;
palp stout, the first article shorter than the third, which is a little more than half
as long as second article; movable lacinia of left mandible highly chitinized and
hard, with anterior margin tridentate (obscurely quadridentate) ; that of right
mandible much thinner and less chitinized, with anterior margin fecbly and

Phoratopus remex, type female; a and b, dorsal and lateral views (2 diams.); ¢ and d,
first and second antennae (4 diams.); c! and d!, flagellum of first and second antennae
(15 diams.) ; e, clypeus and labrum (44 diams.); f, left mandible (6 diams.) ; f1, ventral
view of anterior part of left mandible (6 diams.); g, ventral view of anterior part of
right mandible (6 diams.); h and 1, first and second maxillae (8 diams.); j, maxilliped
(8 diams.) ; k to q, first to seventh peraeopeds (4 diams.); 11, claw of second peraeopod
(32 diams.); nt, o!, and pl, dactylus of fourth, fifth and sixth peraeopods: respectively
(15 diams.); +r, second pleopod (4 diams.); s, uropod (4 diams.).

irregularly serrate, both laciniae with strong spines; molar process rudimentary,
apically bidentate. Outer lobe of first maxillae capped with eleven simple spines
and one thinner spine; inner lobe with four long plumose spines, Maxillipeds
with basipodite stout, the inner plate bearing two coupling hooks and having
the truncate apex furnished with nine spines and some plumose hairs; first article
of palp very short, second and third sttbequal in length, each much wider than

160

long; fourth shorter and narrower than third, and fifth shorter and narrower than
fourth. First peraeon segment longer than any of the others, which are more or
less subequal in length. Coxal plates without submarginal or oblique furrows,
smooth excepting for a few shallow grooves and pits, the first five pairs greatly
enlarged; plates of second to fourth segments not or scarcely passing beyond
posterior angles of their segments and those of fifth segment reaching beyond level
of hinder margin of their segment; plates of sixth segment larger than any of
the others, reaching back to level of posterior angies of fourth pleon segment ;
plates of seventh segment small and comparatively inconspicuous. First pleon
segment slightly shorter and narrower than second, which is subequal in iength
to third to fifth segments; lateral parts of fourth and fifth segments produced,
the sides of the fifth not covered by preceding segment; lateral parts of third
segment broken; telsonic segment subtriangular, twice as wide as medianly long,
the lateral margins furnished with. short hairs. Protopod of uropods large, the
outer margin with a few strong spines and long hairs, the outer posterior margin
with some rather slender setae and spines dorsally and with stronger spines and
setae ventrally; inner process well produced, reaching beyond level of apex of
pleon, the distal part of the inner margin with long plumose hairs; rami of uropods
broad, subequal in length, subacutely rounded apically, the inner side of endopod
very obliquely truncate. First pair of peracopods subchelate, the dactylus pre-
vided with a curved claw and folding back on to the bristle-set inner edge of the
enlarged, suboval propodus; posterior distal angle of basos with a tuft. of long
hairs. Dactylus of second and third peraeopods much shorter than in first, but
with distinct claw; joints of these peraeopods furnished with various tufts of
hairs and propodus with conspicuous, hair-like sensory organs, each of which
narrows abruptly towards its apex, which is rounded. Last four pairs of peraeo-
pods more or less expanded and flattened. Merus, carpus, and propodus of
fourth pair greatly expanded, each about twice as wide as long, with the margins
provided with plumose hairs and some spines and with dorsum furnished with
numerous groups of small adpressed spines; posterior margin of merus fitting
over anterior margin of carpus, the dorso-pasterior margin set with a row of
short stout spines; propodus articulating near inner posterior angle of carpus,
abruptly smaller than carpus; dactylus very small, obcordate, without claw.
Merus, carpus, and propodus of fifth peraeopods of same character as in fourth
pair, but the propodus is almost as large as the carpus; dactylus rudimentary,
somewhat obcordate, with a minute claw. Sixth peraeopods much less expanded
than fourth or fifth, but with longer marginal hairs and with the spines on the
dorsum of merus, carpus, and propodus longer, sparser, and more slender;
dactylus tiny, elongate, parallel-sided, the apex incised, and bearing a minute
claw. Seventh peracopods slender, much less expanded than sixth, with long
marginal hairs; propodus oval and dactylus completely aborted. Pleapods with
both rami membranaceous, the outer a little wider than inner.

Colour completely bleached.

Length, 20-5 mm.

Lec—South Australia: Encounter Bay (Dr. R. H. Pulleine). Type in S.
Austr. Mus., Reg, No. C302.

Only a single, non-ovigerous female was secured by Dr. Pulleine in 1886,
in company with Cirelana vieta. The specimen is somewhat damaged, and after
long preservation in methylated spirit has become soft and brittle.

Family CORALLANIDAR.

The distal half of the mandibles is narrow, directed inwards and hidden
under the lips; the movable lacinia is small or vanishing and the molar process
is often rudimentary, but may be well developed. The outer lobe of the first

161-

maxillae tapers towards the apex, which is armed with tiny spines, or with a few .
large spines, and, sometimes, a few small inconspicuous spines also. The apex
of the second maxillae is not furnished with spines, but sometimes a few setae
are present.
Key to AUSTRALIAN GENERA.
a. Outer lobe of first maxillae ending in two spines (or unciform teeth).
Molar process of mandibles wanting ~ “a ee? i .. Alcirona
aa, Apex of outer lobe of first maxillae without large spines, or with only
one large spinc. Molar process of mandibles developed.

b. Outer lobe of first maxillae ending in a sharp, curved unguis, at hase
of which are a few small hooked spines. Peduncles of first pair of

antennae two-jointed vs oe ot i - ie .. Argathona
bb. Outer lobe of first maxillae furnished with tiny hooked spines at :

distal end, but without large claw. Peduncle of first pair of

antennae three-jointed F “f 44 Smicrostoma

ALcirona, Hansen.

Alcirona, Hansen, K.D. Vid. Selsk. Skr. (6), v., 1893, pp. 285, 313, and 391; Stebb., Hist.
Crust., 1893, p. 346; Rich., Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., No. liv., 1905, p. 157.

ALCIRONA MULTIDIGITATA, Miers.
Cirolana multidigitata, Miers, Journ, Linn. Soc., Zool. xiii, 1878, p. 511, pl. xxiv.,
figs. 6-11. ;
Alcirona multidigitata, Stebb., Willey's Zool. Res., 1902, p. 637.
Stebbing (ut supra) says that the species “named Aega muitidigita by Dana,
and that named Cirolana multidigitata by Miers,” should apparently be referred to
Alcirona. I have seen no specimens of the species.

Hab.—Philippine Islands and Western Australia (fide Miers).

_ArGATHONA, Stebbing.
Argathona, Stebb., Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl Fish., Suppl. Rep., xxiii, 1905, p. 17, and
Trans. Linn. Soc., xiv., 1910, p. 99, and Rec. Ind, Mus., vi. 1911, p. 179.
Brotherus, Budde-Lund, Voeltzkow’s Reise in Ostafrika, ii, 1908, p. 306.

Stebbing erects a family for the reception of this genus and cites the follow-
ing distinguishing characters :—~‘‘Mandibles with cutting edge bidentate or simple;
molar represented by a feeble blade, not serrate. First maxillae with inner plate
broadly truncate, outer strongly produced, ending in an unguis with a small
curved spine at its hase. . Second maxillae very short, ending in a broadly rounded
single lobe. Maxillipeds six-jointed, second joint not elongate, fourth and fifth
joints fused together, seventh well developed, blunt. Male appendix of second
pleopods affixed at the base of the ramus.”

In 1910 Stebbing somewhat expands the limitations of the family to include
a second species (4. reidi) in which the palp of the maxilliped is composed of
five distinct articles. In the same year Richardson,“® in dealing with some
Isopods from the Philippine Islands, describes three new species of Argathona.
Under one of these (A. setosa) she remarks -—“I have placed this specics in Steb-
bing’s genus 4rgathona, notwithstanding the slight difference in the form of the
second maxilla, which, instead of ending in a curved, sharp unguis, seems to end
bluntly. There is also an additional article to the maxiilipeds, but this may have
been overlooked in Stebbing’s specimen.” A year later Stebbing notes that
Brotherus, of Budde-Lund, “is not distinguishable from Argathona . .°.
unless the fusion of the fourth and fifth joints of the maxillipeds of Argathona
normani suffices to distinguish that type species generically from Brotherus longi-

~(6) Rich, Wash, Bur. of Fish., Doc, No. 736, 1910, pp. 9-11.
:

162

corms . . . and Argathonareidi . . , in which there is no such fusion.”
Budde-Lund places Brotherus in the family Alcironidae (Corallanidae).

The genera placed in the family Corallanidae differ considerably in the form
of the mouth parts; in fact, similar relative differences to those separating the
Argathonidae from the Corallanidae have -been regarded as of only generic im-
portance in the last-named family. Thus, it will be convenient to include
Argathona in the Corallanidae, unless some of the genera at present placed in this
family are to be accommodated with new families,

Argathona differs from Lanocira of Hansen in having one or more small
hooked spines at the base of the terminal unguis of the first maxillae, and in hay-
ing the apical article of the second maxillae broadly rounded instead of sublinear
or elongate. Apparently all the species have the first and second articles of the
peduncle of the first antennae fused together, as in Exocorallana, Alcirona, ete.
The genus has not been hitherto noted in Australian waters.

Key To AUSTRALIAN SPECIES.

a, Second antennae reaching back beyond hinder margins of penultimate

peraeon segment. Articles of peduncle of first antennae subequal in
length

ie ag 6 + 0 z4 a ss . similis
ad. Second antennae reaching back scarcely beyond middle of length of

peracon. First article of peduncle of first antennae much longer than

second ie a et Me confine

ARGATHONA SIMILIS, Richardson.
Argathona similis, Rich., Wash. Bur. of Fish., Doc. No, 736, 1910, p. 11, fig, 10.

¢. Form suboval, about two and one-half times longer than greatest width.
Dorsal surface distinctly punctate and with a few short setae near lateral margins
of peraeon. Cephalon two and one-half times wider than medial length ; anterior
margin rounded, slightly conical, with a small, median, subtriangular process,
downbent, but not separating the first pair of antennae. Eyes large, the inter-
ocular space about equal to the length of an eye. First antennae extending to
beyond end of fourth peduncular article of second antennae ; peduncle two-jointed,
the first article scarcely longer than the second; flagellum composed of twenty
articles and a terminal style, the first article being very short and the second
longer than any of the others. Second antennae with long flagellum, which
extends beyond level of apices of coxal plates of seventh peraeon segment; first
three peduncular articles short, the second the shortest ; fourth about three-fourths
as long as fifth article; flagellum composed of fifty articles and a terminal style.
Frontal lamina not very elongate, twice as long as greatest width, a little dilated
anteriorly and with anterior margin subangularly rounded. Clypeus broadly
A-shaped. Mandibles elongate; molar process feeble, transparent; first article
of palp more than half as long as second, and longer than third article. Outer
lobe of first maxillae terminating in a strong claw, at the inner side of the base of
which is a small hooked spine; inner lobe apically subtruncate. Second maxillae
short, ending in a broadly rounded lobe. Basipodite of maxillipeds as wide as
long, a little shorter than first three articles of palp together; the division between
the second and third articles of the five-jointed palp is very indistinct. First
peracon segment embracing base of cephalon; first, third, and fourth segments
subequal in length, longer than second, fifth, and six segments, which are sub-
equal in length; seventh segment a little shorter than sixth. All coxal plates
prominent in dorsal view, cach with a very distinct, obliquely-curved furrow in
addition to the usual submarginal furrow; plates of second and third segments
roundly subrectangular, not extending past level of posterior margins of seg-
ments; remaining plates subacute posteriorly, reaching beyond hinder margins of

163

their segments. First pleon segment short, concealed beneath last peraeon seg-
ment; fifth longer than second, third, or fourth segments, which are subequal
in length; postero-lateral angles of first three segments subacute, those of fourth
concavely truncate; fifth segment narrower than, and with the rounded postero-
lateral angles not wholly covered by, fourth segment; telsonic segment more than
one-third wider than medial length, with lateral margins sinuately converging to
the subacutely rounded apex; dorsal surface punctate, with indications of short
stout hairs, and with an obsolete, longitudinal, median carina; basal part rather
prominently tumid, the tumidity divided into three parts by a longitudinal furrow
on each side of the mid-line; posterior half of lateral margins furnished with
hairs, and apex with six short, stout spines also. Uropods extending beyond
level of apex of pleon; inner process of protopod reaching to middle of length of
endopod, which is rounded posteriorly, almost straight. on outer edge, and is
about satne length but twice as wide as exopod; margins of both branches fur-
nished with hairs, intermixed with which are short spines. Peraeopods moder-

Fig. 16,

Argathona similis, female; a and b, dorsal and lateral views (24 diams.); c, antennae,

frontal lamina and clypeus (4 diams.); d, mandible (14 diams.); e and f, first and

second maxillac (14 diams.); g, maxilliped (14 diams.); h and i, first and fourth
peraeopods (7 diams.); j, first pleopod (7 diams.).

ately stout; dactyli bi-ungulate, the inner claw minute; merus of first pair with
six short, stout spines on inner margin and three slender spines at outer distal
angle, aud carpus with one minute spine on inner edge; ambulatory peraeopods
with strong spines on distal and inner margins of third to sixth joints; ischium,
merus, and carpus of seventh peraeopods subequal in length. Rami of first pair
of pleopods wide, the inner ramus slightly longer and narrower than outer branch.

Colour in alcohol—Dark brown:

Length, 21 mm.

Loc—South Australia: Glenelg (W. H. Baker). Western Australia: Garden
Island (W. Austr. Mus. Coll.).

Hab—Celebes (Richardson) and Australia,

164

The example described above was taken in. June, 1907, from amongst weeds
attached to a pile at Glenelg. It is somewhat mutilated, and the clothing of the
telson is abraded; the telsonic segment is relatively wider than in the single male
examined by Richardson.

Another female, 18:5 mm, in length (taken in Western Australian waters),
is narrower in form, being three times longer than greatest width. The telsonic
segment is in close agreement with that of the type, being narrower than in the
larger female; excepting on the obsolete median carina, the telson is clothed with
short adpressed hairs. The hinder margins of the second to fifth pleon segments,
and of the posterior peraeon segments, are sparsely furnished with hairs. The
second antennal flagella reach to level ot apices of coxal plates of sixth peraeon
segment, and each is composed of forty articles in addition to the tiny terminal
style. The mouth parts are as in the larger example, excepting that no trace of
suture is discernible between the second and third articles of the palp of the
maxiliiped, which thus consists of but six distinct articles. The six spines on
the inner edge of the first peraeopods are exactly similar, two near the distal end
being separated from four on the posterior half. The colour is dark purplish-
brown, with the telson, uropods, and peraeopods pale brown,

Argathona confine, n. sp.

@. Ovigerous. Form narrowly stboval, three and one-third times longer
than greatest width. Dorsal surface punctate. Cephalon two and_ one-half
times as wide as medial length, dorsally clothed with short upright hairs; anterior
margin with a median, subtriangular process, partly separating the first pair of
antennae, and almost meeting frontal lamina. Eyes set well apart. First antennae
reaching to end of fourth peduncular article of second antennae; peduncle two-
jointed, the first article nearly twice as long as second; flagellum about same
length as peduncle, composed of ten articles and a terminal style; the first article
is very short but is wider than any of the others, being almost as wide as the last
peduncular article; second article longest. Second antennae reaching to middle
of length of fourth peraeon segment; first three peduncular articles short, sub-
equal in length, and together equal in length to fourth article, which is six-sevenths
as long as fifth article; flagellum composed of twenty-eight articles and a terminal
style. Frontal lamina pentagonal, the posterior margin somewhat incised.
Clypeus broadly A-shaped. Mandibles elongate; molar process represented by a
transparent feeble blade; first article of palp subequal in length to third, and
scarcely more than one-half as long as second article. Outer lobe of first maxillae
terminating in a strong claw, at the inner side of hase of which are three hooked
spines, one being almost half as long as the claw; inner lobe apically truncate.
Second maxillae shorter than first pair, with apex simple. Palp of maxillipeds
five-jointed on one side, abnormal and but three-jointed on the other. Dorsum
of peraeon and of visible segments of pleon clothed with upstanding hairs, which
arc denser on hinder margins of segments, on whole of first peraeon segment and
on telson. First peraeon segment not embracing base of cephalon; first, third,
fourth, fifth, and sixth segments subequal in length, each longer than the second,
which is a little longer than seventh segment. Coxal plates each with a distinct
oblique or curved furrow in addition to the submarginal furrow; plates of second
and third segments subrectangular, rounded behind, not extending beyond level
of hinder margins of segments; remaining plates subacute posteriorly, reaching
beyond hinder margins of their segments, the last pair extending to hinder margin
of sccond pleon segment, First pleon segment smooth, almost wholly concealed
beneath last peraeon segment; fifth segment longer but narrower than fourth, the
postero-lateral parts of which partly cover lateral portions of fifth segment;
telsonic segment more than one-third wider than medial length, with lateral

165

margins sinuately converging to the narrowly rounded apex. Uropods reaching
to slightly beyond apex of pleon; protopod with two spines near outer posterior
angle and with inner process extending to about middle of length of endopod;
exopod suboval in shape, shorter than and scarcely more than half as wide as
endopod, which is also suboval in shape, obscurely, obliquely truncate posteriorly ;
margins of both branches furnished with plumose hairs and short spines. Peraeo-
pods moderately stout, with dactyli bi-ungulate, there being a tiny claw at the
base of the larger one; ischium of first peraeopods with two stout, short spines
near the distal end of inner margin, merus with seven short spines on inner margin
and one (more slender) at outer apex, carpus with one, and propodus with four,
sharp spines on inner margin; ambulatory legs with strong spines on inner and
distal margins of third to sixth joints; some of the spines on the distal margin
of carpus are branched, the remainder are simple; basos of seventh pair not
greatly expanded; merus as long as carpus and two-thirds as long as ischium.
Outer ramus of first pair of pleopods a little wider and shorter than inner branch.

Fig. 17.
Argathona confine, type female; a and b, dorsal and lateral views (5-diams.); c, frontal
lamina and antennae (7 dmms.); d, mandible (14 diams.); c¢, first maxilla (29 diams.) ;
f, maxillipeds (29 diams.); g and h, first and seventh peraeopods (14 diams.); #1,
dactylus of first peraeopod (73 diams.); i, uropod (7 diams.); j, first pleopod
é (7 diams.),

Colour in alcohol.—Pale yellow.

Length, 11:5 mm.

Loc.—Queensland: Albany Passage (Austr. Mus. Col.). Type, female, in
Austr. Mus., Reg. Na. 8205.

A single female, with the exoskeleton in a rather soft state, is before me;
this specimen was taken in a Comatula in company with Cirolana lineata.

A. confine differs from A. similis in the smaller size, narrower form, less
elongate frontal lamina, shorter second antennae, in the shape of the branches of
the uropods, in not having the coxal plates so completely visible in dorsal view,
etc. In some respects it is very close to the genotype (A. normani), but differs

166

in the much more elongate form, in the absence of tubercles on the peraeon and
pleon, in having seven instead of only four spines on the inner edge of the merus
of the first peraeopods, in the five-jointed palp of the maxillipeds, and in having
the uropods of slightly different shape, with the inner process of the protopod less
produced; as shown in Stebbing’s figure, this process reaches to two-thirds of the
length of the endopod in A. normani. When more specimens are available it is
possible, however, that these differences may prove to be sexual. Stebbing
examined apparently two males of 4. normani, for at the end of his description
he gives measurements of two examples.

The small Corallanid doubtfully referred to Alcirona multidigitata by Miers
(Cirolana multidigitata, Miers) was also taken near Albany Island.“”

Smicrostoma, n. gen.

Peduncele of first pair of antennae composed of three articles, that of second
pair of five. Molar process of mandibies well developed. Outer plate of first
maxillae slender, curved, and tapering, the inner side furnished with minute hooks
at distal end; second maxillae elongate, much stouter than first pair, the apical
article conical, closely beset with tiny downbent spinules. Maxillipeds rather
elongate, with five-jointed palp, the third article of which is about as long as wide;
inner plate of basipodite very elongate, as long as the palp and not furnished with
hooks. Clypeus short and wide, A-shaped. Labrum small,

Type, S. savicola, n. sp.

The very long inner plate of the basipodite of the maxillipeds distinguishes
this from all other genera of the family. In some respects Smicrosioma
approaches Tridentella, Richardson,“® (species of which are known from North
America and Japan), but the maxillae and maxillipeds are totally dissimilar.

Smicrostoma saxicola, n. sp.

é. Form broadly oval, about two and one-third times longer than greatest
width. Surface faintly punctate and granulate. Cephalon more than twice as
wide as medial length, anteriorly produced forwards over and beyond the insertion
of the antetinae; antero-lateral margins slightly concave, converging to the rather
narrowly rounded apex, which is slightly upturned; dorsal surface with a pair of
prominent, well separated tubercles on basal part; on underside of cephalon a
subtriangular process from anterior part is directed backwards between the basal
joints of the first antennae and meets the anterior margin of the frontal lamina.
Eyes moderately large, well separated, situate at the antero-lateral portions of
head. Peduncle of first pair of antennae extending to cnd of fourth article of
peduncle of sesond pair; first two articles of equal lengih, together a little longer
than third article; Hagellum short, as long as last two articles of peduncle
together, reaching beyond end of peduncle of second antennae and composed of
nine articles. First three articles of peduncle of second antennae together equal
in length to fourth, which is slightly shorter than fifth; second article much shorter
than frst or third; flagellum longer than peduncle, extending to a little beyond
hinder margin of second peraeon segment; composed of eighteen articles and a
terminal style. Frontal lamina pentagonal, longer than greatest width, the
postero-lateral margins longer than any of the others. Clypeus /A-shaped.
Labrum projecting outwards and slightly backwards. Palp of mandibles stout,
the first article one-half as long as the second. First peraeon segment not quite
twice as long as second to sixth segments, and twice as long as the seventh. Coxal
plates each with an oblique furrow in addition to the submarginal furrow;

7) Miers, Zool. “Alert,” 1884, p. 301.
(18) Rich,, Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., liv., 1905, p. 161.

167

plates of second and third segments subrectangular, with obtusely rounded pos-
terior angles, not extending past hinder margins of segments; last four pairs of
coxal plates successively increasing in length backwards, and with posterior angles
successively more subacute; the last pair reach past posterior angles of second
pleon segment. Pleon ornamented with small and obscure tubercles, which are
most distinct on telsonic segment; greater part of first segment concealed beneath
last peraeon segment, leaving exposed part of middle of hinder margin and a small
postero-lateral portion on each side; second, third, fourth, and fifth segments
subequal in length, the fourth wider than any of the others, and laterally covering
sides of fifth segment ; telsonic segment broad, nearly half as wide again as medial
length ; lateral margins roundly converging to apex, which is slightly subtruncate
and crenulate; with a low, median, longitudinal carina, on each side of ‘which is a
broader and much more prominent carina. Uropods reaching to end of pleon;
protopod produced to beyond first third of length of endopod, which is longer
than, and more than twice as wide as, exopod; endopod widest at posterior

Fig. 18.

Smicrostoma saxicola, type male; a and b, dorsal and lateral views (7 diams.); c,

antennae, frontal lamina, clypeus and labrum (9 diams.}; d, mandible (29 diams.);

e and f, first and second maxillae (29 diams.) ; e1 and f1, apices of maxillae (73 diams.) ;

g, maxilliped (29 diams.) ; h and i, first and seventh peraeopods (144 diams.); j, second
pleopod (142% diams.),

fourth, posteriorly subacute, and with margins crenulate; exopod elongate sub-
oval, with posterior and postero-lateral margins crenulate. Peraeopods stout,
none of them greatly expanded. Pleopods wide, the male appendage of second
pair one-fifth longer than inner ramus.

Colour in aleohol—Yellow, in parts faintly mottled with brown.

Length, 7°25 mm. |

¢. Cephalon not forwardly produced, with antcro-lateral margins convex;
middle of anterior margin with a small subtriangular process, bent downwards
and backwards to meet anterior margin of frontal lamina; surface without two
prominent tubercles (although there are three small and very obscure elevations
in line at the posterior part of cephalon). Flagellum of second antennae com-
posed of nineteen articles, extending to middle of length of fourth peraeon seg-
ment. Almost whole of first segment of pleon concealed beneath last peraeon
segment, only a very tiny postero-lateral portion being visible.

168

Length, 7°25 mm.

Loc—New South Wales: East of Ulladulla, lat. 35° 20’ S., long, 150° 47’
E., 75 fms. (type loc., C. W. Mulvey); off Bateman’s Bay, lat, 30° ay 30” S
long. 150° 34” E., 80 fms. (Capt. J. Fordar). ‘Type, male, and allotype, ceweale
in Austr. Mus., Reg. Nos. P8206 and P8207. :

Several specimens were secured by Mr. Mulvey; they were found “burrow-
ing in a conglomerate boulder taken by the trawlcr ‘Goonambec,’” and from the
same boulder Sphaeromids, Cirelana cranchii, var. australiense, and an Amphipod
were collected. Capt. Fordar obtained two small specimens; they were taken in
a “crevice of a piece of conglomerate” brought up in a trawl.

In one adult male the exopod of the uropods, although perfect in form, is
scarcely more than one-half as long as the endopod. Younger examples than
those described, 5 mm. or so in length, are relatively narrower in form, and a
lesser portion of the first pleon segment is conccaled.

The sexes may be distinguished at a glance, the cephalon of the male, with
the two large interocular tubercles and produced anterior portion, presenting a
very different appearance to that of the female.

Family AEGIDAE.

The Aegidae, in common with the other families herein considered, have the
peduncle of both pas of antennae distinct from the flagellum. The first maxillae
are slender and styliform, and the apex of each is furnished with short spines.
The second maxillae are broad, with two unequal apical lobes, armed with hooked
spines. The palp of the maxillipeds embraces the cone formed by the anterior
parts of the mouth organs, and in the male and non-ovigerous females is furnished
with outwardly curved spines.

The oral parts together form a sucking tube; according to Hansen the modi-
fied maxillipeds are probably utilised to pull apart the skin of a fish, the mandibles
are adapted to enable the ‘Aegids to tear out a piece of flesh, and the style-like
first maxillae are used to deepen and lacerate the wound so caused.

Key To AUSTRALIAN GENERA.

a, Peraeon and pleon compact, uot relaxed. Anterior margin of cephalon

with a small, median process, separating more or less the basal °

articles of the first antennae. Flagellum of first antennae usually

composed of numerous articles. Frontal lamina moderately large.

faxillipeds with five-jointed palp ; ah 2 .. Aega

aa. Peraeon more depressed and pleon relaxed. Anterior margin of

cephalon overhanging the basal articles of the first antennae, the

flagellum of which is composed of only four to six articles. Frontal

lamina small. Maxillipeds with two-jointed palp .. ve -- Roctnela

AgGA, Leach.

Alega, Leach, Trans. Linn. Soc., xi., 1815, p. 369: Sch. and Mein. Naturh. Tidsskr., (3)
xii., 1879, p. 334; Sars, Crust. of Norway, ii., 1899, p. 58; Barn. Ann. S. Afr. Mus., x., 1914,
p. 361 (syn.).

Owing to the curve of the maxilliped in males and non-ovigerous females,
it is not always possible to show all five segments of the palp in illustrations. In
ovigerous females the maxilliped as a whole is lamellar; the palp has no hooks
and the coxo-, basi-, and epipodite are greatly expanded. The anterior marsupial
plates of females in this condition overlap the greater part of the oral organs,
and it is said that they are then unable to feed and have never been found attached
to a fish.

169

Ingested food solidifies in specimens preserved in alcohol and, removed in
this condition, provides a cast of the inside of the capacious stomach (fig. 19).
In Europe these dark-brown or black masses were at one time regarded by super-
stitious fishermen and others as “lucky stones” or ‘“Peter’s stones”; the stomach
contents of A. psora are said to have been used in the preparation of a salve, hence
the popular name “Salve-bug” was formerly applied to this species; further,
medical men prescribed the substance as an antidote to sea-sickness and other ills.

Fig. 19.
Aega serripes, and {ood mass removed from stomach (1% diams.).

Key ro AUSTRALIAN SPECIES.

a. Eyes of moderate size, distinctly separated one from the other.
hb, Form slender, much more than three times longer than greatest
width. Telsonic segment terminating in an acute projection .. angustaia
bb. Form stouter, less than three times longer than greatest width.
Telsonic segment obtusely rounded or truncate apically.
c. Inferior margin of basos of last four pairs of peraeopods pro-
duced into a thin carina, excised to form three or four pro-
minent dentations : 1. Serripes
cc. Inferior margin of basos of peracopods not so produced australis
aa, Eyes very large, confluent, and occupying the greater part of dorsal
surface of cephalon.
d. Whole dorsal surface of cephalon, excepting a small V- shaped piece
at middle of anterior margin, occupied by eyes .. vigilans
dd. Dorsal surface of cephalon with a subtriangular portion ‘at base,
as well as a smaller V-shaped piece at middle of anterior margin,
not occupied by eyes.
c. Endopod of uropoda narrow, with outer margin prognniep yy
excised near the apex, which is rounded .. antillensts
ce. Endopod of uropoda wide, with outer margin not excised and apex
subtruncate.
f. First five pleon segments, and at least last peraeon segment, with

a row of tubercles along hinder margins -. nodosa
ff. Dorsal segments of peraeon and pleon without tubercles,
g. Shape of apex of telson unknown hy _ = .. cyclops
gg. Apex of telson subtruncate at a eh a .. meinerti
ggg. Apex of telson acute .. x: ie 4 a .. spongicola

It will be noticed that all of our species excepting those under section ff are
readily separated; this last part of the key is verv unsatisfactory. I have seen

170

no specimens of A. meimerti and A. spongicola, and the telson of the type of
A. cyclops is abnormal. It is assumed that in A. spongicola a small piece at the
front of the cephalon is unoccupied by the eyes, although this condition is not
shown in Thomson’s figure of the species. If the eyes extend along the whole
anterior margin of the cephalon, then this character distinguishes A. spongicola
from all other Australian species.

AxEGA aNGusTATA, Whitelegge.

Aega angustata, Whitel., Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 1901, p. 232, fig. 21a-21f.

¢. Form narrow, elongate, three and three-fourths times longer than wide.
Surface rather finely punctate, Cephalon a little more than twice as broad as
long; anterior margin with a prominent acute triangular process, the apex of
which is slightly bent downwards, between the bases of the antennae, to meet the
anterior margin of the frontal lamina. Eyes oblong, composite, extending along
lateral margins of cephalon, and well separated one from the other, the narrowest
interocular space being equal to the greatest diameter of an eye. Antennae short.
First pair reaching beyond fourth peduncular article of second antennae; first

Fig. 20.

Aega angustata, female ; a and b, dorsai and lateral views (2 diams.); c, frontal lamina
and antennae (8 diams.); d, maxilliped (18 diams.) ; e and f, first and seventh peraeopods
(9 diams.).

two articles of peduncle subequal in length, flattened, and considerably expanded;
the anterior distal part of the second article is produced into a prominent lobe,
extending as far as, and overhanging, the narrow third article, which is but half
as long as the second; flagellum a little longer than last peduncular joint, com-
posed of five articles. Second antennae reaching to about middle of length of
lateral margins of first peraeon segment; peduncle compressed and dilated; fourth
article almost as long as second and third together, on upper side with an acute
lobe produced slightly outwards and backwards; fifth article a little curved, as
long as first four articles together; flagellum equal in length to fifth peduncular
article and composed of eleven articles. Frontal lamina subcircular, with surface
concave. Medial length of first peracon segment about equal to that of cephalon,
the antero-lateral angles a little forwardly produced; first, second, third, and
seventh segments shorter than the others. Coxal plates each with two oblique
furrows; plates of second and third segments with posterior margins rounded,
not extending beyond hinder margins of their segments, and with the lower, or
submarginal, furrow terminating behind in a small projection; remaining coxal
plates subacute posteriorly, extending beyond hinder margins of their segments.

171

Lateral portions of first to fourth pleon segments not separated from dorsal part,
each with two furrows and with posterior angles subacute; telsonic segment
slightly wider than long, its medial length equal to that of rest of pleon segments
together; with punctures obsolete and much less distinct than on remainder of
upper surface of peraeon and pleon; with an obsolete median carina, disappearing
anteriorly, and a still less distinct lateral carina on each side of posterior fourth;
lateral margins convexly converging and with three dentations on each side in
front of the acutely produced apex, on each lateral margin of which are two tiny
. teeth. Uropods extending to level of second lateral dentation of telson; pro-
topod produced nearly to apex of endopod, which is truncated posteriorly, with
the hinder and postero-lateral margins serrate; exopod scarcely as long, and but
half as wide, as endopod, subacute apically and with outer margin serrulate and
set with spinules. ‘First pair of peraeopods without spines but with several setae;
ischium of second and third pairs armed with two, and merus with four, short
spines on inner side; propodus of third pair with a subacute claw-like process
emanating from inferior part of distal end, and extending nearly to apex of
dactylus; last four pairs of peratopods slender, with ischium, merus, carpus, and
propodus armed with slender spines on inner and distal margins.

Colour in aleohol—Light brown.

Length, 24 mm.

4. The single type specimen, 15 mm. in length, proves to be a male. This
example, which is fully described and figured by Whitelegge (ut supra) differs
but slightly from the female described above. A male, 21 mm. in length, has
six articles in the flagellum of the first antennae.

Loc-—New South Wales: Wata Mooli, 54-59 ims. (type); Eden, “on saw-
fish” (J. A. Boyd) ; off Botany (Prof. J. D. Ogilby).

Hab—New South Wales.

The salient characters of this well-defined species are the expanded antennal
peduncles and the serrated and apically acute telsonic segment and the widely
separated eyes. A process of the propodus of the third pair, or both second and
third pairs, of peraeopods is found in several other species of the genus, but
apparently in none of them is it quite as prominent as in A. angustata; in the
female described above the process Iends the third pair of peraeopods somewhat
the appearance of chelate limbs,

AEGA SERRIPES, Milne Edwards.

Aya serripes, M. Edw., Hist. Nat. Crust. iii, 1840, p. 241; Sch. and Mein., Naturh.
Tidsskr., (3) xii, 1879, p, 355, pl. viii, figs. 1-4.

é. Form elongate, about two and three-fourths longer than wide; sides sub-
parallel. Surface punctate. Cephalon more than twice as wide as medial length;
punctures between eyes a little larger than those behind eyes; anterior margin
bisinuate, with a small median triangular process, which does not completely
separate the first pair of antennae, and is not bent downwards to meet the frontal
lamina. Eyes large, oblong, extending from lateral angles of cephalon, along
anterior margin, but distinctly separated one from the other, First antennae
reaching a little beyond fourth peduncular article of second antennae; with the
first article of peduncle one-half as long again as second, and the third article
about same length as, but much narrower than second; flagellum composed of
nine articles. Second antennae reaching almost to posterior angle of first peraeon
segment; first two articles short, subequal in length; third a little longer than
second; fourth almost as long as first three together and slightly longer than the
fifth; flagellum composed of twenty-one articles. Frontal lamina short, wider
than long, medianly sulcate; with the anterior margin convex and the posterior
margin slightly concave. First peraeon segment a little longer, and seventh

172

shorter, than any of the others. Coxal plates each with two not very oblique
furrows and with the posterior angle in all but the last pair obtuse; plates of
second and third segments rhomboidal, not longer than lateral margins of seg-
ments; those of fourth to seventh increasing in length backwards, the fourth
pair extending slightly beyond the posterior angles of their segment, and the last
pair reaching about to middle of length of lateral margins of first pleon segment.
Lateral portions of first to fourth pleon segments not separated from dorsal
part, each with two furrows; telsonic segment more than one-third wider than
long; with an obsolete median sulcus and a slight depression near each basal
angle; lateral margins a little convex, converging to the widely truncate, crenu-
late, and very slightly emarginate apex. Branches of uropods of equal length,
extending to apex of pleon; protopod produced almost to apex of endopod, which
is crenulately truncate posteriorly; exopod rounded, narrower than endopod,
with outer and posterior margin crenulate. Outer surfaces of first three pairs
of peraeopods deeply and coarsely punctate; outer inferior margin of basos of
third pair with a thin carina; merus of first pair armed with three short spines,
of second and third pairs with six to seven spines; outer surface of fourth to
seventh pcraeopods with shallower and smalier punctures and outer inferior

_ Fig. 21.

Acga serripes, male; a and b, dorsal and lateral views (14 diams.); c, frontal lamina
and antennae (6 diams.) ; d, maxilliped (9 diams.); e and f, first and seventh peraeopods
(42 diams.). Female; g, dorsal view (14 diams.).

margin of basos of these limbs produced into a thin carina, excised to form three
prominent triangular lobes; sometimes one or two additional small teeth are pre-
sent at the proximal end of carina; ischium, merus, and carpus armed with
movable spines. /

Length, 35 mm.

2, Differs from the male in having the form relatively wider and of a more
oval shape. ,

Length, 50 mm.

Colour during life—The dorsum is brown, marked with longitudinal whitish
streaks. The peduncles of the antennac are marked with dark brown, a brown
bar connects the eyes, and there is a short dark-brown streak at the antero-lateral
angles of the first peraeon segment.

Loec.—South Australia: Encounter Bay (Dr. R. H. Pulleine) ; Victor Har-
beur, from a skate (W. H. Baker); Port Willunga (S. Howe). New South
Wales: Maroubra (Austr. Mus. Coll.). Victoria: Off Flinders Island, dredged
in 10 fms, (Dr. W. E. J. Paradice).

173

Hab.—Southern and eastern Australia and Japan.

In some examples the carina of one or more of the last four pairs of peraeo-
pods is divided into four large teeth, as in the Japanese specimen figured by
Schioedte and Meinert. The number of articles in the flagellum of the second
antennae is variable; the total length and number of articles in the second
antennal flagellum of five females are as follow: 50 mm., 22; 43 mm., 18; 35 mm.,
20; 23 mm., 13; 15°5 mm., 15.

The dark-brown bar which connects the eyes in living examples lends a
somewhat deceptive appearance, and the eyes at first glance appear to be con-
fluent. In one small example the interocular space is very narrow, being equal
to the length of about three eye facets only. The species may be instantly recog-
nized by the character of the posterior peraeopods, and the shape of the telson
and uropods.

AEGA AUSTRALIS, Whitelegge.

Aega australis, Whitel., Mem. Austr. Mus., iv., 1901, p. 229, fig. 20a-20f.

9. Ovigerous. Form oval, two and one-third times as long as greatest
width. Surface shallowly punctate. Cephalon twice as wide as medial length,
with a median triangular process which is not bent downwards to meet the frontal

Fig. 22.
Aega australis, paratype ovigerous female; a and b, dorsal and lateral views (4 diams.) ;
c, frontal lamina and antennae (8 diams.); d and e, first and seventh peraeopods (18
diams.). Type male; f, palp of maxilliped (45 diams.).

lamina. Eyes rather small, subtriangular, composite, well separated, the nar-
rowest interocular space being equal to the greatest diameter of an eye. First
antennae reaching well beyond end of peduncle of second antennae, with the first
two articles flattened and somewhat expanded anteriorly; first article wider than,
and rather more than twice as long as, second; third twice as long, and one-half
as wide, as second; flagellum shorter than peduncle, composed of eight articles,
the first of which is twice as long as any of the others. Second antennae reaching
to beyond middle of length of third peraeon segment ; first peduncular article
longer than second or third; fourth and fifth articles subequal in length, each a
little shorter than first three together; flagellum distinctly longer than peduncle,
composed of fourteen articles. Frontal lamina short, nearly twice as wide as |
medial length; anterior margin bisinuate, medianly a little forwardly produced;
antero-lateral angles acutely rounded and lateral margins converging posteriorly.
First to sixth peraeon segments subequal in length, the second and third a little
shorter than the others, which are about as long as cephalon; seventh segment

174

the shortest. Coxal plates visible in dorsal view, each with two oblique furrows;
those of second to fourth segments subrectangular, with posterior angles rounded,
not extending beyond hinder margins of segments; remaining coxal plates reach-
ing past hinder margins of their segments and with the posterior angles acute.
First segment of pleon very short medianly, the second to filth subequal in length;
posterior angles of first to fourth segments acutely produced backwards; telsonic
segment half as wide again as medial length, with lateral margins convexly con-
verging to the obscurely subtruncate extremity ; postero-lateral and apical margins
crenulate, a slightly larger incision preceding the smaller crenulations on each
side. Uropods reaching beyond apex of telsonic segment; protopod produced
to about three-fourths of length of endopod, which is longer and much wider than
the exopod and is subtruncate posteriorly; apical margins and posterior part of
outer margins of both endo- and exopod crenulate and set with tiny spines.
Merus and carpus of first three pairs of peraeopods armed with a short stout
spine at inner distal angle, and with a few inconspicuous spinules on inner sur-
face; propodus of these limbs with two spines on inner side; ischium of second
and third peraeopods with a spine at outer distal angle; ischium, merus, carpus,
and propodus of fourth to seventh peraeopods armed with spines on distal
margins and a few on inner sides.

Colour in alcohol—Yellowish, uniformly dotted with brown chromatophores,

Length, 11 mm.

&. The type example is a male; in this specimen the form is slightly more
slender than in the ovigerous female, the flagellum of the first antennae is com-
posed of ten articles and that of the second of fourteen articles, and the coxal
plates are not visible from above.

Length, 12 mm.

Loc.—New South Wales: Coogee Bay, 49-50 fms. (type), and off Wollon-
gong, 55-56 fms. (Austr. Mus. Coll.).

Hab—New South Wales.

A non-ovigerous female 9°5 mm. in length, together with the type male, para-
type ovigerous female, and two smaller paratypes, comprising Whitelegge’s original
series, are the only specimens of this species before me; the two examples last
mentioned are each 9 mm, in length, and have eight to ten articles in the flagellum
of the first pair of antennae, and fourteen in that of the second pair. The apex
of the telsonic segment is very slightly subtruncate in the ovigerous female, but
in the other specimens it is obtusely rounded, as shown in Whitelegge’s figure ;
in a young example from the brood pouch the flagellum of the first antennae con-
sists of seven articles, that of the second of ten articles,

AEGA VIGILANS, Haswell.

Roctnela vigilans, Hasw., Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S. Wales, v., 1881, p. 472, pl. xvi. fig. 2,
and Cat. Austr. Crust., 1882, p. 285; Miers, Zool. “Alert,” 1884, p. 304; Rich., Proc. Amer.
Philos, Soc., xxxvii., 1898, pp. 9, 10. x

Aega dubia, Rich., Wash. Bur. Fish., Doc. No. 736, 1910, p. 12, fig. 12.

?. Ovigerous. Form oblong-oval, about two and three-fourths times longer
than wide. Surface punctate, the punctures sparse on anterior portions of
second to seventh peraeon segments. Cephalon more than twice as wide as
medial length; anterior margin rounded, medianly produced downwards in a
small triangular process, the apex of which almost meets the anterior end of the
frontal lamina. Eyes very large, confluent, occupying the whole dorsal surface

. of cephalon excepting a small V-shaped piece at middle of anterior margin, and
extending on to underside of cephalon. Antennae slender; first pair reaching to
about sixth flagellal article of second antennae, which are long and extend to
posterior angle of fourth peraeon segment. The first antennae have the second
peduncular article a little longer and narrower than the first, and the third as long

175

as the first and second together; the flagellum is composed of fifteen articles.
The first and third articles of the peduncle of the second antennae are subequal
in length and the third is a little shorter; the fourth is nearly half as long again
as the third and about three-fourths as long as the fifth; flagellum composed of
thirty-one articles. Frontal lamina narrow, considerably curved fore and aft,
and widened anteriorly; surface at widest part concave. First, fifth, and sixth
peraeon segments a little longer than the others. Coxal plates of second and
third segments obtusely rounded posteriorly, not extending beyond posterior mar-
gins of segments, and with two oblique furrows; coxal plates of fourth to seventh
segments each with two oblique furrows, the posterior of which extends from the
margin adjoining the lateral edge of the peraeon segment to the posterior angle;
plates of fourth segment angularly rounded posteriorly, reaching a little beyond
level of hinder margin of segment; remaining pairs more acute, and extending
distinctly beyond posterior angles of segments. Lateral parts of first to fourth
pleon segments not separated from dorsal portion; each with two furrows; tel-
sonic segment a little wider than medianly long, punctate, and with a median
longitudinal line of punctures lying in a slight sulcus; lateral margins convex,

Fig. 23.
Aega vigilans, ovigerous female; a and b, dorsal and lateral views (44 diams.); c,
frontal lamina and antennae (11 diams.); d, maxilliped (18 diams.); e and f, first and
seventh peraeopods (5 diams.). Non-ovigerous female; g, maxilliped (18 diams.).

roundly converging to the apex, which has a small triangular median projection,
on each side of which are four to five smaller denticulations. Branches of uropoda
obliquely truncate posteriorly, with outer and posterior margins ciliate, crenulate,
and furnished with short spines; protopod produced to the first of the lateral
denticulations of telson; endopod wider and longer than exopod, extending to
apex of pleon, Ischium of first pair of peraeopods with a long spine at apex;
merus with two short spines; ischium of second and third peraeopods with one
long, and one or two short, spines; merus with three or four, and carpus with
one or two short spines.

Length, 20 mm, ;

@. Non-ovigerous. Differs in having the form narrower, three to three
and one-half times longer than wide, and the cephalon scarcely more than twice
as wide as long.

Length, 26 mm.

Loc.—Queensland: Holborn Island, near Port Denison, 20 fms. (type).
Western Australia: Trawled between Fremantle and Geraldton (W. Austr. Mus.).

Hab.—Australia and Philippine Islands.

176

The mouth parts of Haswell’s type, which is a female without ova, are miss-
ing, but a comparison of this specimen with Miss Richardson’s excellent descrip-
tion and figure shows that 4. dubia, from the Philippine Islands, is undoubtedly
the same species. | have not seen a male, but Richardson says that this sex
“differs in its smaller size . . . and in the different length of the segments
of the thorax”; according to the figure, the male is of somewhat the same shape
as the ovigerous female described above. This author describes the colour as
“yellow, with numerous black and brown arborescent spots close together and
covering the entire surface of the body except the posterior half of the terminal
segment of the abdomen and the uropoda.”

Richardson further remarks that A. dubia “is very close to Kocinela vigilans,
Haswell, but differs in having a small V-shaped space on the dorsal surface of
the head in front of the eyes, and in having the posterior extremity of the
abdominal segments and the uropods denticulate, which are described by Haswell
as ‘smooth, entire.” The posterior margin of the telsonic segment is certainly
not so strongly denticulate in the type as in other examples, but nevertheless the
denticulations of this segment, and of the branches of the uropoda, are quite
distinct; a small V-shaped portion of the anterior surface of the cephalon is
unoccupied by the eyes, which thus do not cover “all the upper surface of the
head,” as stated by Haswell.

There is very little doubt that the Indian specimen from ““Mutwal Island,”
deemed by Stebbing “® to be “the female or a younger form” of A. ommatophylax,
Stebb., is a young example of A. vigilans. Stebbing’s remarkable species differs
from A, vigilans in that the head, at least in the male, has a prominent frontal
process, while a pair of large cylindrical processes emanating from the anterior
margin of the first free peraeon segment overhang the eyes; also the sides of the
peraeon are subparallel and the form is distinctly stouter than in the male of the
last-named species.

AEGA ANTILLENS!IS, Schioedte and Meinert.

Aega antillensis, Sch. and Mein., Naturh. Tidsskr., (3) xii., 1879, p. 361, pl. viii, figs.
10-13; Rich. Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., xxiii., 1901, p. 521; and Bull. U.S. Nat. Mus., liv., 1905,
p. se ao 149; Thielemann, Mtinchen Abh. Akad. Wiss., ii, Suppl. 3, 1911, p. 26, pl. i,
esl: ;

Aega excisa, Rich., Wash. Bur. of Fish., Doc. No. 736, 1910, p. 11, fig. 11.

6. Form elongate-ovate, three times longer than wide. Surface punctate.
Cephalon about three times as wide as medial length; punctures behind eyes small ;
anterior margin slightly bisinuate, with a small, median, triangular process partly
separating the first antennae, but not bent downwards to meet frontal lamina.
Eyes very large, confluent, occupying greater part of dorsal surface of head but
leaving a small V-shaped-piece at middle of anterior margin and a larger tri-
angular portion at base of cephalon; not extending on to underside. First
antennae reaching to middle of fifth peduncular article of second antennae; with
the first article of peduncle less than half as long again and a little wider than
second; third article about as long as first but much narrower; flagellum com-
posed of ten articles, the first of which is very short and the second longer than any
of the others. Second antennae reaching to hinder margin of first peraeon seg-
ment; first two articles subequal in length; third nearly twice as long as second;
fourth twice as long as third and as long as fifth; flagellum imperfect. Frontal
lamina in form of an oval disc, with surface concave and finely punctate. First
peraeon segment longer, and seventh shorter, than any of the others. Coxal
plates rather narrow, each with two oblique furrows, the upper of which extends
diagonally across to the posterior angle in the plates of the fourth to seventh

49) Stebb., Herdman’s Céylon Pearl isha! SumptsRep, scxisig 90K) D9 ph eae

177

segments; plates of second and third segments scarcely longer than their seg-
ments, with the posterior angles rounded, the others with the posterior angle sub-
acute or acute and produced beyond posterior angles of segments. Lateral por-
tions of first to fourth pleon segments not separated from dorsal part, each with
two furrows and acute posterior angles; telsonic segment as wide as. medial
length, with a very obscure median carina; lateral margins slightly sinuate, con-
verging to the acute apex, which is a little upturned; postero-lateral margins
crenulate, the crenulations set with tiny spines. Branches of uropoda subequal
in length, reaching to apex of pleon and with the margins crenulate and set with
tiny spines and short hairs; endopod with a conspicuous notch at about two-thirds
of the length of outer margin; protopod produced nearly to level of marginal
notch of endopod ; exopod narrow, at greatest width scarcely wider than endopod,
with apex subacutely rounded. Outer surface of peraeopods faintly punctate;
propodus of first three pairs produced on inner side at distal end; the merus of
the first pair has four short stout spines on inner side and two or three slender
setae at outer distal apex, while the ischium bears two spines at the outer apex;
the merus of the second and third pairs has seven to eight spines on the inner side

Fig. 24.
Aega antillensis, male; a and b, dorsal and lateral views (nat. size); c, frontal lamina
(3 diams.) ; d, maxilliped (43 diams.) ; e and f, first and seventh peraeopods (2? diams.) ;
Female; g, dorsal view (nat. size); h, frontal lamina and antennae (3 diams.) ; i, first
peraeopod (22 diams.).

and two on the outer distal apex; ischium of second pair with one spine at inner
and two at outer apex, that of third peraeopods with two at inner and two at
outer apex; ischium, merus, carpus, and propodus of fourth to seventh peraeopods
with many spines on inner and apical margins.

Length, 48 mm. .

9. Head relatively smaller than in male. First antennae reaching almost
to end of fifth peduncular article of second antennae; with flagellum composed of
twelve articles. Second antennae reaching to posterior margin of first peraeon
segment, with flagellum composed of nineteen articles. Frontal lamina somewhat
obovate in shape, as wide as long. Uropods not reaching to termination of telson,
but extending to level of six-sevenths of length of telson. Dorsum of telsonic
segment concave in lateral view, but apex scarcely upturned. First three pairs
of peraeopods less robust than in male with the propodus slightly produced
distally ; the merus of the first pair has five spines on the inner margin, and one
strong spine and one seta at outer apex, while the outer apex of the ischium
bears two setae and one tiny spine; the merus of the second pair has seven spines
on the inner side and one strong spine at outer distal apex, while that of the third

178

peracopods has seven spines on the inner margin and two at the outer apex;
ischium of both second and third peraeopods with two spines at inner apex and
two at outer apex; basos of ambulatory legs more slender than in male.

Colour in alcohol—Yellowish-brown.

Length, 47 mm.

Loc.—South Sea Islands (Austr. Mus. Coll.). New South Wales: “Dredged
off coast” (Melbourne Ward). ‘Tasmania: 100 fms. (C. Hedley). South Aus-
tralia: Fowler’s Bay, from basking shark (Cetorhinus maximus) (C. A. Tait).

Hab.—West Indies, Philippine Islands, Japan, and Australia.

A female, 30 mm. in length, dredged off Tasmania, has the distal part of the
propodus more produced than in the female described above. The flagellum of
the first antennae is composed of nine articles, that of the second of seventeen.
The frontal lamina is much as in the male here figured. The merus of the first
pair of peracopods bears only two spines on the inner margin and one at outer
apex, while the ischium has two spines at the outer apex; the merus of the second
pair has five spines on the inner margin and one at the outer apex, that of the
third pair six spines on the inner margin and two at the outer apex; the ischium
in the second and third pairs is armed with one spine at the inner and two at the
outer edge.

In a young female, 19 mm. in length, the flagellum of the first antennae con-
sists of eight articles and that, of the second of fifteen. The merus of the first
pair of peraeopods has two spines on the inner margin and the ischium bears one
spine at the outer apex; the merus of the second pair has four spines on the inner
margin and two at the outer apex, while that of the third pair has six spines on
the inner margin and two at the outer apex; the ischium in the second and third
pairs of peraeopods bears two spines on the outer apex.

In these two females the apex of the telson is not at all upturned. The only
other specimens before me are those described in detail above, a male in a dry
state, and a gorged female. ‘Lhe latter example was taken from a basking shark,
over 25 feet in length; a cast of this large fish is preserved in the South Aus-
tralian Museum.

Mrs. H. Richardson Serle informs me that the single type specimen of
A. cxeisa differs from A, antillensis in the following slight characters: “The
number and arrangement of the spines on the prehensile legs, the narrower and
longer uropods, which extend beyond the tip of the terminal abdominal segment,
the slightly longer second antennae, and the less acutely pointed terminal
abdominal segment.” The tip of the abdomen is broken in the type of A. excisa.
The other differentiating characters are variable in the Australian specimens, thus
connecting the two species.

AEGA Noposa, Schioedte and Meinert.
Acya nodosa, Sch. and Mein., Naturh. Tidsskr., (3), xii, 1879, p. 367, pl. ix., figs. 1-3.

9. Ovigerous. Tform oval, two and one-half times longer than wide. Sur-
face with large shallow punctures, Cephalon more than two and one-half times
wider than medial length; anterior margin bisinuate, with a small, median, tri-
angular process, directed downwards and backwards and almost meeting anterior
margin of frontal lamina, Eyes large, oblong, meeting for a short distance on
mid-line of head, leaving unoccupied a large triangular basal part of dorsal sur-
face of cephalon, and a small V-shaped piece at anterior margin; extending on
to under surface. First antennae reaching to just beyond end of peduncle of
second antennae; with first two articles subequal in length and third not as long
as first two together; flagellum stout, densely fringed with hair on distal two-
thirds; composed of sixteen articles, including a short basal jointlet and a tiny
terminal style. Second antennae reaching slightly beyond hinder margin of

179

second peraeon segment; first three articles of peduncle short, the third longer
than the first or second; fourth article as long as first two together and about
four-fifths as long as fifth; flagellum composed of sixteen articles. Frontal
lamina narrow, anteriorly terminating in a little spherical knob. First to sixth
peraeon segments not differing markedly in length; seventh much shorter, with
a series of low tubercles along posterior margin. Coxal plates successively in-
creasing in length backwards, the last reaching almost to posterior angle of third
pleon segment ; those of second and third segments obtusely rounded posteriorly,
not backwardly produced; those of fourth and fifth segments acutely rounded
posteriorly, extending a little beyond the hinder margins of their segments;
posterior angles of last two pairs more acute, and produced well beyond hinder
margins of their segments; oblique furrows of each coxal plate shallow. First
segment of pleon concealed ; second to fifth segments with a row of low tubercles
along posterior margins, and with lateral parts not separated from dorsal portion;
posterior angles of second to fourth segnients acute; telsonic segment large, about
as long as wide and longer than rest of pleon; subtriangular in shape, with the
convex lateral margins evenly converging to the acute apex; with a shallow fovea
on each side of basal part of dorsal surface; postero-lateral margins serrulate,

Fig. 25.

Aega nodosa, ovigerous female; a and b, dorsal and lateral views (34 diams.); c, frontal

lamina and antennae (10 diams.); d, palp of maxilliped (18 diams.); e, terminal

articles of palp of maxilliped (90 diams.); f and g, first and seventh peraeopods
(7 diams.)

armed with two short stout spines on each side of apex. Uropoda large; pro-
topod produced to beyond middle of length of endopod, which is longer and much
wider than exopod, and reaches beyond apex of p'eon; hinder margin of endopod
subtruncate, a little oblique, the outer posterior angle acutely produced; apex of
exopod acute ; hinder margin of endopod, and posterior portions of lateral-margins
of exopod, serrulate and set with short, stout spines. First three pairs of peraeo-
pods rather slender, armed with a few small, sharp spines; ischium, merus, carpus,
and propodus of last four pairs armed with acute spines on inner and apical
margins,

Colour in alcohol.—Yellow.

Length, 15 mm.

Loe—South Australia (? dredged, Sir Joseph Verco).

Hab—Tasmania (Bass Strait; type) and South Australia.

180

The large telsonic segment and uropods, and the dorsal tubercles, are salient
features of the species. The tubercles on the pleon and hinder part of the
peraeon, of the female described above are not as conspicuous as in the type, a
“Mas adolescens,”’ 16 mm. in length, described and figured by Schioedte and
Meinert; the authors of the species state that in their specimen the hinder margin
of the sixth, as well as of the seventh, peraeon segment is ornamented with small
tubercles, and that four larger nodes are conspicuous, one at the middle of the
posterior margin of the sixth peraeon segment, one on each side of the seventh
segment, and one at the middle of the hinder margin of the fourth pleon segment.
The difference in the sculpture is possibly sexual. In the type the flagellum of
the first antennae is composed of fourteen articles, that of the second antennae
of sixteen to seventeen articles.

AEGA cyclops, Haswell.

Aega cyclops, Hasw., Proc. Linn, Soc. N.S. Wales, vi., 1881, p. 192, and Cat. Austr.
Crust., 1882, p. 285.

4. Form oval, nearly two and one-half times longer than wide. Surface
with moderately large, shallow, and rather sparse punctures. Cephalon a little
more than twice as wide as medial length; anterior margin rounded, with a small,
median, narrowly-triangular process, directed downwards and backwards, and
almost touching the anterior margin of the frontal lamina. Eyes very large,
confluent, occupying greater part of dorsal surface of cephalon, leaving a tiny
V-shaped piece at middle of anterior margin, and a triangular portion at base of
cephalon; extending on to under surface. First antennae reaching slightly
beyond end of peduncle of second antennae; with first article of peduncle slightly
wider than, but equal in length to second; third article more slender, distinctly
longer than first two together; flagellum composed of eight to nine articles, the
first of which is much the longest. Second antennae extending beyond posterior
angle of second peraeon segment ; first three pedunclar articles subequal in length ;
fourth one-third longer than third and more than two-thirds as long as fifth;
flagellum of right side composed of fourteen articles, that of the left side imper-
fect. Frontal lamina small, convex, somewhat lozenge-shaped in outline. First
to sixth peraeon segments subequal in length, the seventh a little shorter. Coxal
plates successively increasing in width backwards, the seventh pair being more
than twice as wide as first; each with two furrows, the posterior (or upper) of
which, on the plates of fourth to seventh segments, extends from the upper margin
to the posterior angle; first four pairs of plates with obtuse posterior angles, not
or but slightly reaching past hinder margins of their segments; last two pairs with
posterior angles acute, extending beyond hinder margins of their segments. Lateral
portions of second to fourth pleon segments. carinate, not separated from dorsal
portions ; first segment almost concealed beneath last peraeon segment, telsonic seg-
ment abnormal, irregularly subtriangular in shape. Branches of uropoda of equal
length on right side, the exopod of left side abnormal; protopod produced beyond
middle of length of endopod, which is wide, obliquely truncate posteriorly, with

the outer apical angle produced into a spine, above which (on outer margin)

are three smaller spines and some fine serrations; posterior margin of endopod
with four serrations ; exopod narrowly ovate, a little more than one-half as wide
as endopod; apex produced into an acute process, above which, on the outer
margin, are five spiny serrations. Ischium, merus, carpus, and propodus of last
four pairs of peraeopods set with numerous spines.

Colour in dry state—-Whitish, with scattered brown dots on peraeon; near
posterior margins of segments these spots are arranged in lines.

Length, 11 mm.

Loc—New South Wales: Port Jackson.

oo
- i a ets ,

, -_— eS es

Tan es en Se gE a ee a ag

181 Hf

The only specimen of this species before me is the type, here figured and
described; it is a dried and, unfortunately, somewhat abnormal example, the
- telsonic segment and left uropod having been damaged, evidently during life, for
the uneven edge of the telson is ciliate. Haswell describes the telsonic segment
as “subtriangular, the apex rounded,” but the normal shape of the apical margin
is a matter for conjecture.

A. cyclops is rather close to the previous species, A. nodosa, but differs in
having the antennae a little different, and the eyes considerably larger, leaving
4 unoccupied a much smaller triangular space at the base of the head; in A. nodosa
the eyes are in contact for a length of four facets, but in the present species five
facets of each eye are contiguous.

AEGA MEINERTI, Miers.

Aega meinerti, Miers, Zool. “Alert,” 1884, p. 305.

Miers’ diagnosis of A. meinerti is as follows:—‘“. . . very nearly allied
to Aega cyclops, Haswell, . . . but seems to be sufficiently distinguished by
having the body very coarsely punctulated, the epimera of the fourth to seventh
segments only subacute and (the last excepted) scarcely prolonged beyond the
posterior margin of the segments; and particularly by the form of the terminal

Fig. 26.

Aega cyclops, type male; a and b, dorsal and lateral views (43 diams.); c, frontal lamina
and antennae (11 diams.); d, maxilliped (35 diams.); e and f, first and seventh peraeo-
pods (13 diams.).

postabdominal segment, which is truncated, not rounded, at its distal extremity;
the outer ramus of thé uropoda is ovate but not acute, the inner squarely trun-
cated at its distal extremity; the distal process of the peduncle extends consider-
ably beyond the middle of the inner ramus. This species, of which a single male
is in the collection from King George’s Sound . . . I propose to designate
Aega meinerti, In the confluent eyes and the form of the terminal segment it
somewhat resembles . . . Aega crenulata, Lutken, but the posterior pre-
hensile limbs are without the cultriform process characteristic of that
species. i, .

Hab.—Western Australia.

__ In view of the fact that the telson of the type of A. cyclops is abnormal, there
is no character mentioned in Miers’ description that satisfactorily distinguishes
A, meinerti from Haswell’s species.

182

AEGA SPONGICOLA, ‘homson.

facinela spongicola, Thoms. Proc. Roy, Soc. Tas., 1893, p. 57, pl. iil, figs. 3-8; Rich.
Proc, Amer. Philos. Soc., xxxvii., 1898, pp. 9, 10.

Aega spongicola, Stebb., Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl Fish. Suppl. Rep., xxiii, 1905, p. 24.

As remarked by Stebbing (ut supra), a reference to Thomson’s rather poor
figure shows that this species is undoubtedly an dega. As the name implies, the
two type specimens were found in a sponge. Judging from the figures the species
is extremely close to A. nodosa, but apparently lacks dorsal tubercles.

Length, 15 mm.

Hab— Tasmania.

The status of A. meinertt and of A. spongicola is unsatisfactory; it seems
possible that 4. metnerti is identical with 4. cyclops, and that A. spongicola is
synonymous with 4. nodosa, but an examination of the types of the two species is
necessary to settle the question.

Rocrne.a, Leach.
Rocinela, Leach, Dist. Sci. Nat., xii, 1818, p. 348; Sch. and Mein., Naturh. Tidsskr. (3)
1879, p. 380; Rich., Proc. Amer. Philos, Soc., RXXViL, 1898, p. 8; Sars, Crust. of Norway,
"4899, p. 65; Stebb., Herdman’s Ceylon Pearl Tish, Suppl. Rep., xxiii, 1905, p . 23 (syn.).

Acherusia, Lucas, Explor. Algérie, Crust., 1849, p. 78.

‘Twenty-seven species, including a new form described below, have apparently
to be referred to this genus; this number does not include the Indian Cymothoid
named Rocinella latis, by Southwell,?@” nor the two Australian forms Rocinela
zigilans, Hasw., and R. spongicola, Thoms., both of which are referred to Aega.

Only two representatives of the genus are known from our waters, and both
belong to the group of species which have the eyes distinctly separated and the
flagellum of the second antennac composed of fourteen to sixteen articles.

Key To AUSTRALIAN SPECIES,
a, Anterior margin of cephalon rounded. Lateral parts of second to

fourth pleon segments not prominently produced... -- orientalis
aa, Anterior margin of cephalon truncate. Lateral parts of second to
fourth pleon segments prominently produced .. Pr a .. sila

ROcINELA ORIENTALIS, Schioedte and Meinert.

Rocinela orientalis, Sch. and Mein,, loc. cit., p. 395, pl. xiii, figs. 1, 2; Miers, Zool, “Alert,”
1884, p. 304; Rich., loc. cit., p. 11; Stebb., loc. cit., p. 24; Rich., Wash. Bur. of Fish. Doc. 736,
1910, p. 17; Barnard, Ann. S. Afr. Mus., x., 1914, p, 369, pl. xxxviip,

g. Form oval, about two and one-half times longer than wide. Dorsal
surface with shallow but distinct punctures. Cephalon less than twice as wide
as long; dorsal surface with a shallow, ovate fovea; anterior part of head extend-
ing forward in front of eyes and overhanging the bases of the antennae; anterior
margin rather obscurely trilobate. Eyes large, well separated, the interocular
width being less than the length of an eye. First antennae reaching to about
first third of length of fifth peduncular article of second antennae; first article
of peduncle shorter than second, which is shorter than the third articie; flagellum
composed of five articles and a short, obliqueiy truncate, terminal style, Second
antennae reaching to posterior margin of second peraeon segment ; first peduncular
article twice as long as second, and third slightly longer than first two together;
fourth nearly as long as second and third together, with a seta at posterior side
of distal end; fiith about one-seventh longer than fourth article; flagellum com-
posed of thirteen articles and a narrow terminal style. Frontal lamina tiny,
longer than wide. First to sixth peraeon segments not differing markedly in
length ; seventh shorter than the others ; middie portion of anterior margin of

(20) Southwell, Rec. ‘Ind. Mus., xi, 1915, p. 321, pl. xxvili., figs. 12-15.

183

first segment concave, lateral portions each excavate to receive bases of eyes.
Coxal plates successively increasing in length backwards, none of them greatly
produced, those of the seventh segment not reaching to level of postero-lateral
angles of second pleon segment. Pleon segments with lateral parts not prominent
and projecting; first segment almost entirely concealed beneath last peraeon seg-
ment, only a short portion of the posterior margin being visible on each side; fifth
segment narrower and a little longer than any of the others, with postero-lateral
angles almost covered by lateral parts of fourth segment; telsonic segment sub-
triangular, about one-fourth wider than medianly long; lateral margins slightly
convex, converging to the rather angularly rounded apex; dorsum with a shallow,
longitudinal, median furrow. Uropoda scarcely reaching to level of apex of
pleon; protopod with a spine and some setae at outer posterior angle and with
inner process reaching to beyond middle of length of endopod; exopod scarcely
narrower but distinctly shorter than endopod, with the apex narrowly rounded;
outer margins crenulate and furnished with smali spines; apex of endopod
rounded, outer and apical margins provided with small spines; margins of both
rami, and inner margin of process of protopod with plumose hairs. Inner edge
of propodus of first pair of peraeopods with three spines; ischium of seventh pair

Fig. 27.
Rocinela orientalis, female; a and b, dorsal and lateral views (3 diams.); c, antennae
and frontal lamina (9 diams.); d, maxilliped (28 diams.); e and f, first and seventh
peraeopods (6 diams.); g, first pleopod (6 diams.); h, uropod (5 diams.).

more than twice as long as merus, which is subequal in length to the carpus and to
the propodus. Outer ramus of first pair of pleopods slightly longer and wider
than inner branch,

Colour in alcohol—Brownish-yellow, marked with tiny brown chromato-
phores.

Length, 16 mm.

Loc.—Queensland: Port Molle (C. Hedley and A. R. McCulloch).

Hab.—India, Philippine Islands, South Africa (fide Barnard), and Northern
Australia. ‘

A second female, also 16 mm. in length, is very similar to the specimen
described and figured above, but has the apex of the telson rather more rounded.
The margins of the uropods are furnished with tiny spines as in the examples

184

figured by Stebbing, but the inner process of the protopod is relatively less pro-
duced in both specimens before me. Stebbing’s illustration of a specimen
11-3 mm. in length (dorsal view) differs from that of Schioedte and Meinert in
having the cephalon extending less forwards in front of the eyes, in not having
the anterior margin of the first peraeon segment biexcavate and in having the
whole of the posterior part of the first pleon segment visible, while the cephalon
is not shown to be “supra leviter excavata.” The examples from Port Molle
agree with the type as regards these characters, but differ in the shorter inner
process of the base of the uropods and in having the margin of the cephalon in
front of the eyes somewhat trilobate.

Rocinela sila, n. sp.
g. Form suboval, about two and one-half times longer than wide. Dorsal

surface finely and shallowly punctate. Cephalon one-third wider than medianly
long; dorsum with a subquadrate, shallow fovea, at the middle of posterior part
of which is a low tumidity; anterior part of cephalon extending forwards in front

of eyes, overhanging bases of antennae and with apex slightly upturned ; antero-

Fig, 28.

Rocinela sila, type female; a and b, dorsal and lateral views (23 diams.); c, antennae,

frontal lamina, clypeus and labrum (7 diams.); d, maxilliped (18 diams.); e and f,

first and seventh peraeopods (5 diams.); g, first pleopod (5 diams.); h, uropod (5
diams.). Paratype female; i, cephalon (32 diams.); j, first peraeopod (19 diams.).

lateral margins sinuate and incrassate, each almost as long as an eye; anterior
margin truncate, a little incrassate. Eyes moderately large, well separated, the
interocular width equal to the length of an eye. First antennae reaching to
about first third of length of fifth peduncular article of second antennae; first
and second articles of peduncle subequal in length, about.two-thirds as long as
third article; flagellum composed of four articles (not counting a very small and
inconspicuous basal article) and a blunt terminal style which is united with the
fourth article. Second antennae reaching very slightly beyond hinder margin of
second peraeon segment; first article of peduncle more than twice as long as
second, and third a little longer than first two together; fourth slightly longer

185

than third and two-thirds as long as the fifth article; flageilum composed of four-
teen articles and a narrow terminal style. [Frontal lamina tiny, suboval! in shape.
Peraeon segments more or less subequal in length; anterior margin of first seg-
ment sinuate, with lateral portions slightly excavate. Coxal plates prominent in
dorsal view, successively increasing in length backwards and with posterior angles
subacute; plates of second segment reaching to level of posterior margins of
segment; those of third segment extending slightly, and those of -remaining seg-
ments more distinctly, beyond hinder margins of their segment. Greater part of
first segment of pleon concealed beneath last peraeon segment, only a small part
of the middle of the posterior margin and a short postero-lateral portion on each
side being visible; lateral portions of second to fourth segments much produced,
with the posterior angles acute and obscurely sub-bifid; width of second and third
segments equal to that of last peraeon segment including the coxal plates; fifth
longer than the others with the postero-lateral angles acute and partially covered
by preceding segment ; telsonic segment subtriangular, more than one-third wider
than medianly long; antero-lateral margins sinuate and postero-lateral margins
almost straight, converging to the angularly rounded apex, which is furnished
with tiny spines and hairs. Uropoda not quite reaching to level of apex of pleon;
protopod with a spine and three setae at outer posterior angle and with inner
process reaching to about three-fourths of length of endopod; exopod scarcely
shorter, but narrower than endopod, with apex subacute and with outer margin
furnished with small spines; endopod with apex subacutely rounded and with
outer and intero-posterior margins provided with tiny spines; margins of both
branches and hinder half of inner margin of process of protopod with plumose
hairs. Inner edge of propodus of first peraeopods with four spines; merus, carpus,
and propodus of seventh peraeopods subequal in length; ischium about as long as
merus and carpus together. Outer ramus of first pair of pleopods slightly wider
than, and subequal in length to inner branch.

Colour in alcohol—Yellow, closely dotted with brown chromatophores ;
lateral margins of first peraeon segment and of anterior parts of cephalon, and
mid-line of each coxal plate, with a black stripe; telson with a suboval marking
on middle of posterior fourth, and with postero-lateral margins black; each ramus
of uropods with a median black streak on posterior half; projecting portions of
pleon segments each with a small blackish marking.

Length, 20 mm.

Loc—South Australia: Port Adelaide (type loc., W. H. Baker). Victoria:
Port Phillip (Austr. Mus. Coll.). Type, female, in S. Austr. Mus., Reg. No.

281

Only two specimens are before me. The Victorian example, which was
collected many years ago, is mutilated; it is 23-5 mm. in length, and differs from
the type in the following particulars: “the colour markings are more pronounced,
the median black streak on the branches of the uropods extending for the whole
length of each ramus, while the black line margining the postero-lateral parts of
the telson is continued upwards as an inverted U-shaped marking. ‘The eyes are
a little larger, and less widely separated, and the propodus of the first peraeopods
has five spines on the inner margin (fig. 28, 7 and 7).

This species may be readily separated from R. orientalis by the characters
given in the above key. In some respects it greatly resembles R. japonica,
Rich.,? but differs in having the branches of the uropoda of different shape and
not equal in width, in not having the lateral margins of the cephalon produced
into a lobe in front of the eye on each side, and in having the telson relatively
narrower,

(21) Rich., Proc. Amer, Philos. Sor. mew 1098. p. 15, figs. 7

186

EVIDENCE AND INDICATIONS OF ALGAL CONTRIBUTIONS IN THE
CAMBRIAN AND PRE-CAMBRIAN LIMESTONES OF SOUTH
AUSTRALIA.

By D. Mawson, Kr., D.Sc., FLR.S.
[Read August 13, 1925.]
Puates XIII. ro XV.

So far recorded, the only traces of organic life recognised in the Pre-
Cambrian strata“) of South Australia are, firstly, the discovery of radiolaria
in the Brighton limestone horizon and, secondly, the detection of possible frag-
ments of crustacea? in beds immediately overlying this limestone.

Some years ago Cryptozoén) was reported as occurring in a limestone near
the Burra in beds which have been demonstrated by Howchin to correspond to
the Brighton horizon. On further investigation, however, this occurrence was
determined“) as pseudo-fossil and of inorganic origin.

Further up the stratigraphical sequence, in what is now generally regarded
as the true Lower Cambrian, there are horizons rich in animal remains including
Archaeocyathinae, mollusca, trilobites, pteropods, etc. That certain belts are
rich in such forms has been long known. More recently a Girvanella horizon ‘©
has been discovered by Howchin in the Lower Cambrian of the Flinders Ranges.

Apart from the recognised fossiliferous belts in the Cambrian,«there is a
great development of limestones of Cambrian and Pre-Cambrian age in the State
in which fossils have not been recorded and whose genesis is, so far, unaccounted.
Curtous and characteristic markings have long been observed in connection with
certain of the outcrops, but so indefinite and wanting in cell structure are these
features that geologists have hesitated to regard them as of organic origin.

Following upon the remarkable discoveries of algal remains in Pre-Cambrian
formations in the United States,“ Sir Edgeworth David) expressed the view
that some of the older limestones of South Australia might prove to be algal.
Evidence that such is the case is steadily accumulating, One more really clear
and definite case has recently come under notice in the Flinders Ranges. This
is an algal limestone composed almost entirely of Cryptozoén in which the struc-
ture is beautifully preserved. Elsewhere, also, markings strongly suggestive of
algal forms have been noted. In the case of the banded limestones associated
with the Archaeocyathinae horizon to the south of Adelaide their genesis can

(1) Adopting the suggestion made by Prof. Sir T. Edgeworth David that the “Adelaide
Series” be regarded as Proterozoic in age (vide “Occurrence of remains of small Crustacea
in the Proterozoic (?) or Lower Cambrian (?) Rocks of Reynella, near Adelaide,” Trans.
Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol. xlvi., p. 6

(2) “Note on the Occurrence of Casts of Radiolaria in Pre-Cambrian (?) Rocks of
South Australia,’ by David and Howchin, Proc, Linn, Soc. N.S. Wales, 1896, part 4, p. 571.

(3) Vide Sir Edgeworth David, loc. cit.

(4) Vide Proc. Roy. Soc. S, Austr., vol. xlii, p. 297.

(3) “Geological Memoranda,” by Prof, W, Howchin, Trans, Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol.
xlv.,, p

(6) “Geology of South Australia,” 1918.

(7) “Pre-Cambrian Algonkian Algal Flora,” by C. 1). Walcott, Smithsonian Mise, Coll.,
vol. 64, No. 2, pp. 78-156.

(8) Private communication.

187

perhaps best be explained by assuming the co-operation of calcareous algal
growths.
Tue Cryptozoon Bens or ITaLowie.

In the section across the Flinders Ranges, eastward from Copley, a region
of limestones, slates, and quartzites is traversed. The evidence available, such
as it is, indicates that the limestones, there met with, range in their strati-
graphical position betwcen the horizon of the Brighton limestone of the Adelaide
Series (Proterozoic) and the limestones of the South Australian Lower Cam-
brian, typically represented by beds containing Archaeocyathus. |

This inference of age is based, in the main, on indirect evidence. It rests
for its lower limit on the fact that the tillite horizon of the Proterozoic, which
is not very inferior to the horizon of the Brighton limestone, is either not met
with at all in this section or. at least, certainly not to the westward of Italowie
Gorge. Somewhat to the north, beyond Mount Rose, it does occur in strength,
and is so disposed as to indicate the superior stratigraphic position of the rocks
under question to the south. Though Archaeocyathus has not yet been clearly
recognised along this line of section it does occur typically developed a few
miles south of Copley (at the Ajax Mine), on the west side of the ranges, and
on the east side at Wirrialpa, only a short distance to the south of Italowie.
Further, some doubtful traces have been noted in the limestones in question, both
at Balcanoona Station and in the succession of calcareous beds north of Camp-
bell’s Bald Hill Range. The lithological similarity oi the greater portion of these
beds with the succession recognised elsewhere in the Flinders Ranges as Lower
Cambrian by Howchin,‘) coupled with the absence of fossils indicating a later
age, and the absence of any obvious unconformity, fairly certainly limits the
upward range of the age of these beds to the Lower Cambrian.

In a recent passage across the ranges, eastward of Copley, via Angipena to
Balcanoona, the author hastily examined the limestones for fossil remains in
several localities. At a point about one and a half miles west of Italowie Gorge,
beds of limestone dipping at a moderate angle are traversed by the road, and even
as viewed from a car are seen to exhibit curious markings. On inspection, this
feature was found to be due to massed fossil heads of a Cryptozoon-like alga.
It is developed in a massive formation, the algal remains constituting the bulk
of at least some of the beds. The interspaces between the bluish-grey lime-
stone of the algal beds is packed with calcareous silt of somewhat different texture
and colour. The general macroscopic appearance of the Cryptozoon is illustrated
in pl. xiii, in which the laminated structure is clearly indicated. A superficial com-
parison with the fossil algae discovered by Chewings“!® in the MacDonnell
Ranges, and described by Howchin“! as Cryptozodn, reveals no essential point
of difference; there is good reason to regard them as identical species.

As there is no indication of this Flinders Ranges formation being younger
than Lower Cambrian, an age no newer is suggested for the Cryptozoon lime-
stones of the MacDonnell Ranges. This is in accordance with Chewings’ views,
but Mr. L. K. Ward ©?) has recently suggested that the MacDennelt Ranges
Cryptozoon horizon is probably a part of the Larapintine formation, and there-
fore Ordovician.

(9) Loc, cit. (6). (Adopting the usage of Lower Cambrian as referring to the Archaeo-
cyathinae-containing beds.)

(10) “Notes an the Stratigraphy of Central Australia,” by Dr. C, Chewings, Trans, Roy.
Soc. S. Austr., vol. xxxviii, p. 41.

G4) “The Occurrence of the Genus Cryptozoén in the (?) Cambrian of Australia,”
Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol. xxxvili., p. 1.

' ite “Notes on the Geological Structure of Central Australia,” Trans. Roy. Soc. 5. Austr.,
vol. xlix.

188

The Cryptozo6n limestone of the Flinders Ranges lies some distance above,
and appears to be conformable with the Italowie Gorge quartzite which is per-
haps the most conspicuous horizon of that region. Time did not permit of a
proper search for Archaeocyathinae remains, but it is possible that the same
may be located adjacent to the Cryptozodn-bearing limestone.

LIMESTONES WEsT OF WOOLTANA.

In another area in the Flinders Ranges, some 35 miles north of Italowie and
about 9 miles west of Wooltana Head Station, is a region of calcareous strata
superior to the Proterozoic tillite horizon. Thereabouts curious markings were
noted in the rocks in several places suggestive of organic origin. In the case
of some boulders in the creek at McLeach’s Well, the markings in the rock very
closely resemble the packed fan-shaped segments of Halimeda.“*)

‘The limestones of this horizon appear to correspond to the Brighton horizon
of the Adelaide Series, for they overlie laminated slates which, in turn, rest upon
the Proterozoic tillite. Here, however, the calcareous series is of much greater
thickness than near Adelaide; so it may be that in the northern Flinders Ranges
there is a regular calcareous progression up into the Archaeocyathinae beds.

The rock with the markings resembling Halimeda, though not located in situ,
is certainly amongst the highest of the members of the Series. None of the
boulders noted showed a positive organic structure, and were discarded with the
expectation of securing more definite material. But the traverse, after leaving
MclLeach’s Well en route for Mount Painter, proved so strenuous, working pack
camels through rough and almost virgin country, that no further attention was
paid to the fossil contents of the limestones and, in the end, no single example
of the rock in question was brought back for examination.

LIMESTONES IN THE VICINITY OF THE BuRRA.

Some years ago the author located, in limestones near the Edelweiss Mine,
fossil-like nodules of rather indefinite form. They are of smooth rounded or
flattened horn-shaped outline up to 2 inches across, hough without definite
internal structure they show an interesting cross-section. A horizontal cross-
section of one of these examined microscopically is oval in outline, being 14 inches
by % of an inch in over-all measurement, The central portion is light
coloured and surrounded by a peripheral ring, one-fifth of an inch broad, of a
darker colour, in which the colouration is due to what appears to be carbonaceous
matter. When collected 11 was thought that they possibly represented forms
related to sponges, but it is now thought that they may possibly be of algal origin,
which would be more in accord with their irregularity in form. It is hoped that
better preserved examples may yct be found in order to clear up the matter.

In another locality, in what is probably the same horizon, about one mile
north-west of the Thirty Pound Pool on the Burra Creek, indistinct fossil remains
have recently been noted in Hmestone. These also are circular and elliptical in
cross-section, and as much as 14 inches in major diameter. No cell structure is
preserved in the examples so far collected, though the class of limestone in which
they appear is most suitable for pase tneon of fossil remains. Here again the
impressions may originate from an alga or from some member of the groups
Porifera or Coelenterata.

Both these limestones in the neighbourhood of the Burra are taken to be
referable to the Brighton limestone horizon of the Proterozoic.

(13) “Ffalimeda Jimestones of the New Hebrides,” by Chapman and Mawson,
QO.J.G.S., vol. bxti., p. 702.

189

Setirck’s Hitt anp NoRMANVILLE LIMESTONES.

The belt of calcareous strata of Lower Cambrian age extending between
Sellick’s Hill and Normanville presents certain special features, the genesis of
which is better comprehended on the assumption of algal co-operation. Sections
of the strata have been examined both at Sellick’s Hill and at Carrickalinga Head,
near Normanville, and the succession appears to be comparable in both places.
The section measured across the beds at Sellick’s Hill proved to be as stated
below, measured downwards from the lower of two very prominent flinty quartzite
horizons which extend along the hillside above the limestone :—

12 feet—Hard flinty quartzite (the lower of two such bands).

324 ,, —Sandstone series. Sandstones and sandy shales.
21 +,, —Grey marble.

372 ,, —Argillaceous sandstones, somewhat calcareous below.

135 ,, —-Calcareous slate.

276 ,, —Slaty rock composed of lamellae one inch to half an inch thick
of mud silt nature, alternating with others rich in calcium
carbonate.

60 ,, —Principally “mottled” rock. A mixture of purer limestone
nodules in a silt base.

396 ,, —Strong and massive Archaeocyathinae limestone.

27 ~,, —‘Moitled” rock. ;

174 ,, —A strong development of Archaeocyathinae limestone.

39° ,, —‘Mottled” rock.

57 ,, —Banded calcareous beds. Bands of purer limestone alternating

with others of the nature of calcareous silt, Laminations from
1 inch to 4 inches in thickness.
153. ,, —Calcareous slates in which are some thin calcareous laminae.
1,100 ,, —-Slate series, darkened with carbonaceous matter in some horizons,

The massive Archaeocyathinae limestone, the banded limestones on either
side of it (see pl. xiv.), and the “mottled” rock, composed of limestone cakes in
a calcareous silt base are the features of special interest.

It is easy to account for the massive limestone of the central belt, in which
traces of Archaeocyathinae are abundant, by regarding it as analogous to coral
reef limestones of the present day.

The genesis of the banded beds of limestone and silt is perhaps best explained
as alternating depositions of silt from some neighbouring land mass, and of cal-
careous mud from a nearby “coral” reef, the latter appearing in the section in
the middle zone of the beds.

But in some of the stronger limestone bands considerably below the massive
limestone occasional clearly marked forms of Archaeocyathus have been detected.
This fact may be taken as evidence of organic growths im situ, which means
that the calcium carbonate of the beds is not at all derived from transported
calcareous mud. But there is a general absence of organic structure in the bands.

Of all the organisms of “coral” reef growths, the calcareous algae are per-
haps the most prolific in the production of calcareous mud, for they readily dis-
integrate. Even when they are well entombed before disintegration, the cell
structure usually quickly disappears, and at the most only the broad outlines
remain, '

Certain of the “mottled” rock formations at Sellick’s Hill, and particularly
at Normanville (see pl. xv.), in which cakes and patches of limestone are embedded
in an intricate fashion in silt rocks, rather suggest the burial of limestone biscuit

190

growths on a mud bottom. There are, however, no lines of growth showing.
In the absence of the latter there is no positive evidence of the structure being .
organic.

An alternative explanation of the curious features of this rock is that of
crush and working of the beds, which may have taken place during the period
of orogenic movement which tilted and folded the series into the present position.

In the case of one class of mottled rocks from Sellick’s Hill, the limestone
fragments are rather angular and bedded in silt which shows stream lines around
them. This appears to be a case of interformational breccia.

On a visit to Normanville some two years ago, in co-operation with Mr. C.
T. Madigan, we noticed occasional organic markings on the faces of the calcareous
sandy rocks of the shore line just north of the jetty near Carrickalinga Head.
Some of these suggested worm burrows, but in one case an irregular form
exhibited, on weathering, a meshwork within of what appeared to be undifferenti-
ated cells. This suggests an algal growth.

Ii is confidently predicted that, with the stimulation of observation in this
direction, the role of the algae in contributing to the building of the older lime-
stones of the State will be found to be considerable.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES XIII. to XV.

Piate XIII.
Fig. 1. Cross-section of a Cryptozo6n growth, Italowie.
Fig. 2. Longitudinal-section of same.
Puate XIV.
Fig, 1. A phase of the banded limestone below the Archaeocyathinae marble at Sel-

lick’s Hill.
Tig. 2. An exposure of the banded limestone near Carrickalinga Head.

PLaTE XV.

Fig. 1. Face of mottled rock near Carrickalinga Head. View perpendicular to the direc-
tion of strike.

Fig. 2, Ditto. View perpendicular to the foregoing.

191

THE TANUNDA CREEK GRANITE AND ITS FIELD RELATIONS.
By Paut S. Hossretp, B.Sc.
[Read September 10, 1925.]
With Geological Map.

The granite described in this paper occurs in the Barossa Ranges to the
south-east of Tanunda. Two disconnected outcrops are exposed in the bed of
the Tanunda Creek and, so far as observed, this granite occurs only within the
drainage area of that stream. The southern limits of the granite were not deter-
mined, but work in this direction is intended in the near future.

In addition to the outcrops of the Tanunda. Creek granite, the other rocks
in the vicinity were examined in detail, in order to ascertain their relation to the
granite and the ages both of intrusive and intruded rocks. That all of these
points have not been definitely decided is due to the comparatively small area
examined, the extremely meagre information available about the adjoining areas,
and the comparative scarcity of outcrops in many parts of the district. The
rocks of the neighbourhood may be described under three main headings :—

1. The Sedimentary Rocks.
2. The Tanunda Greek Granite.
3. Other Igneous Intrusions.

1. THE SEDIMENTARY ROcKS.

These fall naturally into two divisions: the Tertiary and Recent deposits,
and the Palaeozoic rocks. A description of the former will be reserved for a
future paper.

The Palaeozoic rocks are divisible into a newer and an older series.

The Older Series.

In the localities examined, they form the major portion of the Barossa
Ranges, but do not outcrop outside that area. These rocks consist of schists,
quartzites, and gneisses.

The schists include biotite-, muscovite-, and talc-schists, and vary from
rocks containing no apparent quartz to some in which quartz is the predominating
mineral. :

The quartzites vary from an almost pure quartz rock, schistose in some
exposures, to very much epidotized quartzites, and are everywhere very dense,
having undergone extensive secondary silicification,

As is to be expected, the quartzites form the prominent outcrops, while the
schists are frequently not exposed at all except in the creek beds. The strike
of these rocks as determined at the junctions of quartzite and schist is in a
general north and south direction, but somewhat variable. The schistosity has
a general north and south trend, with an approximately vertical dip.

The gneisses outcrop along the central portion of this area. They occupy
a belt of country of variable width, the average being about three-quarters of a
mile. They end abruptly to the north in Section 82, Hundred of Moorooroo,
but extend southwards to an as yet undetermined distance. These gneisses are

192

in the main composed of quartz, felspar, and biotite, with textures ranging from
granitic to saccharoidal. Where unaltered by igneous intrusion they are buff
coloured. They form parallel ridges capped by huge tors, and are almost bare
of vegetation. Occasionally, thin bands of very much altered schists can be

ANGASTON
SKETCH MAP
Showing
| 3 TANUNDA CREEK GRANITE,ETC
| KE
| Scale, - |
t a | §
Qne mile. |
S S.702A\
ti WG .
i +:
KKK ex x S eh |
KK KKK KKK KATE
KX KKK KRK KK MG 5
SES se
RMR xk XxX d
peas y
LEGEND. baer Sere arena
Acid igneous Intrusions.
3 @ Basic Intrusions.
2 IC) Buff-colored Gneiss.
2 {CD Schists.
A LA Quartzites
2 { BIE Dolomitic Marble.
BE Slates and Sandstones.
SZ? Grits.
Q Quarry.
D Diorite.

observed. These gneisses may be either of igneous or of sedimentary origin.
In the opinion of the writer they will prove to be the remains of a series much
older than the surrounding schists and quartzites, and probably represent a much
altered complex of igneous and sedimentary rocks. These assumptions are based
on the following reasons :— °

193

1, If the gneisses represented an altered igneous rock intruded into the schists
and quartzites, some evidence should be observable of contact metamorphism
and pegmatization of the intruded rocks, but along the whole length of contact
examined no such evidence could be found, and the transition from the gneiss

to the adjacent rocks is everywhere sharply defined.

2. The detailed mapping of the rocks concerned shows that the outcrop of
the gneisses is distinctly unconformable to the above-mentioned quartzites. Fur-
ther proof is required before the matter can be said to be definitely settled. If,
however, this is the case, then these rocks, that is, the schists, quartzites, and
gneisses, which probably are the local representatives of the “Barossian Rocks,”
are divisable into two distinct periods.

The Newer Series.

These consist of sandstones, sandy slates, slates, and an occasional bed of
grit and of dolomitic marble. Junctions with the older series were observed in
Section 953, in a creek coming from the east, near its junction with the Jacob’s
Creek, and on Section 702a. In the former case the rock immediately succeed-
ing the mica schist is a grit consisting of quartz, felspar, and mica. The direction
of the junction is N. 35° W., while the strike of the grit is N. 22° W., both true.

Proceeding westwards across the strike, the beds are metamorphosed to a
much lesser degree; in fact, the intense metamorphism so characteristic of the
older serics, ceases abruptly with the beginning of the grit, and the successive
beds consist of dolomitic marble, siliceous sandstone, and slates.

On Section 702a the metamorphism likewise lessens abruptly, and the bed
immediately overlying the schist is a white felspathic grit, the next outcrop visible
to the east being a grey sandstone. From their similarity to the beds occurring
a few miles to the north-east, which latter have been determined by the writer as
definitely belonging to the Adclaide Serics, the beds of the above newer series
are taken to represent the lower members of the Adelaide Series.

2. Tae TANuNDA CREEK GRANITE.

This granite outcrops in the drainage area of the Tanunda Creek, and is
exposed over an area of approximately two and a half square miles. It is in-
truded into the schists and gneisses of the older series referred to above, but
nowhere into the rocks belonging to the newer series,

The schists and gneisses have undergone much pegmatization in the vicinity
of the intrusion. This is much more readily observable in the schists, but can
frequently be detected in the gneisses by the presence of the pink felspar con-
tributed by the granite.

The granite outcrops in two main areas: a smaller one in Sections 775 and
747, and a larger one to the south, with several small outcrops between the two,
‘The most northerly area is very much gneissified, the gneissic structure becoming
less pronounced towards the south, being least so in the area around Section 754,
in the vicinity of which some of it has been quarried and, it is said, used for
monumental work.

The granite occurs in more or less disconnected tors, separated by sandy
soil containing felspathic fragments. The whole of the area immediately under-
lain by the granite is covered by a dense scrub of stringybark and grass trees,
so that it is impossible to see even the largest oulcrops from a greater distance
than a hundred yards. This is in marked contrast to the mica schist areas which
are characterized by open country with occasional big timber, while the buff-
coloured gneisses are almost bare of all vegetation.

194
The specimens for chemical analysis, microscopic examination, etc., were
selected from Section 754, where the granite, although still very slightly gneissic,
exhibited the smallest degree of gncissification observed. The slides were cut
in various directions in order to minimise any error liable to be introduced by
this structure.

Macroscopically examined the rock is medium-grained and holocrystalline.
It contains felspar, quartz, and biotite. The felspar consists mainly of flesh-
coloured crystals of orthoclase which give the whole rock a pink tinge. Occa-
sionally crystals of white: plagioclase can be seen. The quartz is grey and
transparent with a vitreous lustre. A few flakes of black biotite occur.

Microscopic Description.

The rock is holocrystalline and possesses an allotriomorphic granular tex-
ture. The crystal components are of variable size, the average being from
1 to 2mm. The minerals present are the following :—

Quartz: colourless, transparent, with few inclusions. Many show some
evidence of strain shadow extinction. The quartz is distributed irregularly, and
occasionally shows micrographic intergrowth with the felspar.

Felspars: microcline and andesine.

The microcline is the most abundant mineral. The crystals are up to 4 mm.
across, and exhibit the crosshatching caused by the presence of both pericline
and albite lamellae. According to the relative thinness of the lamellae and the
chemical composition of the rock, this mineral must contain a relatively high per-
centage of soda.

The plagioclase felspar is much less abundant and appears in smaller indi-
viduals. A number of the crystals show dusty inclusions. The lamellae are somc-
what broader than is usual in albite. As determined on a.number of pairs of
extinction angles on crystals showing twinning according to both the albite and
the carlshad laws, this plagioclase was found to correspond to the formula
Ab,An,, which places it amongst the andesine felspars.

Biotite —A few crystals scattered irregularly through the rock. They exhibit
pleochroism varying from dark greenish-brown to light yellowish-brown. Some
of them contain pleochroic halos, generally with a small crystal of colourless
zircon at the centre.

‘Muscovite-—Occurs in small amount, both free and included in the felspar.

Zircon—Clear, colourless crystals occur occasionally both in the biotite, and
in association with the magnetite. They are small and exhibit the usual optical
properties.

"Magnetite —This occurs in irregular paiches frequently associated with
biotite and zircon. According to the chemical analysis, it probably is a titani-
ferous magnetite. Some of the magnetite occurs filling spaces between the quartzes
and felspars. ,

The Mode.

The data for the calculation of the mode were obtained by the Delesse-Rosiwal
method of micrometric analysis. Owing to the irregularity in distribution of the
minerals, especially of the quartz, the results are not as accurate as could be desired,
but are sufficiently exact to enable comparison to be made with the norm and the
specific gravity of the rock. After due consideration of the optical properties

of the minerals, the specific gravities' used were chosen as being approximately
correct.

Total
Diameter.

Quartz 622
Microcline 824
Plagioclase 190
Biotite 41
Muscovite 10
Magnetite 33
Zircon ion 6

1726

195

This would give for the specific gravity -—

The Chemical Analysts.

Silica (SiO,) .
Alumina (A1,0, )

Relative Specific
Volumes. Gravity.
36°6 2:65
47°9 2°56
11-1 2°65
2:4 3:0
6 2:7
1:9 5-1
3 4:7
100-8
26894
= 2-668
100°8

Ferric Oxide (Fe,O, ,) 4
Ferrous Oxide Ca

Magnesia (MgO)

Calcium Oxide (CaO)

Soda (Na,O) ..'
Potash (K,O) .

Water below 110° (Hy groscopic)
Water above 110° (combined)
Carbon Dioxide (CO,)

Titanium Dioxide (TiO,) — ..
Phosphorus Pentoxide (P,Os)
Sulphur and Sulphur Trioxide (80, )
Baryta (BaO) . :

Manganous Oxide (MnO)
Zirconia (ZrO,)

Total

Total
Weight.
96°99
122°62
29°41

7°20
1-62
9-69
1°41

268-94

Percentage
Weight.
36°06
45-59
10:94
2°68
“60
3°60
“52

99-99

Percentage of constituent.

77°05

100-56

The CO, was not determined, as no diteryeectncé could be observed.

Quartz
Orthoclase
Albite

Zircon
Diopside
Magnetite
Ilmenite ..
Apatite
Water

Total

The

Norm.

Percentage.

33°30

Group of Standard Minerals

O—33°30
F=64:°54
Z= +18
P *89 |
M= 1:46
A= 0:3

Salic Group=
98:02%

Femic Group=
2°38%

196

In the C.I.P.W. Classification the rock, therefore, is a Liparose.

The specific gravity of the granite was determined by weighing the rock in
water on a chemical baiance aiter having first boiled it to expel all the air, and,
later, the weight in air was determined after drying the rock at 100° C. until
constant.

The specific gravity obtained equals :—
Weight of Rock 15-4534

grms. = 2:6399
Volume *8759

3. OTHER Icnrous INTRUSIONS.
These may be divided into Acid and Basic Rocks.

The Acid Igneous Rocks,

These occur in two separate areas :—
a. The Mount Kitchener Intrusion.
b. The other Acid Intrusions.

a. The Mount Kitchener Intrusion.

Mount Kitchener, formerly known as The Kaiserstuhl, is the highest point
in the Barossa Ranges. It is a long hill with its axis'in a north and south direc-
tion, The igneous rock is intruded into the rocks of the older series, and chiefly
into quartzite, some of which appears to have remained as a roof pendant. The
intruded rock is a yellowish biotite granite, containing quartz, felspar (microcline
and some plagioclase), and very abundant biotite.

b. The other Acid Intrusions.

These occur along the western margin of the Barossa Ranges. . Three dis-
tinct types are recorded. A grey gnciss occurring on Sections 81, 80, 1936, and
1937, several outcrops of a diorite on Sections 738, 644, and 643, and a small
area of syenite on Section 653.

No large body of gneiss could be observed, but the whole of the intrusion
seems to consist of closely spaced veins. This rock consists of microcline, plagio-
clase, quartz, and some sphene. It intrudes the quartz biotite schists,
and, in a quarry face on Section 1936, forms at least one-third of the rock. Its
schistosity is always parallcl to the walls of the veins which may be several feet
wide, and at various angles to the foliation of the intruded rock. It is therefore
to be regarded as a primary gneiss of the flow type.

The diorite consists of hornblende, plagioclase, and a little quartz, with
occasional crystals of pyrites.

A small outcrop on Section 653 probably represents a hornblende syenite.
The component minerals are: hornblende, felspar (which appears to be domin-
antly orthoclase), and a little pyrites.

The Basic Intrusions.

These are fairly numerous and occur mainly as dykes, although a few larger
intrusions were observed. Several varieties occur.

The one specially examined occurs on Section 738 as a coarsely crystalline
dyke, and consists of pyroxene, plagioclase, and some iron ore.

197

SUMMARY.

The locality described in this paper has an area of, approximately, 15 square
miles. The Palaeozoic rocks in this district have been divided into two uncon-
formable series: the Adelaide Series and the Barossian. The writer has stated
it as his opinion that the latter consist of the rocks of two periods, the buff-
coloured gneisses being the most conspicuous representatives of the older one.

A large number of igneous rocks have been collected, many of them not
described in this paper. The Tanunda Creek granite has been determined
to be a potash-soda granite, and, in the C.LP.W. Classification, a Liparose. ‘The
igneous intrusions are confined to the rocks older than the Adelaide Series,
although but a few miles to the north of Angaston, the writer has mapped a
number of igneous rocks intrusive into that Series. They are, however, all small
and of an entirely different character from any seen in the Barossa Ranges.

All the evidence available at present indicates that these igneous intrusions
are Post-Barossian and Pre-Adelaidean.

ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. :

The writer is indebted to Professor Sir Douglas Mawson for his assistance
and advice in the preparation of this paper, and to Mr. and Mrs. B. Lindner, of
Krondorf, whose hospitality and help have greatly facilitated the geological
examination of the district, and also to Dr. Fenner for his assistance in the
publication of the accompanying map. “

Geological Laboratory,
University, Adelaide.

198

THE GEOLOGY OF THE FLEURIEU PENINSULA.
PART I—THE COAST FROM SELLICK’S HILL TO VICTOR HARBOUR.

By C. T, Mapican, M.A., B.Sc.
[Read September 10, 1925.]
PLates XVI. to XX.

For a commencement of the further study of the geology of the Mount Lofty
Ranges, their southern extremity, the coast of the Fleurieu Peninsula, offered
obvious advantages. The coast is precipitous, with good rock expostites in the
cliffs and numerous creeks, and also a large part of it has not previously been
visited by geologists. ‘The following paper is the result of eight weeks of field
work during 1924 and 1925, covering six separate excursions. ‘he whole of the
coast from Sellick’s Hall to Victor Harbour, about 65 miles, was traversed on foot,
and several sections were run inland on the west coast.

The sections given are drawn to true scale from the field survey plans, and
show correct dips, with due regard to the direction of section, and widths of out-
crops. The thickness of formations was graphically determined from the plans
and sections, Owing to the large area covered, detailed plans are not reproduced,
but a locality map of the whole area is included, with the broader formations
shown in colour with as much accuracy as the scale permits.

The paper contains no detailed petrographical work, but deals only with the
ficid observations of the broader features. The bearings given are all magnetic.
The variation is about 6° E.

Senyick’s Tan.

This is the starting point, and is fairly well-known ground. Little time was
spent here, as Professor Howchin has published an account of the beds (Trans.
Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol. xxi., 1897, and Geol. S. Austr., p. 370, fig. 287). Sec-
tion I. was compiled from the author’s own observations, and shows the broader
features. It is included for comparison with other sections, and for the same
reason a brief description must be given here. The lower beds at the base of the
hill are dark slates weathering to a purple or yellow colour near the surface, fairly
soft, and jointed, but with cleavage not well developed. Their thickness to the
point where they disappear under the outwash fan of clays and gravels on the
lower slopes is 1,800 feet. The most interesting feature ahout them is the occur-
rence in the slate of small black nodules, about the size of a pea or less, throughout
the whole series, often only a few inches apart, or in clusters. These were first
noted by Howchin (loc. cit.) and are recciving special attention from Sir Edge-
worth David.

Above, the slates merge into mottled limestone, a shaly limestone with
irregular lenses of argillaceous matter interleaved with the limestone. ‘This
formation is the subject of a paper in this volume by Sir Douglas Mawson. The
bed is here narrow and soon merges into solid Archaeocyathinae limestone, in
which fossils are numerous at the base at the junction of creeks above the bridge,
rarer at the top in the neighbourhood of the quarry just off the main road up the
hill, a thickness of 600 feet. The quarry is on the border of the massive lime-
stone and the overlying flaggy limestone beds. These upper beds show a strong
resemblance in their mottled appearance to the beds below the fossiliferous
horizon, though in this section they are in narrow and better defined bands, and
weather to serrated blocks on the surface, of very striking appearance (pl. xvi.,

199

fig. 1), characteristic of both the upper and lower flaggy beds, though more notice-
able in the upper bed here. This feature is frequently referred to below.
Howchin mentions the ease with which the Archaeocyathinae limestone may be
followed by means of these outcrops. The total thickness of the calcareous s€ries
is 850 feet.

Above this bed the quartzites begin, and in the quartzites are two well-defined
horizons whose outcrops can be seen as white parallel ridges running for miles to
the N.N.E. over the foothills. They are both dense, fine-grained quartzites, 50 to
60 feet thick, showing faint bedding planes. The quartzites are much coarser in
parts below. Above the second white belt the series becomes more slaty, and
bright yellow, red, and chocolate-coloured arenaceous slates continuc to the top
of the hill, the Hundred boundary. ‘he strike of the beds is N. 23° E., and dip
60° easterly.

Sellick’s Hill is at the western extremity of the Willunga scarp, and here the
flat beaches of the alluvial and Tertiary plains to the north give way to a rocky
elevated coast deeply dissected by streams, which continues with rock exposures
all round the peninsula, with the exception of the Yankalilla valley at Normanville.
‘The Sellick’s Hill formations may be followed with ease all along the coast to
Normanville, a distance of 12 miles.

Miocene limestone occurs on the beach, near Sellick’s Hill, in, small patches,
showing much tilting in places, as described by Clark (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr.,
vol. xxiv., 1899) and Howchin (Jbid., vol. xxxv., 1911), but at no other point on
the coast between this locality and Victor Harbour. .

Myronca JETTY.

More detailed work was done in this locality, and sections were run up two
small creeks from the Myponga River, one from the first bend in the river near
the bridge, south-east, into Section 685 (Hd. Myponga), and one south from
the same point into Section 661, about two miles. The rocks at the coast are
the lower flaggy beds below the Archaeocyathinae limestone. To the east of the
jetty, at the point on the east side of the cove, there are great blocks of the flaggy
iimestone weathered in the typical serrations (pl. xvi., fig. 2). These beds form the
cliffs, with massive Archaeocyathinae limestone beginning at the top of the cliffs
and extending inland to the road in Section 688. Fossils were found in the field
between the cliff and the road.

On the west side of the cove, from the river mouth to the old jetty, Archaeo- .
cyathinae limestone occurs, with fossils to be seen in the rock quarried for flux
on the spot, piled at the end of the now useless jetty. Following the shore towards
the western point, the flaggy beds are again entered, The coast follows the strike
of the rocks, W. 28° S., for half a mile in a straight line from the western side of
the cove, and this stretch was found to be of very particular interest. The flaggy
beds are here variable and more arenaceous, though still showing the typical
serrated structure in weathered boulders. In the cliffs themselves are seen great
masses of black limestone up to 10 feet in diameter, in a yellaw arenaceous slate, an
extreme case of the “mottled” limestone, but it is in the blocks and slabs on the
shore that the chief interest lies. On the faces of many of these are standing out
in relief countless tube-like ridges, varying in size from one-quarter inch to
one-thirty-second inch in diameter, crossing in and out amongst each other and
never running straight for more than a few inches at a time, with here and there
flattened nodules the size of peas and larger. They resemble, at first sight, worm
casts or burrows, but they never appear to enter one another, and the sizes are
quite mixed. They give the impression of flattened interlaced branches and
twigs of trees, with occasional remains of fruits. They are almost certainly of
organic origin, probably an algal type, and a new form below the Archaeocyathinae

200

1250'

850"

pon eA me nny - ee HAT

iJ .
vi AVOONNOG DAMON C

SOLE SNOPID Lady
Moya, pur xen]

COS ‘Dgtzy0ng) podiued yh

Bayz
LOY ApzgiOng gaodiud? aya

PHENO a

os
ee,
_ MMOPS HEH? Ap td2hf ve
SW3947) 30 NOlLNAT

‘
+
t
LF
'

4 O08) SOLARIS yy
SAMOS MOY ak Pub abing

IOAN fy fl IIAY

W.NLW,

SI. Section at Secticns Hitt, Mines

S.£.

SOYOLS SHOIIDU

OG a4tTfION)

COE! SPIGSAOGBIY/ AF

O88
SF YESS Be Kbit hig

ay
eee
POSER,
SO

SEN,
SONS
cena
ase

+ Gag os

pers

SABI MH ISSOF iea

27 Abbely sroovwuay Kase

ie
e
Ke

N
Sea

SIL Section SE. rrom Myponca Jetry, | Mune.

yas

87 Cry snosapy, 185 Og \ P.

Poko PAEOOLY

O09 SUNDIA Po x
IVY YHA BOLL Baling

Strputay 2Whabsig
Sy Poa plea

z
2

STIL, Section at CarRICKALINGA HEAD

2
NE
s| §
bakes
=
5
hy
g
21 §
of 4
els
ne
gai
3
|
=
“pe

ayirecong

eneong

jane
ed |

Deen
sit

SD ayes haan Agape
S PPO «ORE

STV Stcrion up CaRRicHauinca Creen, 2 Mices

weaned puns

WAN

vai

Lo anptend vival” EF

’
1

Cats Poo Mien +
eis es

201

aS
N
‘
3
ey 7
=
ge] &
£71 2
tel 3
BS
Bo
2:

aveyminyy 4

S74 HS

PaO

Avy SI00g

FOP YD D-t

syed gaia

PMs,

Section ue R CONceRATINGA FROM PooLs FLAY To Main Ro, |

S¥

AWA Onw Oyniel

3
4

POOL HAE BIDDLE |

Faas

Qvarterte and Homstene 302"

ove avg ovawy (//

O8E Bisefeorgy

Marbte 2000"

SD tas rauraay pre Mhorg
ewaH levy

Catcoreous Beats Yao"

8
a

(Sco = 44 that ap Sec Wand F)

S¥I_ Section from RaeioHtan SE To Maw Roan. 4 Mies.

202

limestone, with doubtless an important bearing on the nodules referred to at
Sellick’s Lill. Several large slabs were brought in, and the occurrence will be
dealt with in a separate paper after further investigation. The appearance of
these slabs is most remarkable, and quite unlike anything ever seen before by the
author. Other fossils also occur in this horizon. Miss M. U. Pitt, B.Sc., found a
slab covered with pteropods standing out in strong relief, but was unable to
discover any others in the locality, though she searched along the strike. The
pteropods are in the same yellowish arenaceous limestone as the other markings.
Weathering has brought the sand grains into relief. The remains were found
500 feet below limestone containing Archaeocyathinac.

‘The lower flaggy beds are here exposed to a thickness of 500 feet, and pass
under the sea. Section If. runs from the western side of the cove in a south-
easterly direction, inland, for a mile, Above the upper mottled beds, which are
well exposed in the river bank just above the bridge and ate in regular bands
? inches wide, a narrow yellow slate 75 feet thick occurs, followed by very fissile
and uniform flaggy limestone for a thickness of 850 feet. The river takes the
last sharp turn when it meets this hard belt, following the strike of the beds for
some distance in Sections 683 and 684. Above this formation are more variable
calcareous beds, mainly of a flaggy nature, with belts of stronger limestone for a
further thickness of 1,000 feet, giving a total thickness for the calcareous series
from the top to the sea, which is probably very near the base, of 3,375 feet.
Quartzites again overlic the calcareous series with a definite thickness of 600 feet.
in places they are a fairly coarse grit, and, again, fine-grained and flinty. ‘They
give rise to small falls and rapids in the creek flowing north along the western
sides of Section 675 and in the north-eastern corner of Section 450. Above the
yuartzites the slates were followed for a mile inland across the strike. ‘hese
slates are of an arenaceous nature as at Sellick’s ITill. ‘Lhe strike is remarkably
constant at about N. 55° E. across the section, and the dip 50° 5.E.

The sand dunes in the centre of the cove have been a much frequented
camping ground for natives. Kitchen middens and chipped stones are plentiful.
There are also large patches of cementation sandy tubes standing up vertically
ott of the sand where the dunes have been somewhat denuded.

CARRICKALINGA Hran,

The beds swing round to a more southerly direction from Myponga Jetty,
the coast following the strike of the lower flaggy beds. Carrickalinga Head,
Carrickalinga Creek, and the vicinity of Haycock Point Jetty, make a very in-
teresting locality, particularly as the Yankalilla valley follows, with a break in the
continuity of the outcrops.

Section III. rung inland from Carrickalinga Head. Just north of the head,
in Section 265, is a deep, steep, and short gully running down to the sea, providing
instructive exposures. In one other locality only, an isolated outcrop at Wait-
pinga Beach, in the whole area under review, is there a reversal of dip, which is
here on the western side of the strike. In all other places it is to the eastern
side. At the beach, at the Head itself, the dip is as low as 30° west, but rapidly
steepens up to 70° as we go inland. ‘The fact that the dip increases so quickly,
the beds are not repeated inland, and are here found to be in reverse order, dis-
counts the possibility of anticlinal folding. The reversal of dip is ascribed to the
outward thrust of the sinking blocks of the Gulf Rift Valley.

On the beach itself are the lower flaggy beds, followed from Myponga Jetty,
with bands of limestone and shale 2 to 3 inches wide. In the cliffs, in the gully -
section, is seen a hed of reddish to dark-coloured slate 80 feet thick, found to
contain dark nodules exactly resembling the lower beds at Sellick’s Hill, and above

203

this, yellowish arenaceous beds with minute mica flakes, referred to as gray-
wacke in this section. In the bottons of the gully is flaggy limestone, exposed on
the beach, forming a dip-slope. The graywacke near its contact with the slates
contains large spherical masses of dark limestone, like cannon balls, many of
which have weathered out, corresponding with the bed at Myponga Jetty. This
series corresponds exactly with the series on the western side of Myponga Jetty,
but in the reverse order of superposition, so that there is no doubt that the change
in dip is merely a local reversal, unless, indeed, the whole of the rest of the area
shows reversed dip, and this is normal. ‘There are alunite workings in the slate
at the top of the cliff, described by R. Lockhart Jack in the-“S.A. Mining Review,”
No. 19, of 1914.

A quarter of a mile south of the Alunite Mine, in a creek running west, the
flaggy beds are exposed for a short distance at their contact with the Archaeo-
cyathinae limestone, and fossils were found in the creek on the western boundary
of Section 263. The dip is here 70° W. The overlying quartzite is entered a
mile up this creek, where the dip is 62° W, The strike in this section is N., to
N, 8° E.

There is a sandy bay, a mile long, between the Head and Haycock Point
Jetty, with more gentle slopes inland, covered with Permo-Carboniferous glacial
deposits, including “‘varve” shales and many etratics. The purple slate outcrops
at several points on the slopes for three-quarters of a mile south from the Alunite
Mine.

The rock is yellowish graywacke in the neighbourhood of the jetty, forming
the point and hill at the jetty. The upturned and eroded edges are well exposed
on the north side of the jetty on the beach for a short distance, soon disappearing
under the sand. It was here that markings of a possibly organic origin were first
noticed by Sir Douglas Mawson and the author, to be found later remarkably
developed in the same beds at Myponga Jetty. The dip in the graywacke varies
from 75° E. to 75° W. in 50 yards, and the strike is N. 42° E., swinging to the
north in a cutve before disappearing under the sand. Its thickness at the jetty is
3,000 feet as far as exposed. All along the western side of the peninsula the
coast follows the strike of the beds in a most marked manner, conforming to the
smallest changes.

Near the jetty no contact, such as is well shown at the Head, is seen between
the graywacke and the limestone owing to the mantle of glacial material inland,
but the Archacocyathinae limestone is well exposed along the creek due east of
the jetty in the north-west corner of Section 1028. The Wheal Mary Mine, a series
of shallow prospecting shafts along the strike, is situated here. Fossils are fairly
abundant (Howchin, Trans. Roy. Soc., vol. xxi., 1897, p. 75). Following the
creek up, the quartzite is entered in Section 454, the creek there flowing along the
junction of the beds, which strike north-east and dip at 75° N.W. The mine was
opened for lead, and galena may be seen in juxtaposition with Archaeocyathinae
in the dump. The massive belt of limestone is 500 feet across at the mine.

CARRICKALINGA CREEK.

The Archacocyathinae limestone may be traced southward across the Car-
rickalinga Creek to the south-west corner of Section 1022, The fossils are indis-
tinct but obtainable. The massive limestone forms the top of the scarp along the
line. To the westward the land slopes to the sea, as seen in Section IV., with
glacial deposits on the steeper grade and sand dunes along the beach. The road
along the southern boundaries of Sections 1022 and 1030 [Hd. of Yankalilla]
marks the end of the outcrops of the serics, where they disappear under the
glacial sands filling the Yankalilla Valley. The seaward slopes of Sections 1019
and 1017 are a good locality for glacial boulders and erratics.

204

There is a road-metal quarry in the south-west corner of Section 1022, in
the Archaeocyathinae limestone, which is here yellow and dolomitic. A minute
fossil bivalve was found at the quarry, and indications of Archaeocyathinae. A
yellow, slaty band, corresponding with the one near the bridge at Myponga Jetty,
marking the upper limit of the fossiliferous zone, is seen on the east side of the
quarry. In a trial pit in this limestone, large crystals of barytes were found,
but the pit has now been filled in. The Carrickalinga Creek itself, which flows
across the strike of the beds, gives excellent exposures, and Section IV. was made
here. The first rock encountered as one walks up from the road is the top of the
fossiliferous horizon with traces of Archaeocyathinae. The upper mottled beds
unmediately follow. After crossing these for a hundred yards they become very
fissile, as al the Myponga Jetty section, though here only some 50 yards across
the strike. This is followed by a narrow purple slaty belt, and then for another
mile up to the quartzite the calcareous series is very variable, being alternately
argillaceous and arenaceous. ‘Lhe total thickness of the calcarcous series, includ-
ing the lower flaggy beds not exposed on this line of section, is 3,900 fect.

A tributary entering on the northern side of the Carrickalinga Creek, in
Section 480, flows along the junction of the calcareous series and the ‘overlying
quartzite, which is at first white and flinty, as at Sellick’s Hill, and 300 feet thick.
It merges into blue siliceous slates which are very hard, giving rise to very pre-
cipitous sides to the gully and sharp bends in the creck. In the south-western
corer of Section 447 another belt of purer quartzite about 100 feet thick forms
a ridge, again as at Sellick’s Hill, from which bed the slates become redder and
more jointed and foliated, and intruded by quartz veins along the strike.
Prospecting has been done in the vicinity. These siliceous slates continue to the
end of the section at the road near where the creck crosses it in Section 472.
The section bears a very close resemblance to the Sellick’s Hill section, and no
repetition of the beds below the fossiliferous zone is encountered.

Tae Lirtte GorcE,

Continuing southward along the coast, one crosses the low Yankalilla Valley
filled with glacial deposits. There is a gap of 24 miles in the older rocks between
the quarry in Section 1022, Hd. of Yankalilla, and the exposures on the other
side of the valley near the coast. The road between Sections 1007 and 1010, in
the lower slopes of the southern scarp of the valley, provides some good sections
in glacial sands, up to 16 feet deep, in the cuttings. Boulders and crratics are
plentiful.

The old rocks are first met with south of the valley in a ridge running parallel
to the coast and beginning in Section 1002. The ridge is cut through by the River
Yankalilla, near its commencement, and 13 miles [urther south, by the Little
Gorge. ‘The coastline is precipitous from this point to Cape Jervis, the cliffs rising
from 300 to 400 feet almost from the water’s edge, dissected at intervals by
crecks and small valleys. Beyond the Little Gorge the country rises inland gently
from the coastal cliffs, but for the 2 miles preceding it a coastal ridge is noticeable,
This is due to igneous intrusions in the area of a syenitic nature, unfortunately
altering the sedimentaries at an important point from the point of view of tracing
the formations from the northern side of the valley. The sedimentaries are here
very varied in character owing to high pegmatization, being, in the main, mica-
ceous and sericitic schists, but they are obviously altered grits, with many large
quartz pebbles forming “augen.” “Massive igneous tock, a syenite, is exposed in
the first small creek in the ridge in Section 1002, It carries much pyrites here,
and some prospecting for copper, of which there are traces, has been done on the
hillside. The shafts may be seen from the road, Igneous rock outcrops along
the top of the ridge on the western side of the River Yankalilla, and is here more

205

of a diorite, characterized by much cpidote, and of a green colour resembling the
Houghton diorite, certainly, in appearance. Mr. H. N. England, B.Sc., who has
accompanied the author on several trips in this region, followed the River Yanka-
lilla inland for a mile, and reports that at the bend on the eastern side of Section
1101 there is a patch of granite exposed in the schist, followed upstream by peg-
matized quartzite which soon gives way to glacial drift. The intrusion is of a
more acid nature, from the data to hand, than the Houghton intrusion. ‘The main
toad runs along at the foot of the talus slopes, for over a mile, close to the beach,
and then turns inland at the Little Gorge, where the sandy beach gives way to a
rocky wave-cut terrace. Pl. xvii., fig. 1, shows the coastline from this point to
Rapid Head, 7 miles away, and pl. xvii., fig. 2, a closer view of the upturned edges
of the beds on the terrace, dipping S.£. into the cliffs. The strike runs slightly
more northerly than the coast at this point. [ooking northwards along the strike
one is looking directly towards the Archaeocyathinae Series north of the valley,
just as on the Archaeocyathinae. limestone at Carrickalinga Head one looks
straight along the strike to Second Valley and Rapid Head, where one would go
to find the continuation of the beds. The main result of this survey is to show
that the coastal formations south of the Yankalilla Valley may indeed be a con-
tinuation of the Archaeocyathinae Series.

The beds exposed on the beach are of a very interesting character. They are
a coarse conglomerate, in part, with large rolled-out pebbles, very similar to the
Grey Spur conglomerate, and, in part, of much finer grain, well banded with dark
lines of ilmenite. The ilmenite occurs also in large slugs up to 50 Ibs. in weight,
and, in places, there are loose rounded pebbles of ilmenite of all sizes up to that
of a football. In lenses, alternating with the conglomerate, grit, and quartzite
are white masses of siliceous marble, 90 per cent. of which will dissolve in hot
dilute hydrochloric acid. As mentioned above, these beds dip in towards the
cliffs. The beds forming the cliffs conform in dip with them and are also grits,
more or less altered. There is no doubt that the igneous rock is intruded into this
series ; in fact, there are intrusions seen on the beach itself. These intrusions are
themselves rich in ilmenite. In the cliffs, notably at the little hanging valley and
waterfall, between Sections 75 and 79, large masses of ilmenite occur in peg-
matite veins. South-west of the Little Gorge there are no major intrusions but
only narrow pegmatites. ‘here are two generations of ilmenite, one in the sedi-
mentaries, and another introduced by the intrusions in them. There is no evidence
to support the idea that the conglomerates are a basal bed resting on the igneous
masses, as the igneous rock so obviously intrudes the conglomerates, The
abnormal size of the slugs of ilmenite in the sedimentaries may be ascribed to
the pegmatitic invasions taking up and accreting ilmenite in the sedimentaries.
The intrusions may even not have carried notable quantities of ilmenite at all.
None is scen in the two thin sections of the massive formations so far examined.
Continuing south along the shore one gets lower in the series‘as the strike is
somewhat in towards the cliffs. At the headland, in Section 1587, the beds have
become very calcareous and somewhat flaggy. There is a large cave here, always
a sign of limestone along this coast. Right at water level thin bands of marble,
some of it pink, appear. The grits become more calcareous below, but along this
part of the coast the limestone is mainly under the sea, appearing only at the
capes, as in this case. Round the point one enters a bay at the locality known
as Pool’s Flat.

Poow’s Friar.

On the beach at Pool’s Flat the conglomerate is very coarse, with boulders
up to 9 inches in diameter. Some of these are of granite. One boulder of dark
siliceous limestone was noted. The strike is here N. 50° E., parallel to the coast,
and dip 26° S.E. The landward side of the coastal cliffs forms dip slopes on

206

each side of the river mouth. On the western side, in Sections 1578 and 1579,
there is an interesting patch of glacial deposits with washouts exposing the smooth
slopes of the underlying grits which are quite coarse. No good pavements, how-
ever, were discovered. On the seaward slopes the glacial beds are exposed to a
thickness of 50 feet, with many polished boulders of granite, porphyry, etc.
There is a large glacial area between the shore and main road, as shown on the
plan, but the creeks give good exposures of the rock below. The grits may be
followed along the strike, parallel to the coast, along the district road down to the
sawmill at Second Valley Jetty. They become finer and show excellent ilmenite
banding. The very coarse phase at Pool’s Flat is local. On the sides of the
gorge at Pool’s Flat the boulders are drawn out as at the Grey Spur (pl. xviit.,
fig. 1).

Section V. is run from the beach at Pool’s Flat, due south to the main road,
this being approximately the course of the River Congeratinga, and somewhat
inclined to the direction of dip. The strike (N. 50° E.) and dip (26° S.E.)
are remarkably constant in this section, not varying a degree in the several deter-
minations made. The thickness of the grits, which pass upwards into quartzite,
is 1,700 feet, from the lower limit where they pass under the sea, which may be
considered icar their base, as they are so coarse there, to the calcareous series
which is met with above the $ bend in the centre of Section 1580. Near the
contact with the calcareous beds the grits are very fine and take the form of a
quartz schist, whose hardness causes the sharp turns in the river. The calcareous
beds are very impure, and here 200 feet thick. At their upper limit is a bed of
compact marble 4 feet thick, followed by arenaceous slates for a mile and a quarter
up to the main road.

‘There is an old gold mine in the southern slopes of the hillside, in Scction
1577, in the lower part of the calcareous beds. The workings mainly consist of
a tunnel across the strike. Quartz veins are numerous, with much calcite and
siderite rich in pyrites.

The marbie bed cannot be followed along its strike in the vicinity owing to
the glacial deposits, but in the direct line and at 13 miles eastward it is picked up
again just north of the main road, where it crosses the River Anacouilla, Section
1594. There is a quarry at the creek. The dip is still 26° 5.E, and strike N.
55° E. The marble is here 500 feet thick. An attempt was made to follow the
marble castward, but it is obscured by glacial deposits, a good section of which
is seen on the main road at the cutting on the top of the rise on the western side
of Section 1600. Here, boulders up to 3 feet in diameler are embedded in the
sands. Fast of this an outcrop of gneissic igneous rock is met with in the glacial
beds in Water Reserve No. 19.

This marble has been named the Delamere Marble, and from this, its
northern extremity, it can be followed all along the main Cape Jervis road, through
Second Valley and Delamere. Near the ‘Valisker Mine, where the road turns
westward, the marble leaves it and continues to the coast. ‘The marble is coarsely
crystalline and mainly of a blue-grey colour, often in narrow lighter and darker
bands, and, in places, white. 1t is used as road metal throughout the district and
there are many quatries.

Seconp VALLEY.

A mile and a half along the coast from Pool’s Plat the cliffs are broken by
Second Valley, with a beach some hundred yards in length. There is a high
headland here, and the grits are passing inland, with the appearance in the cliffs
and Marine Board Reserve of the lower calcareous series seen at the cave in
Section 1589. The limestone is here dolomitic and arenaccous. The bluff, on

207

the western side of the jetty, exposes the beds well. Narrow bands of white
dolomitic marble are streaked through the beds, and on the seaward face they are
considerably contorted. On the beach, on the east side of the jetty, dark siliceous
limestone outcrops.

The valley itself is filled with alluvial and provides no exposures inland till
the village of Second Valley is reached, at 14 miles from the beach, with the
exception of a small bluff of flaggy limestones half-way up. The village is built
on the Delamere marble, which is well exposed in the centre of the town, par-
ticularly round the school. The strike is still N. 50° E., and dip 25° S.E. The
marble is 200 yards across the strike. Above the village the creek gives good
exposures. A hundred yards above the bridge in the village, the marble ends
and slate is entered. This becomes more arenaceous and passes upwards into
compact hornstone in another quarter of a mile, in Section 1562. The hornstone
was followed up for another mile across the strike, where the dip increased to
30° S.E.

Rapip Bay.

Two miles beyond Second Valley is Rapid Bay. The lower limestone here
comes inland. It is seen in its upper slaty facies in the cliffs on the east side of
the Bay. At the top of the cliffs are some alunite workings, the alunite occurring
in rotten calcareous slate, in large nodules. On the west side of the Bay is Rapid
Head and Mount Rapid, rising to 885 feet above the sea. This hill is almost
entirely composed of a marble of a similar appearance to the Delamere marble.
The strike has swung round somewhat across the Bay and is nearly east and west
on the west side. The dip is 20° S. Following the coast round past the old
jetty one finds oneself on the flaggy limestones typical of both sides of the
Archaeocyathinae limestone (pl. xvi., fig. 3). As the Head is approached the
flaggy limestones rise in the cliff face. They also here show a very aretaceous
facies, in parts, and appear to correspond to the fossiliferous horizon of Myponga
Jetty (pl. xvi., fig. 2). The marble goes right to the top of Mount Rapid and a
little beyond, and its continuity is broken by only one important bed, a strong belt
of quartzite, 250 feet thick, near the summit. This is on the same horizon as the
Pool’s Flat grits. The quartzite is well exposed in the lateral creck on the east
side of the Bay in Section 29. The marble is intersected in places by quartz
veins, and mining operations were attempted at sea level near the jetty. Galena
occurs in numerous veins high up on the mountain on the northerly slopes, and
has been recently prospected. The marble is 2,000 feet thick.

Section VI. is taken from Rapid Head across the strike to the main road
where there is a quarry in the Delamere marble in Section 1455. The River
Yatagolinga supplied most of the data. It flows along the section in its upper
half. The calcareous series, 1,100 feet thick above the marble, is left in Water
Reserve No, 8, as one goes up the river, and hornstone is entered. The gorge
becomes narrow and there is a series of rapids and waterfalls in Sections 16
and 15. The strike remains constant at N.E., and dip increases from 20° at the
coast to 33° near the road. The hornstone rock is 3,600 feet thick, and above it
lies the Delamere marble, which is entered in the north corner of Section 1536.
It is here pure white in parts, and 1,000 feet in thickness.

Between Rapid Bay and Second Valley the country rises to a height of
700 feet in smooth soil-covered hills, in consequence of which outcrops cannot be
followed. Boulders of marble and quartzite are picked up in close proximity.
‘he broad band of calcareous beds exposed in the River Yatagolinga, in the
Rapid Bay valley, seems to become more siliceous and to lose its limestone char-
acter. In the Second Valley gully only one small limestone bluff is exposed in
this horizon, as noted above.

208

Rapip Heap To Care Jervis.

After Rapid Head the field geology becomes very monotonous, as, with the
exception of the Delamere marble beds on the south coast, the rocks preserve an
extraordinary similarity of appearance in the hand specimens, consisting of
quartzites, hornstone, and arenaceous schists, which only detailed microscopic
work could differentiate. From Rapid Head to Cape Jervis the rocks swing
somewhat in strike, which becomes more northerly, the coast line conforming to
it, The strike in the quartzite at Yohoe Creek mouth was N. 57° E., and dip
40° S.E. At New Yohoe Creek the strike was N. 42° E., the dip remaining the
same. There were numerous quartz intrusions along the bedding planes at the
latter locality. Both these erecks flow across the strike of the quartzite for their
whole length. There are patches of glacial sands with boulders in the centre of
Section No. 177, near Yohoe Station, and also at the coast on the north side of
the new Yohoe Creek.

At Tea Tree Creek the strike is N. 25° E., and dip 36° easterly, while at the
Lighthouse they are N. 12° E. and 50° easterly, respectively,

Cape JERVIS.

The surveyed road (not in use) from Salt Creek Hill south to the main road,
and thence south-westerly to the coast, at Fishery Creek, forms a scarp from
which one looks down on to the comparatively flat, low area of the Cape, some
2 miles wide by 4 miles in length, north and south. The rock is a quartzite or
hornstone all along the ridge, and the same round the coast, where it is well
exposed along the beaches. The flat is covered by glacial material, with a large
patch of travertine in the south-western corner, of considerable thickness, quarried
for road metal and building stone. Just behind the Lighthouse there are large
granite erratics, atid these are specially plentiful and of considerable variety for
a mile and a half along the coast to the north of the Lighthouse, on the coastal
cliffs (sce Ilowchin, Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol. xxi., 1897, p. 64).

No direct evidence of faulting was seen along this scarp or to any notable
extent along the south coast, and the author is inclined to the opinion that the
low-level area of the Cape is due merely to glacial erosion, the Cape having been
planed off by the same ice movements as scooped out Backstairs Passage,
separating the Peninsula from Kangaroo Island, a movement parallel with the
direction of the Inman Valley. The problem of Backstairs Passage 1s discussed
by Benson (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol, xxxv., 1911), and the author sup-
ports the glacial origin alternative as against subsidence.

Tue Sovuts Coast.

From Land’s End, near the Cape, to the Tunkalilla Beach, a distance of
14 miles, the strike of the rocks is perpendicular to the coast. This portion of
the coast is deeply dissected by numerous steep-sided gullies parallel to the strike.
It is a succession of rocky bluffs and small shingly coves, the ridges betwecn the
gullies rising to 200 or 300 feet. The going is extremely difficult and tiring. In
one day, from 8 a.m. to 7 p.m., only 6 miles were covered. Most of the gullies
carry streams, and their outlets are very similar in character, with dip slopes on
the western side and rugged bluffs on the eastern. The stream beds rise rapidly
inland to the comparatively level and swampy tableland along which the boundary
of the Yankalilla and Waitpinga Ilundreds runs east and west. — This
boundary, down the centre of the peninsula, is along the top of the
watershed, from which the streams run north and south. A couple of miles back
from the coast the going is very much easier.

209

In the littoral area, south of Section 99 and east of Fishery Creek, there is
an arsenic mine recently opened, but only in the initial stages of development.
The rock is banded grit, dark and flinty, showing stream bedding, cut across by
humerous quartz veins and stringers. One quartz vein was 11 inches wide and
carried two 1-inch bands of mispickel pyrites in it. A costeen had been dug
along this vein. Most of the veins in the vicinity show some mispickel. Quartz
veins are common in the hornstone all round the coast.

The Talisker Mince, once extensively worked for lead and silver, is inland,
only 2 miles north-easterly of this point, in arenaceous slate. It is not on the
line of strike, but considerably above the beds at Fishery Creek. The strike is
here N. 33° E., and dip 45° S.E.

At Campbell’s Creek, which flows down from the Talisker Mine, the beds
are dark and arcnaceous, with a strike of N. 30° E., and dip somewhat steeper.
Quartz stringers along the strike are numerous.

A mile to the east of Camphell’s Creek, in Sections 132 and 120, the rock is
very calcareous, a flagey limestone. There is a long narrow cave, entered from
the end of the sharp, rocky point south of Section 132. The surface stones are
covered with travertine in the vicinity. These beds are the southern extremity
of the Delamere marble.

At the Blowhole Creek (pl. xviii., fig. 2) the strike is N. 42° E., and dip
51° S.E., at Tent Rock Creek, 38° and 50° respectively, the rock continuing
remarkably uniform in appearance (a dark hornstone), and also in dip and strike.

At the creek, in Section 215, for the first time a disturbed area was noted.
On the cast side of the gorge the dip was vertical, on the west side it was normal
to near the shore, where an east-west fault line was seen in the hillside. On the
seaward side of the fault the remaining portion of the bluff showed a small
synclinal fold.

For another mile to the eastward the hornstone ig more massive, with strike
and schistosity less pronounced, and weathering irregularly. As Porpoise Head
is approached the rock becomes a true quartzite, with pebbles standing out on the
weathered surfaces in Section 35,

At the Deep Creek, a very precipitous and winding gully with running water
in January, the first met eastwards of the Cape, the dip has flattened out to 30° S.E.
Ihe rock is a fine-grained banded-quartzite, similar in appearance to the Aldgate
grits. At Tapanappa Creek, 2 miles further on, the strike is N. 35° E., and dip
22° S.E. The rock is in bands of quartzite, 3 to 6 feet wide, with softer beds
between, less resistant to the action of the sca. At Boat Ilarbour Creek the dip
has steepened up to 45°, the strike remaining constant and the beds uniform.
There was running water in both this and Tapanappa Creek.

At this point the straight four miles of Tunkalilla Beach is entered upon, a
welcome relief. The beach is 100 to 200 yards in width, with a sandy margin
and good soil inland, some of which has been cropped in the past. The flat is
formed of alluvial from the steep hills in the background, and is intersected by
watercourses strewn with boulders of country rock, but no erratics were seen.
There are a few small patches of sand dunes. Towards Tunk ITead, the eastern
extremity of the beach, the strike swings easterly, reaching N. 85° E. at the Head,
with a dip of 36° to the south. The dyke-like outcrops of the hornstone may be
seen running inland over the hills.

On the eastern side of the Head there is another area of disturbance, which
may only be local (pl. xix., fig. 1). he upturned edges of the beds, seen on a
small marine platform on the beach, appear to show a buckling in, shorewards,
the strike being east and west, each side of the bay, and north and south in the
centre. Continuing east the beds became more fine-grained and schistose.

210

At the Callawonga Creck the beds were a knotted schist with a strong develop-
ment of mica in a small local variation. From: Tunk Head the strike is again
parallel to the coast, and the whole country is at a lower level and less deeply
and frequently dissected by streams. The going is very much better and the
larger streams all carried running water.

At Coolawang Creek the strike swings round to the east, with the coast, with
a dip of 26° to the south. There are dip slopes all along the coast from Tunk
Head to Waitpinga Beach (pl. xvil., fig. 3). The quartz veins here run north and
south across the strike. ‘There is a wide sandy beach along Sections. 1327, 1323,
and 1328 (Hd. of Waitpinga), with dunes and low ground to the north. At the
east end of the beach there is a low rocky point, and the beds here strike N. 8° E.,
and dip 37° W., the first reversal of dip noted along the south coast. This is
an isolated outcrop, and the relation of the beds to those of normal dip and strike
cannot be traced. The rock is banded ilmenitic grit. This point is followed by
Waitpinga Beach, 2 miles long, with sandhills inljand and granite erratics on the
shore. The beach is terminated by Newland Head, where the strike is again
N. 36° F., and dip 47° S.E.

From Newland Head to King’s Point, 44 miles, the coast follows the strike
absolutely. The cliffs are about 200 feet high, and from their top an undulating
plateau stretches back some 3 miles. This is covered with glacial sands, with
beds of travertine on the surface used for lime-burning. This area is not dissected
at all but is remarkably level, an old glacial platform where sands have absorbed
the precipitation and prevented the formation of streams (see [lowchin, Trans.
Roy. Sac. S. Austr., vol. xxxiv., 1910, p. 1). The area from Tunk Head to the
Coolawang Creek, though more dissected and without the sandy covering, is
much more at a general level also (pl. xvii., fig. 3).

At one point along this stretch the strike was N. 30° E., and dip 75° S.E.
The steep dip-slopes give rise to a remarkably straight uniform and precipitous
coastline. It is only possible to climb down to the water at a few points, and
there is no beach, the waves breaking against the foot of the slopes. Near the
summit of Newland Head there are several horizontal benches of reddish sand-
stone in the cliff side, 10 to 20 feet in thickness. They are crowded with shell
fragments and are probably Recent blown sands. At King’s Point the horn-
stone becomes a knotted schist, and the area affected by the granite intrusions of
Victor Harbour is entered. The petrography of the area was dealt with by Brown
(Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol. xliv., 1920, p. 1). The hornstone appears at
intervals, right to Middleton Beach, where it is still striking east and west, and
parallel to the coast.

A thickness of some 40,000 feet of altered grits and quartzites is crossed
between the Delamere marble and Newland Head. There was no obvious
evidence of repetition of beds. These quartzites and hornstones form almost the
whole of the peninsula. They are exposed in the bed of the Inman at Selwyn’s
Rock and the neighbouring hillsides, as glacial pavements. In the Yankalilla
valley, near ‘Vorrens Vale, a belt of strong quartzite, 14 miles wide, striking north-
east, crosses the main road, forming a divide across the valley. This being the
only point in the valley where the outcrops may be followed across it, will receive
further attention later.

The only inland locality visited was the waterfall, 6 miles $.S.E. of Norman-
ville. This is in Section 1121, up a gully half a mile west from the road (a poor
one and disused {rom this point, but passable to motor cars), which runs on south
to Tunkalilla Beach. The falls are at the head of the River Yankalilla, here called
Waterfall Creek, The total fall is about 100 feet in two parts. The upper fall
is shown in pl. xix., fig 2. The rock is quartzite, fine-grained and banded, with

ail

dark lines of ilmenite. It is probably the same belt as seen crossing the valley at
Torrens Vale. The quartzite strikes E.N.E. and dips 45° southerly.

An interesting patch of Miocene limestone was found in the Hundred of
Myponga, in Section 709, on the west side of the main road to Yankalilla. It is
in the east end of the section, and a quarter of a mile from the road, among trees
and undergrowth, which made it difficult to determine its extent. It is pinkish,
coarse-grained and crystalline, due to solution and re-deposition, somewhat
cellular, and crowded with polyzoan fragments. It is very pure and makes a
good lime. It is at Jeast 800 feet above the sea, a reduced level obtained by Mr. R.
J. M. Clucas, from the Hydraulic Engineer’s Department, at the Myponga Creek,
three-quarters of a mile to the north, being 700 feet. This provides additional
evidence of the elevation of the peninsula block. Miocene limestone occurs at
sea level, near Sellick’s Beach, 4 miles to the north,

SUMMARY.

The Archaeocyathinae Series appears to continue down the coast from
Sellick’s Hill to Rapid Head, The calcareous series widens out as it goes south-
ward and the lower slates, seen at Sellick’s Hill, become more and more arenaceous
as Normanville is approached. Across the Yankalilla valley the coastal exposures
are in the grits and quartzites overlying the Archaeocyathinae limestone. These
grits are intruded by igneous rock, locally, and in the lower members, exposed on
the beach, grit and limestone are alternating and mixed. This denotes shallow
water conditions and probably frequent alternations of level. Further south the
grits become very coarse, with limestone both above and below them. The coarse
phase again gives way to finer quartzites, and at Rapid Head the section shows
three well-defined calcareous belts separated by quartzites. Grits occur below the
Archaeocyathinae limestone on Yorke Peninsula, across the Gulf, and the grits
of Pool’s Flat and quartzites at other points are correlated with the Ardrossan
grits, though on this side of the Gulf there are several alternations of grit and
limestone. Above the highest limestone (Delamere marble) there is a great thick-
ness of quartzites and hornstone from the Cape to Victor Harbour. The dip is
everywhere to the south-east, and all these beds thus appear to lie above the
Archaeocyathinae limestone, the Victor Harbour granite being of younger age.
No signs of major fault lines were observed, other than the west coast.

The following is a list of the points leading to the conclusion that the Rapid
Head marble is in the Archaeocyathinae Series :—

(1) The similarity, lithologically and in sequence, of the series north and
south of the Yankalilla valley.

(2) The strike is remarkably uniform on both sides of the valley, the dip
corresponds, and the formations are in a direct line with one
another.

(3) The characteristic flaggy beds which both overlie and underke the
Archaeocyathinae limestone are seen at Rapid Head (pl. XV1.,
figs. 1, 2, and 3).

(4) Quartzites overlie the limestone everywhere, and the underlying beds
become more arenaceous as one goes south. There is no sudden
change in the latter.

(5) There is a much more marked continuity and absence of faulting than
in the Adelaide Series.

(6) Galena occurs throughout the limestones, and alunite in the asso-
ciated slates both sides of the valley.

212

Against the theory it must be stated that no fossils have yet been found
south of the valley, the beds being more crystalline, though marbles are common
in the Archaeocyathinae beds themselves. Also the age determination by R.
Grenfell Thomas (Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol. xlviii., 1924) of the intrusions
at the Little Gorge, 1,000 million years, is higher than is ascribed to the Cambrian.
The author is not in a position to criticise this valuable piece of work, though it
may be remarked that the intrusions are notably lead-bearing. The structure is
sumple, and the field relations are all in favour of the Cambrian age of the
Fleurieu Peninsula. It will be very difficult to find any positive evidence to the
contrary.

The roads shown on the map are the only ones possible to vehicular traffic
in the area.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES XVI. to XX,

Pirate XVI.
Fig. 1. The upper flaggy limestone beds, Sellick’s Hill,

Fig. 2. The lower flaggy limestone beds, Myponga Jetty, looking west. The new
organic remains were found at sea level just round the headland on the right, in the flaggy
beds there visible, dipping into the hill. Archaeocyathinae occur at the end of the jetty.

Fig. 3. The lower flaggy beds at Rapid Head.

Piate XVII.

Fig. 1. Looking south-east along the coast from Little Gorge to Rapid Head in the
distance. Second Valley Jetty is at the headland next on the left from Rapid Head, and
Pool’s Flat at the inlet in the middle distance.

Fig. 2. Nearer view of the beach at the Little Gorge. The beds are mixcd ilmenite
grits, coarse conglomerates, and white siliceous marble. They are seen dipping south-east
into the cliffs, where ilmenitic pegmatites occur in the grits.

Fig. 3. Looking west from the west side of Waitpinga Beach, South Coast. The

dip here is much flatter, 20° to the south-east. The Icvel surface inland, due to ice action,
is very noticeable.
Prare XVIII.

Fig. 1. The coarse conglomerate, Pool’s Flat. ”

Fig. 2. At the mouth of the: Blowhole Creek. Altered, banded grits dipping south-
east, typical of the South Coast.
Piate XIX.

Fig. 1. A disturbed area on the South Coast, east side of Tunk Head. The grits
are buckled inwards in the centre of the cove. i

Fig. 2. Upper half of the waterfall, 6 miles south of Normanville. Banded, ilmenitic
quartzites dipping 45° S.E.
Piatre XX.

Geological map of the coastal regions of the Fleurieu Peninsula.

213

ON AUSTRALIAN STAPHYLINIDAE (COLEOPTERA).
PART II.()

By Artuur M. Lea, F.E.S., Museum Entomologist.

(Contribution from the South Australian Museum.)
[Read September 10, 1925. ]

Part II. deals with the subfamily Staphylinides, the subfamily which contains
the largest species of the family, many genera, and even species of world-wide
distribution; already many species described as Australian have proved to be
synonymous with well-known European and Asiatic ones, and it is probable that
more of them will be so regarded. Remarkable combs are present on the males
of many species of Quedius, and other genera, although, being placed amongst
dense clothing on the legs, some manipulation is usually necessary before they can
be clearly seen.

Metoponcus, Kraatz, Cat., p. 290.

ATRICEPS, Macl. Q. . CYANEIPENNIS, Macl. (Leptacinus).
var. piceus, Macl. Q., N.S.W., Lord Howe Island.
CRIBRATUS, Fl. (Xantholinus), Cat., var. cairnsensis, Blackb.
p. 301. V., Tas., S.A. nigricolliis, Bernh., Arkiv f6r
enervus, Ol. Zool., Band 13, No. 8 p. 15.

Fucitivus, Oll. Ford Howe Island.
LURIDIPENNIS, Macl. (Leptacinus).
Q., N.S.W., V., S.A., W.A.

novaehollandiae, Fvl. (Leptacinus).

METOPONCUS CRIBRATUS, Fvl.
M. enervus, Oll.

On Tasmanian specimens of this species the whole of the upper surface is
usually black or blackish, except that the tip of the abdomen is sometimes obscurely
diluted with red; but on mainland ones the prothorax is sometimes paler (although
not conspicuously reddish), sometimes both prothorax and elytra are paler. A
specimen from South Australia was taken by Mr. R. F. Kemp from a nest of the
green-head ant, Ectatonvma metallicum.

The type of AZ. enervus.is in the South Australian Museum, and structurally
agrees perfectly with specimens that agree with the description of M. cribratus.

METOPONCUS CYANEIPENNIS, Macl.
M. cairnsensis, Blackb., var.
M. nigricollis, Bernh.

This beautiful and widely distributed species has several conspicuously col-
oured varieties, one of which was named as a distinct species, cairnsensis, by Black-
burn, and the same form as a variety, nigricollis, by Bernhauer. A specirnen of
the typical form was taken from a nest of ants, Euponera lutea, at Dorrigo.

(1) Part I. was published in these Transactions for 1923.

214

var. howensis, n. var.

Two specimens from Lord Howe Island, taken in company with typical ones
under bark of banyan figs, have the black prothorax of the varicty cairnsensis,
but have only the second and third segments of abdomen black, the first is of a
paler flavous than the four apical ones.

var. basiflavus, n. var.

A specimen from Kuranda (in the British Museum) probably represents
another variety. It is smaller, 6-5 mm., than any other specimen before me; its
prothorax is black, and abdomen black, except that the basal segment only is pale
flavous.

METOPONCUS RUFULUS, Broun, var. norfolcensis, n. var.

Four specimens from Norfolk Island appear to represent a variety of
M. rufulus.® They are all smaller (6-9 mm.) than New Zealand ones (10-11
mm.). Structurally they are fairly close to M. cyaneipennis, but the head is
shorter, with different impressions, and the colours are very different, the elytra
being reddish at the basal third and blackish posteriorly. The abdomen of the
type was described as having two segments partly dark, on two New Zealand
specimens in the Museum three are partly dark; on the Norfolk Island variety all
have five segments partly dark, and less of the elytra pale.

There are three combs in a notch on the front tibiae of the males of both the
typical form and variety; the combs are composed of numerous teeth somewhat
as on the species of Domene, but their positions are not quite the same, and I have
not been able to count their teeth owing to the density of the adjacent clothing.
Combs are present on the males of MW. cyaneipennis, M, cribratus, and probably of
many other species of the genus. ,

Metoponcus brevipes, n. sp.

é. Black; prothorax, antennae, palpi, and legs red; tips of three apical seg-
ments of abdomen obscurely reddish. Elytra and abdomen with sparse and rather
short pubescence; the sides with a few bristles.

Head longer than wide, sides fecbly dilated to near base, with two short deep
sulci in front, and a shallow notch near each eye; with dense and sharply defined
punctures of moderate sizc, but absent from a narrow median line. Antennae
short, fourth to tenth joints strongly transverse. Prothorax slightly longer than
head, widest near apex, where the width is slightly more than that of head; with
punctures as on head, but somewhat sparser, and with the impunctate median line
slightly wider. -[lytra slightly longer than prothorax, and slightly wider than
its widest part; with crowded punctures, slightly smaller than on head. Abdomen
parallel-sided to near apex; with crowded punctures, much smaller than on elytra.
Legs short; front tibiae stout, notched, and with three combs at and near apex.
Length, 7°5 mm.

Hab—vVictoria: Melbourne (E. Fischer, No, 1409). Type (unique),
I, 12886.

The prothorax is bright red as in M. cyaneipennis, but the punctures are very
different (on the head they are much as in M. cribratus), abdomen with no seg-
ment entirely pale, etc. The punctures on the pronotum are fairly dense up to
the median line, so that the seriate arrangement of those adjoining it is not very
evident. ‘There are three combs on each front tibia, but one was not detached
for examination under the microscope.

(2) Broun, Man. of the N.Z. Col., 1880, p. 106.

215

Metoponcus planatus, n. sp.

4. Head blackish, the muzzle paler, prothorax blackish-brown, diluted with
red in front, and almost flavous at base, elytra and abdomen flavo-testaceous, four
of the median segments of the latter partly blackish; antennae, palpi, and legs
more or less reddish.

Head, excluding muzzle, slightly longer than wide, parallel-sided behind the
eyes, with four impressions in front, the median ones shorter and less close
together than usual, the others oblique and each terminating in a small fovea;
with a few large punctures towards sides, and numerous small ones scattered
about. Antennae short, fourth to tenth joints transverse. Prothorax slightly
shorter and narrower than head, widest near apex, base truncated; with two
punctures on each side of middle, and a few marginal and submarginal ones; a
feeble medio-basal impression. Elytra slightly longer and very little wider than
prothorax ; with sparse, small, and somewhat rugose punctures. Abdomen almost
impunctate. Tibiae stout, the front ones notched near apex and with three combs.

Length, 5-6 mm.
Hab—Queensland: Cairns (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 12701.

A thin, highly-polished species, much flatter than any other Metoponcus
known to me. On each side of the under surface of the head there is a narrow
groove, with seriate punctures, bounded externally by a fine carina. The sides
are sparsely setose, but no part is truly pubescent. On the larger of two speci-
mens the head is almost black, on the smaller it is scarcely darker than the front
part of the prothorax.

Lepracinus, Er., Cat., p. 292.

parycurus, Gyll.@ V., Tas., S.A. parumpuncratus, Gyll. V., S.A.
Introduced. Introduced.
var. linearis, Grav. ‘ socius, Fvl. (Xantholinus). N.S.W.,
ritum, Blackb., n. pr. N.S.W.,, V., V., Tas., S-A., W.A.
S.A., W.A. . ' anthracinus, Broun.
minimus, Bernh., Arkiv for Zool., picticornis, Blackb.

Band 13, No. 8, p. 15. Q.

Lepracinus socius, Fvl.

In the Catalogue (p. 294) L. picticornis, Blackb., was noted as a good species,
but Blackburn himself called attention“? to the fact that the name was a synonym
of socius.

Mr. J. Clark took three specimens of the species, from nests of Iridomyrmex
conifer, at the Swan River, and two from another species of /ridomyrmex at
Encounter Bay.

Leptacinus blackburni, new name.

L. filum, Blackb. (1886), n. pr.

In the Catalogue (p. 294) L. filum, Blackb., was placed as a synonym of
L. socius, Fvl., in error. L. filum, Blackb., differs from socius, in being much
smaller and thinner, with very different punctures on all parts of the upper sur-
face, and the sutural region different. As, however, the name filum ‘© was. pre-
viously used in the genus, | propose the above substitute. Mr. A. H. Elston took
two specimens of the species, from moss, at Myponga.

(3) Eighteen synonyms and varieties are noted in the catalogue.
(4) Ten synonyms and one variety are noted in the catalogue.
(5) Trans. Roy. Soc, S. Austr., 1887, p. 190.

(6) L. filum, Kraatz, 1859, from Ceylon.

216

LEPTACINUS PARUMPUNCTATUS, Gyll.

A specimen from St. Kilda (Victoria) in Mr. Oke’s collection is probably
an immature specimen of this species: it has the elytra bright flavous, except for
an iniuscated triangle extending from the entire base to the apex of the suture.

Leptacinus quadrisulciceps, n. Sp.

Black, shining; antennae, palpi, and legs of a more or less dingy brown.
Elytra and abdomen with sparse ashen pubescence; the sides (including those of
head and prothorax) with a few bristles,

Head slightly longer than wide, slightly wider near base than elsewhere,
with four deep impressions in front, the lateral ones oblique and touching the
eyes; with large irregularly distributed punctures but numerous on _ sides.
Antennae short, fourth to tenth joints decidedly transverse. Prothorax dis-
tinctly longer than wide, widest near apex, thence gently decreasing in width to
base, which is evenly rounded ; with a few well-defined marginal and submarginal
punctures, and a conspicuous row on each side of middle. Elytra slightly longer
than prothorax, feebly dilated to apex, a narrow elevation on each side of and
close to suture; with fairly numerous punctures, smaller than on prothorax, and
in places subseriate in arrangement, Abdomen with irregularly distributed
punctures, distinct towards base of each segment. Length, 3-5-4-5 mm.

Hab,—Tasmania: Launceston (Aug. Simson), Hobart (A. M. Lea). Type,
I. 12696, ;

A thin, dark species, about the size and much the colour of L. blackburni,
but with much sparser punctures on head and pronotum, and the latter with
impunctate spaces between and at the sides of the seriate rows; it is close to
L. batychrus, but the elytra are uniformly coloured, and with somewhat different
punctures ; iis sutural region is somewhat as in L. Soctus, but it is a much smaller
species, and the oblique impressions on the head are well defined instead of being
represented by subconjoined punctures. Owing to the depth of the frontal im-
pressions the head appears to be tricarinate in front. On one specimen the elytra
are as black as the préthorax, on two others they are obscurely paler, and on one
of the latter the sutural region is not much darker than the legs,

Leptacinus bisulciceps, n. sp.

Blackish-brown; prothorax, mouth parts, antennae, and legs more or less
reddish. Elytra and abdomen with sparse ashen pubescence, the sides with a
few setae,

Head longer than wide, almost parallel-sided behind the eyes, with two short
deep impressions in front; with numerous well-defined punctures, somewhat
sparscr in middle than elsewhere, Antennae short. Prothorax distinctly longer
than wide, distinctly narrowed {rom apex to base, which is gently rounded; with
fairly numerous punctures in front angles, a distinct row on each side of middle,
and sparse elsewhere, Elytra almost parallel-sided, slightly longer than pro-
thorax and very little wider than its apex, sutural region narrowly depressed but
not carinated; punctures fairly numerous, but smaller than on pronotum.
Abdomen long, thin, and parallel-sided to near apex; punctures fairly distirtct
about base of each segment. Length, 4-4-5 mm.

Hab.—Western Australia: Bridgetown, Pinjarrah (A. M. Lea).

A very thin species, which differs from P. blackburni in its paler prothorax,
with very different punctures, and by the sutural region; the polished space there
is much less pronounced than on P. socius. The apices of the abdominal seg-
ments are usually paler than the other parts; on one specimen the elytra

217

are not much darker than the prothorax. The sublateral impressions of the
head are practically absent, being represented by a feeble notch on each side,
immediately behind the clypeus. From some directions some of the elytral punc-
tures appear to be feebly seriate in arrangement.

Leptacinus suturalis, n. sp.

Reddish; most of head, apical two-thirds of elytra, metasternum, and parts
of abdomen darker, antennae and legs paler. Elytra and abdomcn sparsely
pubescent.

Head rather long, almost parallel-sided behind eyes; with two narrow deep
impressions in front; with numerous well-defined but not very large punctures,
sparser in middle than elsewhere. Antennae short. Prothorax slightly shorter
and narrower than head, sides feebly diminishing in width to base; punctures
fairly numerous and well defined, but absent along middle. Elytra parallel-
sided, slightly longer than prothorax, and very little wider than its apex, suture
narrowly and suddenly depressed; punctures numcrous and rather well defined.
Abdomen with fairly distinct punctures about the base of each segment. Length,
3°25 mm.

Hab.—New South Wales: Galston (A. M. Lea).

A thin, minute species, readily distinguished from all previously described
from Australia (except L. minimus) by its small size and pale base of elytra;
minimus is an even smaller species, and apparently has different prothoracic punc-
tures. From some directions there appears to be a narrow carina on each side
of the suture, but this ig really due to the sudden way the suture is depressed
below the adjacent parts.

Leptacinus megacephalus, n. sp.

8. Bright reddish-castaneous, most of head and usually apical half, or
more, of elytra darker. Elytra and abdomen with sparse pubescence.

Head unusually large and flat, with two narrow deep impressions in front,
and remnants of two others; with dense and sharply defined punctures, except
along a narrow median line. Antennae short. Prothorax much narrower than
head, obliquely narrowed to neck, sides diminishing in width to base; with an
impunctate median line, elsewhere with dense punctures somewhat smaller than
on head. Elytra slightly longer than prothorax and wider than its widest part,
parallel-sided, suture slightly carinated; punctures about as large but slightly
denser than on prothorax. Abdomen somewhat dilated in middle, with numerous
small punctures. Length, 2:5-3:5 mm.

@. Differs in having the head smaller, and no wider than elytra, abdomen
almost parallel-sided to near apex and legs shorter and thinner.

Hab.—Lord Howe Island (A. M. Lea). Type, I, 12707.

A small species, flatter than usual, and with an unusually large head. The
elytra vary in colour, on some specimens being entirely pale, on others infus-
cated posteriorly somewhat as on the preceding species, from which it differs in
its much larger head (even on the female) with very different punctures, etc.
The legs are usually almost flavous. In some respects it appears to approach
the description of L, minimus, from Queensland, but the smallest specimen is
somewhat larger than the size noted for that species. On many specimens, when
viewed from behind, the pronotum appears to have a feeble basal tubercle, but
this is due to the shining median space being even to the apex, whilst the adjoin-
ing surface is punctate and slightly depressed. Twenty specimens were obtained
on Kentia palms.

218

Leptacinus opacipennis, n. sp.

Flavo-castaneous, most of head and of abdomen darker, antennae and legs
paler. Elytra, for the genus, rather densely clothed with short, ashen pubescence,
becoming sparser on abdomen.

Head moderately large, sides feebly dilated to near base, with two narrow
deep impressions in front and remnants of two others; with fairly dense, sharply
defined punctures, except on a narrow median line. Antennae rather short.
Prothorax distinctly longer than wide, sides narrowed from near apex to base;
with rather dense ptinctures, except on a narrow median line. Elytra parallel-
sided, no wider than head, opaque; with crowded and small punctures; suture
very narrowly elevated. Abdomen with crowded punctures, fairly well defined
except about the tips of the segments. Length, 3-3-5 mm.

Hab—Norfolk Island (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 12706.

A rather flat species, approaching the preceding one, but with smaller head
and opaque elytra. On each of the two specimens before me there is a minute
black spot on cach side of the prothorax, near the apex, but it could be easily
overlooked.

Leptacinus sexsulciceps, n. sp.

Of a dingy reddish-castaneous, most of abdomen darker, palpi and legs paler.
Elytra and abdomen very sparsely pubescent, sides with a few setae.

Head rather large and flat, with six frontal sulci, the two median ones short
and closed, the intermediate ones longer and oblique, their tips almost directly
behind the tips of the median ones, the side ones passing the eyes for a shor dis-
tance, and joined to the intermediate ones in front, with sparse punctures.
Antennae short. Prothorax almost twice as long as the basal width, widest near
apex, with sparse and small punctures. Elytra almost parallel-sided, slightly
longer than prothorax, and slightly wider than its widest part; suture depressed
at base, but not posteriorly; with rather sparse and small punctures. Length,
4-5-4-75 mm.

Hab.—Victoria: Melbourne (E. Fischer), Belgrave, in April, C. Oke.
‘fasmania: Launceston (British Museum). Type, I. 15888.

The size and outlines are somewhat as on L. batychrus, but otherwise the two
species are very different. ‘The punctures are sparser and smaller than on any
other species of the genus before me; even the seriate ones on the pronotum are
rather inconspicuous, on the type there are five on one side and nine on the other,
on the Launceston and Belgrave specimens they are five and four in number (but
reversely placed); the elytral punctures from directly above appear to be fairly
sharp, although small, from oblique directions they are less defined, but appear
somewhat larger and rugose, the abdominal punctures are scarcely visible. The
Victorian specimens appear to be males, the Launceston one is probably a female,
as its head is smaller, it differs also in having the colour somewhat. brighter, except
that the elytra are almost as dark as the abdomen.

XANTHOLINUS, Serv., Cat., p. 299.

Many Australian species at various times have been referred to this genus,
but the smaller ones have mostly been removed to Leptacinus and Metoponcus,
and the larger ones to Thyreocephalus and Eulissus. It is probable that no typical
species of the genus really occurs in Australia.

ALBERTISI, Fvl. ©., New Guinea, etc. SIDERALIS, Fvl. W.A.
pugius, Macl. (Gen. dub.). Q.

XANTHOLINUS ALBERTISI, Fvl.
This beautiful and variable species is fairly common in the Cairns district.

219

Evurissus, Mannerh., Cat., p. 310.

CHALCOPTERUS, Er. (Xantholinus). HUMMLERI, Bernh. Q., N.T.
Q., N.S.W., V., Tas., 5.A., W.A. oLLirFl, Lea(Xantholinus). N.S.W.,
cyaneipennis, Macl. (Xantholinus). V., Tas. :
cHLoRopTERUS, Er. (Xantholinus). orTtHoDpoxus, Oll. (Xantholinus),
Q., N.S.W., V., Tas., S.A. Cat., p. 306. N.S.W.
CYANOPTERUS, Er. (Xantholinus). PHOENICOPTERUS, Er. (Xantholinus).
V., Tas., S.A. : Q., N.S.W., V., Tas., S.A,
ERYTHROPTERUS, Er. (Xantholinus), W.A., N.W.A., N.T.
Cat. p. 302. Q., N.S.W., V., raiviensts, Bohem. (Xantholimus).
S.A. Q., N.S.W., S.A., W.A. Intro-
cervinipennis, Macl.(Xantholinus). duced.
HAEMORRHOUS, Fvl. (Xantholinus). holomelas, Perr. (Xantholinus).

EuLissus HAEMORRHOUS, F vl.

A specimen identified by Dr. Bernhauer, and sent by Dr. Sjostedt, as
E. haemorrhous certainly belongs to E. erythropterus; in the description of
E. haemorrhous, however, the head is noted as having “sulco subtilissimo a bast
ultra medium longitudinaliter impresso” ; a character I have not seen on any one
of numerous specimens of erythropterus. .

Evurissus HUMMLER?, Bernh.

Six specimens from the Mary River and Darwin (Northern Territory),
and the Coen River (Queensland) appear to belong to this species; but on
only one of them could the elytra be fairly called reddish-brown, on all the
others they are blackish at the base, becoming obscurely paler posteriorly, but
all have a distinct metallic gloss, which becomes more pronounced on the abdomen.
The head of the male is much larger than that of the female, even larger than
on the male of Thyreocephalus lorquint.

THYREOCEPHALUS, Guer., Cat., p. 313.

corLEstis, Fvl. (Xantholinus). Lorguini, Fvl. (Xantholinus).
N.S.W., V., Tas. SAL Q., N.S.W., V.
rufitarsis, Fvi. (Xantholinus).

THYREOCEPHALUS COELESTIS, F'vl.

A specimen from Noble Park (Victoria) in Mr. Oke’s collection has elytra
of a brighter blue (the beautiful blue of Belonuchus dohrni) than ordinary, they
are also somewhat flatter, and with their punctures more sharply defined.

THYREOCEPHALUS LORQUINI, Fvl.
Xantholinus rufitarsis, Fvl.

Two specimens, from the British Museum, labelled as having been named
X. rufitarsis by Fauvel (they are from Rockhampton, a locality not mentioned
in the original description), appear to me to be quite ordinary specimens of
T. lorquini. Three specimens, sent by Dr, Sjostedt as T. rufitarsis, and so
recorded by Dr. Bernhauer, also belong to the species. In lorquint the male
has a much wider head than the female, the prothorax is wider at apex, and
the antennae are slightly longer; the legs, independently of sex, vary slightly in
colour; the elytra, on fresh specimens, have a beautiful violet gloss, that is
usually lost with age.

220

Diocnus, Er., Cat., p. 319.
pivisus, Fvl, N.S.W. octavil, Fvl. O., N.S.W., V.

Diocuus prvisus, Fvl.

Specimens of this species have been taken in abundance during floods on the
Peel and Hawkesbury Rivers. The prothorax varies from a dingy red (usually
with the sides obscurely darker) to black, and the elytra from about one-fourth to
three-fourths pale; the extent of the pale portion of the abdomen also varies; on
one unusually pale specimen only about one-fifth of the base of the elytra is
slightly infuscated.

Diocuus octavit, Fvl.

Specimens of this species before me vary from 4 mm. in length with the
abdomen contracted, to 6 mm. with it fully extended; they are from New South
Wales (Sydney, Tamworth, and Clarence River) and Queensland (Cooktown and
Mulgrave River). é

NeEosisnius, Ganglb., Cat., p. 322.

PROCERULUS, Grav. N.S.W., S.A., C.A. Introduced.
semipunctatus, Fairm. (Actobius).

Puiwontnus, Curtis, Cat., p. 326.
AFRICANUS, Fvl. (? Recorded in ORNATUS, Blackb. Q., N.S.W., V.,

error, Cat., p. 327, as Aus- S.A., CA,
tralian). PERTHENUS, Bernh., Arkiv for Zool.,
ANTIPopUM, Fvl. N.S.W., S.A. Band 10, No. 5, p. 5. W.A,
W.A., Lord Howe Island. PILIPENNIS, Macl. .
piscorpEus, Grav. Q., N.SW., V., Potitus, Linne. N.S.W., V., Tas.,
Tas., S.A., W.A., N.W.A. In S.A. Introduced.
troduced. aeneus, Rossi.
GLENELGI, Blackb. V., S.A. (Omit- amblyterus, Ol. (Cafius).
ted from Catalogue.) laeus, Ol. (Cafius).
HEPATICUS, Er. S.A. Introduced. - QUISQUILTARIUS, Gyll. N.T. Intro-
LONGICORNIs, Steph. @Q., N.S.W., duced.
V., Tas., S.A., W.A., Norfolk sornipus, Grav. N.S.W., V., Tas.,
Island. Introduced. S.A., W.A. Introduced.
laetabilis, Ol. (Cafius). SUBCINGULATUS, Macl. ©., N.S.W.,
MACELLUS, Fvl, Q., N.S.W., V., V., S.A, W.A., N.W.A., CA.
S.A., N.W.A,, CA. Omitted from Catalogue.
minutus, Bohem. Q., N.S.W. In- sanguinicollis, Fyl.
troduced, VENTRALIS, Grav. Q., N.S.W., V.,
NIGRITULUS, Grav. N.S.W., V., Tas., Tas., S.A.. N.W.A., N.T. In-
S.A., W.A. Introduced. troduced.

OREOPHILUS, Fvt.

PHILONTHUS GLENELGI, Blackb.

A specimen of this species, from Lucindale, differs from the type in being
slightly smaller (5-25 mm.) ; of the series of punctures on its pronotum the one on
the left consists of. four, but on the right of five.

PHILONTHUS ORNATUS, Blackb.
The elytra of this species vary from a bright red, except for a very faint
infuscation at the base and in the external apical angles, to almost entirely dark,
except that the suture is obscurely reddish.

221

PHILONTHUS SUBCINGULATUS, Macl.

A specimen of this species was taken at Gawler from the nest of a species of
Pheidole.
PHILONTHUS MINUTUS, Boh.

An introduced species, in appearance rather close to P. discoideus, but tips
of elytra more narrowly pale, the suture also more narrowly pale (if not entirely
dark) ; the front angles of the prothorax are also more rounded off. The punc-
tures in the rows on the prothorax are usually five in number, but are sometimes
four on one side and five on the other. Four synonyms are noted in the Catalogue.

PHILONTHUS QUISQUILIARIUS, Gyll.

In the Catalogue (p. 352) this species is noted as cosmopolitan and eleven
synonyms and varieties are recorded. The only Australian specimen before me,
that agrees with European ones so named, is in the National Museum from
Oenpelli (Northern Territory).

PHILONTHUS THERMARUM, Aube.

Fauvel recorded this species from New Guinea, and in the Catalogue it is
noted as cosmopolitan. I have not seen any Australian specimens, however, that
agree with two Indian ones received from Dr, Cameron, and know of no actual
Australian record.

Philonthus dolichoderes, n. sp.

é. Black, shining, with a faint bronzy gloss, abdomen with bluish
iridescence ; antennae, mouth parts, and legs of a more or less dark brown. Elytra
with rather sparse, depressed, blackish setae, becoming longer on abdomen; sides
and legs with blackish bristles.

Head rather large, slightly transverse (excluding neck), angles rounded off;
with a few large punctures, and numerous minute ones. Eyes slightly longer
than third joint of antennae, and almost twice as long as wide. Antennae rather
long, first joint almost as long as second afd third combined, third longer than
second, the others gradually decreasing in length to tenth, which is distinctly
shorter than eleventh. Prothorax with front margin almost straight and much
wider than base, which is gently rounded, sides finely margined ; all margins with
some large punctures, a few others scattered about, each discal row composed of
three or four punctures irregularly spaced, minute ones scattered about. Elytra
slightly wider than prothorax, sides gently rounded; with fairly dense and rather
large punctures. Abdomen with punctures somewhat sparser but more sharply
defined on upper than on lower surface; anal styles rather long. Legs moder-
ately long and stout, front tarsi dilated, Length, 11-17 mm.

?. Differs in having the head somewhat smaller, antennae shorter and front
tarsi thinner, with sparser clothing.

Hab.—Lord Howe Island (Australian Museum and A. M. Lea). Type,
I, 12685, in South Australian Museum.

A large species, with the general appearance of P, politus, but the prothorax
is much longer (suggestive of that of Xantholinus), head and antennae longer,
and punctures different. Some specimens have the prothorax and elytra obscurely
_ diluted with brown. From some directions the abdomen appears to be black, but
the iridescence is conspicuous in most lights. The elytral punctures are fre-
quently confluent, but viewed directly from above it each one usually appears to
be sharply defined and isolated. In certain lights the pronotum appears to be
faintly shagreened. The three basal joints of the antennae are shining, the first
appears to be always partly black, the second and third are sometimes deeply

“22

infuscated. Thirteen specimens were obtained, including one from the summit
of Mount Gower,
Philonthus cupreotinctus, n. sp.

3. Deep black and shining, with a faint coppery gloss; antennae (except
the three shining basal joints), palpi, tarsi, and tips of lower surface of abdominal
segments obscurely brownish. Elytra, abdomen, and under surface with rather
sparse, short, blackish pubescence ; a few bristles scattered about.

Head (excluding neck) slightly wider than long, hind angles gently rounded ;
with large punctures about base, margining eyes and fairly dense in hind angles,
four isolated ones on disc; minute punctures scattered about. Antennae rather
thin, but not very long, first joint almost as long as second and third combined,
third distinctly longer than second. Prothorax slightly longer than apex, which
is almost truncated, base rather strongly rounded and narrower than apex, sides
very finely margined ; with minute scattered punctures, some rather large marginal
ones, and two irregular median rows. Elytra subquadrate, slightly wider than widest
part of prothorax; with dense and comparatively coarse, sharply defined punc-
tures. Abdomen with a well-defined narrow impression, on the upper surface,
across most of the segments, but curving around the spiracle on each side, five
of them with two discal impressions; punctures well defined but much smaller
than on elytra, anal styles obtuse but fairly long. Legs rather thin but not very
long; front tarsi dilated. Length, 12 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (E. Allen), unique.

A glossy-black species, without abdominal iridescence, about the size of
P. politus, but narrower, prothorax decidedly longer, head flatter with larger and
more numerous punctures, and elytra with coarser punctures and shorter and
sparser pubescence. The seriate punctures on the pronotum are irregularly
spaced, four on the left of the middle, and five on the right.

Philonthus oviceps, n. sp.

Black, shining: elytra not quite black and less shining, palpi and legs of a
dingy brown, antennae darker, except the two apical joints. Elytra and abdomen
with dense, depressed, dark pubescence; with a few bristles, mostly marginal.

Head comparatively small and oval, distinctly longer than wide; with rather
large, irregularly distributed punctures, and very minute ones. Antennae rather
long and thin, first joint distinctly shorter than second and third combined, about
the length of eleventh, and slightly shorter than eyes. Prothorax rather thin,
slightly longer than wide, apex (which is truncated) scarcely wider than base
(which is evenly rounded) ; with some large marginal and submarginal punctures,
and a row on each side of middle. Elytra slightly longer than wide, conspicuously
wider than prothorax, suture evenly raised, punctures dense, small, and partly
concealed. Abdomen long and parallel-sided to near apex; punctures more
irregular than on elytra, but in parts concealed; anal styles long and acute. Legs
rather thin. T.ength, 7 mm.

Hab—Queensland: Townsville (E. Fischer). Type (unique), I. 15886.

In general appearance rather close to P. quisquiliarius, but hind angles ot
head completely rounded off and elytral punctures finer. In some lights the pro-
notum has an opalescent gloss; it has five seriate punctures on the right of the
middie and six on the left. As the tip of the lower surface of the abdomen is
slightly notched the type would appear to be a male, although its front tarsi are
rather thin.

Philonthus anthracinus, n. sp.

@. Deep black and shining; head, pronotum, and elytra with a faint bronzy
gloss, tips of mandibles, palpi, and tarsi dark brown. Elytra and abdomen with
rather sparse, short, dark, depressed pubescence ; bristles sparse and marginal.

223

Head, between labrum and neck, distinctly transverse, hind angles gently
rounded ; with large punctures about eyes and base, and two isolated ones between
eyes. Antennae moderately long, first joint almost as long as second and third
combined, distinctly longer than eleventh, and slightly longer than eyes, three sub-
apical ones slightly transverse. Prothorax about as long as wide, apex truncated,
base evenly rounded; with a few large marginal and submarginal punctures, and
three evenly spaced ones on each side of middle. Elytra scarcely longer than
their greatest width, distinctly wider than prothorax, suture elevated throughout ;
punctures dense and sharply defined, but not very large. Abdomen with punc-
tures of varying size, but mostly smaller than on elytra. Length, 7 mm.

Hab-—Western Australia: Albany. Type (unique), in. British Museum.

The size and outlines are somewhat as on P. discoideus and P. macellus, but
the colour and punctures are different. At first glance the type appears to be
entirely black; in some lights the head and pronotum appear to be very
faintly shagreened, and parts of the abdomen to be faintly opalescent. Only the
bristles of the anal styles are visible.

Philonthus apicipunctus, n. sp.

Black and very shining, legs of a rather pale brown, the femora almost flavous,
basal and apical joints of antennae paler than the others, which are more or less
deeply infuscated. Elytra and abdomen with moderately long, sparse, depressed
pubescence; with a few marginal bristles,

Head, between labrum and neck, slightly transverse, hind angles rounded
off; with a few distinct marginal punctures, Antennae rather short, first joint
almost as long as second and third combined, and very little longer than eyes,
second slightly longer than third, fourth to tenth transverse. Prothorax slightly
longer than wide, apex truncated, base evenly rounded, sides almost parallel ;
with a few fairly large marginal and submarginal punctures, and three evenly
spaced ones on each side of middle. Elytra not much wider than prothorax and
slightly transverse; with sparse and small punctures. Abdomen impunctate,
except at tips of segments. ength, 5 mm.

Hab.— Queensland: Cairns (F. P. Dodd). Type (unique), I. 12682.

The size and colours are much as in P. ventralis and P. oreophilus, but the
punctures are much sparser, and the seriate ones on each side of the pronotum
are but three in number, ‘The tip of the under surface of the abdomen is slightly
notched, so the type is probably a male, although its front tarsi are rather thin.
It was trapped by a sticky seed of Pisonia brunoniana.

Philonthus incisiventris, n. sp.

é. Black, elytra bright castaneous; antennae, mouth parts, and legs some-
what paler, tips of abdominal segments obscurely pale. Elytra and abdomen with
not very dense, depressed pubescence; sides with rather numerous bristles,
becoming dense on tip of abdomen.

Head rather large, slightly transverse between labrum and neck; with large
marginal and submarginal punctures, two isolated ones between eyes, a shallow
depression in ‘middle just behind clypeus; minute punctures scattered about.
Antennae rather short, first joint as long as second and third combined, and
scarcely longer than eyes, second slightly shorter than third, fourth and fifth
slightly transverse, sixth to tenth strongly so. Prothorax almost as long as wide,
front truncate and slightly wider than base, which is evenly rounded; with a few
distinct marginal and submarginal punctures, and four evenly spaced ones on
each side of the middle. Elytra slightly transverse, sides gently dilated to near
apex, suture slightly elevated; punctures sharply defined but not very large or
dense. Abdomen with denser and smaller punctures than on elytra, tip of under

224

surface deeply notched; anal styles moderately long. Legs not very long, femora
stouter than usual, front tarsi dilated. Length, 5-54 mm.
Hab.—Queensland: Cairns (E. Allen), Mulgrave River (H. Hacker, No. 70).
The colours are much as in the European P. fulvipes, but otherwise the two
species differ considerably. From some directions the prothorax appears to have
a faint satiny lustre; the abdomen is somewhat opalescent. On one specimen the
wings are exposed and brilliantly coloured.

Philonthus victoriensis, n. sp.

é. Black, shining; elytra castaneous, parts of mouth and of legs obscurely
brown, Elytra and abdomen with moderately dense, depressed, blackish
pubescence ; sides with sparse bristles, but becoming dense on apex of abdomen.

Head subovate, slightly longer than wide, hind angles rounded off; with
rather large marginal and submarginal punctures, and two isolated ones between
eyes. Antennae not very long, first joint almost as long as second and third
combined (these subequal) and slightly longer than eyes, fourth to tenth more
or less transverse. Prothorax slightly narrower than median length, apex trun-
cated, base evenly rounded, sides almost parallel; with fairly large marginal:
punctures, and a row on cach side of middle (four on the right and five on the
left). Elytra slightly dilated to apex, where the width is about one-fourth more
than that of prothorax, suture narrowly elevated; punctures small and not very
dense, but sharply defined. Abdomen with unevenly distributed punctures of
different sizes, mostly smaller than on elytra; tip of under surface with a rather
wide triangular notch. Front tarsi dilated. Length, 5 mm.

Hab—Victoria: Melbourne (E. Fischer). Type (unique), I. 15887.

The colours are somewhat as in the European P. salinus and P. fulvipes,
except that the antennae and legs are darker; the punctures, however, are very
different. From the preceding species it differs in being narrower, with darker
antennae and legs and much less sharply defined punctures. The antennae at
first glance appear to be entirely black, but parts of the second and third joints
are obscurely red. The anal styles are concealed on the type.

Philonthus multicolor, n. sp.

é. Black; prothorax, elytra (except about base), and front and middle
coxae bright red, femora flavous, rest of legs infuscated, antennae infuscated,
four apical joints almost white. Elytra sparsely clothed with dark pubescence,
becoming slightly denser and longer on abdomen; sides with a few bristles.

Head rather small, excluding neck about as long as wide, hind angles rounded
off; with fairly large marginal and submarginal punctures, and two isolated ones
between eyes. Antennae not very long, first joint as long as second and third
combined, and about the length of eyes, fourth ta tenth more or less transverse,
the eleventh conspicuously produced on one side of apex.. Prothorax (along
middle) slightly longer than wide, apex truncated, base evenly rounded, sides
feebly narrowed to apex; with rather large marginal and submarginal punctures,
and a row of four.on each side of middle. Elytra scarcely longer than pro-
thorax, but distinctly wider; with few and small punctures, Abdomen long,
parallel-sided to near apex; with sharply defined punctures near base of cach
segment, the tips also with distinct ones, tip of under surface obtusely notched;
anal styles long and thin. Legs not very long, front tarsi dilated, Length,
6mm,

Hab.—North-western Australia: Behn River (R. Helms), Qucensland :
Coen River (H. Hacker).

_ The colours, except of the antennae, are much as in the European P. tenuis,
but the sculpture is very different. All the discal punctures of the elytra are

225

inconspicuous; on one specimen the left seriate row on the pronotum consists
of five punctures, ¥
Philonthus cruenticollis, n. sp.

9. Head black; prothorax and front coxae bright red, elytra deep blue,
abdomen of a dull red, each segment obscure at base, the subapical one (except
at base) and apical one bluish-black, all segments more or less brightly iridescent,
legs and palpi brownish, the antennae darker except the base of the first and
second joints. Elytra and abdomen with fairly dense blackish pubescence, the
sides with rather numerous bristles.

Head slightly longer than wide, hind angles rounded off; with large punc-
tures about base and margining eyes, and two isolated ones nearer eyes than
usual. Antennae moderately long, first joint slightly shorter than eyes, and than
second and third combined, these subequal, some of the subapical ones transverse.
Prothorax slightly longer than wide, apex truncated, base evenly rounded, sides
almost parallel; with rather large marginal and submarginal punctures, and a
distinct row (six on the-left and five on the right) on each side of middle.
Elytra distinctly wider than prothorax, and almost twice the width of head, suture
faintly elevated; punctures dense and rather small but sharply defined. Abdomen
with punctures about base of each segment, much as on elytra, but becoming
smaller to the tips, where they almost vanish; anal styles long and thin. Legs
rather long. Length, 9 mm.

Hab.—Queensland : Townsville (R. E. Turner). Type (unique) in National
Museum from C. French’s collection. .

A beautiful species, the only Philonthus known from Australia with blue
elytra; the colours are much as in some varieties of Paederus cruenticollis. The
front tarsi of the type are wider and more densely clothed than is usual in females,
but the tip of the abdomen is not at all notched,

Cartus, Steph., Cat., p. 361.

AUSTRALIS, Redt. (Ocypus). N.S.W., paciricus, Er. (Philonthus). Q.,
Tas. N.S.W., V., Tas., S.A., W.A,,
King, Rottnest, Pelsart, and
Carnac Islands.
littoralis, Fv.
sABULOSUS, Fvl. Q., N.S.W., V.,
Tas., S.A., Lord Howe Island.
SERIATUS, Fvl. V., Tas., S.A., W.A.
sericeus, Holme (Philonthus and
Remus). V., Tas., S.A., W.A.
Introduced.
VELUTINUS, Fl.
S.A., W.A.

areolatus, Fvl.
CATENATUS, Fvl. N.S.W.
‘CORALLICOLA, Fairm, W.A.
duced.
occidentalis, Blackb.
nasutus, Fvl. (Needs confirmation
as Australian.)
naAutTicus, Fvl.
densiventris, Fvl. @Q., N.W.A.,,
Baudin, Condillac, Low Rocks,
Adele, and Lord Howe Islands.

Intro-

N.S.W., V., Tas.,

Introduced.
CAFTUS AUSTRALIS, Redt.

C. areolatus, Fv.

This species varies considerably in size (11-18 mm.) and colour, but may be
distinguished from all other Australian ones, except C. sabulosus, by the absence
of punctures from the prothorax, except at the angles; from sabulosus itself it is
distinguished by the larger size and: much larger and sparser punctures on the
elytra. One female before me has the prothorax reddish, except for a large
discal infuscation, the three basal joints of its antennae are reddish, the others
black; the punctures on its elytra are all sharply defined, with the adjoining sur-
face not at all wrinkled. On males the prothorax is usually deep black; with the

226

elytra densely and finely wrinkled between the punctures, the antennae are some-
times entirely dark, on several specimens parts of the three basal joints are black,
the others obscurely reddish. The elytra vary (apart from sex) from castaneous-
brown to black, with the inflexed sides paler and the tips narrowly pale; on one
male the prothorax (except for a slight infuscation), elytra, and abdomen (except
for an infuscated spot on each segment) are entirely castaneous-brown. On the
males there are sometimes two or three sharply defined punctures between the
eyes, but these are usually absent or faintly indicated. On the females the elytra
are seldom conspicuously wrinkled between the punctures, and on some males the
wrinkles are very feeble, although usually distinct. On some males the head is
not much larger than on females, but on others it is twice the size. The type of
C. australis was an unusually small and brightly coloured male, that of C. areolatus
a male of medium size; the synonymy is now first recorded.

Carius PACIFICUS, Er,
C. littoralis, Fvl.

I have seen but one specimen that agrees perfectly with the description of
C. pacificus, and that was from King Island, where it was taken in company with
typical specimens of C. lilioralis, which has now to be recorded as a synonym of
the species. It varics considerably in size (8-12 mm.) and is widely distributed.
The common form is black, with the inflexed sides of the elytra and parts of the
abdomen obscurely reddish; on a few specimens the anterior angles and sides of
the prothorax are very obscurely diluted with red.

Carius NauTiIcus, Fvl.

Readily distinguished from all other species occurring in Australia by the
highly polished median line of prothorax bounded by dense punctures, and con-
tinued on to the head. On some specimens the suture is narrowly reddish
throughout, on others at the tip only, on several not at all; the head of the male
is considerably larger than that of the female; the size ranges 7-9 mm.

CAFIUS VELUTINUS, Fvl.

The species identified as C. velutinus by Blackburn, Olliff, and myself is a
widely distributed one, ranging 6-8-5 mm. in length, with two rows of punctures
on the prothorax, the head opaque but with a shining lanceolate median space;
on all specimens of it the inflexed sides of the elytra are flavous or almost so.

A specimen of the species, in the British Museum from the Sharp Collection,
was labelled as C. catenatus, Fvl., but probably incorrectly so.

CAFIUS CORALLICOLA, Fairm.
C. occidentalis, Blackb.

A cotype of C. occidentalis, and a specimen from the Swan River, agree well
with Fauvel’s description of C. corallicola, and also with a specimen from Sey-
chelles sent under the latter name by Dr. Bernhauer.

_ Six specimens, from Adele and Baudin Islands, in the British Museum,
appear to represent a variety; they have the prothorax reddish and somewhat
paler than the parts behind it; the antennae of three of them have the second and
third joints distinctly infuscated, on another they are faintly infuscated, on the
others no darker than the adjacent joints; the long median line, more conspicuous
from some directions than from others, and coarse punctures on the shining
head are exactly as on typical specimens.

227

Hesperus, Fvl., Cat., p. 363.

AUSTRALIS, Macl. (Philonthus). (2, paciricus, Oll. Lord Howe Island.
N.S.W., V. PULLEINEI, Blackb. S.A.
HAEMORRHOIDALIS, Macl. (Philon- SEMIRUFUS, Fvl. Q., N.T,
thus), Q., N.S.W.
mirabilis, Fvl.
HESPERUS HAEMORRHOIDALIS, Macl.
On an occasional specimen only two of the apical joints of the antennae are
pale, instead of three or four.

Hesperus gloriosus, n. sp.

Pale castaneous, elytra metallic-blue or purple, the suture black, metasternum
and abdomen black, three basal joints of antennae pale castaneous, the five next
black or deeply infuscated, the apical three almost white. Elytra. and abdomen
with rather sparse, dark pubescence; with long dark bristles, dense on the
abdomen, numerous on the elytra, but almost confined to the sides on the head
and prothorax.

Head distinctly transverse between clypeus and neck; with a few large,
irregularly distributed punctures. Antennae rather short, first joint slightly
longer than second and third combined, and longer than eyes, seventh to tenth
rather strongly transverse. Prothorax about as long as wide, slightly narrower
than head across eyes, base rounded, front angles gently rounded; a few large
punctures scattered about, and an irregular row on each side of middle. Elytra
subquadrate, distinctly wider than head, suture slightly raised; punctures fairly
dense and small but sharply defined, a few large ones scattered about, Abdomen
evenly decreasing in width posteriorly ; with rather crowded and elongated punc-
tures across the base of five segments, and at the tips of four. Length, 8-9 mm.

-Hab.—Queensland: Coen River (H. Hacker), Cairns district (A. M. Lea).
Type, I. 12661.

A very beautiful species, structurally fairly close to H. semirufus. In cer-
tain lights the blue or purple of the elytra changes to green, especially posteriorly;
the abdomen is shining but not iridescent. On one specimen four of the basal
joints of antennae are pale and only two of the apical. There are four. punctures
in line between the eyes, and between the median two, a short. remnant of 2
median line; on two specimens there are three punctures in each of the seriate
rows on the pronotum, on a third there are four on the left and three on the right.

Hesperus picticornis, n. sp.

8. Black; basal half of elytra (except suture), mouth parts, and legs
reddish ; three basal joints of antennae, except tips of second and third, reddish,
fourth to eighth black or infuscated, the apical three almost white. Elytra sparsely
pubescent and with numerous bristles, becoming more numerous on abdomen, the
sides elsewhere with a few bristles.

Head strongly transverse between clypeus and neck, with a few large punc-
tures, of which six form an irregular row between the eyes. Antennae moder-
ately long, seventh to tenth joints somewhat transverse. Prothorax slightly
narrower than the median length, base evenly rounded, sides almost parallel;
with a few large punctures scattered about, and three forming a row on each
side of middle. FElytra slightly longer and wider than prothorax ; with numerous
(but not crowded) and rather small sharply defined punctures. Abdomen evenly
diminishing in width posteriorly, each of the four basal segments with a row of
punctures near base and another at apex, punctures irregular on the following

228

segments; anal styles long and thin; tip of under surface triangularly notched.
Front tarsi dilated and padded. Length, 10 mm.

Hab—New South Wales: Tweed River, in October (H. J. Carter). Type,
I. 12660.

Not very close to any other species before me. The black part of the elytra
has a slight coppery gloss; the abdomen is brilliantly iridescent, its four basal
segments are narrowly tipped with red, the subapical one has about one-fourth
pale, the following one is pale, except for a transverse median infuscation.

Betonucuus, Nordm., Cat., p. 369.
BREVICOLLIS, Fv]. Q. pouRNI, Fvl. Q., N.S.W., N.T..

BELONUCHUS BREVICOLLIS, Fvl.

The prothorax of this species at first glance appears to be deep black, but
from some directions a slight silken iridescence becomes visible. The type was
from Wide Bay, two specimens before me are from the Cairns district.

BELONUCHUS DOHRNI, F'vl.

This beautiful species is fairly common in the Cairns district on Pandanus,
and there is a specimen in the National Museum, labelled as from New South
Wales.

Mvsouius, Fvl., Cat., p. 373.

CHALCOPTERUS, Ol. Q.

Actinus, F'vl., Cat., p. 373.
IMPERIALIS, Fvl. Q. (also New Guinea). MACLEAYI, Oll. Q.

ACTINUS IMPERIALIS, Fvl.

In the description of this species the elytra (except at the sides and apex)
were noted.as green, and were so figured; but on numerous specimens before me
from New Guinea the elytra (except at the sides and apex) are purplish, in parts,
however, with a greenish gloss from certain directions; more than half of the
sixth abdominal segment is flavous. Two specimens from the Coen River
(Queensland) agree perfectly with them, except that a smaller portion of the

sixth abdominal segment is pale.

ACTINUS MACLEAYTI, Oll.

It is doubtful if A. macleayi is more than a variety of the preceding species.
Specimens of A. imperialis differ considerably in the punctures of the head and
prothorax, in the same way as those of A. macleayi from Cairns, so that the only
apparently constant distinction is imperialis having one apical joint of antennae
white, and macleayi two. The species is an extremely active one, and the most
beautiful member of the family that I have seen from any part of the world.

Ocyrrus, Steph., Cat., p. 383.
ater, Grav. (Tasgius). V. Introduced.

Ocypus ATER, Grav.

A specimen of this species, now first recorded as occurring in Australia, was
taken by Mr. F. E. Wilson at Kooyong, in May, 19195 it agrees perfectly with
English specimens identified as such by the late Dr. D. Sharp and the late Rev. T.
Blackburn; the species has also been taken in Victoria by Mr. Ejnar Fischer. In
the Catalogue fourteen synonyms and varieties of the species are noted.

229

Cotonta, OIl., Cat., p. 397,
REGALIS, Oll. Q©., N.S.W.

CreopHitus, Mannerh., Cat., p. 397.
ERYTHROCEPHALUS, Fabr. (Emus). Q., N.S.W., V., Tas., S.A.
W.A., N.W.A., N.T., C.A., King and Lord Howe Islands.
unipunctatus, Hope (Staphylinus).™
lanio, Ir.
var. oculatus, Fabr.(®

ANTIMERUS, F'vl., Cat., p. 410.
PUNCTIPENNIS, Lea. Q., N.S.W. SMARAGDINUS, Fvl. V.

Antimerus posttibialis, n. sp.

4. Black; head and prothorax with a bronzy gloss, the elytra with a greenish
one, five basal joints of antennae (the others missing), palpi, and tarsi more or
less reddish. With dense, whitish pubescence, sparser on middle of head and
prothorax, and on upper surface of basal segments of abdomen; than elsewhere,
third, fourth, and fifth segments with denser clothing than elsewhere, and some-
what curved; sides with fairly numerous bristles.

Head large and flat} transverse between lip and neck; with crowded and
sharply defined punctures of moderate size. Eyes large, oblong-elliptic, dis-
tinctly longer than basal joint of antennae. Mandibles rather thin, with an
obtuse projection at base, the left one with a small tooth nearer the base than
apex, the right one not interrupted there. Prothorax about as wide as head
and slightly longer, median length equal to greatest width (across apex), base
evenly rounded and finely margined, the sides also finely margined; punctures
much smaller than on head but quite sharply defined; a narrow, impunctate
median line. Elytra slightly longer and wider than prothorax, sides gently
rounded, apices strongly so; with more crowded punctures than on head, but
scarcely larger. Abdomen with dense punctures, except on the second and
third segments, on which they are distinct only across the base; tip of under
surface gently incurved to middle. Tibiae densely clothed, the tips spinose,
hind pair suddenly incurved at apex; front tarsi strongly, the middle ones
moderately, dilated. Length, 16 mm.

Hab—Queensland: Kuranda (F. P. Dodd). Type (unique), I. 12698.

Only five joints of one antenna are left (less of the other), of these the
two ,basal ones are pale castaneous and shining, the others are paler; all are
longer than wide.

This and the following species are referred with doubt to Antimerus;
they have the general outlines of the two previously named species of that.
genus; the head, including the mouth parts, the prothorax, and the greatly
dilated front and middle tarsi are also in agreement; but the clothing and the
finer details of sculpture differ greatly from those species.

Antimerus auricomus, n. sp.

8. Black; head and prothorax shagreened and dark metallic-green, elytra,
antennae, palpi, and legs reddish; tip of abdomen obscurely reddish. With

(7) Mr. Arrow informs me that the type of Stephylinus unipunctatus (Hope, in Gray’s
Zoological Miscellany, 1831, p. 32) from Nepal is in the British Museum, and that the name is
a synonym of C. erythrocephalus.

(8) Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Civ. Gen., 1877, p. 250, records this well-knewn New Zealand form
as occurring in Australia, but its presence requires confirmation,

230

fairly long and variegated pubescence; and sparse bristles becoming numerous
posteriorly.

Head large and flat; transverse between lip and neck; with dense and rather
small punctures. Eyes ‘large, oblong-elliptic. Basal joint of antennae shorter
than eyes, and shorter than the following joints combined, of these the second is
slightly shorter than third (the others are missing). Prothorax slightly wider
(near apex) than long, base gently rounded and, with the sides, very finely mar-
gined; punctures much as on head. Elytra slightly wider than prothorax and
distinctly longer, sides slightly, the apices strongly rounded; with crowded and
rather small punctures, in places coarser and confluent. Abdomen with dense
more or less concealed punctures; under surface feebly incurved at apex; anal
styles rather long. Tibiae with strong spines at apex, and with some thinner ones
amongst the clothing elsewhere; front tarsi strongly, the middle ones moderately
dilated. Length, 15 mm.

Hab—New South Wales: Dorrigo (unique).

A beautifully coloured and clothed species. The clothing and the shagreened
surface are very different from those of the preceding species, and the hind tibiae
are not itfcurved at apex. On the head and pronotum the pubescence is mostly dark
and inconspicuous, but in parts is golden and distinct, on the scutellum it is almost
white, on the elytra it is golden except for a black patch about the middle, but it
becomes white on the sides; on the three apical segments of the abdomen it is
dense golden and waved, on the other segments it is mostly pale on the sides and
black elsewhere (in some lights the black pubescence has a flery-red gloss) ; on
the under surface and legs it is entirely pale.

HetTeERoTHors, Steph., Cat., p. 411.

BIMACULATA, Fvl. N.S.W. SEMICUPREA, Fl. .

LATICEPs, Fvl. O., N.S.W., V., TIBIALIS, Fvl. N.S.W., V., Tas.,
Tas. S.A.

Luctuosa, Fyl. S.A. XANTHOLINOIDES, Macl. (Philonthus

maGNiceps, Bernh., Arkiv for Zool., and Ouedius). QO., N.S.W,, V.
Band 13, No. 8, p. 17. Q. flazicollis, Fv.

PICIPENNIS, Fvl. N.S.W., V., faueeli, Bernh. and Schub.
Tas., S.A.

HetTerotHops Laticers, Fvl.

A widely distributed species, stated by Bernhauer™ to be synonymous with
Il. xantholinoides, but in this he was mistaken; H. laticeps is a larger, wider, and
dingier species, with head much wider and differently impressed, and of which
I have seen numerous specimens, including a cotype from the British Mustum.
The two species were, in part, described by Fauvel as follows :—

laticeps. “fronte inter antennas leviter bumpressa””

flavicollis. “fronte inter antennas antice sat profunde wnpressa, post
unpressionem punctis 2 approxunatis natala.”

HETEROTHOPS XANTHOLINOIDES, Macl.
HA, flavicollis, Fv.
Af. fauveli, Bernh. and Schub.
Two specimens from Gayndah, probably cotypes, of H. xantholinoides have
the base, suture, and apex paler than the rest of the elytra (although the elytra
were simply described as “of a darker hue than the thorax” )s they have a

(9) fp error recorded by Hennbiater as picipes.
(10) Bernhauer, Arkiv f6r Zoologi, Band 13, No. 8, 1920, p. 17.

231

depression on the front part of the head, and close behind it two punctures close
together. The species was described as a Philonthus, in the Catalogue it is placed
as a Quedius, but it is a Heterothops, and the same species was named HH. flavt-
collis by Fauvel, a name changed by Bernhauer and Schubert to H. fauveli, as
being already in use in the genus, but their name is not now required. Three
specimens from Tasmania appear to represent a variety of the species, they differ
from typical specimens in having the head scarcely darker than the prothorax,
and on one of them the suture is quite as dark as the adjacent parts of the elytra.

HETEROTHOPS TIBIALIS, Fvl.

On some specimens of this species the median joints of the antennae are but
slightly infuscated; on the female the front tibiae are much thinner than in the
male, and not notched.

HEtTEROTHOPS PICIPENNIS, Fvl.

Mr. F. E. Wilson took a specimen of this species from a nest of a jumper ant

(Myrmecia sp.), at Belgrave (Victoria), in September.

HETEROTHOPS MAGNICEPS, Bernh.

A curious almost parallel-sided species, of which I took one specimen at
Cairns; and another (apparently a cotype) was received from Dr. Sjostedt.

Heterothops dolichocephalus, n. sp.

4. Dark castaneous; antennae, palpi, and legs paler; a few dark hairs
scattered about, and more numerous on abdomen than elsewhere ; elytra, abdomen,
and under surface with rather sparse, pale pubescence.

Head long and thin; with a few distinct punctures near eyes arid before neck.
Eyes rather small, with coarse facets, not extending half-way to neck and shorter
than the inter-antennary space. Antennae with first joint almost as long as-
second and third combined, these subequal, none of the others transverse, eleventh
about once and one-half the length of tenth. Apical joint of palpi very thin,
about two-thirds the length of subapical one. Prothorax more than twice the
width of head, sides rather strongly narrowed to apex; with two distinct sub-
median punctures in the usual positions and a few near all the margins. Elytra
much shorter than prothorax and scarcely wider, apex conjointly arcuate; with
fairly dense, sharply defined punctures of moderate size. Abdomen more than
half the total length; with sparse punctures mostly in zones, tip of under surface
bilobed. Front tibiae dilated to near apex, front tarsi moderately dilated.
Length, 5-5-5 mm.

@. Differs in having abdomen not notched at apex, and the front tibiae and
tarsi thinner.

Hab-—Tasmania (Aug. Simson’s No. 3696), Waratah, in moss (A. M.
Lea). Type, I. 12502.

An apterous, long-headed species, with the general outlines of Quedius
baldiensis, but with the palpi of Heterothops, and decidedly shorter elytra. On
several specimens the prothorax and abdomen (except that most of the segments
of the latter are paler at the tips) are darker than the other parts; the abdomen
(both surfaces) is slightly iridescent; one male is shining black, except that the
legs, antennae, palpi, and tips of some of the abdominal segments are obscurely
reddish, its abdomen is very feebly iridescent, and most of the punctures on its
upper surface are confined to the base and apex of each segment. Another male,
except for its eyes and clothing is entirely pale flavous, but seems to be immature.
The front tibiae of the male are dilated about the apical third, and then narrowed
to apex, with on one side of the narrowed part a long comb of reddish bristles or

232

teeth, but the comb is so placed that some manipulation is needed to see it under
a compound power; the middle ‘tarsi of the male have more numerous bristles
than on the female, but they do not form a comb. As on many species of
Quedius the tip of most of the abdominal segments on the upper surface appears
finely serrated, owing to a setiferous row of punctures; the setae are very distinct
from the sides.

Very close in general appearance to Quedius longiceps, Broun (from New
Zealand, and which appears to be a Heterothops), but distinguished by the abdom-
inal punctures; on longiceps they are more densely crowded at the base of the
segments, and are fairly numerous elsewhere; on that species also some of the
antennal joints are transverse; the two are certainly very closely allied, and pos-
sibly the Tasmanian form should be regarded as varietal.

Heterothops apterus, n. sp.

Deep black and highly polished; antennae, some of the mouth parts, legs, and
most of under surface of a more or less dingy red. Sides with a few dark hairs,
becoming rather numerous on abdomen; elytra, abdomen, and under surface
with sparse dark pubescence.

Head rounded, between front. of eyes and neck slightly transverse; a. few
distinct punctures near eyes and just before neck. Eyes very large, extending
almost to neck, almost twice as long as the inter-antennary space. Antennae
with first joint almost as long as second and third combined, these sub-
equal, the others gradually decreasing in length, but none transverse, eleventh
almost twice the lengih of tenth. Apical joint of palpi very thin, slightly shorter
than the subapical one. Prothorax slightly wider than the median length, strongly
narrowed to apex; with some distinct punctures slight distances from the margins,
and two submedian ones in the usual positions. LElytra much shorter than pro- -
thorax, sides slightly dilated posteriorly; with rather dense and not very large
but sharply defined punctures. Abdomen more than half the total length; with
numerous punctures; four segments very finely serrated at tips. Length, 4-25 mm.

Hab.—Tasmania: Cradle Mountain (A. M. Lea). Type (unique), I. 12485.

A deep black, apterous species; the type at first glance is like a black speci-
men of the preceding species, but the eyes are unusually large and of different
shape, and the head is considerably wider. ‘he two basal joints of antennae
arc paler than the others, which are rather deeply infuscated; under a magnifying
glass several of their joints appear to be slightly transverse, but under a compound
power even the tenth is secn to be slightly longer than wide. The type is probably
a female, but its sex is doubtful, as the apical segment of the abdomen is with-
drawn so that its tip cannot be examined, the front tibiae are moderately dilated
to near the apex, with a rather dense fringe there, and the front tarsi are hardly
dilated. It is rather close to Quedius megophthalmus, Broun (from New Zealand,
and which is probably a Heterothops), but its head is narrower so that the eyes
occupy a larger proportion of the head, although their size is the same, but their
inner sides are nowhere straight, as they partly are on that species.

Heterothops picticollis, n, sp.

é. Of a rather dingy castaneous-brown but shining, sides of prothorax,
basal joints of antennae, palpi, and most of under surface and of legs paler.
Upper surface with rather sparse long hairs; elytra, abdomen, and under surface
with pale and not very dense pubescence.

Head rather long, parallel-sided from eyes to near neck; with a few large
punctures hear the eyes and before the neck. Eyes small, distinctly shorter than
the inter-antennary space. Antennae with first joint slightly shorter than second

233

and third combined, second slightly longer than third, the others to tenth feebly
decreasing in length, but none transverse, eleventh about once and one-half the
length of tenth. Apical joint of palpi very thin, slightly longer than the sub-
apical one. Prothorax scarcely wider than the median length, strongly narrowed
to apex; with a few large irregularly distributed punctures, but with two sub-
median ones in the usual position. Elytra about once and one-fourth the length of
prothorax, base as wide as its widest part, somewhat dilated posteriorly, a distinct
depression on each side of suture; with dense and rather small punctures.
Abdomen with rather inconspicuous punctures, the tips of four segments very
minutely serrated; tip of under surface bilobed. Front tibiae dilated to near
apex, front tarsi moderately inflated. Length, 4:5-5 mm,

9. Differs in having the tip of the abdomen not notched and the front
tibiae and tarsi thinner. |

Hab— Victoria: Dividing Range (Blackburn’s Collection), Ferntree Gully
in July (F. E. Wilson), Killara in August (C. Oke). Type, I. 12689.

The general outlines are much as in H. dolichocephalus, but the head is not
quite as narrow, and the elytra are distinctly longer and probably cover wings.
On some specimens the prothorax is more infuscated than on others, but its sides,
on the five specimens before me, are always conspicuously paler than elsewhere,
the basal sides of the head are also paler than the rest of the upper surface, on
several of them the tips of the elytra are obscurely infuscated. The abdomen is
rather feebly iridescent, and on the male the pubescence towards each side at the
base of some of the segments has a golden appearance. On each elytron at about
the basal third, near the subsutural depression, there appears from some directions
a feeble elevation, but it is not a true tubercle, but rather an interruption of a
feebly elevated line. The front tibiae of the male have a comb or fringe of
reddish bristles much as on dolichocephalus, and the basal joint of the middle
tarsi has more numerous bristles than the female.

Heterothops mediofuscus, n. sp.

é. Pale castaneo-flavous; part of head (the rest deeply infuscated), sides
of prothorax (the middle deeply infuscated), and parts of legs paler.

Head rather long, sides gently rounded; with a few large punctures near eyes
and before neck. Eyes very small, scarcely extending one-third of the way to
neck, and much shorter than the inter-antennary space. Antennae with first joint
about as long as second and third combined, third slightly longer than second, the
others gradually decreasing in length, tenth feebly transverse and somewhat
shorter than eleventh. Apical joint of palpi very thin, slightly shorter than sub-
apical one. Prothorax scarcely, if at all, wider than the median length, sides
strongly narrowed to apex; with a few subapical, subbasal, and lateral punctures,
two submedian ones rather closer together than usual, and two towards apex
rather more distant. Elytra along middle distinctly shorter than prothorax; with
rather dense and small, subasperate punctures. Abdomen more than half the
total length; punctures not very sharply defined, tips of four segments minutely
serrated ; tip of under surface bilobed. Front tibiae moderately dilated to apex,
ae with an apical fringe of reddish bristles; front tarsi slightly dilated. Length,

*5 mm.
Hab.—Tasmania: Waratah, in moss (A. M. Lea). ‘Type (unique), I. 12688.

At first glance the type seems like a narrow pale variety of the preceding
species, and its clothing is very similar, but the elytra at their longest, on the
sides, are scarcely the length of the middle of the prothorax, whereas on that
species they are decidedly longer, the suture and its vicinity are also on an almost
even plane, instead of the suture distinctly elevated above subsutural depressions,

234

the eyes are smaller, and the antennae are shorter; it also appears to be apterous,
and the preceding one is probably winged. The dark part of the prothorax
occupies about the median third from base to apex, on the abdomen (both sur-
faces) there is a feebly infuscated median line from the base to beyond the middle,
the antennae are feebly infuscated in the middle; although highly polished the
iridescence is very slight. The apical joint of the palpi is almost like a seta.

Heterothops rufosuturalis, n. sp.

4. Blackish, prothorax obscurely paler, suture and extreme tips of elytra,
tips of abdominal segments, legs, and some of the mouth parts more or less red-
dish. A few dark hairs scattered about, but becoming numerous on abdomen,
especially on the anal styles; elytra, abdomen, and under surface with moderately
dense, ashen pubescence.

Head rather long and thin, with a few distinct punctures touching eyes and
before neck. Eyes small, not extending half-way to neck, distinctly shorter than
the inter-antennary space. Antennae rather longer than usual, first joint as long
as second and third combined, these subequal, the others to tenth gradually
decreasing in length but all distinctly longer than wide, eleventh about once and
one-half the length of tenth. Apical joint of palpi very thin, about half the length
-of the subapical one. Prothorax rather large, sides strongly narrowed to apex,
with a few small punctures near apex and base, and two rather small submedian
ones in the usual positions. Elytra distinctly longer than prothorax, slightly nar-
rowed posteriorly; with dense and small, subasperate punctures. Abdomen with
dense punctures, tips of four segments very finely serrated; tip of under surface
feebly bilobed. Front tibiae dilated to near apex, and then with a large notch
fringed with reddish setae; front tarsi moderately dilated. Length, 3:5-4:25 mm.

@. Differs in having slightly shorter antennae, abdomen not notched at
apex, front tibiae less dilated, with a smaller notch, and front tarsi very little
wider than the middle ones,

Hab.—Queensland: Goodna in October (F. E. Wilson), Brisbane (A. J.
Coates). New South Wales: Tweed River (A. M. Lea), Type, I. 12693,

In structure fairly close to a species identified by Blackburn as /7. luctuosa
(and which appears to be analis, Macl., referred by Macleay to Staphylinus and
supposed by Hauvel to be a Quedius), but head thinner, with much smaller eyes,
prothorax not black and suture red. The head is about the shape of that of
H. dolichocephalus, but the elytra are much longer, and wings are exposed on
several specimens. On two specimens the prothorax is obscurely reddish-brown,
but on the others, although not black, it appears almost so at the first glance; the
antennae are rather deeply infuscated in the middle, but become paler towards
base and apex; on some specimens almost the whole of the under surface is
obscurely reddish. Both surfaces are distinctly although not very brilliantly
iridescent ; the sides of the prothorax in some lights have a greenish, satiny lustre.

Two specimens, sexes, from South Australia (Myponga, A, H. Elston, and
Lucindale, B. A. Feuerheerdt) probably belong to this species, but under a com-
pound power the front tibiac are seen to have a much denser fringe of bristles,
these, on both specimens, being so close together that they touch throughout
their length; the suture and tips are no darker than the rest of the elytra. A
female, from Tasmania, (Launceston, Lea), resembles the South Australian
female, but has the prothorax as black as the head, and the antennae dark
throughout.

Heterothops mirus, n. sp.

§. Piceous-brown; head almost black, elytra, apical segment of abdomen,
most of st:bapical segment and tips of the others, antennae, palpi, parts of the
mouth, and legs more or less flavous. With a few dark hairs at sides, becoming

235

numerous on anal styles, elytra, abdomen, and under surface with short, pale
pubescence.

Head subquadrate, with a few distinct punctures close to eyes and before
neck (the neck unusually wide). Eyes small, not extending half-way to neck,
distinctly shorter than the inter-antennary space. Antennae with first joint about
as long as second and third combined, these subequal, sixth to tenth transverse.
Apical joint of palpi very thin, much shorter than the subapical one. Prothorax
slightly transverse, sides gently rounded, apex as wide as base; with two distinct
submedian punctures in the usual positions and a few near the margins. Elytra
‘not much wider than prothorax and distinctly longer, almost parallel-sided ; with
rather dense and small punctures. Abdomen with punctures about as large as on
elytra but sparser, tip of under surface bilobed. Front tibiae moderately dilated
to near apex, front tarsi slightly dilated, middle tarsi with a distinct dark comb
on the basal joint. Length, 2°25-2°5 mm.

9. Differs in having the head slightly smaller, abdomen not notched at
apex, and middle tarsi combless.

Hab.—Lord Howe Island, on Kentia palms (A. M. Lea). Type, I. 12703.

A curious flat, subparallel-sided species, allied to H. magniceps, but smaller
and narrower, prothorax paler and less iridescent. On some specimens the pro-
thorax is almost as dark as the base of the abdomen, on some it is of a dull red,
and it appears to be always darker than the elytra and paler than the head. The
mandibles are asymmetrical, the right one about the middle has a small acute pro-
jection that fits into a notch on the left one; this appears to be a common feature
in the genus, but it is usually difficult to force the jaws of these small insects apart
without damaging the head. On the front femur of the male, but visible only
under a high power, there is on its under surface, from about the middle to the
apex, a closely placed series of short setae, they are exactly the same colour as
the surrounding parts, and are perhaps used for stridulation; the front tibiae are
moderately dilated to apex, with an apical fringe of reddish bristles; the front
tarsi are only slightly dilated at the base; the middle coxae and femora are much
thicker than the front ones; the middle tarsi have the basal joint large, with a
conspicuous comb of long teeth, nine in number, certainly not bristles, accidentally
appearing regular, but a distinct comb as on many species of Quedius, although
with less numerous and longer teeth than on species of that genus. A female
from Queensland (Mount Tambourine, Lea) possibly belongs to this species, but
has the antennae shorter and darker, elytra darker, and less of the abdomen pale.

On this species the curious minute, dense, wavy lines that cover almost the
entire body of many Staphylinidae of the present subfamily, and are invisible
except under a high power, are unusually conspicuous, and visible under a con-
siderably lower power than is usually the case. On specimens mounted in Canada
balsam, or on greasy ones, I have been unable to see them at all, on most species
they appear to be interrupted by the punctures, but on the species of Actimus, on
which they are particularly beautiful, they traverse the sides and bottom of the
punctures without apparent interruption.

Heterothops tantillus, n. sp. or var.

4. Flavous, head and tips of elytra slightly darker than the adjacent parts.
Length, 2 mm,

Hab.—Queensland: Cairns district (A. M. Lea). Type (unique), I. 12702.

The type is the smallest specimen I have seen of the subfamily, it is allied to
H. magniceps, and it is structurally extremely close to the preceding species,
although decidedly smaller and paler. A front and a middle leg have been
mounted in Canada balsam, and under the microscope the latter is seen to be larger

236

than the former, although not to such a disproportionate extent as on the pre-
ceding species; on the front femur I was unable to see the row of setae clearly,
but it appears to be indicated ; the front tarsi are more dilated than on that species,
and the dark comb on the middle tarsi is slightly shorter but quite as distinct.

Heterothops ubiquitosus, n. sp.

Black; elytra piceous, prothorax dull red, tips of abdominal segments, legs, °
parts of the mouth and two or three basal joints of antennae, of a more or less
dingy flavous. With a few dark hairs at sides but becoming numerous on tip of
abdomen; elytra, abdomen, and under surface with ashen pubescence.

Head (excluding neck) about as long as wide; with a few distinct punctures
close to the eyes, and before neck. Eyes small, not extending half-way to neck,
and shorter than the inter-antennary space. Antennae with first joint as long as
second and third combined, these subequal, sixth to tenth transverse. Palpi with
apical joint very thin, about as long as the subapical one. Prothorax slightly
longer than wide; with two distinct submedian punctures in the usual positions,
and a few submarginal ones. Elytra at base slightly wider than prothorax, along
middle slightly longer, and distinctly longer at sides; with not very crowded and
small, but sharply defined punctures. Length, 2°75-3-5 mm.

Hab.— Vasmania: Mount Wellington (H. H. D. Griffith and A. M. Lea),
Hobart, Huon River, Latrobe, Stanley, Ulverstone, Launceston, Frankford,
Burnie (Lea). Victoria: Melbourne (E. Fischer, No. 4010), Beaconsfield, Emerald
(E, Jarvis), Belgrave (F. E. Wilson and C, Oke), Ferntree Gully (Wilson).
South Australia: Myponga (A. H. Elston), Lucindale (Lea). Type, I. 15254.

A narrow fusiform species, allied to H, picipennis, but consistently smaller
and narrower, and prothorax and legs paler. The tibiae are usually darker than
the rest of the legs ; the prothorax is rarely of a bright red, and on such specimens
the elytra are usually castaneous-brown, but sometimes scarcely darker ; occasion-
ally the elytra are almost as dark as the abdomen. On one specimen the shoulders
are paler than the adjacent parts, and it has three punctures triangularly placed
half-way between the eyes. The male is narrower than the fermale and has the
tip of the abdomen notched, but the front and middle legs do not appear to vary
sexually. The majority of the specimens were taken from moss or tussocks, one
from a tree fern and others from flood débris.

Heterothops nigrofrater, n. sp.

Black; tip of abdomen, tips of most of the segments on the under surfacc,
some of the mouth parts, basal joint of antennae and legs favous. A few dark
hairs scattered about, but becoming numerous on apex of abdomen; clytra,
abdomen, and under surface with rather sparse dark pubescence.

Head longer than wide, sides very [eebly rounded between eyes and neck; a
few distinct punctures close to eyes and before neck. [yes small, not extending
half-way to neck, slightly shorter than the inter-antennary space. Antennae with
first joint almost as long as second and third combined, these subequal, fifth to
tenth transverse. Apical joint of palpi very thin, about as long as the subapical
one. Prothorax slightly longer than wide, distinctly narrowed to apex; with two
. distinct submedian punctures in the usual positions, and a few submarginal ones.
Elytra distinctly longer than prothorax, especially on the sides, sides slightly
dilated posteriorly, suture feebly elevated; with fairly numerous, small but rather
sharply defined punctures. Abdomen with punctures much as on elytra. Length,
3-3°25 mm.

Hab.—Victoria: Warburton, in tussocks, in March, and Belgrave in March
(Ff. E, Wilson), Killara in August from a nest of ants, Jridomyrmex sp. (C. Oke);

237

_ Melbourne (Ejnar Fischer). Tasmania: Mount Wellington (H. H. D. Griffith and
A. M. Lea). Type, I. 15255.

A highly polished black species, in general like Diochus octavit on a greatly
reduced scale, but elytral punctures quite distinct and with palpi of H eterothops ;
it is like a rather narrow form of the preceding species, and similarly the sexes
_ ean scarcely be distinguished except by the tip of the abdomen, but the prothorax
and elytra are quite as black as the head. The tibiae are somewhat infuscated.
On some specimens the tips of the abdominal segments on both surfaces are pale,
but on most of them only distinctly so on the under surface. :

Heterothops clarki, n. sp.

g. Black; elytra almost black, tips of abdominal segments, some of the
mouth parts, basal joints of antennae and legs of a rather dingy brown, With a
few dark hairs scattered about and becoming numerous on anal styles; elytra,
abdomen, and under surface with ashen pubescence.

Head subquadrate between antennae and neck; with three large punctures”
touching each eye, and a few before neck. Eyes small, not extending half-way
to neck, about the length of the inter-antennary space. Antennae with first joint
about as long as second and third combined, second longer than third, fifth to
tenth distinctly transverse. Apical joint of palpi very thin, about the length of
the subapical one. Prothorax slightly longer than wide, sides slightly narrower
at apex than at base; with two distinct submedian punctures in the usual posi-
tions, and a few about all the margins. Elytra almost parallel-sided ; with rather
dense and small punctures. Abdomen with somewhat similar punctures to those
on elytra. Length, 2°75-3°25 mm.

Hab.—Western Australia: Swan River, five females from nests of Irido-
myrmex conifer (J. Clark). Type, I. 12694.

An interesting species, with antennal joints so short as to be suggestive of
many of the Aleocharides; the species forms another addition to the many
inquilines taken by Mr. Clark from nests of the twig-mound ant. In general
appearance it is close to the species identified by Blackburn as H. picipennis, but
is consistently smaller, antennae shorter, with most of the joints transverse ; from
the preceding species it differs in its wider head, shorter antennae, and darker
legs.

Heterothops obscuripennis, n. sp.

Black ; elytra and most of under surface of a dingy brown, legs, some of the
mouth parts, and two basal joints of antennae paler. With scattered dark hairs, |
becoming numerous on anal styles; elytra, abdomen, and under surface with dark
pubescence.

Head rounded, excluding the neck scarcely longer than wide; with a few
distinct punctures near eyes and before neck. Eyes large, extending almost to
neck, distinctly longer than the inter-antennary space. Antennae with first joint
slightly longer than second and third combined, third slightly shorter than fourth
and still shorter than second, the others gradually decreasing in length, till the
ninth and tenth are slightly transverse, eleventh longer. Apical joint of palpi
thin, about half the length of the subapical one. Prothorax moderately trans-
verse, decidedly narrowed to apex; with two distinct submedian punctures in the
usual positions, and some in the lateral and basal margins, and near apex. Elytra
with dense and rather small, asperate punctures. Abdomen with smaller and
sparser punctures than on elytra, tips of four segments very finely serrated.
Length, 3-5 mm.

Hab—South Australia: Kangaroo Island, in moss on ground (A. M. Lea).
Type, I. 12695. :

238

In general appearance somewhat like A. laticeps, but head smaller and eyes
much larger ; at first glance it appears to belong to Quedius, but the apical joint of
the palpi is very small. The sexes appear to differ externally only in the tip of
the abdomen, that of the male being notched; the male before me is probably
immature, as it is considerably paler than the female; the abdomen of both sexes
is moderately iridescent.

Heterothops castaneus, n. sp.

Bright castaneous; part of abdomen and most of antennae more or less
deeply infuscated. With a few rather short hairs, but becoming numerous on
tips of anal styles; elytra, abdomen, and under surface with not very dense ashen
pubescence. .

Head subquadrate between front of eyes and neck; with two distinct punc-
tures close to eyes, and a few before neck. [yes small, not extending one-third
of the way to neck, and much shorter than the inter-antennary space. Antennae
with first joint about as long as second and third combined, these subequal, seventh
to tenth transverse. Apical joint of palpi very thin, somewhat shorter than the
subapical one. Prothorax along middle scarcely longer than the greatest width,
moderately narrowed to apex; with two submedian punctures in the usual posi-
tions, and a few near or on all the margins. Elytra along middle not much longer
than prothorax, but longer on sides; with fairly dense and rather small but
sharply defined punctures. Abdomen with somewhat sparser punctures than on
elytra. Length, 3-5-4°5 mm.

Hab—Lord Howe Island, six specimens from fallen leaves (A. M. Lea).
Type, I. 12691,

A narrow, pale species, with unusually small eyes; at first glance it resembles
some of the narrower species of Calodera; it is fairly close to H. rantholinoides,
but is narrower, with smaller eyes, elytra entirely pale, etc. The two apical seg-
ments of abdomen are usually entirely pale, the others each have more or less of
the base infuscated, although on the under surface the infuscation is sometimes
but slight; the scutellum on one specimen is infuscated. On the male the front
tibiae are slightly more dilated to the apex than on the female, and the tip of its
abdomen is notched.

Heterothops kentiae, n. sp.

é. Black; elytra dull red, a large blackish spot on each; apical segment of
abdomen and tips of the others, mouth parts, palpi, two or three basal joints of
antennae and the legs more or less reddish. With scattered dark hairs, becoming
dense on anal styles; elytra, abdomen, and under surface with ashen pubescence.

Head rather large, with a few large punctures near eyes and before neck.
Eyes small, scarcely extending one-third of the distance to neck, and shorter than
the inter-antennary space. Antennae with first joint not quite as long as second
and third combined, these subequal, seventh to tenth transverse. Apical joint of
palpi very thin, slightly dilated at base, almost as long as the subapical one.
Prothorax slightly transverse near apex, scarcely narrower than near base; with
two distinct submedian punctures, and a few in basal and lateral margins and near
apex. Elytra with suture slightly but distinctly elevated; with fairly dense and
small, sharply defined punctures. Abdomen with somewhat sparser punctures
than on elytra, tip of under surface deeply notched. Length, 4-5-5 mm.

9. Differs in having the head smaller, prothorax less transverse, abdomen
wider and not notched at apex. ;

Hab.—Lord Howe Island, summit of Mount Gower, on Kentia canterburyana
(A. M. Lea). Type, I. 12690.

Structurally rather close to H. laticeps, but very differently coloured, eyes
smaller and abdomen less parallel-sided. On most specimens the extreme apex

239

and base of the prothorax are paler than the rest of its surface, occasionally the
whole prothorax is of an obscure reddish-brown, but the head, except for parts
of the mouth, appears to be always deep shining black. The blackish spot on
each elytron occupies more than half its surface, and ustially touches-the side,
but not the base, apex, or suture; the femora are paler (sometimes almost
flavous) than the rest of the legs. The head varies in size and, except for the
neck, is usually transversely quadrate and wider than the prothorax in the male ;
quadrate and slightly narrower than that segment in the female, but sometimes it
is of its exact width. There is a shallow intcr-antennary depression with a
shallow puncture on each side, but from some directions only the two punctures.
are visible. The jaws ate usually clenched, but when they have been forced
apart there may be seen two triangular teeth, a small notch and a wider one on
the right side, and two wider teeth and one wider notch on the left side. The
real tip of the abdomen of the male is deeply notched, but the segment with the
notch is sometimes withdrawn so that the tip appears rounded, even when an
oedeagus is protruding. My wife and I obtained numerous specimens, including
many larvae, from fallen fronds and on wet parts of the palm trees; there is also
a specimen in the Australian Museum from the same mountain.

Heterothops pictus, n. sp.

g. Black; elytra (except for some dark spots), tips of abdominal segments.
some of the mouth parts, two or three basal joints of antennae and the legs more
or less reddish, With sparse dark hairs, but becoming dense on apex of abdomen ;
pubescence of elytra and abdomen variegated.

Head rounded and moderately transverse; with three or four punctures
touching each eye, and a few before neck, Eyes very large, almost extending
to neck, considerably longer than the inter-ocular space. Antennae with first
joint as long as second and third combined, these subequal, the others to tenth
gradually decreasing in length. Apical joint of palpi very thin, slightly shorter
than the subapical one. Prothorax moderately transverse, distinctly narrowed to
apex; with two conspicuous submedian punctures, closer together than is usual,
and with a few on the lateral and basal margins and near apex. Elytra not
much longer than prothorax, suture distinctly elevated, a shallow depression om
each side of it; with rather dense, subasperate punctures. Abdomen with sparser
and more irregularly distributed punctures than elytra; tip of under surface
bilobed. Front tibiae moderately dilated to apex, and about apex with a fringe
of reddish bristles ; basal joints of front tarsi moderately dilated. Length, 4-6 mm.

9. Differs in having the abdomen not notched at the tip, and front tibiae

and front tarsi thinner.

Hab.—Victoria: Victorian Alps (E. Fischer, No. 1028), Dividing Range
(Blackburn’s Collection), Belgrave in March (F. E. Wilson), in September, and
Ferntree Gully in June (C. Oke), Warburton in April (Wilson), Bright (H. W.
Davey, No, 848), Wandin in August (National Museum), Emerald (E. Jarvis
and A. M. Lea). Tasmania (Aug. Simson, No. 3133, in British Museum),
Zeehan. Western Australia; Donnybrook (Lea). Type, I. 12673.

A beautiful species not very close to any other before me. The elytra have a
curious mottled appearance, partly owing to the black or infuscated spots, of
which there are usually three on each elytron (one medio-apical, one medio-
lateral, and one medio-sutural), and partly to patches of somewhat golden
pubescence, more numerous than the spots; but on an occasional specimen the
infuscations almost disappear. On the abdomen, especially on the upper surface
of the male, the pubescence is of a beautiful golden colour, and irregularly placed,
somewhat as noted for that of Quedius inaequalipenmis ; its iridescence, although

240

not very pronounced, combined with the golden clothing on the black and red
surface, causes the abdomen to appear more beautiful than usual. On most speci-
mens the head and prothorax have a slight coppery gloss; the prothorax is occa-
sionally obscurely reddish; on some specimens the legs are mostly deeply infus-
cated, but on many of them the femora (the front ones to a greater extent than
the others) are partly or entirely flavous. There are usually a few inconspicuous
punctures, about six, on the front of the interocular space; the right mandible has
a triangular tooth, which fits into a notch on the left one; probably no joint of the
antennae is really transverse, but under a magnifying glass the tenth, especially
when gummy, appears distinctly transverse; under a microscope, however, even
the tenth is seen to be at least as long as wide.

Quepius, Steph., Cat., p. 417.

On the males of many species of this genus the basal joint of the middle
tarsi is elongated, and on one side, placed obliquely, it has a comb with teeth
varying in numbers from sixteen to forty; the teeth are closely set and are longer
in the middle than on the ends, but the variation in length is quite even. The
comb, although of comparatively large size, is inconspicuous or concealed from
certain directions, and to see it clearly it is often necessary to detach a leg and
mount it for examination under the microscope; even then, unless mounted the
right way up, the comb on several species could easily be overlooked, as the tips
of the teeth only would show, and these could easily be missed amongst the
bristles, but when properly mounted and in a good light the combs are abund-
antly distinct. In the literature to which I have access I cannot find that they
have been previously commented upon, except in the description of Q. pectinatus, ,
but they are present on many Australian species, and of those already named some
comments, further on, will be found on those of Q. diemensis, Q. hybridus, and
Q. tepperi. Some species instead of having a comb have rather dense setae or
bristles, and others have such soft and dense hair there as to be almost furry.
Under a magnifying glass the species having bristles on the basal joint sometimes
appear combed, but in the really combed species the joint appears to have a dis-
tinct black or blackish rim (as on the front tarsi of species of Carphurus, Helco-
gaster, and other Malachiides) ; on the bristly species there is no blackish rim,
the colour being as in the adjacent parts. On the females of some species whose
males have combs, the joint is rather long, and some bristles cause a deceptive
resemblance to a comb, but under a microscope the difference is at once apparent.

AENEUuS, Fvl. V. IRIDIVENTRIS, F'vl. O., N.S.W.,. V.,
ANALIS, Macl. (Stephylinus). Q,, S.A., W.A.

N.S.W., S.A. KOEBELEI, Blackb. (Q.
ANDERSONI, Blackb. S.A., W.A. LURIDIPENNTS, Macl. (Staphylinus).
BALDIENSIS, Blackb. V. O., N.S.W., V., S.A., W.A.
cuprinus, Fvl. N.S.W.. V., Tas. semiviolaceus, I'v.
picHrous, Fvl. V. LURIDUS, Fvl. W.A.
DIEMENENSIS, Blackb. V., Tas. MEDIOFUSCUS, Lea, Proc. Roy. Soc.
DIVERSIPENNTS, Fyl. W.A. Vict., 1909, p. 121. Tas.
FuULGIDUS, Fabr. YV., Tas., S.A. MESOMELINUS, Marsh. V._ Intro-
HOLLANDICUS, Bernh. Australia. troduced.

Hysripus, Er. (Philonthus). Q., METALLICUS, Tvl. Q.
N.S.W., V., ‘Tas., S.A., W.A. NELSONENS!S, Blackb. V., Tas.,

faurus, Blackb. (Heterothops), King Island.
Cat., p. 414. NIGRIcOLLIs, Fvl, Q., N.S.W., V.
INcoNsPicuus, Blackb. ‘las., S.A. pecTINaTuS, Lea, Proc. Roy. Soc.

Vict., 1907, p. 151. King Island.

241

PicEoLus, Fvl. N.S.W., V. TEPPERI, Blackb. N.S.W., V., Tas.,

PICTIPENNIS, Blackb. V. S.A.

POLITULUS, Macl. (Philonthus). Q. ferox, Blackb.

RUBRICOLLIS, Fvl. N.S.W., V. blackoburni, Bernh. and Schub.

RUFICOLLIs, Grav. (Philonthus). THoRACICUs, Fvl. Q., N.S.W., V.,
Q., N.S.W., V., Tas., S.A. S.A., W.A.

chalybeipennis, Macl. (Philonthus). versicotor, Fvl. Q.
SIDNEENSIS, Fvl. Q., N.S.W., V., VIRIDESCENS, Fvl. Q., W.A.

Tas. XYLOPHILUS, Lea, Proc. Roy. Soc.
SULcICOLLIs, Fvl. N.S.W., V., Tas., Vict., 1907, p. 152. Tas., King
S.A., W.A. Island. :

QuEDIUs TEPPERI, Blackb.
Q. ferox, Blackb.
Q. blackburni, Bernh. and Schub.

The type of Q. tepperi-is in the South Australian Museum, and its prothorax
and elytra are now (probably due to exposure) dark castaneous-brown; the
species was originally described as “niger” and “with the . . . thorax deep
black.” Shortly afterwards Q. ferox was described from “a single specimen
taken near Adelaide.” The type of ferox is in the British Museum, but there
are other specimens labelled by Blackburn as belonging to the species in the South
Australian Museum, agreeing with the description, and also agreeing perfectly in
sculpture with the type of tepperi. Itsis one of the dark species of the genus, but
is distinct by its wide and rather flat head and prothorax, on fresh specimens
these being slightly opalescent; the inter-antennary depression is faint and alike
on the type of tepperit and on specimens labelled ferox. The species occurs also in
New South Wales, Victoria, and Tasmania; island specimens are usually darker
than mainland ones, on many of the latter the terminal joints of the antennae are
pale. The species has a tarsal comb, but it is obscured by numerous long bristles,
its teeth are also paler than usual (on most species having them they are blackish,
or at least dark brown, on this one they are hardly darker than the bristles), are
less than twenty in number, and are so placed that some manipulation is necessary
to see them plainly. As the name ferox was already“) in use in the genus
Bernhauer and Schubert altered the name of the Australian species to blackburnt,
but their name is not now required.

QUEDIUS RUFICOLLIS, Grav.

Mr. Goudie took a specimen of this species, at Sea Lake, from the nest of
a black species of Camponotus.

QUEDIUS LURIDIPENNISs,. Macl.

Some Tasmanian examples of this species (taken in moss) have the elytra
less conspicuously reddish than on mainland ones, and the abdomen is’ less
brilliantly iridescent. Six (from Western Australia) have even darker elytra
(although still obscurely reddish), and on two of them the abdomen is non-
iridescent. Under the microscope the basal joint of the middle tarsi of the male
is seen to be without a comb, but to have a short kind of fur amongst the bristles.

. QUEDIUS IRIDIVENTRIS, Fl.

The description of this species is but little more than a comparison with the
European Q. paradisianus. Some specimens identified by Blackburn as belong-
ing to it differ from the description in having the fourth joint of antennae

(11) Leconte, 1878.

242
shorter than the third, not, as in the description, “2-4 aequalibus,” the eyes are
large, in the description they are, compared with paradisianus, “multo minoribus.”
On the specimens before me the basal joints of the antennae are paler than the
others, but these vary from moderately to deeply infuscated, apparently they are
never quite black; they range in length 5°5-9°5 mm.

Quepius sIDNEENSIS, I'v.
A specimen of this species, from near Sydney, in Mr. Carter’s collection,
has the elytra, tips of abdomen, and tibiae darker than usual.

Quepius BaLviensts, Blackb.

The type of this species is in the British Museum. Blackburn at first con-
sidered it was possibly an alpine form of Q. cuprinus, but aflerwards considered
it distinct; if a specimen from his collection, labelled by him as baldiensis, is
correctly named the two species are certainly distinct; this specimen, however,
does not agree with the description, as its elytra and most of the abdomen are
pale, and it is also evidently apterous. Three specimens recently taken from
tussocks by Mr. I. E. Wilson on Mount Donna Buang (Victoria) agree with
the description except that at least five of the antennal joints (6th-l0th) are
transverse, whereas Blackburn described the antennae as having “articulis nullis
transversis.” In structure they agree perfectly with the specimen from the
Blackburn Collection, differing only in the much darker elytra and abdomen.

QuEDIUS NELSONENSIS, Blackb.

Numerous specimens from Victoria, Tasmania, and King Island appear to
belong to this species, which may be readily distinguished by its apterous body,
narrow head, and bicoloured elytra. The main colour of the type was noted as
“piceus,” but most of the specimens before me are deep black, with the abdomen
often brilliantly iridescent and with some of its segments tipped with red; the
two apical joints of the antennae are usually, but not always, conspicuously
paler than the preceding ones. The Tasmanian specimens were taken from moss,
tussocks, and sods of grass.

QUEDIUS DIEMENENS!S, Blackb.

Two specimens from Brisbane, in the Queensland Museum, probably belong
to this species, but differ from typical ones in being smaller, prothorax and elytra
slightly more convex, and abdomen entirely dark; one specimen has the legs
und antennae entirely pale, the other has (of the legs) only the tarsi and knees
pale. On many Tasmanian specimens the prothorax is deep black, and three
basal joints of antennac no darker than the following ones. Structurally the
species is very close to Q. ruficollis. Its male has a tarsal comb much as on
Q. hybridus, but the species being of larger size lhe teeth are more easily seen
under a magnifying glass; on the reverse side of the joint the bristles are so
dense that the comb is greatly obscured.

QueEpius 1Nconsricuus, Blackb.

. The prothorax of this species was described as*“rufo-piceo,” and antennae
as “piceis apicem versus ferrugineis”; possibly the type (now in the British
Museum) was immature, as a specimen bearing Blackburn’s name-label
“inconspicuus, Blackb.,” has the prothorax deep black, with a faint coppery
tinge, its antennae are also black, except that the basal portion of several joints
is reddish. The type was from Wallaroo, in South Australia, the specimen com-
mented upon, and others before me, are from ‘Tasmania.

243

QUEDIUS KOEBELEI, Blackb.

Two specimens, taken on seeds of Pisonia brunoniana in the Cairns dis-
trict, probably belong to this species; they differ, however, from the description
in having the sides and tips of the abdominal segments obscurely paler, the
elytra were described as “obscure ferrugineis apicem versus infuscatis’; on
these specimens the dark parts of the elytra are the outer apical angles (the dark
parts scarcely extend to the suture) and the inverted sides,

QUEDIUS PICTIPENNIS, Blackb.

On the elytra, of this beautiful species, the black markings vary somewhat
in size, but they usually leave a conspicuous red V. Specimens under examuna-
tion are all from Victoria (Belgrave in February and August, Ferntree Gully
in July, and Emerald in March); two of them were taken from moss.

QUEDIUS HyBRIDUS, Er.

The middle tarsi of the male, as seen from one side, has a very conspicuous
comb of nearly thirty rather long, blackish teeth; under a magnifying glass the
comb appears as a well-defined and not very narrow black edging, but from one
side the teeth are less distinct. All that Erichson said of the middle tarsi was
“articulo primo incrassato.”

Quedius bellus, n. sp.

8. Coppery-bronze; head and prothorax finely shagreened and of a dif-
ferent shade from elytra, muzzle, some mouth parts, basal joint of antennae and
base of one or two others, and most of legs flavous, tarsi, knees, and hind coxae
infuscated, antennae still darker; abdomen blackish and slightly iridescent, tips
and sides of most of the segments, and most of the under surface obscurely
reddish. Head, and sides of prothorax and of elytra, with a few blackish hairs,
becoming numerous on sides of abdomen and dense on its tips; elytra,
abdomen (both surfaces), and, metasternum with rather dense, shining
pubescence.

Head of moderate size, with a few setiferous punctures at sides of eyes and
just before neck. Eyes rather large, about as long as the inter-antennary space.
Antennae with first joint longer than second and third combined, third slightly
longer than second and conspicuously longer than fourth, the others to tenth
feebly decreasing in length and very feebly increasing in width, the tenth just
perceptibly transverse, eleventh distinctly longer than tenth, feebly incurved on
one side of apex. Apical joint of palpi about twice the length of preceding
one and at base not much thinner. Prothorax with two punctures in the usual
positions, with one towards each side, two towards base, and a few small ones
about the front angles. Elytra with rather dense and small but sharply defined
punctures, and with about eight to ten large ones on each elytron. Abdomen
with rather dense punctures, tip of under surface gently incurved to middle.
Basal joints of front tarsi somewhat dilated, basal joint of middle tarsi large,
and with a conspicuous black comb. Length, 6-6°5 mm.

Hab.—Victoria: Belgrave in July (F. I. Wilson), Ferntree Gully in July
(C. Oke), Beaconsfield in May (H. H. D. Griffith from E. Jarvis). Type,
I. 12667.

A beautiful species, with a conspicuous satiny gloss on the head and pro-
thorax, and to a certain extent on abdomen. ‘he head and prothorax are
apparently coloured as in. Q. luridus, but the elytra are also bronzy and legs
pale, size smaller, etc. Structurally it is fairly close to Q. pectinatus, but more
metallic, elytra with large scattered punctures and comb of middle tarsi even

244

larger. The comb is composed of nearly forty closely packed, blackish teeth,
almost flat to the joint and slightly longer in the middle than on the sides, with
its end projecting over the second joint; but there are numerous long bristles
on the joint that somewhat obscure the comb under a weak power.

Tarsal comb of Quedius bellus, Lea.

Quedius inaequalipennis, n. sp.

@. Piceous-brown; most of legs and of abdomen and base of antennae
paler, head black. Head and sides of prothorax and of elytra with a few blackish
hairs, becoming numerous on sides of abdomen and dense on its tips. Elytra,
abdomen, and metasternum with rather dense pubescence.

Head of moderate size; two punctures touching each eye, a few behind
them and a few just before neck. Eyes rather large, slightly longer than the
inter-antennary space. Antennae with first joint as long as second and third
combined, second the length of fourth and somewhat shorter than third, the
others to tenth very feebly decreasing in length, but none transverse, eleventh
longer than tenth, incurved on one side of apex. Apical joint of palpi consider-
ably longer than subapical one, distinctly thinner at base, and acutely pointed.
Elytra with suture distinctly elevated, a shallow depression on each side of it,
and very feeble depressions elsewhere. Punctures fairly dense but small and
shallow. Abdomen with irregularly distributed punctures, becoming dense in
parts; tip of under surface slightly notched. Basal joints of front tarsi somewhat
dilated, basal joint of middle tarsi large and with a distinct blackish comb.
Length, 5°5-6°5 mm.

¢. Differs in having the head slightly smaller, antennae slightly shorter,
with tenth joint just perceptibly transverse, abdomen wider, not notched at
apex, front tarsi less dilated, and basal joints of middle tarsi shorter, thinner,
and without a comb.

Hab-—Tasmania (Aug. Simson’s No. 3613), Waratah in moss, Wilmot
(H. J. Carter and A. M. Lea), Zechan, Huon River (Lea). Victoria: Mount
Donna Buang, near Warburton, in tussocks in March (F. E. Wilson). New
South Wales: Blue Mountains (Dr. E. W. Ferguson). Type, I. 15250,

Allied to Q. pectinaius, but smaller, elytra more uneven, etc.; the inequali-
ties of the elytra, other than the sutural elevation and subsutural depressions
are fairly distinct on some specimens but very feeble on others. Of the thirteen.
specimens before me hardly any two are exactly alike in colour; on one of them
the prothorax (except that the base and sides are narrowly and obscurely
‘brownish) is quite as black as the head, on others although paler than the head,
it is darker than the elytra; on one the elytra are of a rather dingy red; the
abdomen on some specimens is almost entirely blackish, on others most of it is
no darker than the elytra; on one the prothorax is distinctly reddish, although
not of the bright red of Q. ruficallis. On the specimen (probably immature)
from the Blue Mountains, the prothorax is paler than the elytra, and’ the
abdomen is almost flavous, but becomes darker posteriorly. The head and pro-
thorax are highly polished and the latter is usually feebly iridescent, the
abdomen is slightly iridescent, The pubescence on the abdomen (both surfaces),
especially of the male, is somewhat undulated, and has an appearance on each

245

side of most of the segments, as of radiating from a common base, with a slight
golden gloss, faintly suggestive of Fauvel’s figure of Leucitus argyreus,"” a
somewhat similar appearance but less pronounced, may be noticed on other
species of the genus. There are two submedian punctures on the prothorax,
in the usual positions, and. near each of them is usually a semicircular row of
three others, but of these the posterior one is sometimes ill-defined or absent;
there are also a few about the front angles. The comb, on the middle tarsi of
the male, extends almost the entire length of its supporting joint, but the teeth
are only about fifteen in number, although stouter than usual.

Quedius cordatus, n. sp.

4. Black; scutellum, elytra (a large blackish heart-shaped or triangular
patch behind scutellum), sides and tips of upper surface of most of the
abdominal segments, and most of their under surface, sterna, legs, muzzle, and
two basal joints of antennae, flavous or somewhat reddish. Elytra, abdomen,
and under surface with fairly dense, ashen pubescence. ©

Head moderately large; two punctures almost touching each eye, and a
larger one between it and neck. Eyes rather large, scarcely longer than the
inter-antennary space. Antennae with first joint longer than’ second and third
combined, these subequal, fifth to tenth more or less feebly transverse, eleventh
almost twice the length of tenth, incurved on one side of apex. Prothorax less
narrowed in front than usual; two submedian punctures inconspicuous. Elytra
with comparatively sparse and small, but sharply defined punctures. Abdomen
with fairly numerous punctures, under surface of apparent sixth segment pro-
duced at apex into four acutely triangular lobes, of which the lateral ones are
much shorter than the others. Front tarsi rather strongly dilated, basal joint
of middle tarsi long and with a conspicuous blackish comb. J.ength, 4°75-5 mm.

¢@. Differs in having the abdomen wider, apical segment on under surface
evenly rounded, front tarsi less strongly (although distinctly) dilated, and basal
joint of middle tarsi smaller and combless.

Hab, Queensland: National Park (H. Hacker). Type in Queensland
Museum; cotype, I. 15231, in South Australian Museum.

Mr, Hacker obtained four specimens, all of which have a conspicuous heart-
shaped or subtriangular black mark behind the scutellum; there are no long hairs
on the upper surface of the head, prothorax, or elytra of any of them. The comb on
the middle tarsi of the male appears to consist of about seventeen teeth, and its end
projects well over the second joint, the end teeth are small, rather rapidly increase
in length to the middle, and then decrease to its base, which is about one-third
from the base of the joint itself. ‘The apical joint of the maxillary palpi is
scarcely as long as the preceding joint, from one direction its base appears not
much thinner than that joint, but from another direction it appears line-like, and —
so possibly the species should be referred to Heterothops.

Quedius hackeri, n. sp.

é. Black; femora, basal joint of antennae and some of the mouth parts
flavous, rest of legs and of antennae more or less deeply infuscated, but not black.
Head, sides of prothorax and of elytra with a few long hairs, becoming more
numerous on sides of abdomen, and especially on anal styles; elytra, abdomen,
and sterna with rather dense, sooty pubescence.

Head rather large, distinctly transverse and gently convex; a few distinct
putictures near eyes, behind them, and just before neck. Eyes rather large, about
as long as the inter-antennary space. Antennae with first joint slightly longer

(12) Fauvel, Ann. Mus. Ciy. Gen., xii, 1878, pl. ii, fig. 28.

246

than second and third combined, second slightly shorter than third, and longer
than fourth, the others to tenth more or less feebly transverse, eleventh longer,
its apex incurved on one side. Apical joint of palpi slightly longer than the
preceding joint, its base not much thinner. Prothorax less narrowed in front
than usual; with two submedian punctures in the usual positions, and three
marginal ones on each side. Elytra with fairly dense but rather small and shallow
punctures. Abdomen with fairly dense punctures, tip of under surface slightly
notched. Front tarsi somewhat dilated, basal joint of middle tarsi long and with
a distinct blackish comb. Length, 5-6 mm.

9. Differs in having the head smaller, antennae somewhat thinner, abdomen
not notched at tip, front tarsi less dilated, and the middle ones combless.

Hab—Queensland: National Park (H. Hacker). Type, in Queensland
Museum; cotype, I. 15252, in South Australian Museum.

Structurally rather close to Q. tepperi, but head rather more convex, elytral
punctures smaller and less sharply defined, and antennae and legs conspicuously
paler. The elytra have a faint coppery gloss, and on two females the tip of the
suture is reddish; the abdomen has a distinct, but not brilliant, bluish iridescence.
‘The tarsal comb of the male consists of about thirty close-set teeth, extending
practically the whole length of its supporting joint.

Quedius nitidissimus, n. sp.

6. Black and highly polished, femora flavous, tarsi, parts of mouth and of
basal joints of antennae obscurely reddish, rest of antennae and tibiae darker
but not black. Head and sides with a few blackish hairs, becoming numerous
on tips of abdomen; elytra, abdomen, and sterna with sparse pubescence.

Head rather large, moderately transverse and rather convex; two punctures
touching the side of each eye, a few behind them and just before neck. Eyes
fairly large but scarcely as long as the inter-antennary space. Antennae with
first joint slightly longer than second and third combined, these subequal, the
others gradually decreasing in length till the ninth and tenth are moderately trans-
verse, eleventh longer. Apical joint of palpi rather stout, slightly longer than the
preceding one. Prothorax rather large, moderately narrowed in front; with two
submedian punctures in the usual positions, and a few nearer the base, with a
few marginal ones at apex and sides. Elytra with fairly numerous and moderately
large, sharply defined punctures. Abdomen with sparse punctures, tip of under
surface feebly incurved at middle. Jront tarsi strongly dilated, basal joint of
middle tarsi long and with a blackish comb, Length, 6 mm.

Hab.—Tasmania: Waratah (A. M. Lea). Type (unique), I. 12483.

At first glance close to the preceding species, but more highly polished, hcad
considerably more convex, and elytral punctures much stronger, stronger than in
Q. teppert; from which it also differs in the convex head, and flavous fcmora.
The upper stirface is so highly polished that it has an oily appearance; the elytra
have a faint coppery-green gloss. On the left side of the prothorax, at about
one-fourth from the base, there are two conspicuous punctures, but on the left
side there is but one. J have not mounted a middle leg to examine it more
clearly under the microscope, and as the teeth of the comb are somewhat obscured
by bristles, could not count them, but they are close-set, and extend almost the
entire length of the supporting joint.

Quedius lateroflavus, n. sp.
4. Flavo-castaneous; most of the head (both surfaces), a large patch on
prothorax (the rest flavous), two spots on each elytron, a wide median stripe on
upper surface of abdomen, and sides of metasternum black or blackish; legs,

247

antennae, and palpi more or less flavous. Sides with some long dark hairs,
becoming numerous on anal styles; elytra, abdomen, and under surface with pale
pubescence.

Head large and moderately transverse; with a few large punctures near eyes
and just before neck. Eyes very large, extending almost to neck, distinctly longer
than the inter-antennary space. Antennae with first joint as long as second and
third combined, the others gradually decreasing in length till the ninth and tenth
are slightly transverse, eleventh longer, incurved on one side of apex. Apical
joint of palpi rather thin, distinctly longer than the subapical one. Prothorax
rather large; with two submedian punctures in the usual positions, and a few
about apex and sides. Elytra rather wide, a feeble depression on each side of
suture; punctures not very dense and rather small, but mostly sharply defined.
Abdomen on upper surface with punctures near sides and sparse (or absent)
elsewhere, the tips of most of the segments with numerous short, longitudinal
impressions; under surface with more numerous punctures, the tips impressed
as on upper surface, apical segment notched. Front tarsi with three basal joints
moderately dilated; middle tarsi with first joint not very large and scarcely as
long as second and third combined. Length, 4-6 mm.

@. Differs in being somewhat wider, dark markings more extended, abdomen
not notched and front tarsi less dilated.

Hab—Queensland: Mount Tambourine (A. M. Lea). New South Wales:
Blue Mountains (Dr. E. W. Ferguson), Sydney, Ourimbah (R, Helms). Type,
I. 12687.

A beautifully marked and rather robust species. On the type the dark part
of the prothorax occupics most of the apex, it is then slightly narrowed to near
the middle, then suddenly dilated and then strongly narrowed to the base, where it
occupies a space slightly less than the width of the scutelium; one spot on each
elytron is rounded, apical, and slightly nearer the suture than side, the other is
larger, less sharply defined, .of irregular shape and medio-lateral; the abdominal
stripe is almost one-third of the width of each of the segments to the subapical
one, near the apex of which it terminates, the stripe is brightly iridescent. The
female has the prothoracic mark somewhat larger, the medio-lateral spot on each
elytron larger, and irregularly conjoined to a larger subscutellar blotch (the latter
is scarcely indicated on the type), and the abdominal stripe is wider, with a
blackish spot at the sides of each of four segments (faintly indicated on the type).
Under the microscope the basal joint of the middle tarsi, of the male, appears
bristly, but not combed.

Quedius erythroderes, n. sp.

Black; prothorax bright reddish, antennae, palpi and legs flavous, apical seg-
ment of abdomen, most of subapical one, and tips of the others, more or less
reddish. With a few dark hairs on sides, and becoming numerous on anal styles.
Elytra, abdomen, and under surface with dark pubescence.

Ilead rounded, distinctly transverse between antennae and neck; with a few
punctures behind eyes and before neck. Eyes (for the genus) rather small,
shorter than the inter-antennary space, and not cxtending half-way to ‘neck.
Antennae rather long, first joint as long as second and third combined, these sub-
equal, the others gradually decreasing in length but none transverse, eleventh
distinctly longer than tenth, one side of apex incurved. Apical joint of palpi
rather stout at base, slightly longer than the subapical one. Prothorax moder-
ately transverse, very little narrowed to apex; with two rather small submedian
punctures in the usual positions, and a few on the apical and lateral margins.
Elytra scarcely wider than prothorax, scarcely elevated at suture; punctures
sharply defined and not very small or crowded. Abdomen with punctures quite

248

as large as on elytra, but becoming smaller posteriorly. Three basal joints of front
tarsi inflated. Length, 5-5-5 mm.

Hoab—South Australia: Mount Lofty (A. H. Elston), Wallaroo (A. M.
Lea). Victoria: Forrest (H. W. Davey). ‘Type, I. 12683,

A rather thin, parallel-sided species, at first glance resembling Philonthus
subcingulatus, but head more rounded, prothorax shorter and with very different
punctures; Heterothops tibialis is also similarly coloured but differs in the head,
front legs, etc.; Q. ruficollis and Q. thoracicus are much wider, with much larger
eyes, and are otherwise very different. It is apparently close to Q. rubricollis,
but differs from the description in having the elytra not at all bluish, and the
prothorax transverse. The elytra of the type, although black, are not of the
intense polished black of the head, and on two specimens are more piceous-brown
than black. I cannot be sure as to the sex or sexes of the four specimens before
me, two have the tip of the under-surface of the abdomen straight in the middle,
and two have it faintly incurved there, but the difference is so slight that it may
not be indicative of sex; all of them have the basal joint of the middle tarsi comb-
less, but in most species of the genus it is combless in both sexes,

Quedius apiciflavus, n. sp.

3. Black; scutellum, elytra, margins of most of the abdominal segments, legs
and antennae red, apical segment of abdomen and part of the subapical one flavous.
Sides with a few dark hairs, becoming numerous on abdomen and dense on anal
styles, a few hairs on tips of most of the abdominal segments and a distinct fringe
on apex of elytra; elytra, abdomen, and under surface with pale (in some lights
golden) pubescence.

Head somewhat rounded; with two punctures touching inner side of each
eye, and a few near neck. Eyes very large, extending almost to neck, distinctly
longer than the inter-antennary space. Antennae-with basal joint as long as
second and third combined, these subequal, eighth to tenth moderately transverse,
eleventh considerably longer than tenth, incurved on one side of apex. Apical
joint of palpi much longer than subapical one, its base not much thinner. Pro-
thorax rather strongly narrowed to apex; with two strong submedian punctures
in the usual positions, a few in the lateral and basal gutters, and two near apex.
Elytra with rather sharply defined but small punctures. Abdomen with somewhat
similar punctures to elytra, tips of most of the segments very finely serrated, the
apex slightly notched on under surface. Front tarsi rather strongly dilated, basal
joint of middle tarsi bristly but not combed. Length, 5-25-5-5 mm.

Hab.—Queensland: Mount Tambourine, two specimens from rotting leaves
(A. M. Lea). Type, I. 12670,

A rather robust species, structurally fairly close to OQ. lateroflavus but very
differently coloured. In appearance it is fairly close to Q. luridipennis and Q.
metallicus, but shorter and more robust, and tip of abdomen flavous, Q. sidneensis
and Q. fulgidus are much larger specics. Most of the abdomen (both surfaces)
is brilliantly iridescent, the rest of the upper surface is highly polished but feebly
iridescent ; the middle of the antennae is slightly darker than the base and apex,
but is not distinctly infuscated; in some lights the extreme tips of the elytra
appear paler than the adjacent parts, but in other lights they appear darker.

Quedius subopacus, n. sp.
@. Black; elytra and tarsi red, trochanters, parts of front legs, parts of
anal styles and of antennae obscurely reddish. Sides with a few long dark hairs,

becoming numerous about tips of abdomen; elytra, abdomen, and under surface
with rather short, pale pubescence.

249

‘Head rather elongate; with a few punctures near eyes and before neck. Eyes
large, distinctly longer than the inter-antennary space. Antennae with first joint
as long as second and third combined, third distinctly longer than second, slightly
longer than fourth and the length of fifth, the others to tenth slightly decreasing
in length, but all longer than wide, eleventh scarcely one-fourth longer than tenth.
Apical joint of palpi much longer than subapical. Prothorax strongly narrowed
to apex, greatest width slightly more. than greatest length; with two submedian
punctures m the usual positions, and a few on all the margins. Elytra with
small and not very sharply defined punctures, many resembling transverse
scratches. Abdomen with larger punctures than elytra, five segments each with
a row of setiferous ones at the tip. Front tarsi rather strongly inflated, basal
joint of each of the others slightly longer than three following joints combined.
Length, 9 mm. ‘

Hab.—Tasmania: Launceston, in tussocks (A. M. Lea), unique.

Structurally and in general appearance close to Q. luridipennis and Q. metal-
licus, but head and prothorax very finely shagreened and subopaque; the anal
styles are also thinner; the abdomen is shining, with a bluish, but not very brilliant
iridescence.

Quedius duplopunctatus, n. sp.

4. Black; elytra, antennae, palpi, legs, and tips of most of the abdominal
segments, of a more or less dingy red. A few long dark hairs on sides, becoming
more numerous on abdomen, and especially on the anal styles; elytra, abdomen,
and under surface with dark pubescence.

Head moderately large and rounded, with a few large punctures close to
eyes and before neck, and with numerous small ones scattered about. Eyes very
large, distinctly longer than the inter-antennary space. Antennae with first joint
as long as second and third combined, these subequal, the others to tenth gradually
decreasing in length but none transverse, eleventh distinctly longer than tenth.
Apical joint of palpi moderately thin, almost twice the length of the subapical one.
Prothorax moderately transverse, strongly narrowed to apex; with two strong
submedian punctures in the usual positions, and a few on the margins, with
numerous small ones as on head. Elytra rather small; with fairly dense and
rather small punctures, many of which are transversely subconfluent. Abdomen
with punctures somewhat similar to those of elytra, but a setiferous row at the
tip of each of five segments; tip of under surface notched. Three basal joints
of front tarsi rather strongly inflated, basal joint of middle tarsi bristly but not
combed. Length, 7-5-8°5 mm.

@. Differs in having the abdomen somewhat wider, its tip evenly rounded
and the front and middle tarsi thinner. ,

Hab—Tasmania: Frankford, two specimens from moss (A. M. Lea).

The elytra are not conspicuously reddish as in Q. metallicus, QO, luridipennis,
Q. sulcicollis, and others, but the species may be at once distinguished from these,
and from all other Australian ones before me, by the numerous small but rather
sharply defined punctures on the head and prothorax. The red of the elytra is
fairly bright at the base, but it soon becomes obscured, till at the apex it is of a
rather dark piceous-brown, the three basal joints of the antennae are paler than
the others, parts of the legs are ‘infuscated. In some lights the head and pro-
thorax have a faint coppery gloss, the abdomen has a slight bluish iridescence ;
to the naked eye both specimens appear entirely black. The anal styles are
unusually long, but as they are often partly withdrawn in specimens of the sub-
family no reliance should be placed upon them.

250

Quedius pignerator, n. sp.

Black ; elytra and tip of abdomen dull red, legs, antennae, and palpi somewhat
paler, abdomen brilliantly iridescent. Sides with a few long dark hairs, becoming
numerous on anal styles; elytra, abdomen, and under surface with somewhat
ashen pubescence. ;

Head rounded and transverse, with a few distinct punctures near eyes and
neck; with three shallow depressions in front: two between bases of antennae
and the other forming a triangle with them. Eyes very large, extending almost
to neck, much longer than the inter-antennary space. Antennae with first joint
- as long as second and third combined, these subequal, the following ones gradu-
ally becoming shorter, and two or three of them very feebly transverse, eleventh
distinctly longer than tenth’ Apical joint of palpi rather thin, twice the length
of the subapical one. Prothorax moderately transverse, sides strongly narrowed
to apex; with two conspicuous submedian punctures in the usual positions, and
a few on the margins. Elytra with fairly dense and small punctures; suture
moderately elevated. Abdomen with sparser but more sharply defined punctures
than on elytra, each of four segments very finely serrated at apex. Three basal
joints of front tarsi rather strongly dilated, basal joint of middle pair bristly but
not combed. Length, 6-6°5 mm,

Hab—New South Wales: National Park, two specimens from rotting leaves
(A.M, Lea).

The head is smaller than on Q. apiciflavus, eyes larger, apical joint of palpi
longer and body thinner; it is somewhat like Q. luridipennis, but is stnaller and
thinner than any specimen of that widely distributed species before me, eyes dis-
tinctly larger, and punctures of elytra and abdomen rather sparser; the abdomen
is quite as brilliantly iridescent as on that species, but the iridescence is more |
golden, and varies from every point of view, and from one direction even dis-
appears, from some the colours appear to be in narrow zones. It is apparently
fairly close to Q. nigrovirens, but the head and prothorax are without a green
tinge, and the abdomen is not a clear brown (as noted in Fauvel’s table). The
smaller specimen has the abdomen even more brilliantly iridescent than the other,
and the glitter extends even to the legs, which are entirely pale; on the larger
specimen the legs are partly black, and on the upper surface of its abdomen there
are long bristles at the tips of two of the segments, as well as on their margins;
but as each has the under surface of the abdomen slightly notched at the tip they
are presumably males. There is a rather shallow puncture half-way between each
of the submedian punctures on the prothorax, and the position of the rounded
off hind angle.

Quedius nothus, n. sp.

Black: parts of elytra, tips of some of the abdominal segments, legs, two
basal joints of antennae, and parts of the mouth and of the palpi more or less
reddish. Sides with a few dark hairs, becoming numerous on tip of abdomen;
elytra, abdomen, and under surface with dark pubescence.

Head rather large, convex, and slightly longer than wide; with a few distinct
_ punctures near eyes and just before neck. Eyes (for the genus) rather small,
not extending half-way to neck, and shorter than the inter-antennary space.
Antennae with first joint as long as second and third combined, third slightly
longer than second, seventh to tenth slightly transverse, the eleventh distinctly
longer. Apical joint of palpi slightly longer than the subapical one. Prothorax
moderately transverse, somewhat narrowed to apex; with two distinct submedian
punctures in the usual positions, a few smaller ones in lateral and basal margins
and near apex. Elytra with fairly dense and rather small punctures; suture not
elevated. Abdomen with sparser punctures than on prothorax, the tips of four

251

segments very finely serrated. Front and middle tarsi not at all dilated. Length,
4-5-5 mm.

Hab,—Queensland: National Park (H. Hacker), Brisbane (O. W. Tiegs).
New South Wales: Illawarra (H. J. Carter). Type, I. 12671.

‘A rather dingy species, with a somewhat curious head and bicolorous elytra,-
the abdomen with a rather feeble bluish iridescence. The head is moderately
narrow, but not as narrow as in Q. nelsonensis, Q. baldiensis, etc. The reddish
parts of the elytra are not sharply limited, although quite distinct, they are the
shoulders, about one-fifth of the tips (sometimes connected along the sides with the
shoulders), and the suture (although this is sometimes very obscure, and on one
specimen no darker than the adjacent parts). On the prothorax (which on some -
‘specimens is not as black as the head), immediately in line behind each of the
strong submedian punctures, there are one or two more, but they are very small and
invisible from most directions, although fairly distinct when viewed obliquely
from behind; they are certainly far from being as distinct as the seriate punctures
of Philonthus. The minute serrations at the tips of four of the abdominal seg-
ments of this, and of some other species, are due primarily to closely placed seti-
ferous punctures. On some specimens the head is considerably larger and wider
than on others, but I can find no distinctive male characters on the abdomen and
legs of stich specimens; the ones with smaller heads have also shorter antennae
so they are probably females, the others probably being males; but the front tarsi
on even the big-headed ones are thin, so they are possibly all females.

Quedius melas, n. sp.

$. Deep polished black; tarsi, two or three basal joints of the antennae
(the others infuscated but not black) and some of the mouth parts reddish.
Sides with some dark hairs, becoming more numerous on abdomen and dense on
its apex; elytra, abdomen, and under surface with black pubescence.

Head large, somewhat rounded and moderately convex; with two large
punctures touching each eye, and a few near neck. Eyes large, extending more
than half-way to neck, slightly longer than the inter-antennary space. Antennae
with first joint scarcely as long as second and third combined, third distinctly
longer than second and much longer than fourth, sixth to tenth somewhat trans-
verse, eleventh distinctly longer than tenth, incurved on one side of apex. Apical
joint of palpi somewhat thinner and slightly longer than the subapical one. Pro-
thorax moderately transverse and narrowed to apex; with two conspicuous sub-
median punctures in the usual positions, and two slightly larger ones near the
apex, with a few smaller ones in the basal and lateral margins. Elytra with
fairly dense and not very large punctures, usually sharply defined, but many
transversely confluent. Abdomen with sparser but larger punctures than on
elytra, the tips of four segments (both surfaces) very finely serrated, apex of
under surface slightly notched. Three basal joints of front tarsi dilated into a
wide pad, basal joint of middle tarsi long and rather wide. Length, 7-8-5 mm.

¢@. Differs in having the head slightly smaller, apex of abdomen not notched,
front tarsi less strongly (although conspicuously) dilated, and basal joint of
middle tarsi smaller. :

Hab—New South Wales: Blue Mountains (Dr. E. W. Ferguson). Victoria:
Melbourne (Ejnar Fischer, No. 1634), Ringwood in July and Beaconsfield in
December (F. E. Wilson). ‘Type, L. 12871.

A deep black, shining species, in general appearance close to the one com-
mented upon as possibly Q. iridiventris, but wider, antennae stouter, paler, at
least five joints transverse, the third joint conspicuously longer than the second,

252

and this slightly longer than the fourth. The antennae are practically identical
with those of Q. mesomelinus, but the elytra are uniformly dark and with much
denser punctures. It is apparently allied to Q. hollandicus, but the antennae are
not black and the eyes are large. In some light the prothorax has a faint bluish
gloss ; the abdomen has a bluish or purplish iridescence, but it is not very brillant.
The basal joint of the middle tarsi of the male is furry rather than bristly, with
the fur projecting over the second joint. Structurally and in general appearance
it is very close to Q. latifrons, from New Zealand, but the male has a smaller
head, the abdominal punctures are much sparser and the elytra are entirely black.

Quedius stenocephalus, n. sp.

Black; shoulders, antennae (some of the median joints infuscated), palpi,
and legs more or less reddish. Sides with a few dark hairs becoming numerous
on abdomen and dense on its tips; elytra, abdomen, and under surface with
blackish pubescence.

Head rather long and thin, with a few distinct punctures near eyes and
neck. Eyes rather small, scarcely as long as the inter-antennary space. Antennae
with first joint about as long as second and third combined, third slightly longer
than second, seventh to tenth transverse, cleventh moderately long. Apical joint
of palpi rather thin, but slightly dilated near base, more than twice the
length of the subapical joint. Prothorax not much wider than the greatest
length, strongly narrowed to apex; with two distinct submedian punctures in the
usual positions, and some smaller ones in the basal and lateral margins. Flytra
not very small, suture slightly elevated throughout; with fairly dense and rather
“small, but sharply defined punctures. Abdomen with sparser but more distinct
punctures than on prothorax, tips of four segments very finely serrated. Front
and middle tarsi thin. Length, 4°75-5:25 mm.

Hab—Queensland: Mount Tambourine, one specimen from rotting leaves
in January (A. M. Lea). New South Wales: Kurrajong in July (H. J. Carter).
Type, I. 12677.

The narrow head and general outlines are suggestive of some species of
Acylophorus, but the basal joint of antennae is of normal length for Quedius,
and the apical joint of the maxillary palpi is long and thin. The head is much
as in Q. nelsonensis, but the elytra are larger and apparently cover wings, and
less of their base is pale; the elytra are much larger than on the species com-
mented upon as probably Q. baldiensis; the head is almost as small as in Q. analis,
but the eyes are smaller, and the tips of the antennae are pale. “he elytra at
first appear to he entirely blackish, but on close examination are seen to be red-
dish about the ‘shoulders; the palpi and front legs are almost flavous ; the abdomen
(both surfaces) is brilliantly iridescent, and the iridescence extends to some of
the legs ; in some lights the prothorax has a faint silken gloss. On both specimens
the tip of the under surface of the abdomen is very feebly incurved, so, despite
the thin front tarsi, they are probably males.

Quenpropsis, Fvl., Cat., p. 437.
ABDOMINALTS, Fyl. V. LuGcusris, Fvl. V.

AcyLopyorus, Nordm., Cat., p. 437.

ASPERATUS, Fyl. Q., V. INDIGNUS, Blackb. S.A.
GLABERRIMUS, Herbst. N.S.W. RUFICOLLIS, Mots. Q., N.S.W.,
Introduced. N.T. Introduced.

253

ACYLOPHORUS GLABERRIMUS, Herbst.

A specimen from Ebor, in the Queensland Museum, appears to belong to
this species, which has not previously been recorded as Australian; six synonyms
are noted in the Catalogue.

ACYLOPHORUS RUFICOLLIS, Motsch.

I have not seen the original description of this species, but a specimen sent
by Mr. G. J. Arrow (from ‘Adelaide River) was stated by him to agree “quite
well with Ceylon examples considered by Kraatz and Fauvel to be A. ruficollis.
Dr. Sjdstedt also sent two Queensland specimens identified by Dr. Bernhauer as
belonging to the species. Other specimens before me are from Endeavour River,
Cairns, Townsville, Rockhampton, and Bribie Island (in Queensland) ; and from
near Sydney (in New South Wales). The species is very distinct by its bright
red prothorax, reddish subapical segment of abdomen, and small head with long
basal joint of antennae.

ATANYGNATHUS, Jacobson, Cat., p.°439.

TERMINALIS, Er. (Tanygnathus).
var. australasiae, Fvl. (Tanygnathus). Q., N.S.W., V.

ATANYGNATHUS TERMINALIS, Er,

Two specimens from New South Wales (Nepean River and Sydney) appear
to belong to the variety australasiae.

Two others, from Queensland, possibly represent another variety; their
elytra are entirely black, three apical joints of antennae whitish-flavous, and
abdomen more brilliantly opalescent than in the preceding specimens, but with the
tips of the segments less conspicuously reddish.

Cryptom MATus,“3) Matth., Cat., p. 440.
JANSONI, Matth. (Amblyopinus). V., Tas.

CRYPTOMMATUS JANSONT, Matth.

The nine specimens of this species that I have seen were all taken clinging
to the anal hairs of bush rats, in Tasmania, by Messrs. Aug. Simson and H. M.
Nicholls, and in Victoria by Mr. E. Jarvis. The male only, on the basal joint of
the middle tarsi, has-a comb with a dense fringe of setae as on the males of many
species of Quedius; in Matthews’ figure of the middle leg“ only the teeth of the
comb are shown.

(13) Matthews, Cist. Ent., iii, p. 87, considered that Myotyphlus was a catalogue name
only, and unsuitable for the present genus.

(14) Matthews, L.c., ii, pl. 6, fig. 7.

254

CONTRIBUTIONS TO THE ORCHIDOLOGY OF PAPUA AND
NEW GUINEA.

By R. S. Rogers, M.A., M.D., F.L.S.
[Read September 10, 1925.]

Through the kindness of Mr. C. T. White, Government Botanist of Queens-
land, two small collections of orchids from Papua (Owen Stanley Ranges) and
adjacent Mandated Territory were submitted to me for determination.

The larger of these collections was made by Mr. C. E. Lane-Poole, Forestry
Adviser to the Commonwealth Government. Mr. Lane-Poole writes as follows :—
“The object of my exploration of Papua and the Territory of New Guinea, was
to ascertain the forestry possibilities of these two colonies of Australia. The
collection of botanical material of woody plants, of necessity occupied most of
my time, and I was obliged to pass by many interesting herbs, and even shrubs,
which for lack of space and time could not be collected.

“At high, altitudes and in parts not previously visited by white people, and
where the possibility of a collector visiting the region again seemed remote, I
collected everything that I found in flower. That is how I came to collect the
few orchids that you have examined and determined,

“After spending 15 months in the forests of Papua, I went on to New Guinea,
and spent a little over a year exploring that Territory.”

The balance of the material was collected by the Rev. R. Lister Turner, a
London Mission Society officer, in the Rigo District, on the south coast of Papua,
a few miles east of Port Moresby. It contains a new Habenaria, which I have
named after him, and two orchidaceous plants of interest not hitherto recorded
from Papua.

Habenaria (§ Peristyloideae) Turneri, Rogers, n. sp. Terrestris, circa
54 cm. alta. Folia 4 vel 5, basilaria v. sub-basilaria, elliptico-lanceolata, erecto-
patentia, basi in petiolum brevem amplectantem sensim attenuata, acuta,
conspicue 3-nervia, ad 18 cm. longa, 3 cm. lata, in bracteas amplectantes acuminatas
decrescentes sensim transeuntia. Spica laxe multiflora, circa 22°5 cm. longa;
bracteae ovato-lanceolatae, 1:0-2°0 cm. longae. Flores parviusculi. Sepalum
dorsale erectum, cucullatum, ovatum, acutum, circa 4°25 mm. longum. Sepala
lateralia oblique ovata, deflexa, subacuta, conspicue 3-nervia, 4°25 mm longa,
3mm, lata. Petala sub sepalo dorsali abscondita, simplicia, erecta, anguste
linearia, 1-nervia, obtusissima, 4°25 mm. longa, 0°5 mm. lata. Labellum breviter
unguiculatum, ungue convexo, paulo supra basin alte tripartitum, circa 5-75 mm.
longum; partitiones laterales ellipticae, 2-nerviae, obtusiusculac, marginibus
minutissime serrulatis, 4-25 mm. longae, 1-6 mm. latae, divaricatae (explanatae),
inter apices 9 mm. latae; partitio intermedia paulo brevior, circa 4:0 mm, longa,
0-75 mm. lata, lineari-elliptica, obtusiuscula, 3-nervia, marginibus minutissime
serrulatis. Calcar lineari-filiforme, tortum, ovario multo brevius, circa 1:0 em.
longum. Gynostemium circa 2 mm. longum, staminodiis ovalibus verrucosis;
canales antherae mediocres, porrecti, caudiculis breviores. Processus stigmatiferi
mediocres, carnosi, obtusi, depressi, canalibus antherae multo excedentes. Ovarium
circa 1°7 cm. longum.

Plant about 54cm. high. Leaves 4 or 5, basal or sub-basal, elliptic-lanceolate,
narrowing at the base into a short clasping petiole, erecto-patent, acute, with
3 conspicuous veins and several subsidiary ones, reaching 18 cm. long, 3 cm. wide,
passing into stem-bracts diminishing upwards. Bracts about 6, sheathing at the

255

base, acuminate. Inflorescence a loose multiflowered spike, about 22°5 cm. long,
subtending bracts ovate-lanceolate, 1-0-2:0 cm. long. Flowers somewhat small.
Dorsal sepal erect, cticullate, ovate, acute, 4:25 mm. long. Lateral sepals obliquely
ovate, deflexed, subacute, conspicuously 3-nerved, 4:25 mm. long. 3 mm. wide.
Petals hidden beneath the dorsal sepal, erect, simple, narrow-linear, l-nerved,
very obtuse, 4°25 mm, long, 0-5 mm. wide. Labellum deeply 3-partite from a
little above the base, about 5-75 mm. long; lateral divisions elliptical, 2-nerved,
divaricate (when spread out), rather blunt, margins very minutely serrulate,
4:25 mm. long from point of junction with middle division, 1-6 mm. wide, 9 mm.
between the apices ; middle division slightly shorter, about 4-0 mm. long, 0-75 mm,
wide, linear-elliptical, rather blunt, 3-nerved, margins very minutely serrulate. Spur
linear-filiform, twisted, much shorter than the ovary, about 1-0 cm. long. Stig-
matic processes of medium length, stretching forwards and slightly deflexed,
fleshy, obtuse, exceeding the anther-canals. Anther-canals of medium length,
rather slender, porrect, shorter than the caudicles. Glandular discs naked. Ovary
about 1:7 cm. long.

Papua. Rigo District. Rev. R. Lister Turner. This plant is very closely
related to H. Bauerleni, F. v. M. et Krnzl., but differs in its much longer and
wider leaf, in the shape of the lateral lobes of the labellum and in other details.

Oberonia (§ Otoglossum) oblonga, Rogers, n. sp. Epiphytica, dependens,
ad 24 alta. Radices filiformes, elongatae, flexuosae. Caulis circa 7°5 cm. longus,
compressiusculus, subgracilis, flexuosus, basibus foliorum omnino obtectus, Folia
erecto-patentia, equitantia, basin versus conduplicata, acuminata, falcata, sub-
membranacea, multinervia, summa longissima, ad 15 cm. longa, circa 5°5 mm.
lata. Inflorescentia gracilis, circa 13 em. longa, foliis supremis longior, multi-
flora. Bracteae anguste lanceolatae, acuminatae, circa 2 mm. longae, margimibus
serrulatis, ovario paulo longiores. Flores minuti, brunnei, verticillati, glabri.
patentes, circa 2'5 mm. diametro. Segmenta perianthii marginibus integris.
Sepalum dorsale ovatum, obtusum, circiter 1-0 mm. longum, 0°6 mm. latum.
Sepala lateralia sepalo dorsali acqualia sed paulo latiora, Petala aequilonga, sub-
truncata, circiter, 0°25 lata. Labellum ambitu late oblongum, circiter 1-5 mm.
longum, 1-0 mm. latum, basi cordato-auriculatum, auriculis parvulis columnam
amplectantibus, prope medium leviter constrictum, antice paulo latius alte
bilobulatum, lobulis oblongis truncatis subdivergentibus ; lamina puncticulosa, basi
leviter coneava, 2 lineis parallelis usque medium instructa. Columna crassiuscula,
perbrevis. Ovarium cum pedicello circiter 1:75 mm. longum.

A dependent plant about 24 cm. high with filiform roots. Stem about 7°5 cm.
long, rather flattened, flexuose, entirely covered by the bases of the leaves. Leaves
erecto-patent, equitant, conduplicate towards the base, falcate, acuminate, rather
thin, multinerved, increasing in length from below upwards, uppermost one
15 cm, long, 5°5 mm. wide near the middle, covered by many glandular dots.
Inflorescence slender, about 13 cm. long, exceeding the leaves, multiflowered.
Bracts narrow-lanceolate, acuminate, about 2°0 mm. long, margins minutely serru-
late, slightly exceeding the ovary. Flowers minute, brown, verticillate, pedicel
at right angles to rhachis, about 2°5 mm, in diameter. Margins of the perianth
segments entire. Dorsal sepal ovate, obtuse, about 1 mm, long, 0-6 mm. wide.
Lateral sepals similar and equal to the dorsal sepal, but a little wider. Petals
oblong, almost truncate, equal in length to the dorsal sepal, about 0°25 mm.
wide. Labellum broadly oblong, about 1-5 mm, long, 10 mm. wide, cordate-
auriculate at the base, its small auricles clasping the column, slightly narrower
near the middle, widening a little towards the apex; deeply bilobed in front, the
lobes slightly divergent, truncately oblong, Lamina slightly concave at the base,
minutely dotted, 2 parallel longitudinal lines extending to the middle. Column
fleshy, very short. Ovary with pedicel rather stout, about 1°75 mm. long.

256

Papua. Owen Stanley Range, between Adai and Naro Rivers, at elevation
of 6,000 feet. “Epiphyte, with pendent spikes of minute brown flowers, very
scarce, only one plant seen.” C. E. T.ane-Poole, No, 414. Feb., 1923,

This specics approaches rather closely to O. biloba, Schitr., a plant from the
Bismarck Mountains, but in the Papuan species the flowers are smaller, the
labellum relatively narrower and the inflorescence is not dense,

Epiblastus tuberculatus, Rogers, n. sp. Pseudobulbi ad 9 cm, longi, sub-
teretes vel compressi, sulcati, basin versus paulo dilatati, superpositi, apice unifolii,
vaginis magnis acutis vulgo omnino obtecti. Folium unicum terminale, erectum,
glabrum, lineari-lanccolatum, subacutum, multinervium, costa intermedia subtus
_ carinata, apice inaequale bidentatum, basin versus conduplicatum, 30-47'5 com.
longum, 2°0-2°5 cm. latum, Inflorescentiae terminales, fasciculatae, 15-24 florae;
pedunculis gracillimis, 1-floris, 1-seriatis, 12-14 cm. longis, Bractea florea subulata,
circa 3mm. longa. Ovarium cum pedicello gracillimum, glabrum, tuberculatum,
circa 1°5-2-0 cm. longum. Flores badii, subquadrati, illis Erige similes, tuberculis
multis resinaceis obtecti, glabri, circa 8 mm. longi, 6 mm. lati. Sepalum dorsale
ovali-oblongum, obtusissimum, 5-nervium, erectum, 7 mm. longum, 3 mm, latum.
Sepala lateralia oblique triangula, 5-nervia, subacuta, erecta, marginibus anticis
hberis, circiter 8°5 mm. longa, basi pede columnae adnata mentum breve obtusum
formantia, Petala elliptica, subacuta, erecta, S-nervia, circiter 6 mm, longa,
2-75 mm. lata. Labellum unguiculatum, antheram bene excedens, sepalis
breviusculum, erecto-recurvum, pluri-nervium, circiter 9 mm, longum, 7 mm,
latum, quasi 3-lobum; unguis oblongus, carnosus, circiter 2:5 mm. longus, more
generis pede columnae adnatus; lobi laterales obtuse trianguli, marginibus integris,
columnam amplectantes: lobus intermedius recutvus, longior et multo angustior,
marginibus crenulatis; lamina (expansa) trapezioidea, flexu inter lobos laterales
callo transverso magno arcuato carnosiusculo. Columna circiter 3°5 mm. longa; »
clinandrium profunde excavatum, lobis lateribus latis obtusis, lobo dorsali
angustiore et paulo longiore. Pollinia 8. Stigma maximum, profunde con-
cavum, Pes columnae circiter 3 mm. longa; in medio crista longitudinali anguste
triangularia, basi columnae et ungue labelli adnata.

Pseudobulbs 9 cm, or less long, subterete or flattened, sulcate, slightly swollen
towards the base; covered in the lower part or entirely with large acute sheaths.
Leaf single, terminal, erect, glabrous, linear-lanceolate, subacute, unequally bilobed
at the apex, multinerved, midrib very prominent below, 30-47-5 cm. long, 2°0-2:5
em. wide, conduplicate towards the base. Inflorescence terminal, fasciculate,
15-24-flowered. Peduncles 1-flowered, very slender, 1-seriate, 12-14 cm, long.
Flower bract subulate. Flowers reddish-brown, beset with numerous resinous
tubercles, erioid, glabrous, circiter 8 mm. long, 6 mm. wide, subquadrate. Dorsal
sepal oblong-oval, quite blunt, 5-nerved, subacute, erect, 7 mm. long, 3 mm. wide.
Lateral sepals obliquely triangular, 5-nerved, subacute, erect, anterior margins
free, about 8'5 mm. long, adnate by their base to the foot of the column forming
a short blunt mentum. Petals elliptical, subacute, erect, 5-nerved, about 6 mm.
long, 2°75 mm. wide. Labellum clawed, well exceeding the anther and shorter
than the sepals, erecto-recurved, concave, pluri-nerved, quasi 3-lobed, about
9mm, long, 7 mm. wide; the claw oblong, fleshy, about 2°5 cm. long, adnate for
its whole length along the middle line to a knife-edged crest on the apical part of
the column foot; the lamina (spread out) trapezioid, the lateral lobes bluntly
triangular with entire margins clasping the column, the middle lobe much narrower
bluntly triangular recurved with crenulate margins; at the bend between the
lateral lobes a large transverse somewhat fleshy arcuate callus. Column about
3°5 mm. long, clinandrium deeply excavated, the dorsal lobe narrower and slightly
longer than the broad blunt lateral ones. Pollinia 8. Stigma very large, deeply
concave. Foot of column more or less at right angles to the ovary, about 3 mm.

257
e
long, a narrow triangular crest extending along its centre from the base of the
column to the claw of the labellum. Ovary and pedicel slender, about 1°5-2-0 cm.
long, tuberculate. ;

Papua. Hamlet of Laruni; Owen Stanley Range, at elevation of about
4,000 feet. C, E. Lane-Poole, No. 373. Feb., 1923. ;

This plant occupies a near relationship to E. cuneatus, J. J. Sm., from which,
however, it is to be distinguished by the peculiar tuberculate condition of the
flowers. The flowers in the inflorescence of the new species are very numerous,
but very few (only 6) in the other plant.

It appears to be the first record of a member of the remarkable genus
Epiblastus, Schitr., from Papua. Two species have been described by J. J. Smith
from the Dutch territory of New Guinea, and eight by Schlechter from the
Mandated Territory; another has been recorded from the Celebes and two more
from Samoa, so that the total number of known species, including E. tuberculatus,
Rogers, now stands at 14.

The flowers are apparently always some shade of red in colour, and on casual
inspection are very similar to those of Eria, Lindl. From members of the latter
genus, however, they differ in the singular mode of attachment of the labellum
to the foot of the column and also by the presence of a peculiar transverse callus
on the lamina. ‘The inflorescence is likewise very remarkable and its fasciculate
character is in itself sufficient to remove these plants from Hria, Lindl,

This interesting genus has been placed by Dr, Schlechter in the large Group
Glomerinae, with the members of which its inflorescence establishes a relationship.

Ceratostylis calceiformis, Rogers, n. sp. Epiphytica, caespitosa, erecta.
Rhizoma abbreviatissimum. Radices filiformes, flexuosae, hirsutissimae. Caules
(pseudobulbi ?) teretes, gracillimi, glabri, facie sulcati, 20-30 cm. longi, basi
vaginis pluribus lanceolatis membranaceis obtecti. Folium unicum, terminale,
erectum, caule continuum, facie sulcatum, teres, acutum, glabrum, 10-15 cm.
longum. Flos unicus (?), terminalis, minutus, albus, circiter 7 mm. longus,
vaginis plurimis cinctus. Bracteae parvulae, truncatae, breves, hyalinae, prope
basin ovarii. Sepalum dorsale erectum, ellipticum vel oblongo-ellipticum, sub-
acutum, 3-nervium, fere 3 mm. longum, 1 mm. latum. Sepala lateralia sub-
obtusa, parte libera falcata, deorsum longe oblongo-ligulata, cum pede elongato
columnae oblique decurrentia; marginibus anticis conspicue productis et connatis,
calcar longum ctrvulum pilosum apice dilatatum circiter 4-5 mm. longum
formantibus, Petala sepalo dorsali brevia angustiaque, lanceolata, acuta, 1-nervia,
circiter 2 mm. longa, 0'5 mm. lata. Labellum breve unguiculatum, erectum,
spathulatum, glabrum, 3-nervium, circiter 6 mm. longum; basi elongato-
ligulatum; apicem versus dilatatum, ovate calceiforme, incrassatum. Columna
brevis, alte bipartitum, cum brachiis rotundato-oblongis dimidium laminae labelli
attingens. Ovarium cum pedicello dense pilosum, gracile, calcar multo excedens,
circiter 6 mm. longum.

Epiphytic, caespitose, erect. Rhizome very much shortened. Roots filiform,
flexuose, very hairy. Stems (pseudobulbs ?) terete, rush-like, very slender, longi-
tudinally sulcate, glabrous, 20-30 cm. long, covered at the base with many long,
lanceolate, membraneous sheaths. leaf single, terminal, continuous with the
stem, erect or erecto-patent, terete, glabrous, acute, sulcate, 10-15 cm. long.
Flowers minute, white, single (?), terminal, about 7 mm. long (including spur),
surrounded by numerous acute membraneous sheaths. Bracts small, blunt, short,
truncate, hyaline, near the base of the ovary. Dorsal sepal erect, elliptical or
oblong-elliptical, subacute, 3-nerved, hardly 3 mm. long, about 1 mm. wide.. Lateral
sepals rather blunt, falcate, 3-nerved above, longly oblong-ligulate below, obliquely
decurrent with the elongated foot of the columh; their anterior margins free
above for 2 mm., conspicuously produced atid connate below, forming a long

258

curved hairy spur bluntly dilated at the apex about 4-5 mm. long. Petals shorter
and narrower than the dorsal sepal, lanceolate, acute, l-nerved, about 2 mm.
long, 0°5 mm. wide. Labellum shortly clawed, erect, spathulate, about 6 mm.
long, 3-nerved, the base elongated, ligulate; the apex ovate-clliptically dilated,
concave, slipper-shaped, fleshy, glabrous. Column short, deeply bipartite; the
brachia oblong-obtuse, about 4 mm. long, reaching to about the middle of the
dilated part of the lamina of the labellum. Ovary with pedicel slender, about
6 mm. long, much exceeding the spur.

Papua. Owen Stanley Range; Mount Obree, at 8,000-10,300 feet elevation.
Epiphytic on trunks of trees. C. E. Lane-Poole, No. 361. Feb., 1923,

This species has affinity with C. clavata, J. J. Sm., but its flowers are smaller,
the labellum is quite glabrous, the spur is curved, but not sigmoid, and it differs
in other floral details.

_Calanthe (§ Calothyrsus) latissimifolia, Rogers, n. sp. Planta robustissima,
glabra, acaulis, habitu C. veratrifolia, R. Br. Folia ovato-lanceolata, in petiolum
basi sensim angustata; lamina prominente 9-nervosa, usque ad 75 cm. longa,
circiter 18 cm. lata; petiolus circiter 32 cm. longus. Scapus teres, usque ad
120 cm. altus. Racemus subdense multiflorus, 22-33 cm. longus. Bracteae
laxae, persistentes, elliptico-lanceolatae, 2°5-3-0 cm. longae. Segmenta perianthii
reflexa (?) vel patentia. Sepalum dorsale ellipticum, 5-nervium, subacutum,
’ circiter, 2°3 em. longum, 9 mm, latum. Sepala lateralia elliptica, 7-nervia sub-
acuta, sepalo dorsali paulo breviora. Petala basi in petiolum breve contracta,
sepalo dorsali aequilonga, lamina elliptica obtusiuscula, lamina labelli trifida,
segmenta perianthii paulo excedens; lobus intermedius alte bifidus, segmenta
divergentia linerai-falcata apice dilatata et oblique truncata; lobi laterales multo
latiores, latiuscule trapezoidci; basi verrucosa, cirrhis luteis seriatis apicibus
simplicibus bifidis vel trifidis instructa. Calcar gracillime, subfiliforme, prope
‘apicem genuflexum, circiter 5-8 cm. longum, Ovarium subcylindraceum, pedicello
multo longiore et gracillimi; ovarium cum pedicello clavatum, circiter 8 cm.
longum.

A very robust, glabrous, stemless plant, with the habit of C. veratrifolia,
R. Br. Leaves ovate-lanceolate, gradually narrowing at the base into a petiole;
lamina with 9 prominent nerves, up to 75 cm. long, 18 cm. wide; petiole about
32 cm. long. Scape terete up to 120 cm. high. Raceme moderately dense, many-
flowered, 22-33 cm. long. Bracts loose, persistent, elliptic-lanceolate, 2:5-3-0 cm.
long. Perianth reflexed (?) or spreading. Dorsal sepal elliptical, 5-nerved, sub-
‘acute, about 2°3 cm. long, 9 mm. wide. Lateral sepals elliptical, subacute,
7-nerved, a little shorter than the dorsal sepal. Petals about as long as the dorsal
sepal, contracted at the base into a short petiole, the lamina elliptical rather blunt.
Lamina of labellum trifid, slightly exceeding the perianth segments; the middle
lobe deeply bifid, the segments divergent linear-falcate dilated and obliquely

truncate at the apex; the lateral lobes much wider, rather broadly trapezoidal ;
verrucose at the base, with yellow cirrhi in rows with simple bifid or trifid apices.
Spur very slender, subfiliform, genuflexed near the apex, about 5-8 cm. long,
Ovary subeylindrical, pedicel much longer and very slender; ovary with pedicel
clavate, about 8-0 cm. long.

Papua. Owen Stanley Range, between. Mount Obree and Kargi. C. E.
Lane-Poole, No, 426a,

This handsome plant is evidently a near relative of C. Engleriana, Krzl., a
species which has been recorded from Dutch New Guinca and the Mandated
Territory. It also has close affinities with the well-known C. veratrifolia, R. Br.,
a very widely distributed plant which has been reported from the Deccan Penin-
sula, through the Malay Archipelago, Philippines, New Guinea, Australia, and
certain of the South Sea Islands. From both these species, it chiefly differs in

259

its enormously wide leaf as well as in the relative lengths of the spur and
pedicelled ovary.

The condition of the material did not admit of a critical examination of the
flowers, and some slight amendments may be necessary, when more satisfactory
material is available. This species is well worthy of cultivation.

Calanthe (§ Styloglossum) flabelliformis, Rogers, n. sp. Herba epiphytica,
acaulis. Folia circa 4, glabra, anguste lanceolata, acumiinatissima, 56-65 cm.
longa; lamina 41-50 cm, longa, 1°75-2°50 cm, lata, nervis 3 validis prominentibus
et pluribus tenuibus, basi in petiolum gracile sublongatum canaliculatum sensim
attenuata. Scapi in speciminibus meis imperfecti, sed manifeste breves, circiter
15-20 cm. longi; vaginae 2°0-2°5 cm. longae, subacutae, amplectantes. Bracteae
caducae, majusculac. Flores subparvi, flavi, 4-5, racemosi, subpatuli, calcarati;
pedicellus gracilis, circiter 3 mm. longus; ovarium longius, subgracile, Segmenta
perianthii subaequalia, 10-11 mm. longa, 3-nervia, erecto-patentia, elliptica vel
elliptico-lanceolata, subacuta. Labellum alis totis columnae adnatum calear
scrotiforme 3-4 mm. longum formante ; 3-lobum ; lobus intermedius flabelliformis, :
marginibus integris, 5-6 mm. longus, 3°5 mm, latus; lobi laterales prope basi,
‘ minutissimi, anguste auriculati; lamina nervis 7 longitudinalibus inter lobos
laterales confertissimis instructa. Columna semiteres, erecta, labello adnata,
apice dilatata, circa 3 mm. longa (antheram includens), auriculis brevibus.
Anthera apice breviter 2-dentata, Pollinia 8, cerea.

Stemless, epiphytic. Roots not available, Leaves about 4, glabrous, 56-65
om. long, 1°7-2°5 cm, in widest part, traversed by 3 conspicuously prominent
longitudinal nerves, gradually attenuating at the base into a rather slender chan-
nelled petiole about 15 cm. long. Scape incomplete in my specimens, but
evidently short, about 15-20 cm. long; vaginae about 3. Flowers 4-5, yellow,
distant, racemose, spurred, about 1-4 cm. long (including spur), subpatulous ;
pedicel slender, about 3 mm. long; ovary rather longer and somewhat slender.
Bracts deciduous. Perianth segments subequal in length, about 10-11 mm. long,
3-nerved, stbacute, erecto-patent, elliptic-lanceolate. Labellum adnate by its
claw to the wings of the column throughout their whole length, forming a short
blunt scrotiform spur 3-4 mm. long; 3-lobed; the lateral lobes near the base, very
minute, narrowly auriculate; middle lobe flabelliform, margins entire, about
5-6 mm. long, 3°5 mm. wide; lamina with about 7 longitudinal nerves rather
conspicuously crowded between the lateral lobes. Column semiiterete, erect,
adnate to labellum, dilated at apex, about 3 mm. long (including anther), auricles
short. Anther shortly 2-dentate at apex. Pollinia 8, waxy.

Papua. Owen Stanley Range, between Adai and Naro Rivers, at elevation
of 7,000-8,000 feet. C. FE, Lane-Poole, No. 411. Feb., 1923. Epiphyte ofthe
mossy forests.

The section represented by this plant is distributed from the Himalayas
through Malay-Papuan territory to the Samoan Islands. It has no representatives
in Australia, but two, C. Langei, F. v. M., and C. Balansae, Finet, have been
recorded from New Caledonia. About 8 or 9 species have been reported from
New Guinea, almost all of which are inhabitants of the moist forest and all are
terrestrial with the exception of C. chrysantha, Schltr.

The total number of Calanthe species recorded from New Guinea now num-
ber 35 or 36.

Spathoglottis Lane-Poolei, Rogers, n. sp. Erecta, valida, 130 cm. alta
excedens. Radices filiformes.. Pseudobulbi ovoidei, circiter 2°0-2°5 cm.
diametro, vaginis omnino absconditis. Folia circa 4, erecto vel erecto-patentia,
ad 130 cm. longa; lamina anguste elliptico-lanceolata, acuminata, glabra, valide
multinervia, circiter 85 cm. longa, in medio circiter 5-5 cm. lata, in petiolum basi

260

sensim angustata ; petiolus gracilis, canaliculatus, ad 45 cm. longus. Scapus teres,
glaber, folia multo excedens. Racemus pubescens dense multiflorus. Flores
extus velutini, circiter 2°6 cm. diametro. Segmenta perianthii patentia. Sepalum
dorsale ellipticum, concavum, obtusiusculum, 11-nervium, 1-5 cm. longum, citciter
7 mm. latum. Sepala lateralia ovato-oblonga, obtusiuscula, 11-nervia, 1°5 cm.
longa, 7°75 mm, lata. Petala breve et late pedicellata, ovato-elliptica, sepalis
longiora latioraque, 1:7 cm. longa, 8°5 mm, lata, 15-nervia. Labellum basi
columnae subsessile, circiter 1:4 cm. longum, 3-lobatum; lobi laterales oblongo-
trapezoidales, apicibus paululo dilatati et oblique truncati, crecti columnam
amplectantes, circiter 7°8 mi, longi, 2°25 mm, lati, inter apices (explanati)
1°5 em. lati; lobus intermedius longe unguiculatus, antice late obcordatus, prope
apicem circiter 6 mm. latus, basi unguis vel “isthmi” callo magno carnoso glabro
bilobato, ultra medium isthmi callo parvo conico pubescenti; discus inter lobos
laterales tricarinatus. Columna erecta, elongata, incurva, circiter 1-3 cm. longa,
alata, versus apicem dilatata. Anthera ovato-cucullata. Rostellum longe amplum,
obtusum, triangulum. Pollinia 8, plano-convexa, cerea. Ovarium cum pedicello
gracile, pubescens, circiter 2°7-3-7 cm. longum.

Erect, tall, exceeding 130 cm. high. Roots filiform. Pseudobulbs somewhat .
ovoid, 2°0-2°5 cm, in diameter, entirely hidden by sheaths. Leaves about 4, erect
or erecto-patent, up to 130 cm. long; lamina narrowly clliptic-lanceolate, acuminate,
glabrous, multi-nerved, 5-nerves very conspicuous, about 85 em. long, about
5*5 cm. wide in the middle, gradually passing at the base into the petiole; petiole
slender, chanelled, up to 45 cm. long. Scape incomplete in my specimen, mutch
exceeding the leaves. Raceme pubescent, multiflowered. Flowers velutinous on
the outside, about 2°6 cm. in diameter, segments spreading. Dorsal sepal elliptical,
concave, rather blunt, 1l-ncrved, 1-5 cm. long, 7:75 cm. wide. Petals shortly
and widely pedicellated, ovate-elliptical, obtuse, longer and wider than sepals,
1:7 cm. long, 8°5 mm. wide, 15-nerved. Labellum subsessile at the base of the
column, about 1-4 cm. long, 3-lobed ; lateral lobes oblong, trapezoidal, erect, clasp-
ing the column, about 7-8 mm. long, 2°5 mm. wide, slightly dilated and obliquely
truncate at apex, 1:5 cm. wide between the apices (spread out), between the
bascs 3 longitudinal raised lines; middle lobe on long narrow claw or “isthmus,”
widely obcordate in front, about 6 mm. wide near apex, a large bilobed fleshy
glabrous callus at base of isthmus, a small conical pubescent callus beyond the
middle. Column erect, elongated, incurved, about 1°3 cm. long, narrowly winged
below, widely winged above. Anther ovate-cucullate. Rostellum large, elongated,
blunt. Pollinia 8, waxy, ovate, plano-convex. Ovary with pedicel slender,
puberulous, about 2'7-3-7 long.

Papua, Owcn Stanley Range; at Embi Lake, 200 feet, between Mount
Obree and Kargi. C. E, Lane-Poole, No. 249.

This plant approaches S, plicata, Bl, so closely that I have hesitated to
separate it. It differs, however, in the absence of hair from the large bilobed
callus, in the raised oval non-dentate anterior small callus, and in the much
slighter degree of curvature in the column. Dr. Schlechter,“) who has studied
the question on the spot, regards the distribution of hairiness on the labellum as
one of the few constant features of this closely related group of species, and one
on which we must rely for specific determinations, ;

Blume’s species has been recorded from Dutch New Guinea by J. J. Smith
and Kranzlin, but Schlechter evidently doubts its occurrence, and thinks that the
determination requires confirmation.

‘Two species, S. stenophyila, Ridl., and S. papuana, Bail., as well as a variety
of the latter, puberiflora, Rogers and White, have been previously reported from
Papua.

) Schlechter, “Die Orchidaceen Deutsch Neu-Guinea,” p. 393.

261

The colour of the flowers is not mentioned by the collector and cannot be
surmised from the two or three flowers which remain on my fruiting specimen.

Geodorum pictum, Lindl.

Papua. Rigo District. Rev. R. Lister Turner (L.M.S.).

This species, which is a native of Australia, does not appear to have been
previously reported from Papua, although it has been recorded from Dutch New
Guinea by J. J. Smith, and from the Mandated Territory by Schlechter.

Dendrobium (§ Pedilonum) caliculi-mentum, Rogers, n. sp. Herba
epiphytica. Caules gracillimi, teretes, penduli, elongati, 90-120 cm. longi, ramosi,
vaginis foliorum omnino obtecti. Tnternodia ad 2-2 cm. longa. Vaginae foliorum
tubulosae, truncatac, internodiis longiores. Folia lanceolata, rigida, subpatentia,
acutissima, multi-nervia, 1-1-3+7 cm, longa, 2:5-4-0 mm. lata, glabra, versus apicem
minute serrata. Racemi brevissimi, terminales vel subterminales, vulgo 4-6-flori.
lores rosei, 1-4-1-5 cm. longi, cornucopiodei, Sepalum dorsale erectum, ovatum,
acutissimum, 3-nervium, leviter concavtim, circiter 5-6 mm. longum, 2:75 mm.
latum. Sepala lateralia oblique obcuneata, parte libera acutissima sepalum dorsale
aequante, cum pede elongato columnae decurrentia; marginibus anticis 1-4-1-5 cm,
longis, basi connatis, superne contiguus: cum pede gynostemii mentum obtusum
curvulum circiter 8 mm. longum formantia. Petala erecta anguste ablonga, sepalo
dorsali angustiora, acuta, 3-nervia, circiter 5-5 mum. longa, versus apicem minute
serrata. J.abellum erectum, gynostemium multo superans; lamina ovali-
lanceolata, integra, 8 mm. longa, 3:5 mm. lata, 7-netvia; marginibus lateralibus
incurvulis, margine posteriori elevato crassiusculo semilunato, versus apicem
minute serrata ; unguis canaliculatus, circiter 5 mm. longus, 3 mm. latus, 5-nervius,
a basi marginibus lateralibus lateribus pedis columnae adnatis caliculum
formantibus. Columna brevissima, circiter 3-4 mm. longa, pedi gracillimi 9-10
mm. longa. Clinandrium profunde excavatum, lobis lateralibus latis obtusis
leviter emarginatis, dorsali leviter longiori lineari. Ovarium cum pedicello gracile,
mentum excedens, circiter 1:4 em. longum; pedicello 7 mm. longo.

Epiphytic. Stems very slender, terete, pendent, much elongated, entirely
covered by the leaf-sheaths, Internodes 2-2 cm., or less. Leaf-sheaths
tubular, truncate, longer than the internodes. Leaves lanceolate, rather rigid,
multi-nerved, very acute, 1°1-3-7 cm. long, 2:5-4-0 mm. wide, glabrous, minutely
serrated at the apex. Inflorescences very short, terminal or subterminal, usually
4-6-flowered. Flowers rose coloured, cornucopioidal, about 1°4-1-5 cm. long.
Dorsal sepal erect, ovate, very acute, 3-nerved, 5-6 mm. long, 2°75 mm, wide,
slightly concave, narrowing at the base, Lateral sepals obliquely obcuneate, free
part apparently erect, as long as the dorsal sepal, very acute; decurrent with the
elongated foot of the column; anterior margins 1-4-I-5 cm. long, connate at the
base for about 4 mm., contiguous above, forming a blunt curved spur about
8 mm. long. Petals erect, narrowly oblong, acute, about 5°5 mm. long, much
narrower than the dorsal sepal, 3-nerved, minutely serrate near the apex.
Labellum erect, lamina oval-lanceolate, 8 mm. long, 3-5 mm. wide, 7-nerved, acute,
‘lateral margins incurved, basal margin elevated into a transverse semilunar
lamella, undivided, plain, minutely serrate near the apex; the claw semi-
cylindrical, about 5 mm. long, 3 mm. wide, 5-nerved, the lateral margins adnate
at the base to the sides of the column-foot for 2 mm. forming a small cup. Column
very short, about 3-4 mm. long, the foot very slender and elongated, about
9-10 mm. long. Clinandrium deeply excavated,’ the lateral appendages broad,
blunt and slightly emarginate; the dorsal appendage slightly higher, conspicuously
I-nerved, linear. Ovary with pedicel slender, about 14 mm. long; pedicel above
about 7 mm. long.

Papua. Owen Stanley Range; trail between Kakoda and the Gap, at eleva-
tion of 6,000 feet. C. E. Lane-Poole, No. 265. August, 1923.

262

“Epiphytic on trees, stems 3-4 feet long, pendent; flowers ornamental, dark
rose at the base, pale rose at tips, reminding one of the Cape Heaths.”

This species appears to approach most nearly in its flowers to D. dichaeoides,
Schitr., and D. constrictum, J. J. Sm., but differs from both of these in important
details.

Dendrobium (§ Calyptrochilum) Delphinioides, Rogers, 1. sp. Werba
epiphytica. Caules graciles, teretes, elongati, simplices, costati, vaginis foliorum
omnino obtecti, ad 30 cm. longi. Internodia circa 1-5 cm. longa. Folia erecto-
patentia, basibus semitortis, ovato-lanceolata vel oblongo-lanceolata, multi-nervia,
circa 4°0-6°5 em, longa, 1°5-2°0 cm. lata, glabra, tenuia, papyracea. Vaginac
foliorum tubulosae, truncatae, internodiis longiores, nervis prominentibus, semi-
pellucidae. Racemi brevissimi, laterales, pauciflori. Bracteae angustiuscule
ovato-lanceolatae, actuminatae, circiter 5 mm. longae. Ovarium cum pedicello
gracillimum, calcar excedens. Flores rubri, majusculi, 2°7-3-25 cm. longi, 7 mm.
lati illis Delphinii similes. Sepalum dorsale ovatum, obtusum, erectum, 5-nervium,
8 mm. longum, 4 mm. latum. Sepala lateralia oblique oblongo-cuneata, cum pede
elongato . columnae decurrentia, marginibus anticis dimidio inferiore connatis
superne contigtis, mentum acutum curvulum anguste conicum 2°0 cm. longum
formantia. Petala parva, erecta, oblonga, subacuta, 3-nervia, 7°5 mm, longa,
2-5 mm. lata, sepalo dorsali breviora. Labellum simplex, erectum, obcuneato-
cochleare, circiter 1°8 cm. longum, basin columnae non attingens; marginibus
lateralibus pede columnae adnatis, calear invaginatum intra sepala formantibus ;
margine apicali cucullato-infracto, convexo, pectinato-dentato, circiter 8°5 mm.
lato: lamina 7-nervia, prope basin lamella transversa. Columna brevis,
carnosiuscula, circiter 4 mm. longa; clinandrii lobis lateralibus integris obtusis
late falcatis erectis, lobo dorsali subulato dentiforme incurvulo. Pollinia 4,
inaequalia. Ovarium cum pedicello gracillimum, 2°7-3°0 cm. longum.

Epiphytic. Stems slender, elongated, ribbed, to about 30 cm. high, entirely
hidden by leaf-sheaths; internodes about 1°5 cm. long. [eaves semitwisted at
the base, erecto-patent, ovate-lanceolate to oblong-lanccolate, acute, multi-nerved
(7 conspicuous, rest subsidiary), about 4°0-6°5 cm. long, 1°5-2-0 cm. wide near:
the middle, thin, papery when dry; leaf-shcaths tubular, truncate exceeding the
internodes, semitransparent, with prominent nerves. Racemes lateral, few-
flowered, very short, bracts rather narrowly ovate-lanceolate, acuminate, about
5 mm. long. _ Flowers red; ovary and pedicel exceeding the spur; 2°7-3:25 cm.
long (i.e., from top of dorsal sepal to apex of spur), about 7 mm. wide, cornu-
copioidal, Dorsal sepal bluntly ovate, erect, 5-nerved, about 8 mm, long, 4 mm.
wide, Lateral sepals oblong-cuneate, decurrent with the clongated foot of the
column; anterior margins about 2°1-2°9 cm. long connate in lower half, above
contiguous, forming a very long acute conical curved spur; upper border reaching
the level of the anther. Pctals small, erect, oblong, subacute, 3-nerved, much
narrower than the dorsal sepal, about 7°5 mm. long, 2-5 mm. wide. Labellum
obcuneate-cochlear, erect, simple, about 1°8 cm. long, lower than the columm,
lateral margins in their lower half adnate within the sepals to the foot of the
column so as to form a secondary or invaginated spur; lamina about 1°0 cm.
long, a small transverse lamella at the cuneate base, otherwise. plain, 7-nerved ;
apical margin convex, pectinate-dentate, cucullate, inflexed, about 8°5 mm, wide.
Column short and rather fleshy, about 4 mm. long; foot slender, elongated;
clinandrium deeply excavated, its lateral lobes entire blunt broadly falcate erect,
dorsal lobe subulate dentiform incurved. Pollinia 4, in two unequal pairs.

Papua. Owen Stanley Range, near Laruni, at elevation of 5,000 feet. C. E.
Lane-Poole, No. 394, Feb., 1923. “Epiphytes on tree-trunks.”

The flowers of this species are very similar to those of D. cuculliferum,
J. J. Sm., but the stems are simple in the former and branched in the latter.

263

Dendrobium (§ Calyptrochilum) Lane-Poolei, Rogers, n. sp. Herba
epiphytica. Caules graciles, elongati, ramosi, longitudinaliter costati, vaginis
foliorum omnino obtecti, 30 cm. longi excedentes. Internodia circiter 1°0-2-0 cm.
longa. Vaginae foliorum tubulosae, internodiis paulo longiores, longitudinaliter
costatae, truncatae, punctate papilliferae. Folia erecto-patentia, lanceolata, acuta,
glabra, rigidiuscula, papyracea, multi-nervia, apice minute serrata, circiter
2°5-5-0 em. longa, 5°5-9°0 mm. lata. Racemi laterales brevissimi, vulgo 5-6-flori;
bracteis circiter 7-8 mm. longis, 4 mm. latis, ovatis, acuminatis, Flores lutei,
cornucopioidales, 2°1-2°3 longi. Sepalum dorsale, crectum, ovatum, obtusum,
8-9 mm. longum, 5°5 mm. latum, 5-nervium. Sepala lateralia oblique obcuneata,
cum pede elongato columnae decurrentia; marginibus anticis 1:6-1‘7 cm. longis,
basi connatis, superne contiguis; cum pede gynostemii mentum latiusculum
obtusum curvulum 1:2 cm. longum formantia; parte libera obtusa antheram
superante. DPetala erecta vel erecto-patentia, oblongo-ovalia, obtusa, 3-nervia,
7-8 mm. longa, circiter 3 mm, lata. Labellum simplex, obcuneato-calyptratum,
erectum, planum, basin columnae paulo superans, 1:3 cm. longum inexpansum ;
margine apicali calyptrato-infracto, convexo, lacerato-pectinato; marginibus
lateralibus inferne longitudinaliter circiter 9 mm. pedi columnae adnatis, calcar
conicum invaginatum intra sepala formantibus. Columna brevis, circiter 3-5 mm.
longa. Clinandrium profunde excavatum; lobis lateralibus triangulusculis, apice
obtuse emarginatus; lobo dorsali multo longiore, subulato, incurvo. Anthera
reniformis, dorso compressa. Pollinia 4, inaequalia. Ovarium cum pedicello
circiter 2:1 longum, calcar multo excedens.

Epiphytic. Stems elongated, branched, longitudinally ribbed, slender,
entirely hidden by the leaf-sheaths, exceeding 30 cm. long. Internodes about
1-0-2-0 cm. long. Leaf-sheaths tubular, slightly longer than the internodes,
punctately papillose, longitudinally ribbed, truncate. Leaves erecto-patent,
lanceolate, acute, glabrous, rather rigid, papery, multi-nerved, minutely serrate
towards the tip, about 2°5-5-0 cm. long, 5°5-9°0 mm. wide. Racemes very short,
lateral, about 5-6-flowered; bracts about 7-8 mm. long, 4 mm. wide, ovate,
acuminate. Flowers orange-yellow, about 2°1 cm. long, cornucopioidal. Dorsal
sepal erect, ovate, quite blunt, about 8-9 mm. long, 5°5 mm. wide, 5-nerved,
Lateral sepals obliquely obcuneate, decurrent with the elongated foot of the
‘column; anterior margins 1°6-1:7 cm. long, connate only at the extreme base,
contiguous above, forming a rather blunt broad curved mentum, about 1:25 cm.
long; free part very blunt, exceeding the anther. Petals erect or erecto-patent,
oblong-oval or oval, quite blunt, 3-nerved, about 7-8 mm. long, 3 mm. wide.
Labellum plain obcuneate-calyptrate, erect, the top of the hood slightly exceeding
the base of the column, about 1-3 cm. long unexpanded, the apical margin lacero-
denticulate, the lateral margins adnate below for 9 mm. to the foot of the column
forming a “secondary” or invaginated spur. Column short, about 3-5 mm, long.
Clinandrium deeply excavated, lateral lobes somewhat triangular with bluntly
emarginate apex ; dorsal lobe much longer, subulate, incurved, attached at its apex
to the dorsum of the anther. Anther somewhat reniform, flattened on the top
and slightly depressed in middle. Pollinia 4, in 2 unequal pairs. Ovary together
with pedicel slender, about 2:1 cm. long, greatly exceeding the mentum.

Papua. Owen Stanley Range, between Adai and Naro, at elevation of
6,000-7,000 feet. C. E. Lane-Poole, No. 406. Feb., 1923.

“Epiphytic on moss-covered tree-trunks. Flowers orange-yellow, pendent.
A common conspicuous orchid of the lower elevations of the mossy forests.”

The flowers come very close to those of D. inmfracium, J. J. Sm., but they
differ in colour and are smaller in size. J.ikewise in the latter species the stems
are simple, but branched in the new species.

264

Dendrobium (§ Oxyglossum) bilamellatum, Rogers, n. sp. Herba
epiphytica. Caules in speciminibus meis incompleti, circiter 15 cm. ?, graciles,
elongati, vaginis foliorum fere obtecti. Internodia 2-3 cm. longa. Vaginae foliorum
tubulosae, truncatae, longitudinaliter striatae, internodiis paulo breviores. Folia
erecto-patentia, elliptico-lanceolata, multi-nervia, subrigida, crassiuscula, circiter
2°5-7 cm. longa, 1-1°5 cm. lata. Racemi brevissimi, laterales, pauciflori
(semper ?). Bracteae ovato-lanceolatae, actiminatae, circiter 5-7 mm, longae.
Flores in sectione inter majores, circiter 2°8 cm. longi. Sepalum dorsale ovatum,
erectum, subacutum, 5-nervium, 1-0 em. longum, 4°5 mm, latum. Sepala lateralia
oblique triangularia, cum pede clongato columnae decurrentia; marginibus anticis
2°6 cm. longis, in parte libera profunde bilamellatis, basi connatis, superne
contiguis, cum dimidio inferioré labelli adnatis; cum pede colutnnae mentum
angustiusculum, conicum, acutum, curvulum, circiter 1°6 cm. longum, apice
bifidum formantia. Petala erecta, elliptico-lanceolata, acutiuscula, 3-nervia, apice
minute serrulata, circiter 9 mm. longa, 3°5 mm. lata. Labellum erectum, basi
ligulatum, sursum sensim dilatatum, deinde ad apicem acutum recurvum abrupte
contractum, 2°35 cm. longum; marginibus lateralibus dimidio inferiore cum pede
columnae et sepalis lateralibus adnatis; lamina obcuneata, margine apicali minute
serrulata, obscure 3-lobata, 7-nervia, superne 4°75 mm. lata. Columna brevis.
Clinandrium profunde excavatum; lobis lateralibus latis semiquadratis minute
denticulatis, lobo dorsali multo longiore subulato incurvo. Anthera ovato-
quadrata, margine antica minute serrata. Ovarium cum pedicello gracile, circiter
2°4 cm. longum, late 3-alatum, Pollinia 4, inaequalia.

Stems incomplete in my specimens, probably about 15 cm. long, thin,
elongated, almost entirely covered by the leaf-sheaths. Internodes 2-3 cm. long.
Leatf-sheaths slightly shorter than the internodes, tubular, truncate, longitudinally
striated. Leaves erecto-patent, elliptic-lanceolate, multi-nerved, rather rigid,
moderately thick, about 2°5-7-0 cm. long, 1°0-1-4 cm. wide. Racemes very
short, lateral, few-flowered (apparently 3). Bracts ovate-lanceolate, acuminate,
about 5-7 mm. Jong. Flowers fairly large for the section, about 2°8 cm. long
(including spur), dark mauve with orange tip to labellum. Dorsal sepal ovate,
erect, subacute, 5-nerved, about 1:0 cm. long, 4:5 mm. wide. Lateral sepals
obliquely triangular ; decurrent with the elongated foot of the column; the anterior
margins 2'6 cm. long, deeply bilamellate in their free part, connate near the base -
for a distance of about 5 mm., and adnate to the labellum for 11 mm., forming a
rather narrow conical curved acute spur about 1-6 cm. long with a slightly bifid
apex. Petals erect, elliptical-lanceolate, rather acute, 3-nerved, minutely serrulate
at the apex, 9 mm. long, 3-5 mm. wide. Labellum erect, ligulate at the base,
gradually dilating towards the apex, 2°35 cm. long, spread out, 4:75 mm. wide;
lamina obcuneate, apex minutely serrate, obscurely 3-lobed, suddenly contracting
to a short acute recurved point, 7-nerved; lateral margins adnate in their lower
part to the foot of the column and also to the lateral sepals [or a distance of
1-1 cm. Column short. Clinandrium deeply cxcavated; lateral lobes broad,
somewhat rounded, minutely denticulate; dorsal lobe much longer, incurved.
Anther ovate-quadrate, margin minutely serrate. Ovary with its slender pedicel
3-winged, 2-4 cm. long.

Papua. Owen Stanley Range, between Adai and Naro, at elevation of
7,800 feet. C, E. Lane-Poole, No. 408. Feb., 1923.

“Epiphytes on tree trunks in-mossy forests. Flowers dark mauve. [Labellum
mauve with orange lip.” ;

In the dried plant, the “lamella” appears to lie in the same plane and in close
apposition with the surface of the lateral sepal, so as to form a double fold.
Whether it occupies the same position in the living plant, or one perhaps at right
angles to the surface of the sepal, it is impossible to decide. It is noteworthy,.

265

however, that J. J. Smith in the description of his species D. discrepans (a member
of the same section), refers to the lateral sepal as “carinate.”

Dipodium elatum, J. J. Sm.

Papua. Rigo district; Rev. R. Lister Turner (L.M.S.). I believe this to
be J. J. Smith’s species, although it is apparently a much more slender plant than
that examined by him. The scape in my specimen is 70 cm. high and the basal
sheaths comparatively few in number (about 6 or 7). It is evidently a very near
relation to the Australian representative of the genus, D. punctatum, R. Br.

It has only been reported previously from the Dutch portion of New Guinea.

Phalaenopsis amabilis, Bl., var. papuana, Schlchtr., in Orch. Deutsch-Neu-
Guinea, p. 968 (1914).

Mandated Territory of New Guinea. Kundam. C. E. Lane-Poole, 26/8/24,
No. 807. “Epiphyte on Pometia. Flowers white, 34 inches in diameter.”

“P. amabilis” has been recorded from Papua by F. M. Bailey and from Dutch
New Guinea by J. J. Smith. These may possibly be identical with Schlechter’s
variety, which only appears to differ from the type form, in that the large bilobed
callus near the base of the labellum is wider and not so high in the variety and the
gland of the pollinarium is larger and cordate-incised.

266

CRYSTAL FORMS OF TOURMALINE, AZURITE, AND LINARITE.

By Iris E. Roverrson,
(Communicated by C. T. Madigan.)

[Read October 8, 1925.]

The purpose of this contribution is to place on record the forms assumed by
certain well-crystallised minerals of local occurrence.

The nomenclature of faces is that employed in Dana’s “System of
Mineralogy.” The angular measurements were obtained by means of Gold-
schmidt’s two-circle goniometer, which admits of determinations to within an
accuracy of 30%,

MW
1
4
i]
‘
‘
1
1
a
1
'
'
'
'
'
t
'
'
'
.
‘
a
‘
'
e
a
‘
e
q
1
'
‘
1

Fig. 1. Fig. 2.

TouRMALINE rromM TourMALiNE Hitt.

Well-developed crystals of tourmaline occur abundantly weathered out of a
pegmatite intrusion at VYourmaline Ilill, which is situated intermediate between
‘Umberatana and Yudanamutana, in the North Flinders Range, in this State.
The crystals which are now in the University Museum were collected by Professor
Sir Douglas Mawson, who reports that the pegmatite principally consists of soda
felspar and quartz. It intrudes pebble-bearing beds which appear to be the
equivalent of the tillite of the Adelaide Series. The tourmaline crystals are
generally large, frequently attaining a length of several inches, and a number
exhibit end faces. Though not remarkable in form, the type appears to be specific
for the locality, certain constant features of crystalline habit recurring with very

267

little variation in the crystals examined. All specimens examined were of a deep
black colour in hand specimens, but a few fragmentary crystals of a beryl-green
colour were also reported from the pegmatite. Tourmaline belongs to the trigonal
(rhombohedral) system. The axis c, calculated from the average angular
measurement 0001 A0111 of four crystals from Tourmaline Hill is 0°44763.

Observed forms are :—

a (1120) h (4150) o (0221)
Mm (1010) (pos. & neg.) L (5270) é (0112)
¢ (0001) » (LOIL) @ (1232)

Angular measurements, ascertained from average readings of 4 crystals, are
as follows :—

cm = 90° 0 ce = 14° 29’
mm = 60° 0’ ex = 34° 233’
ma = 30° 0 ah = 10° 48
er = 27° 204 hi = 5° 47’
co = 45° 41’ mil = 13° 25’

The crystals are of prismatic habit, elongated in the direction of the ¢ axis.
The faces in the prism zone are frequently striated parallel to their intersections,

Fig. 3.

particularly a, 4, and /. In such cases imperfect reflections were obtained and
accurate measurement was difficult. The forms most prominently developed
include m (negative and positive forms sometimes combined to produce a hexa-
gonal cross section), r (positive and negative forms sometimes combined to
produce a hexagonal hemipyramid), a, 0, e, and c; # is not so common and h
and J are not infrequently absent. The two most common combinations are
m,a,r,o (fig. 1), and m, a, r, 0, x, ¢, e (hg. 2).

AZURITE FROM THE BRoxeEN Hitt Lope.

The South Australian Museum possesses an unusually fine collection of
minerals from Broken Hill, N.S.W. Amongst these azurite is represented in
many magnificent crystals and clusters, in which perfectly formed individuals
range up to several inches in length. These are in the form of oblique prisms
much elongated on the b axis. Azurite crystallises in the monoclinic system.
B=87° 354’ (average measurement of six of these Broken Hill crystals).
a:b se=0'8516 :1 :0°8837 (calculated).

268

Observed forms are :—

a (100) m (110) p (021)
¢ (001) s (111) ¥ (011)
o (101) w (120) 1 (023)
¢ (201) h (221) k (221)
uw (103) 3 (243) n (323)
6 (101) OQ (223) o (241)
n (802) y (121) d (2183)
uv (301)

Angular measurements, ascertained from average readings of six crystals,.
are as follows :—

a f = 25° 163 bs = 58° 494"
ho = 17° 197 bl == 59° 24”
oe = 44° 577 bk = 51° 57°
ch = 11° 4447 bp = 29° 32°
oA = 35° 25° bo = 32° 36’
6y = 11° 42’ bh = 52° 487
yv == 7° Ii" bQ = 64° 31’

(2 readings only obtained)
va = 26° 22’ bu = 63° 397

(2 readings only obtained)
bm = 49° 377 by = 39° 40’

(1 reading only obtained)
bea = 30° 29 bs = 42° 13”

G1. reading only obtained)
bf = 48° 32° bX = 12° 377

Fig. 4,

The forms a, c, p, 0 A, Pp, i, 1, m, h are generally well developed. A
very common habit occurs in which the elongated prism is terminated by the flat
hemipyramidal form A. Common combinations include forins a, 0,4, ¢, v, nA, nt,
p, f, (hig. 3), and a, c, p, 6, 9, v,m, 5, OA (fig. 4). Most of these yielded bril-
liant reflections except those in the a, ¢ zone, where images were frequently blurred
or multiple, e.g., those of pg, and o, » is almost invariably striated parallel to
the 6 axis. Etching is of frequent occurrence on the faces c, hy m, A. Many
faces appear rarely, e.g., 9,8, y, #, Q, or are poorly developed, ¢.g.,0, ¢, 2, g, 5, k, 0.

269

LINARITE FROM FHE BroKEN Hiv Lope.

Linarite occurs not infrequently in the Broken Hill lode, though it is seldom
recorded, for it is usually mistaken for azurite by the miners, It is, however,
of a lighter shade of blue than azurite and is usually restricted to crystals of very
small size. The specimens examined are of the collection of the South Australian
Museum, which, like the azurites, were made available by the Museum Board
through the Honorary Curator, Sir Douglas Mawson.

The associated minerals in the specimens examined were cerussite and
azurite. ‘The crystals for the most part are twinned forms exhibiting re-
entrant angles. They are prismatic in habit, rarely exceeding a few millimetres
in length.

Linarite crystallises in the monoclinic system :—-8=/77° 19’ (average of four
crystals measured). @:b :c=1'7216 :1 :0°8297 (calculated).

Observed forms are :—

a (100) e (111).
b (O10) uw (101)
ce (001) s (201)
m (110)

1
1
‘
'
1
‘
'
‘
1
i

Fig. 5.

Angular measurements, ascertained from average readings of four crystals,
are as follows :—

ae ee 772 19° ua = 52° 34°
be = 90° 0 ma = 30° 314’
ces ee 275" 50" ee = 77° 22°
su = 22° 177’

The common habit appears to be a combination of the forms a, wu, s, c, m
with e occasionally, and } rarely present (fig. 5). he prismatic habit is due to
elongation on the b axis. Untwinned specimens occur rarely. The twin axis is
the b axis, with both twin and composition planes parallel to the a face.

Geological Laboratory,
University, Adelaide.

270

ADDITIONS TO THE FLORA OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA.
No. 23.

By J. M. Brack.
{Read October 8, 1925.]

SCHEUCHZERIACEAE.

Triglochin hexagona, n. sp. Herba annua, scapis 2-5 cm. longis plerumque
quatn folia filiformia brevioribus, floribus brevissime pedicellatis racemosis circiter
20, flore terminali solo bisexuali ceteris femineis, perianthii segmentis floris
terminalis obovatis exterioribus majoribus albis patentibus, eis florum femineorum
acutis inaequalibus, fructis ambitu ovoideo fere 2 mm. longo, carpidiis 3 fertilibus
subhexagonis lateraliter bialatis 1 mm. latis dorso subplanis apice et basi repente
angustatis.

ese

Trigluchin hexagona, A—E. A, plant, natural size; B, flowering
part of scape; C, terminal bisexual Hower viewed from above: o.s,
outer perianth-segments; is, inner perianth-segments; o.a, outer
anthers; ia, inner anthers; D,-back of fruitlet; E, inner face of
fruitlet; I’, fruitlet of T. Muellert. T. trichophora, G—J. G, plant,
natural size, viewed from above; H, fruit; I, fruit showing 2 fruitlets
hanging from the summit of the carpophore; the groove in_ the
carpophore indicates the line of attachment of the third fruitlet, which
has fallen; J, fruitlet viewed from the side, showing the inner face
at the pericarp disintegrating into hair-like fibres.

.
e

Near Lake Bonney, River Murray. Coll. HW. W. Andrew. Seenis nearest
to T. turriferu, (Luehm.) Ewart, but the latter has much longer and narrower
fruitlets very shortly spurred at base. The present species cannot be described as
spurred, although it is possible that the 2 lower angles of the rather square fruitlet
represent incipient or obsolescent spurs. The fruitlet of S. hexagona is more
than half as broad as it is long, this result being due to the 2 stiff flat wings which
spread outward on either side of the fusiform pericarp.

It is worthy of note, that in the 3 species of Triglochin here dealt with, the
terminal flower of the raceme is alone bisexual; all the lower ones, whether few
or numerous, are female. The 3 outer anthers of the bisexual flower are much

271

larger than the 3 inner ones and are sheltered in bud by the 3 outer and larger
obovate white membraneous perianth-segments. These large and very broad outer
anthers burst open much earlier than the inner, and shower a mass of pollen on
to the few or many female flowers below. Their extrorse dehiscence enables
them to do this most effectively. The question naturally drises whether all the
Australian annual Triglochins have this strongly polygamous arrangement of the
flowers. This seems probable, but the question can only be decided by careful
examination of the young living plant. Buchenau, who has revised the genus
more than once, says “flowers hermaphrodite”; Bentham is nearer to reality when
he says “flowers hermaphrodite or rarely polygamous.” No doubt many Triglo-
chins, like our large perennial T. procera, have all the flowers bisexual. As
regards the 3 annual species here mentioned I had the good fortune to grow 2 of
them in my garden at North Adelaide, and the third was cultivated by Professor
Osborn at the University. ,

T. Muelleri, Buchenau. This is a rather large species, the scapes mostly
4-8 cm. long, and the leaves are usually longer; the fruits are very shortly pedi-
cellate, ovoid or elliptical, 14 mm. long, the fruitlets almost fusiform, without any
basal spurs (fig. F). Lake Bonney, River Murray. First record for South
Australia; only known previously from the Vasse River and Busselton, Western
Australia.

T. trichophora, Nees. This is a much-debated species. Buchenau, in Engler’s
Pflanzenreich, iv., 14:12 (1903), makes it a synonym of T. nana, F. v. M., while
Ostenfeld, Contrib. W. Austr, Bot., part 2:36 (1918), reduces 7. nana to a
variety of T. centrocarpa, Hook., and, after examining Preiss’s specimen No. 2411,
from which Nees described T. trichophora, he considers it should be
retained as a species. Our specimen was grown by Professor Osborn
from seed which he brought back from the Pearson Islands, off the
west coast of Eyre Peninsula, in 1923. It is illustrated by the
fig. G—J on the plate. The scapes have no more than 3 flowers each and one
of them only ripened 1 terminal fruit, In this paucity of flowers it agrees exactly
with the original description, but Ostenfeld collected at Busselton specimens with
up to 17 fruits on the scape. The type came from Rottnest Island, and hitherto
the species has only been recorded from Western Australia, Our fruits are
ovoid-oblong, nearly 24 mm. long, on short pedicels, the fruitlets oblong, tapering
upwards, dilated obtusely at base, but they can scarcely be called “spurred.” The
outer layer of the pericarp on the back of each fruitlet is somewhat spongy when
fresh; on the inner face of each fruitlet is a membraneous outer layer. This layer
splits readily into 2 wings along the angle which runs down the middle of the
inner face. When the fruitlet is moistened, these appressed wings become free
from the inner face, but remain attached to the sides of the fruitlet; they quickly
assume an undulate shape along the margin as the fibres of which they are con-
structed expand, and finally they disintegrate into the hair-like fibres. It was
owing to this evolution that Nees gave the plant its specific name (fig. I—J).
These hair-like developments are not, however, confined to Y. trichophora,
although they may be peculiarly prominent in that species, as they occur more or
less in the fruits of some other small annual species of this genus. Another
peculiarity of the single specimen available for examination was that while the
terminal bisexual flower had 6 perianth-segments and 6 stamens, the 2 lower
female flowers had only 3 very loose unequal segments each. This reduced
number may have been abnormal.

GRAMINEAE,

*Sphenopus divaricatus, (Gouan) Reichb. This little Mediterranean grass
has been found well established near Port Adelaide; coll. H. W. Andrew.
Apparently the first record for Australia, 7

wn 2F2

CHENOPODIACEAE,

Chenopodium desertorum, n. sp. Suffrutex dense farinosus 15-30 cm.
altus, foliis crassis ovatis vel rhomboideis 5-15 mm. longis petiolatis supra saepius
concavis, floribus in spicas saepius interruptas vel subramosas 1-3 cm. longas folia
paulo superantes dispositis, staminibus 5, semine depresso horizontali nigro
margine obtuso—Ch. microphyllum, F. v. M., var. desertorum, J. M. Black
(1922).

Murray lands; Port Augusta westward to Ooldea.—Victoria Desert, Western
Australia. Almost papillose from the prominent mealy scales.

*Ch. anthelminticum, L. Near the Semaphore. First record for South
Australia.—A native of America, now introduced in many other parts of the
world.

. AMARANTHACEAE,

*Amarantus albus, L. This weed, a native of North America, now naturalised
in the Mediterranean region, has established itself at Beaumont, Fulham, and on
the North Park lands.

PorTULACACEAE,

Calandrinia volubilis, Benth., var. parvula, n. var. Variat foliis obovoideis
vel fere globosis 3-6 mm. longis, pedicellis 3-5 mm. longis, staminibus sacpius 6,
seminibus circiter 15. Plantula tantum 8-25 mm, alta—Port Lincoln district
(without exact locality). Has the seeds and reflexed pedicels of the type, but
differs in its dwarfed proportions and very short pedicels.

Car YOPHYLLACEAE,

*Tunica prolifera, (1..) Scop. (Dianthus prolifer, L.), Kingscote and Rocky
River, K.1.; coll. J. B. Cleland. This European weed has been known for many
years in Victoria and New South Wales, but has not previously been recorded for
South Australia.

RANUNCULACEAE,

Ranunculus pentandrus, n. sp. Herba annua nana glabra, foliis longe
petiolatis praecipue radicalibus, 5-8. mm. longis, infimis ovatis integris cito
marcescentibus, ceteris ambitu rotundato-cordatis palmatipartitis, lobis 3 obovatis
saepius trifidis vel incisis, floribus minutis, sepalis 3-5 ovatis albis membranaceis
13-2 mm. longis, petalis 1-2 albis calyce brevioribus et angustioribus supra unguem
nectariferis, staminibus 5, achaeniis 6-12, ovatis laevibus 2-3 mm. longis breviter
recurvo-rostratis, receptaculo ovoideo glabro,

Flooded land on Minnie Downs, near Warburton River. A curious and dis-
tinct desert species. Coll. L. Reese. Nearest to R. parviflorus, L.

CRUCIFERAE.

Blennodia pterosperma, nu. sp. Herba annua stellato-pubescens, foliis
praecipue radicalibus parce lobulatis vel dentatis supcrioribus saepe integris et
lineari-lanccolatis, sepalis 5-7 mm. longis, petalis 10-15 mm. longis albis vel roseis
longe unguiculatis, pedicellis fructiferis 5-8 mm. longis demum reflexis; siliquis
compresso-linearibus 3-6 cm. longis 2-24 mm. latis pubescentibus, stigmate fere
sessili, valvis uninervibus, seminibus numerosis ala angust4 membranaceda cinctis
fere uniserialibus haud mucosis—B. canescens, R. Br., var. pterosperma, J. M.
Black (1917).

Northern part of Flinders Range to Lake Blanche—North-western New
south Wales.

A stouter plant than B. canescens, with a less prominent style and flat winged
seeds, ,

273

*Myagrum perfoliatum, L. Cultivated land, Wudinna, E.P. First record
for South Australia—Mediterranean region.

LEGUMINOSAE,
*Trifolium stellatum, L. Penola. First record——Mediterranean region.

RUTACEAE

Correa calycina, n. sp. Frutex, ramis laxe tomentosis, foliis oblongis vel
ovato-oblongis crassiuatulis obtusis 2-3 cm, longis supra glabrescentibus infra
stellato-pilosis, pedunculis brevissimis, calyce fere campanulato circiter 12 mm.
longo extus sparsim stellato-piloso intus stellato-tomentoso, lobis latis acuminatis
tubum stubaequantibus, petalis subviridibus primum cohaerentibus 20-25 mm.
longis, staminibus exsertis, quatuor filamentis alternis basin versus valde dilatatis,
ovario sericeo.

Waterfall in Hindmarsh Valley. Collected by Professor J. B. Cleland. Differs
from C, reflexa, \abill., in the narrower leaves greenish and not white beneath
and the calyx twice as long, with 4 broad lobes or teeth.

Pomaderris halmaturina, n. sp. Frutex 2-3 m. altus; foliis ovato-
lanceolatis denticulatis 3-7 cm. longis supra minute scabro-pilosis infra stellato-
tomentosis prominenter nervatis, floribus in racemos axillares breviores aut
longiores quam folium dispositis, receptaculo 1 mm. longo, sepalis 2-24 mm.
longis, styli ramis fere liberis clavatis, stigmatibus subcapitatis, coccis valvula eis
dimidio breviore dehiscentibus,

Cygnet River and Hog Bay River, K.I. Differs from P. apetala, Labill.,
in the leaves being hairy above, the flowers racemose, not paniculate, and the
style-branches almost free.

Spyridium halmaturinum, I. v. M., var. integrifolium, n. var. Variat foliis
integris, oblongo-linearibus 14-2 mm. latis obtusis vel apice rotundatis margine
recurvis, tomento paginae superioris densiore, foliis floralibus ovato-oblongis
integris—Kangaroo Island.

Spyridium bifidum, F. v. M., var. integrifolium, n. var. Variat foliis omnibus
integris 5-10 mm. longis circiter 1 mm. latis linearibus obtusis, foliis floralibus
oblongis obtusis 2-3 mm. latis—Port Lincoln to Marble Range, E.P.

Spyridium subochreatum, F. v. M., var. laxiusculum, n. var. Variat foliis
minoribus supra glabrescentibus, stipulis minus conspicuis citiusque deciduis,
floribus in capitula composita laxiora nonnunquam majora dispositis—Keith;
Wirrega. A variety showing a tendency towards Trymaliwm in the inflorescence.

TILIACEAE.

Hymenocapsa, n. gen. (Ex verbis, graecis hymén, membrana et kapsa,
capsula). Calyx campanulatus 5-lobus, lobis tubum aequantibus; petala 5;
stamina 5 hypogyna petalis opposita ; anthcrae lineares basifixae, thecis acuminatis
in longitudinem dehiscentibus; ovarium 5-loculare, ovulis pluribus amphitropis
horizontalibus biserialibus in quoque loculo; fructus capsularis, valvis 5 crustaccis
vel membranaceis loculicide dehiscens, loculis pleiospermis; semina albuminosa
subreniformia, testa coriacea, embryonc curvato, cotyledonibus plano-convexis
conjunctim teretibus diametro radiculam aequantibus.

Differs from Corchorus, L., in the sepals united for half their length, the
stamens equalling the petals and sepals in number, the linear anthers with pointed
cells and the embryo with narrow not leafy cotyledons. It appears to be an
anomalous genus occupying a position between the tribes Brownlowieae and
Tihveae.

Hymenocapsa longipes, (Tate) n. comb. MHerbula glanduloso-pilosa
perennis, caulibuts prostratis rigidulis, foliis alternis oblonga-lanceolatis breviter

274

petiolatis grosse serratis 10-15 mm, longis subglabris vel infra parce stellato-
puberulis deltoideis, pedunculis axillaribus 1-2-floris 8-15 mm. longis, pedicello
2-5 mm. longo bractea emarginata vel bifida suffulto, petalis oblanceolatis 5 mm.
longis, stylo brevi apice minute 5-lobo, capsulA ovoidco-oblonga 6 mm.
longa stellato-puberula, seminibus 10-14 in quaque valva.—Corchorus longipes,
Tate.

Near Farina (Flinders Range),

MALVACEAE,

Plagianthus incanus, n. sp. Fruticulus rigidus stellato-incanus, foliis ses-
silibus ambitu obovato-truncatis apice obtuse trilobis basin versus breviter cuneatis
supra concavis circiter 3 mm. longis et 44 mm. Jatis, floribus dioicis sessilibus
saepius ternis in axillis trium foliorum glomeratorum, glomerulis alternis
approximatisque, calyce masculo 3 mm, longo 5-lobo, floribus femineis non visis.

Gawler Ranges, E.P. Near P. microphyllus, F. v. M., differing in the stellate
not scaly clothing, the leaves broader than long and the floral leaves in clusters
of 3.

Abutilon malvifolium, (Benth.) n. comb. Suffrutex humilis tomentosus pilis
longis simplicibus inter stellatos vestitus, foliis cordatis orbicularibus vel ovatis
crenatis 1-4 cm. longis obtusissimis glabrescentibus saepius leviter 3-5-lobis,
floribus flavis solitariis, pedunculis petiolos subaequantibus, calyce circiter 6 mm.
longo, lobis tubo longioribus, carpellis maturis aristatis ut in A. oxycarpa sed
non tisi paulo calycem superantibus, seminibus glabris aut puberulis—A. o:ry-
carpum, F.v. M., var. (?) malvaefolium, Benth.

North of Cooper’s Creek.—Western New South Wales.

Hibiscus intraterraneus, n. sp. Frutex stellato-tomentosus scabriusculus,
foliis profunde 3-5-partitis, 2-5 cm. longis, lobis oblongo-cuneatis dentatis vel
obtuse lobulatis medio plerumque longiore quam Jaterales, supremis interdum
indivisis lineari-oblongis, pedunculis solitariis crassis petiolo longioribus, alabastris
aureo-pubescentibus laevibus acutis, calyce 12-15 mm. longo, lobis lanceolatis
tubum subaequantibus nervis sub denso tomento occultis, bracteolis 7-10 linearibus,
petalis 4-5 cm. longis lilacinis vel purpureis ad marginem exteriorem unidentatis,
styli rami liberis, stigmatibus capitatis saepius penicillatis, capsula calycem sub-
aequante acuminata, seminibus multis lanatis.

Everard Range—Central and Western Australia. Differs from H. Pinoni-
anus, Gaudich., in the smooth acute (not acuminate) bud, the leaves not reticulate
below, the leaf-lobes longer and narrower and the style-branches free.

DILLENIACEAE.

Aibbertia stricta, R. Br., var. oblonga, n. var. Variat foliis satis confertis
lineari-oblongis 4-8 mm. longis 14-24 mm. latis pilis brevibus simplicibus vel
bisectis supra scaberrimis infra stellato-pilosis, nervo medio latissimo, pedunculis
circiter 5 mm. longis, carpellis 4-ovulatis—Ravine Creek, K.I.

H, sericea, (R. Br.) Benth, var, major, n. var. Variat omnibus partibus
majoribus, foliis lineari-oblongis 15-20 mm. longis, sepalis valde sericeis 10-15
min. longis, staminibus 10-20; carpellis 6-8-ovulatis—Kangaroo Island; near Port
Lincoln.

Hibbertia sericea, (R. Br.) Benth., var. scabrifolia, n. var. Variat foltis
pilis longiusculis simplicibus rigidis supra scabris magis cuneatis basin versus
quam in typo, margine saepe tantum revolutis ut folia linearia videantur, floribus
arcte sessilibus, sepalis exterioribus villosis sed vix sericeis 6-9 mm. longis,
staminibus 8-14, carpellis 4-6 ovulatis—LEncounter Bay; Kangaroo Island; Mur-
ray scrub and 90-Mile Desert, near Millicent and Lake Bonney, S.E.; Streaky
Ray.

275 |

Hibbertia paeninsularis, n. sp. Fruticulus nanus, ramis villosis, foliis con-
fertis subteretibus 5-8 mm. longis vix 1 mm, latis pilis longis albis simplicibus
patentibus villosis, marginibus revolutis paginam inferiorem occulentibus, floribus
sessilibus intra folia floralia, sepalis acuminatis dorso villosis, petalis parum
emarginatis vix sepala superantibus, staminibus 4-7 unilateralibus, carpellis 2
tomentosis 3-5-ovulatis.

Coomunga, E.P. Differs from H. sericea, (R. Br.) Benth., in the much
narrower lcaves, the petals shorter and very slightly notched, and the stamens
much reduced in number.

THYMELAEACEAE.

Pimelea macrostegia, (Benth.) n. comb. Frutex glaber absque inflores-
centia, foliis oppositis oblongo-lanceolatis 2-3 cm. longis planis vel margine
subrecurvatis petiolo circiter 2 mm. longo, bracteis involucrantibus 4 ovatis
glabris tenuibus 2-24 cm. longis capitula cernua aequantibus, receptaculo
pilis caducis extus sericeo intus puberulo, basi persistente glabrescente, sepalis
glabris, antheris exsertis,connectivo lato, basi florali pubescente,nuce ovoidea, testa
nigra punctulata.—P, ligustrina, Labill., var. ? macrostegia, Benth.

Kangaroo Island. Differs from P. ligustrina, Labill., by the bracts glabrous
inside; from this species and from P. spathulata, Labill., by the much larger bracts
and the broad connective of the anthers.

MYRTACEAE.

Melaleuca decussata, R. Br., var. ovoidea, n. var. Receptaculo ad basin
rotundato non plano 14-3 mm. longo, sepalis brevibus deltoideo-obtusis herbaceis
absque margine scarioso, foliis oblanccolatis vel paene obovatis 3-8 mm, longis
2-34 mm. latis—Kangaroo Island; Encounter Bay; Goolwa; southern Yorke
Peninsula ; South-East.

LIALORRITAGIDACEAE,

Halorrhagis ciliata, n. sp. Herba perennis, ramulis pilis brevibus scabris,
foliis alternis anguste lanceolatis superne remote serratis sessilibus 1-2 cm. longis
scabro-ciliatis rigidis, supremis fere integris, floribus saepius binis vel ternis
axillaribus brevioribus quam bracteae foliosae ciliatae, bracteolis receptaculum
subaequantibus lineari-lanceolatis herbaceis ciliolatis, fructu depresso-globoso
24 mm. longo 4 nm. lato (alis 4 latis ciliolatis comprehensis) 4-loculari inter alas
tuberculato vel transverse rugoso.

Murray lands. Differs from H. acutangula in the hairy clothing and the
winged rugose fruits.

Halorrhagis semi-angulata, n. sp. Herba perennis fere glabra, foliis alternis
anguste lanceolatis rigidis sessilibus remote serratis 15-25 mm. longis glabris
absque margine ciliolato, floribus plerumque 3-4 axillaribus, bracteis foliosis
serrulatis, bractcolis lineari-lanceolatis herbaceis flores subaequantibus, receptaculo
tetragono glabro, petalis 4 glabris, fructu depresso-subgloboso 24 mm. longo 4 mm.
lato 4-loculari laevi, dimidio superiore prominenter et rigide 4-angulato quam
dimidium inferius basi rotundatum latiore atque huic imminente.

Yalata (near Fowler’s Bay). Differs from H. acutangula, F. v. M., in the
depressed fruit with 4 prominent obtuse and sloping angles or ribs on the upper
half only, the lower half being without angles, narrower and overhung by the
upper portion.

PLUMBAGINACEAE,

*Statice occidentalis, Lloyd. Flats on north side of Patawalonga Creek,
Glenelg. First record—Western Europe.

276

THE FLORA AND FAUNA OF NUYTS ARCHIPELAGO AND THE
INVESTIGATOR GROUP.

No. 18—NOTES ON THE VEGETATION OF FLINDERS ISLAND.

By T. G. B. Osporn, D.5c.,
Professor of Botany in the University of Adelaide.

[Read October 8, 1925.]

PLates XXI, to XXIII.

The following notes on the vegetation of Flinders Island are based upon
observations made during a visit to the island from January 5 to 10 last year.
I desire to express thanks to Professor F. Wood Jones, F.R.S., leader of the
party, for assistance in various ways.

Flinders Island is the largest and central island of the Investigator Group.
It lies in 134° 30’ E. longitude and 33° 42’ S. latitude, at a minimum distance
of 18 miles from the nearest mainland, Cape Finnis, near Elliston. 1t was
named by Captain Matthew Flinders in 1802 and was visited by him and his
party. Robert Brown, who was naturalist on board the “Investigator,” landed
upon the island and collected there. Casuarina bicuspidata, Benth., is only
known in South Australia by the type specimen collected by Brown upon the
island. The specimens of Casuarina collected by me on the island unfortunately
all belong to the common species Casuarina stricta, Ait.

In 1907 some members of the Australian Association Janded on Flinders
Island from the s.s. “Governor Musgrave.” Maiden, who (1907) wrote an
account of the botanical collections, only listed 12 species from the island. The
present paper in an Appendix records 108 species collected. he number is
probably fairly complete except for annuals most of which were dead in
January.

PHYSIOGRAPHIC FEATURES.

The physiographic features call for little note here. The area of the island,
estimated by the Lands Department at 9,000 acres, was too large to attempt, in
the limited time of our visit, such a survey as was made on Pearson Islands
(Osborn, 1923). According to the Australian Directory,“ the island is of lime-
stone formation, but as in the case of Franklin Islands (Osborn, 1922) there is
a platform of granite rock upon which the softer limestone rests (pl. xxi., fig. 1).
Granite boulders appear on the shore at various points, and the highest land on
the island, a hill of 215 feet, on the south-eastern side, is an outcrop of igneous
rock. The north-eastern coast has some remarkably bold cliffs, ranging up to
200 feet, but elsewhere the coast consists of low cliffs, granite boulders, or sandy
beaches. In parts of the western coast typical dunes develop, a plant habitat
entirely absent from the more rugged Pearson Islands and only developed at two
points on the lower and more exposed Franklins.

The general surface of Flinders Island is a gently undulating plain. There

are no watercourses, but two centres.of inland seepage at the northern end are
developed as saline flats.

() Australian Directory, 10th Edition, p. 167, 1907.

277

ENVIRONMENTAL Factors,

Rainfall and temperature data have been given in the earlier paper on the
Franklin Islands for the two nearest meterological stations on the mainland, The
rainfall is a winter one and averages 15:02 inches at Streaky Bay. The area
under consideration being an island, the conditions are probably less severe than
on the mainland. The influence of the strong south-westerly winds is chiefly
marked by the production of areas of unstable soil upon exposed headlands. The
south-westerly end of the island is a low-lying wind-swept plain from which the
land rises gradually to the higher north-eastern corner. Extreme examples of
wind-shearing were not a feature of this island, as they were on the exposed
Pearson Islands.

The soils of Flinders Island are very diverse for such a comparatively small
area. They vary from drifting sand or fine shell-grit to a good red loam. Most
of this latter soil has been cleared and some hundred acres or so are ploughed
and under wheat. In addition to the loamy soils there is much soil of a lighter
sandy type. This is derived from the consolidated calcified sands that form the
greater part of the island and which, by weathering, produce its most rugged
cliff scenery, Below these soils a travertine limestone crust commonly develops,
and is often found at no great depth below the surface. As noted above, there
are two distinct saline swamps, the soil of which contains much gypsum, Where
this is pure it forms a typical kopi of cheesy consistency, but is often more or less
intermixed with sand.

The indigenous mammal upon the island, the wallaby, Thylogale flindersi,
now plays a negligible part as a biotic factor. The most important influences
are due to man and his domestic animals, particularly sheep. These, by their
grazing, tend to keep the succession depressed, but the primary disturbing element
_is undoubtedly the human agency. Flinders Island has been the site, on a small
scale, of the struggle that has gone on over so much of Australia, that of the
effort to produce grass land upon areas naturally carrying scrub or woodland.
So far as could be seen the bulk of the open country on the island directly owes
its existence to human interference. It is only by repeated fires that the tendency
lo revert to scrub woodland, dominated by Melaleuca parviflora, is kept in check.

VEGETATION.

Five main vegetation types are to be seen on Flinders Island to-day. They
are (1) woodland and scrub with a climax of dense woodlands of Melaleuca
parviflora, (2) cliffs, (3) sand dunes, (4) ruderals and communities on the
pasture land, and (5) the gypsum salt swamps. The first and last of these are
most clearly defined. Cliff and dune vegetation tends to develop into scrub at
its highest stages, while the grass land areas are obviously artificial.

(1) Woodland and Scrub Series.

Thick woodlands of Melaleuca parviflora occur in a belt of varying width
around the fiorthern portions of the island, as well as in dense isolated groves
elsewhere. The trees grow close together and range up to about 10 metres high.
The crown is very dense and umbrageous (pl. xxi., fig. 2), so that there is little
or no ground flora, the surface of the soil being covered with a litter of fallen
twigs and leaves. In the thickest parts of the woods the only other plants
observed were a few straggling bushes of Rhagodia baccata or Threlkeldia
diffusa.

In more open places, and on small sandy rises (pl. xxii., fig. 1), the trees
stand further apart, and such shrubs as Myuporum insulare (up to 3 metres),
Leucopogon Richei, and Exocarpus aphylla appear. Several undershrubs occur

278

in these open places, also such climbers as Clematis microphylla and Comesperma
volubile. The undershrub flora includes the following :—

Rhagodia baccata, R. crassifolia, Correa rubra, Geijera linearifolia, Beyera
Leschenaultii, Calythrix tetragona, Westringia rigida, var. dolichophylla, Olearia
axillaris.

This community has obvious affinities with the highest form of cliff scrub, a
resemblance which is increased by the occurrence of occasional trees of Pitto-
sporum phillyraeoides and Casuarina stricta, :

No eucalypt was found on either the Franklin or Pearson Islands. It was,
then, of some interest to find the mallee, Eucalyptus gracilis, upon Flinders Island.

This now only occurs in a few obviously degenerate groups upon the heavier
loamy soil. Probably it was formerly much more extensive, for it would be
freely felled to provide timber and posts for building. The groups were sur-
rounded by the remains of Melaleuca parviflora woodland, but it was not possible
to determine the relationship between the two.

(2) Cliffs and Coastal Rocks.

While it is convenient to speak of a cliff flora, a rather miscellaneous grouping
of habitats is included here.

Some high cliffs are to be seen on the Flinders Island ranging up to 200 feet.
These are composed of a friable calcified sandstone which, if the cliff face be
nearly vertical, is devoid of plant life. Where the slope is more gradual and
covered by a jumbled mass of sandstone or travertine fragments (pl. xxi., fig. 1)
a considerable flota may develop which has obvious relationships with the dune
shrub. The most exposed places have the following :—

Bassia uniflora, Enchylaena tomentosa, Threlkeldia diffusa, Mesembryan-
themum australe, Tetragonia implexicoma, Hemichroa diandra, Frankenia
pauciflora, Nitraria Schoebert, Zygophyllum Billardieri.

Of these only Tetragonia and Nitraria cover considerable areas; the former
often hanging in festoons over ledges, the latter forming dense thickets even to
the level of high spring tides.

This open, unstable, and essentially chamaephytic community is replaced by
a mixed scrub community in the less exposed places. The following occur :—

Acacia armata, Templetonia retrusa, Correa rubra, Geijera lnearifolia,
Beyeria Leschenaultti, Dodonaea Baueri, Pomaderris racemosa, Spyridium
eriocephalum, Calythrix tetragona, Leucopogon Richei, Alyxia buxifohia,
Westringia rigida, var. dolichophylla, Myoporum desertt.

With these occur such lower growing plants as :—

Poa cacspitosa, Enchylaena tomentosa, Atriplex paludosum, Rhagodia
crassifolia, Mesembryanthemum aequilatrale, Telragonia implexicoma, Danthonia
setacea, Goodenia varia.

Trees are rare, but occasional specimens of Casuarina siricla, Pitlosporum
phillyraeoides, or Melaleuca parviflora, indicate the essentially woodland type.

‘Vhe tops of some of the higher cliffs are very expused and ljarge areas of
unstable wind-eroded soil occur. The vegetation here is very open. Nearest to
the cliff edge, which is often a sharp and overhanging platform of harder sand-
stone, Frankenia pauciflora is to be found. In almost equally exposed situations
the following were noted :— : {

Hemichroa diandra, Mesembryanthemum australe, Samolus repens, Calo-
cephalus Brownit. ,

On these cliff-edge platforms the problem is to fix the light sandy soil upon
the underlying rock. Frankenia pauciflora and Goodenia varia are able to do this
and so to form low mounds. Small bushes of Calocephalus Brownii hold sand
among the exceedingly divaricate branches. The most efficient plant to stabilize

279

soil, because of its great size, is Nitraria Schoeberi (Cannon, Osborn, 1923).
Dense thickets, over 7 metres in diameter, may be found holding masses of sand
heaped up against the prostrate branches. These mounds may become centres for
the formation of a thicket in which other plants occur such as :—

Enchylaena tomentosa, Rhagodia baccata, Threlkeldia diffusa, Olearia
axillaris.

When an old Nitraria mound becomes eroded the great lateral spread of its
roots is apparent. These were followed for as much as 8 metres from the trunk,
running horizontally. They then appeared to turn vertically, making a right
angle. Close inspection, however, showed that this was not so, but that the
vertical portion was a lateral to the main root, remains of which continuing in the
horizontal plane could generally be observed.

Calocephalus Brownii may also form large mounds up to 3 metres in diameter,
but it has not a similar spreading root habit, nor does it form adventitious root
buds, as does Nitraria; moreover, it often becomes killed on the side of the pre-
vailing wind.

The only place in which Callitris robusta was found upon the island was in
this unstable cliff-top area. There it formed a dense thicket of semi-prostrate
shrubs. It is possible, however, that, in clearing the island, groves of Callitris
were burnt or cut out for fence posts,

There are no actual cliffs of granite rocks but, in places, steep, boulder-strewn
slopes rise from'the shore. A scrub flora develops upon them having a different
constitution from that on the sandstone or travertine cliffs. Near the sea the
following occur :—

Suaeda australis, Threlkeldia diffusa, Salicornia australis, Mesembryan-
themum australe,

Higher up the slope, these more salt-tolerant plants are replaced by such
shrubby species as :—

Atriplex cinereum, Frankenia pauciflora, Enchylaena tomentosa, Rhagodia
baccata, Lycium australe, Myoporum insulare, Calocephalus Brownit, Olearia
ramulosa.

(3) Dunes.

The succession of the vegetation upon the sand dunes follows the usual
sequence to be observed along the South Australian coast (Osborn, 1914).
Briefly *Cekile maritima and Atriplex cinereum are the two littorals, the latter
often forming a small fore-dune thicket.

Spinifex hirsutus is the pioneer dune plant. With this. there becomes asso-
ciated as the face is stabilized and on the dune crest, Olearia axillaris, Salsola
kali, and Calocephalus Brownti. The transition is thus rapid towards an open
shrub community in which the Olearia is dominant and associated with the
following :—

Rhagodia baccata, Threlkeldia diffusa, Enchylacna tomentosa, Leucopogon
Richei, Alyxia buxifolia, Myoporum insulare, Scirpus nodosus, Dianella revoluta,
Tetragonia implexicoma, Mesembryanthemum aequilaterale, Senecio lautus.

The annual element in the flora is low, only Bromus arenarius, Swainsonia
lessertiifolia, and Helichrysum Baxteri being noted. The prostrate shrub
Myoporum humile occasionally forms extensive mats on the bare sand hetween
the larger bushes.

Generally, behind the first dune with its shrub-clad crest and hinder face
there is a scrub-covered flat followed by a second dune. The conditions here are
more stable, the shrubs often being of large size and with great spread of branches.

(2) An asterisk (*) preceding a gencric name denotes that the plant is not indigenous to
Australia.

280

Occasionally trees of Melaleuca parviflora appear, so that the final stage in the
dense succession is a scrub woodland, mttch like the earlier phases of the M.
parviflora woodland described above.

On the stable dunes two twining climbers appear, Clematis microphylla and
Comesperma volubile, Tetragonia wnplexicoma often assumes a scrambling
habit. Exocarpus aphylla is an occasional root parasite in these areas.

The foreshore, in places, consists of a coarse granitic sand. On this one
notices the absence of Spinifex hirsutus and Olearia axillaris. It may be recalled
that neither of these common coastal plants was found on the essentially granitic
Pearson Islands.

The first colonists of these granitic sands are shrubs or mat plants, and a
shrub community develops immediately. Plants noted were :—

Threlkeldia diffusa, Enchylaena tomentosa, Rhagodia baccata, Myoporum
insulare, Calocephalus Brownu, Olearia ramulosa.

(4) Ruderals and Communities on Pasture Land,

A very diverse assemblage of plants is to be noticed here. Most of the
ruderals are aliens, weeds that have been introduced, not mercly to the island
following its occupation, but to Australia itself,

On land that has been cropped and now abandoned the growth of annual
grasses 1s often very rank. Dead haulms and leaves of *Avena fatua or *Bromus
spp. covered acres with a continuous mat, through which other plants were unable
to grow.

More interesting was the land that had been roughly cleared for pasture by
burning and left to develop what flora it would (pl. xxii. fig. 2). The chief
grasses were :—*Avena fatua, *Pestuca bromoides, *F. myuros, and *Bromus sp.
The indigenous annual grass Stipa pubescens was less abundant, as was the peren-
nial Danthonia penicillata, Other herbaceous plants were :—

*Lohium subulatum, *Hordeum murinum, Bulbine semibarbata, Trichinium
spathulatum, *Silene Gallica, Crassula Sieberiana, *Melilotus indica, “Medicago
denticulata, *Anagallis caerulea, Convolvulus erubescens, Vittadinia australis,
Podotheca angustifolia, *Centaurea militensis, *Hypochoeris glabra, *Sonchus
arvensis. :

The above list represents a census taken in the area shown (pl. xxii., fig. 2)
which was burnt two years previously. It will be noticed that of the 20 herbaceous
plants recorded, 13 are aliens.

Immediately following a fire one notices large plants of Cassinia spectabilis,
which is a common fire weed on the sandy soils upon the mainland and Kangaroo
Island as well.

In addition to the annuals, seedlings of indigenous shrubs also appear. The
most prominent is Myoporum insulare. It is widely disseminated by birds which
eat its succulent fruits, This plant is a most successful colonist of these secondary
bare areas, and is now dominant over large parts of the southern end of the
island. Its only competitors are the species of Olearia, O. axillaris, and O.
ranvulosa. The former, like the Myoporum, is naturally a member of the dune
series and becomes most prominent on light, sandy soils. Olearia ramulosa
appears on the coarser soils of granitic origin. Over these bushes Enchylaena
tomentosa scrambles and, not infrequently, Clematis microphylla or Comesperma
volubtle occur as true climbing plants.

Open shrublands, of the type just described, are clearly secondary suc-
cessions to the scrub-woodland typical of the vegetation in its undisturbed state.
They now cover more than half the island (pl. xxiii, fig. 3). No good purpose
could be served by listing here the various species observed. The time available
was quite insufficient to investigate these secondary successions in detail. It was

281

obvious that, as noted above, certain differences exist between the stages on sandy
soils and those of granitic origin.

In the list of plants given in the Appendix these open shrublands are referred
to as “secondary” areas in the habitat column. Rather more than ‘forty species
are so placed.

(5) Gypsum Salt Swamps.

Two fairly extensive areas of gypsum salt swamps occuir—one near the
landing, and the other on the opposite, north-western, side of the island. They
are level plains of white kopi soil more or less mixed with sand.

The dominant vegetation over most of the area is Arthrocnemum haloc-
nemoides, var. pergranulatum (pl. xxiii, fig. 1), the low bushes of which form
a more or less complete covering. The individual plants grow outwards from a
centre, forming a tussock of increasing circumference. As this becomes older
the centre dies away, forming a ring, which, with age, breaks up into separate
clumps. These repeat the process, meanwhile the bare centre of the original
clump may become colonized by seedlings again. In one of the swamps the
lowest portion was definitely wetter. This wet portion was colonized at the
margin by a dense growth of Arthrocnemum sp. (pl. xxiii., fig. 2). The roots of
this plant only penetrate 7-8 cms, into the water-logged soil and then run
horizontally. Evidently, as can be seen from the photograph, the centre of this
patch was too wet and salt even for this species of Arthrocnemum, for the plants
there are mttch more open. It would seem that the edaphic requirements of
A. sp. differ from those of A. halocnemoides, var. pergranulatum, for there is a
well-defined, open zone between the two societies. Nearing the margins of the
swamps the following occur :—

Arthrocnemum arbuscula, Kachia oppositifolia, Salicornia australis, Frankema
pauciflora, Mesembryanthemum australe,

A. arbuscula is an unusual colonist of an inland swamp. It usually is
dominant in the coastal salt swamps of the mainland, immediatcly behind the
mangroves (Osborn and Wood, 1923), and follows the drainage channels into
the drier portions. Osborn and Wood found that at Port Wakefield it had a
much higher salt toleration than A. halocnemotdes.

The highest community developed around swamps is a thicket of Melaleuca
halmaturorum, a “paper-bark tea-tree.” With this, other salt-tolerant plants
occur, the following being a list :—

Lepturus incurvatus, Threlkeldia diffusa, Enchylacna tomentosa, Rhagodia
baccata, Tetragonia implexicoma, Mesembryanthemum australe, Nitraria
Schoeberi, Lycium australe.

Evidently, as the swamps dry up a number of ephemerals make their
appearance around the margins. These were generally too dry for determination,
but Skirrophorus strictus and Hydrocotyle medicaginoides were recognised. The
transition from a saline swamp community to one typical of the sandy soil is usually
very abrupt. In a pace or two one passes from one to the other.

VEGETATION, :
From the foregoing notes it is apparent that the natural vegetation of Flinders
Island is of a uniform type. Dune and cliff communities in their highest states
tend to develop into a scrub woodland with Melaleuca parviflora. Over the

plant,

282

On Pearson Islands two chief scrub-woodland consocies were recognised, one
dominated by Casuarina stricta and the other by Melaleuca parviflora. The
former was only developed at the higher altitudes and was replaced by Melaleuca
in more exposed places, or at lower levels. '

On Flinders Island, Casuarina stricta is chiefly found upon outcrops of
granite rocks. In the Mount Lofty Ranges, Adamson and Osborn (1924) refer
to the development of Casuarina stricta on rocky outcrops, in the Eucalyptus
forests, They note (/.c., p. 129) that approaching the River Murray Basin, wherc,
with increasing aridity, rocky soils alone can support a forest type, this com-
munity must be regarded as a climax. Upon these exposed islands of the Investi-
gator Group, which have a rainfall of about 15 inches, Casuarina stricta again
forms a “forest,” or woodland, wherever the water relations are sufficiently good.
The “forest” is relatively well developed on the more hilly Pearson Islands,
where the altitude ranges up to 781 feet, and cloud effects produce a more humid
influence. Upon the less hilly Flinders Island only small patches of Casuarina
stricta woodland can develop, but it is very striking to notice the way that the
granite outcrops are marked by their occurrence (pl. xxiii., fig. 3). In the light
of our knowledge of the extent and distribution of this Casuarina woodland on
Pearson Islands, as well as on the mainland, it seems justifiable to regard these
as vestigial outliers of a forest type that has reached its climatic limit.

Tt is otherwise with the Melaleuca parviflora woodland. In discussing this
on Pearson Islands it was said (/.c., p. 109) : “The Melaleuca parviflora consocies
is a scrub woodland of a more xerophytic type than the Casuarina woodland.
M. parviflora forms dense thickets of considerable extent on some of the neigh-
bouring islands, e.g., Flinders Island, and also on the mainland, On the main-
land, however, it is certainly a stage in the sere culminating in mallee (Eucalyptus
spp.”). The observations since made upon Flinders Island confirm this opinion.
Though it was not possible to study the relations of Eucalyptus gracilis to the
Melaleuca woodland, owing to the extent of human interference around the only
known station for the mallee upon the island, it is clear that they are related.
On these islands M. parviflora woodland appears to be a subclimax, but whether
the climatic or edaphic factors inhibit further development towards the Mallee
consociation, typical of most of the mainland areas with similar rainfall, it is not
possible to say.

Sufficient has been said in the earlier section on “Ruderal and Pasture Land
Communties” to show the profound modifications of the natural vegetation that
follow human interference. The island, and, indeed, South Australia as a whole,
has not a grassland climate. ‘he exigencies of a sheep-grazing industry demand
that there should be pasture. The problems that are raised by this attempted
change in the vegetation type are of great interest. Under agricultural conditions
the change is effected with great success. Huge acreages of primitive forest are
replaced by herbaceous communities. But when large areas are only lightly
grazed the change is much less successful. There develops merely a poor pasture
composed largely of a heterogeneous collection of weeds. With the possible excep-
tion of Melilotus indica, it is unlikely that there are any intentional introduc-
tions among the alien plants recorded for the island. The community that results
after clearing is an unstable one, and, only by constant burning, is the scrub pre-
vented from recolonizing the area.

FLoRA.

A list of the vascular plants collected is given in the Appendix. It comprises
108 species, but, as the island was visited in the dry summer season, it is probably
incomplete so far as small herbaceous plants are concerned. The same remark
had to be made in connection with the investigation of Franklin and Pearson
Islands. This difficulty is unfortunately inevitable, for the islands are compara-
tively inaccessible.

283

Of the total number of plants listed, however, no less than 26 (24 per cent.)

are recognised as aliens to Australia. This is a much larger percentage than on
the other islands visited. On Pearson Islands, which show but little result of
human interference, only 2 alien species (3°7 per cent.) occurred, one of which
was *Sonchus asper, vat. littoralis; now widely distributed around the South
Australian coast. Even on the Franklins, which until a few years ago had been
used as a sheep run, there were only 3 introduced species (8-8 per cent.), one of
which was again the Sonchus. Excluding the Sonchus, only one grass on each
island group had become generally established, *Hordum sp. on the Franklins
and *Festuca bromoides, the widespread “silver grass” of the mainland, upon
Pearson Islands.
_ Considering the length of time during which there has been human settlement
on Flinders Island, and also that farming operations are now carried on, the
number of aliens is not remarkable. Of those that occur, two, *Cakile and
*Sonchus asper, are now general elements in the littoral flora of South Australia.
The remainder may be divided into two groups, ruderals and widely spread plants,
containing, respectively, 10 and 14 species. Were human interference removed
it is quite legitimate to assume that after a few years most of these widely spread
plants would almost, if not quite, disappear, except, perhaps, *Erodium, *Meli-
lotus, and *Hypochoeris; also such grasses as *Festuca, *Lolium, and *Hordeum.
As has been remarked previously, it is only by fires and grazing that the natural
scrub is kept in check.

As was the case in the florula of Pearson Islands, the most important families
upon Flinders Island are the Chenopodiaceae, Compositae, and Gramineae, each
with 15 species. However, some of these are aliens. Excluding these introduced
plants, the numbers become: Chenopodiaceae, 14 species; Compositae, 11 species;
and Gramineae, 7 species.

On neither of the island groups previously visited was a member of the
Leguminosae collected. Six species were found on Franklin Island, three of
them indigenous to Australia. Two of these, the Templetonia and Swainsontia
lessertiifolia, take a prominent place in some of the communities. Acacia armata
was the only wattle observed, and, though a considerable number of dunes were
examined, the common dune Acacias of the mainland, Acacia ligulata and Acacia
longifolia, were not seen.

A eucalypt, the mallee Euc. gracilis, was found; none occurred on the
Pearsons and Franklins. The small part played by eucalypts in these florulas is
remarkable. At the western end of Kangaroo Island, where very similar condi-
tions of soil and exposure exist, such a species as Eucalyptus santalifolia comes
close to the sea. Flinders Island has certainly a lower rainfall than Kangaroo
Island, but, to judge from the vegetation around Streaky Bay and Elliston, the
nearest harbours on the mainland, the annual precipitation (15°10 inches) is
sufficient for a typical mallee eucalypt flora. At present we have too little know-
ledge of the ecological requirements of the eucalypts to do more than draw
attention to the minor part they play in these insular flortulas,

In the list given below the occtirrence of the various species upon the other
two island groups is given. There arc few important species occurring on one
or other of the two groups that are not recorded for Flinders Island. The
apparent absence of Scaevola crassifolia and Pimelia serpyllifolia from the dunes
or dune scrub is the most surprising omission.

The life forms, according to Raunkaier’s system, are also noted, and from
these a biological spectrum is constructed (Table I.). The percentages have
been calculated, first on the total flora, and secondly on the indigenous species
only. The effect of cultivation and, especially, the partial clearing by fires in
order to produce grazing land, in the statistics is very marked. The percentage

284

of Therophytes is practically halved when the alien species are neglected. The
spectrum constructed for the indigenous florula agrees well with that of Pearson
Islands. The Nanophanaerophyte percentages are almost identical (36 and 37
per cent.) and much in excess of the normal. The Chamaephyte percentage is
also very high in each case. Though the Therophyte number is high, it is appre-
ciably lower than that of Ooldea, which is situated on the mainland to the north-
west of Flinders Island (Adamson and Osborn, 1922). On the other hand, the
spectrum for the full florula, including aliens, is very like that of Ooldea. A high
percentage of Therophytes, according to Raunkaier, is to be expected in a region
of high cultivation or in a desert, Flinders Island is far from being a region of
high cultivation. It is interesting, then, to notice that the effect of partial ex-
ploitation of the flora on this small semi-arid island is to develop a more arid
type of succession. Similar changes can be seen commonly in the arid or semi-
arid districts of the mainland. There again, whenever the biological factor
operates severely upon the vegetation, the naturally high percentage of Nano-
phanaerophytes and Chamaephytes is reduced with a consequent raising of the
Therophyte number.

. Taare I.
Total No. of
nie spp. con- Percentage of species in cach life form.

District. sidered. MM. M. N. Ch. H. G. H.H. = Th. E. Ss
Flinders Island (all) .. 109 — 9 28 17 6 1 = 39 _— =
Flin. Isd. (excluding aliens) 83 — 12 37 22 7 1 — 20 _ —
Pearson Islands... a §=53 — 6 36 28 2 — ~_ 28 _— —_
Franklin Islands .. .. 34 — —~ 15 38 a _ 47 ae —
Ooldea re re .. 188 1 19 23 14 4 1 — 35 — =
Mt. Lofty Scleroph. .. 244 1 ) 34 13 23 «13 4 —_ =
Mt. Lofty Savanna .. 229 1 8 14 12,. 26 23 — 14 —- —
Normal - as .. 400 6 17 20 9 27 3 1 13 3 1

Reference was made to the importance of the Chamaephytic clement in these
florulas of the semi-arid type in the paper on Pearson Islands. The observations
on Flinders Island are in agreement. In the vegetation of those portions of
South Australia that verge on the arid type, life forms, in which the renewal
buds are on the surface of the ground or just above it (i.e, Chamaephytes),
appear to be far more successful than those in which the buds are buried. Neither
Hemicryptophytes nor Geophytes are common in the South Australian arid or
semi-arid regions. In the flora of the Mount Lofty region (Adamson and
Osborn, 1924) these two life forms show a marked increase, and the Geophytic
element is much above normal. ‘lhe vegetation of Flinders Island is of a dis-
tinctly more arid type than that of either of the cucalyptus forests on the South
Australian mainland. In spite of this difference one cannot but be struck by the
very low Hemicrytophyte percentages in the few Australian arid florulas to which
Raunkaier’s methods have been applied.

In the typical biological spectra given by Smith (1923) the far more arid
regions of the Death Valley, Aden, and Lybian Desert, the Hemicryptophyte per-
centage is 18, 19, and 20 respectively. At Ooldea it was 4 per cent. and 7 per
cent. on Flinders Island. Clearly this is a point upon which further work is
needed, :

APPENDIX.

The following list contains the names of all the vascular plants collected upon
Franklin Island.

In addition to the name of the plant, the record of its occurrence upon
Ifranklin or Pearson Islands is indicated by the initial letter F or P. The follow-
ing column shows the life form according to Raunkaier’s system. The last two
colunms refer to habit and habitat upon Flinders Island. Any measurements
refer to Flinders Island spécimens.

SHO

ae} ouNp ‘Te10}N'T

qnios Jejseoo ‘syITD [eUOTIseIIG

[erapny

sevie Arepuosas ‘SUD
puelpoom

RonayjeyW ssovjd uado ‘qnios yyy
Plle]poom Ponayepeyl Seep

uado Jeuossvoo0 ‘saunp papas ‘sypy)
puelpoom

Bonaepeyy pue ‘ounp ‘yiya Teuorsesa¢y

[esepny

PUETPOOM eonaelay saoeld
uado [euotsea90 ‘sdoraqno = ayruessy
seare Arepuooas ‘saunp pepyas

saunp payq1es
qiios yrs ‘saunp payias

sound

[elepni pue seare Arepuoseg

suisieu dweas
sounp

‘spare ATepuosos

saung

svaie AIBpuoIIs

seoie AIepuosaG

svare ASEPUOIIS

qnios sunp ‘sytT>
sounp

‘seaie Arepuosag

qnios py

store Avepuoaas

Arepuoras [eUOIsed90 ‘qesopny

Arepuoses JeuOTseooo ‘TRIapny

seore AIPPUODIS UO [BIIUIDL)

sound

payuas jeuoisesso

pe]3}as [EUOIsEOI0

seore
seore

sound

sdoisjno ayueIZ seu [BUOISEIDQ,

vost oss 8 gnags asnyip jremcy ee)
Thott oss MrT fgnays yyey pory N i
ere oer sets ip ‘ghays poy N
TE ON CRUBE 0 ‘qtay pom UL i
ne ca ae oe ee quel d aha Ng tie)
ne te oss Qoata ‘qnays Jae] "N
suyqurerios uazjo “ur Z 01 qnays 'N
‘Ul ¢ 0} GhIYs ssoyeo] payouesq ys Ww
a ee a ae ke Jenuue x9 ‘UL
sc ; ‘5 ME QT oF aaa, at
Babe tae thet aalles, qry prea ‘UL
“+ $qaqn} JooI ‘emMoy UT ssoyeaT 73) |
“7 “SID Q¢ 0} dn saavgz ‘sysossn 7 at)
SOMOZIYS JIOYS WOL} SHIOSSNH H
spots oss css ss sseas penuuy UL
mare. Go Abts Tenuue [yews ‘UL
i Tlie te ep Tenuue 492s] UL
a Se jenuue 39024 UL
sug FP UE RD BE (AJu0 pass) ‘UL
Sse1s yenuue ][BUIS UL
7) sseid yenuue [[PUS UL
“stud O¢ “Juasund saaRay ‘sse13 yOOssn aie)
ce Say gy ie Tenuue 94157 UL
= sstig 3Dossn} JIBMC "uD
syne ts = seis yoassn} MoT yO
ve sth os! ss sseid pata [jel

“7 SSBIS JOOII [CL

syoossny [BUS |(¢° Woe) UL
SYDOSSN} SULUIIOF SUIA]s {NO}s 8uid9e17) WD

77 +4 19 ¢-¢ 07 dn ayersosd-nuas

Ub, pain, [yews

“veyIqeH

‘Spuz[syT 19430

Ww ‘A ‘A Cag “x “Daogf rin visspgy
Vat Bey ES “7 dO ‘uenasaun “pr
a! a “uaisopnyod Vogue py

“y ‘wengyo ‘Yd,
‘A Ty ‘uengytydosuue winepodousy)

“Ig ‘YW ‘pyofisspaa “yy
7 hOW, CIpqe]) ‘ezn220q vpolnyy

“AVEOVIGOdONAH)
re PG ‘Ig “Y ‘wykydo sndanzoxrsy
“AVIOWIVINYS
4h ogp ont ose fe Sea tmase mab
“AVEOVOLLA
eet ace ei ‘Wy ‘opI14js purwuso yD
‘AVEOVNIAV OSV

eH Cag ‘e) “oyogsngumas OULU

‘ ‘Ig ‘Y ‘mono syoupsty JT

“IG “UM “vynjoaas nyjauvicy
“AVAIVIIVT

Sete sess ss qyoy ‘susopou snudies
“AVAIVUTA)

ae ee oe “T ‘Mmentanis UNapso Ly

ULL, ‘Sapp2anai SnandaT

SIA ‘MEMIDINGHS ULNYOT »
wrote oss ss ss Tiqey ‘stiupusa -g
SiSUAaPAPD]Y SMUuOLY »
"ory ‘saploui0sg “iy
“YT Soank py Donjsay,

/PNOOP ‘tarpanijig] ea “48104 “wsopidsavs voy

‘Saag ‘saproaqyd DIAI{IO My
Sip oe bh tO ag at paapjos “Gy
SE a Cae) ‘pynjpatuad DIMOoYpUD CT
st “Z ‘yoig ‘D70Q4Dq “Fy
“T ‘pngof pia2rp ,
“IG ‘yy ‘suassaqnd ndys
‘Tqey ‘sugnsay vafined 5
“AVANIWVUY)
‘Ig yy ‘pysngoa sheiyjpy
‘avaovssaadn)y
‘ZIIVMS “DYOfinuay sayzunjioy 7
“AVEOVIGOdA TOG

286

svare Arepuoras ‘ssunp ayqeig
[etapnyy
svare ALepuoses [euorseo00 ‘eropny
[etopny

-sdo13jno
punoie qnaios Alepuosos ‘qnios By
seaie Ayepuodas ‘qn4i9s PyO

Pue]pOoM vonaepPy
saoeds uado yeuorsess0 ‘qnaos HYD

seunp ‘stare ATEPUODAS

[etorT
[el9pny

seare Arepuosas ‘Terapny
seaie Alepuooos pue ‘pueypoom
BonaeEpyWY seoejd uado sounp 314g

seare Arepuoses [EUOISEIIO “SHY
seore Aivpuosas ‘[eropny
sdurems oures pue [e}seo7)
yesepny
seore ArTepuooas
[euorsess0 ~pue ‘saump ayqeis ‘SPD
SGUIEMS SUITBS ‘SYIOI [E}SEOD
saunp ‘SHID

seare AIEposes
eas Ipau syro ‘ssurids rvau jios dweqd

sdweMs SUITES ‘SyIOI [e1seO7)
durems yes umnsdas syied ysayoM
durems oulyes sulsseyy

sdurems oulyesg

pue;poom

ponaepyy saovjd usdo ‘saunp ‘“syyD
svaie AIppuodas PUe PUk[POOM

vonayTepaYW Ul AT[BUaTseas0 ‘saunp ‘SHI

Bas IVI SHOX.

sung

sdurems aul[es Jo suldieyy

yoard JOUDdsd4OyUI ‘ayesyso4g
[emusied jade snosoeqlaL{
rd [enuue opeijsoig
‘Wy ‘[enuue yo01q
wd T x ¢ ‘snoo
-neps soavay “ur z ‘qnays Surpeaidg
saqndys juaosaurds “uu ¢. [ ‘qnays yoIg

“+ ‘md ¢ saAvat ‘SuIdoosp ‘9913 [TRIS

yenuue anu,

jenuue yuaquinso3d snoaqety
UW J O} quay yenuue yaI17

qaey penuue 4919]

sy ts Joqtuiya ApoomM JPET
shoots oss qireyd uorysns
yp ee pone Aarey poly
oc ata ‘snoaqeys SOAR ‘[RUUAIIg

es [enuue [Rus

qnays yeaa Ssuljquie1ag

Ja]PEwWs saava] jnq saoqge sy

yuatnaons “yoe79 saAvoy ued yeyy
yoo}s Joos yeuuatad

sutojs snoaseqiay ‘ayerys0tg

snoasseqiay, ‘yue]d Uolysnd MoT

UIOIF

Aqqnays jyPy ‘oye1s01g
“sa OF ‘qnays JuaTHoonsg

‘ur T “‘qnays yuapnoons
“* "Sua Qg “qniys zUaTNIONS

queld yeur peavay-juarynaons
qUATNIONS saavoy
‘qnays Surjquieiss Io aje1ysoid-muasg
*+ APOOM aseq ‘ued yew yonsong
‘+ saAvay Aurds ‘qaay Aysnq osuogd
yuapnoons “Ut p-F soAvay ‘qn4ays JIe1G

eV?

HRA

‘SULIO AFIT

‘Dd ‘Dy osutdassa] DINOSHIDS
“T ‘BQIjDS "fT,

PIE ‘nppnatzwap obDIIp Fr»
WV “DIpUL SHIOTHIWs

‘Id a (AuAA) ‘asnajat pio jada T
i ‘Iq ‘Uy ‘pyoutsy provI EF
“TVSONIWO DAY
rot ay ‘sapioanadyryg unsogsoyig
‘AVEOVAOUSOLLI
‘JUIISQ (SaNYIS) ‘uprsaqarg DjnssD4D
“AVADVIOSSVE)
doog ‘puiisDue a7140 4
“y ‘aypjuarae wnraquidsis,
“AVEAAIONA)
sai “Ty ‘uemignp saando Ty
‘AVEOVUFAVAV
ey Yq ‘wydyfossue supe)
‘AVIV TAD NONVY
“4g ‘a ‘suabung Sys sej3S
“y ‘p2yjoo auajr
' MLA COG) ‘wpouiSanu punjnbsads”
My], “wengosaae,6 wnysv4a 7»
*AVAIVITAHGOANY’)
"JO0H (bow) ‘pumorvaldut DMOHD413 F
** "JOS ‘apaysnp "fA
‘MELT ‘opp4sajnpinban wmnmoyyuplaquiss jy
‘AVEOVOZIY
“Ig “y ‘umngojnyjods uonurysIt4 7
sooth tt ag Ep ‘papumip vosyoiuia Fy
“AVAIVHLNVIVAY
70S ‘PHY SHNEE “eeagene DIUAOIYDS
- oa ‘ds aa
bow CAG. “3y) “wpiesngsn
OCW Cf uengupnups6
“IBA ‘SON ‘SaploMmsuIO!DY UnULaNIOLY LAE

‘Ig “y ‘psnffip orpjayja+y

‘* lg Yy ‘wsojuaiuo, puanphyouy
‘Dow 4a WD sie i opauns
‘ypy pjos}oS
NAY couayinsedde DIUJIOY

‘spue[s] IO

“se hy

287

[erapni ‘seore Arepuosss qiey asnyiq | UL ~~
Surids Ieanj-** qsay SNOJapUO[OYs FavMC ‘H —
seore Aepuodes ‘pur[poom weonay |
-e[ay ul saoejd uado ‘qnios oungy | +: ** 7 7+ Wg 0} qnays Aysng W ‘d
sduems sures jo sursaveyy | 7 tt ttt penuue aynuypy "UL i =
Bas Ieau sy | tt tt ot ttt Guay ayerysorg UL | a
pueypoom vono] '
-BoW_T ul saoeyd uado ‘qnios [eysvoy | -- ia qnays yaa 'N : ‘d
[los Aureo] .
UO PURTPOOM eoNaRpPPL [BUOIsedIIC) ty ts Ug OF aa] BPy Ww —
sdwems ourpes sulsrepy | +’ °° Adoued asuap “ur ¢ 0} aaa], W | ‘d
sjios Apues ul JuBUIWOG | * - Adours asuap “ut g 0} 991, Ww ‘d
: sdurems ouyes saspa ‘sip | 77 ' qnays yaemp 972178040 -19S ‘yD d “4g
pesopnyy "7 s+ Jenuue surpeaids yoory UL =
aynjoaAsr ‘MorTeU
qhsos HYD | seavay ‘qniys Surouriq Ajaetf MoT NI are
qnios HYD |} °° qnays supssesjs peavef-[]ems Nh =
pss
qns9s BID | “wus QT-9XGT-OT soavay ‘qnays [peu "N as
. puelpoom Bana] “SsuD
-eyayy seoeyd uodo ‘qnios ounp ‘syd | z- XZ ‘prosia saavay ‘qnays papunoy 'N —F
stare Arepuooosg | sJaquiyo Apoom-jfley ‘ssayeey ysow]y W a
PULTPOOM BOND]
-PJa seoeyd uado ‘qnios ounp ‘syd | ‘Wd Gg. X p Sadvay ‘qnays popunoy N i mi
pur[poom MODY OSOPUILO} j
eonsepayy seoeyd uado ‘qnios yyy | ‘yY8no} seavat “sud gg oO} qnaysS 'N ‘d
[los ayquisun ‘syTD
purl poom ‘WW $+] Jopun ‘qnays paaeat-A<ysopy 'N ‘gd “1g
eonoepayy seovjd uado ‘qnioss yy} cot qtJay yuapnoons [pews UL =
sg oe Pan ee oe pad Aqqnays Je 'N a
Syo1 o1}ue1s Suowe pue
pur[poom eonsyepayp, Ul saved uodO | -* yeruusrad snosoeqioy oyesjso1g H ==
svaze Aiepuozas
JeuoIses90 ‘eas Bou pues Sets) | -- ++ ++ 7? qiay Buipeoids movyT “UL Sa
|
‘FPG e Er qe SPpUELST FO

‘suo asrT

“qasyoS ‘papn4a0) syjoioup ,
Se Ae Be ‘Slag ‘Suadaa Snjouws
‘“aAVEOVINWIAg

Tqey] “eyo uolodosnaT
“AVEO VaTaO Vay
‘ZANT, ‘SaplourGpsipam ajhposoapayy
io) Nc ‘pqey “wnousosg mn py
“AVaad TIGA

es ‘Tige] ‘nuofvsay xisyihjo9

‘DCW CA Cy ‘sy2048 snzdXjpong
‘WA A ‘undosnjpoujoy * yr
[pur] ‘vsopwawd vonejppja jy

“AVADV LUA YL
‘OC “e4oyionnd omayunt.t
‘AVEOVINGM N Va
Tee eh Sr "T ‘Daoyfiadnd AID»
“AVEOVAIV IAL

Nguay “wanpoydasorsa uenipiddd S

“* ‘y ‘yOOPT ‘eseutarps Sitsapoie gy
‘AVEOV NAV AY

u, F4 ata Shahar 7 i

[pug “4enng vapuopory
‘AVEDVUNIAVS

Weg CO) ‘wzynmouayssey visokag
‘AVAOVIaUOH IA

qe] ‘ajiqnjoa vutsagsautey
“AVEOVIVOATIOY
‘AWE CO) ‘Dyoftenauy pashan

See ee tS WS “‘DAQns DI4109
‘aVaOVLAY
Thre ss PF GhIQIOYIG DIUADAPLNT
OW TA a “wenprygounun *Z7
OG ‘Marpanyig wenydydobiz
“AVEDV TIAHAODAT

“Tl “pypinswU402 sYyDY CO
“aVaIVOLIVXQ ‘

"HG ‘wemapjns1 wmnposd,
“EVOVIN VAAL)

“se N

288

seaie Arepuosas
sounp ‘[e1oyVyT
svare Alepuosas [euorseas0 ‘PerOpNy
[esepny
sy
Yseoo UO Sispjhoq dyuUeIs ‘soung
SBarle SUITeS SUSIE}
sound
qnigs ound
Sloplhog anluesd Suowy
a4 Jaye seaie AIBpuodag
svare AJepuosas ‘qnsaos aunq
seare ATBEPUCIIS
seare ATepuoses ‘sy[D

svare Arepuodas ‘sound
SBHO
sounp 31qeI¢

gnrs BD
seaie Alepuozas ‘saunp ‘Te}seO7)

seaie Aleptiosas [euOIsRa00
‘sdurems oulyes saspa ‘syoor [ejseoy

puyur ‘samp ‘svaie Azepuodas
[esapnyy

svase ATEPUOIIS ‘PUE[POOM BIN a[LaPy
saorfd uado ‘qniss asunp pue syyD

seoie ALepuosas
gnios yiypa ‘sound

seare Aiepuasasg

yuyd o}as03]
ase poxnaye Aysayg yos7
7 qaey Weg
[enuue 30917
‘s 't “UBIp ‘ul ¢ 0} spunoul
BuWUIOf ‘YooIa “WUE ¢ SaAeol
{WINUIUIO] BPM ‘qn4sys Suyes1earqd
anaes ¢ ‘Terousayda posy
re * qiey SUIYIUBIG 91]
. : 7 qioy pas
qsaly ayesjso1g
"Sud ¢ X QZ 0} ‘ATTOOM JsOUTT?
SOAED| “UID $-] GO} qaay ysnqor Joo
penuue ojesosd [[eUIG
"HO Of ‘qatay SuIpouerg sat JOOIY
a8 ‘UE T 01 qnays AYsng 1991
Ww 2
0} qnays papunol sulmord astod

reooss ots AQgnays Jey ‘eyetyso41g
qnays yeu o}e14S01,g
spurys asiey]
YUM saavay “Ur g-] O} qn4ays Jom
“+ Ur ¢ 0} gGnays StipeaIds

wd [ ‘AYsape SaAPeoy
yuaosauids ‘qnays ~91q
Ur} Saqgoy
ue 81 a foAeah “Ur ¢-— 0} quays
: He yey esnyiq

‘sayoue sq

spng jo004

“suo 7 ‘AeOUI, SadBayT “UL ¢- qnays
qisy SULA} Jspuays
“Wg OF qnays AYsng 499157

“SUID GT ‘qaayy yoy

yeaqeH

42H

“spuels] 39410

“T ‘paqgnjh sisa0yIodr yyy
AL ft ‘syOsoHH “eA “Py ‘aden “Sy
“1 ‘SHOIIDAIJO SNYIUOS y
“YT SSISUO TMM DIAND UI") »

WioCA CY Suumosg snypydI20j09

ABIQH “YW ‘snyotajs Snsoydoasy >
Mae a ‘puelos ‘snynp) o1auas
WA CY ‘iajrog mens\1yoia py

‘y “MOOPT “wengnpur wemypoyy nits)
a al “Iq Uy ‘syiqnjoeds pissy)
Wiqey ‘uenyofisniun vrayi0po yf
Wy WY ‘Sypajsnp vutrpojyt A
Tpqe] ‘psopniups *C

WoCA Uy ‘SiappjixD p1409]0¢)
“AV LISOGOS
IG (Vy (sup1ap2 vinspoor
“AVHIVINAGOOL)
a “Iq My Soptueny yy

moore ots MUM WW f4asap "yar
"AQ, RY ‘aanjusur unsogoN py
“AVAOV AAdOA PY

‘WW CA uy ‘ajpaysnp meliavy

ae we oa ae ae ‘qs1O ‘AADINIWD ‘S$
. “T ‘Utd MLAUDIOS 2

“EVEOVNVIOS
a Pete re re ee ctu aasg
‘ny Xydeyoyop “awa “ag “yy ‘opibis vifursisa 44
“AVLVIAY'T

Th TSU ‘SHIISAQHAI SUjNAPORUO 7)
“AVAOV TAA TIOANOT)
ig yp ‘wyofieng pintyp
"AVEOVNAOOUY
“AQ Y ‘DyoUn0 Dangay
“AVAIVNVILNGY)

‘omen

289

REFERENCES.

Adamson, R. S., and T. G. B. Osborn—
On the Ecology of the Ooldea District. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xlvi.,
p. 539. 1922.

The Ecology of the Eucalyptus Forests of the Mount Lofty Ranges.
Ibid, xlviii., p. 87. 1924.

‘Maiden, J. H——

A Contribution to the Botany of South Australia. Jbid, xxxii., p. 252.
1908.

Osborn, T. G. B.— ;
Types of Vegetation on the Coast in the Neighbourhood of Adelaide.
British Assn. Rept. Australia, p. 584. 1914.

A Sketch of the Ecology of Franklin Islands. ‘Trans, Roy. Soc. S. Austr.,
xlvi., p. 194. 1922.
The Ecology of Pearson Islands. Jbid, xlvii., p. 97. 1923.

Osborn, T. G. B., and J. G. Wood—
On the Zonation of the Vegetation in the Port Wakefield District, with
special reference to the Salinity of the Soil. Jbid, xlvii., p. 244. 1923.

Smith, W. G—

Raunkaier’s Life Forms and Statistical Methods. Journ. Ecology, i., p. 16.
1913.

DESCRIPTION OF PLATES XXL. ro XXIIL

Plate XXL
Fig. 1. Headland of consolidated sands and travertine resting on granitic platform.
Fiora of dwarf bushy type described in the text, p. 278.
Fig. 2. Pure woodland of Melaleuca parviflora taken from the edge of an invading sand
dune to show the monospccific type of community.«developed and the density of the foliage.

Puate XXII.

Fig. 1, View from sandy rise in Melaleuca parviflora woodland. The open places in the
middle distance are secondary areas, clearings due to fire. The undershrubs in the foreground
are Correa rubra, Westringia rigida var., and Olearia axillaris.

Fig. 2. Clearing in Melaleuca parviflora woodland showing effect of recent burning. The
dead bushes are Myoporum insulare and the scorched trees Melaleuca, Undershrub of Correa
in foreground. The flora of annuals on page 280 was listed near this spot.

Puate XXIII.

Fig. 1. Gypsum salt-swamp colonized by <drthrocnenmum halocnemoides, var. per-
granulatwm. The swamp is fringed by Melaleuca halmaturorum thickets, In the foreground is
a sand-dune recently fired.

Fig. 2. Gypsum salt-swamp mainly colonized by Arthrocnemum halocnemoides var., but
with wetter central area occupied by Arthrecnemum sp. Fringing thicket of Melaleuca
halmaturorum as before. ‘The foreground has recently been burnt. Across the swamp is
secondary thicket of Myoporum insularc.

Fig. 3. View from highest point on island, a granite outcrop, looking north, and showing
extent of secondary shrubland, chiefly of Myoporum insulare and Olearia axillans. In fore-
ground shrub community with Olecaria ramulosa dominant. Note trees of Casuarina stricta to
right and few trees of same on granite outcrop in the middle distance.

290

ON THE ECOLOGY OF THE VEGETATION OF ARID AUSTRALIA,
No. 1.
INTRODUCTION AND GENERAL DESCRIPTION OF THE KOONAMORE
RESERVE FOR THE STUDY OF THE SALTBUSH FLORA.

By T. G. B. Oszorn, D.Sc.,
Professor of Botany in the University of Adelaide.

[Read October 8, 1925.]
Pirate XXIV.

It is proposed in the present paper, and in others of the same series that will
appear from time to time, to give some account of the vegetation of arid Aus-
tralia. If an arid climate be defined as one receiving 10 inches of rain, or less,
each year, then about 37 per cent. of the area of Australia is arid; 1,105,452
square miles out of a total area of 2,974,581 square miles. In South Australia
alone, 317,600 square miles out of the 380,070 square miles included in the State,
or, roughly, five-sixths of the area, has 10 inches of rain or less per annum. It
thus follows that not only is a botanist resident in South Australia very favour-
ably-situated for the study of an arid flora, but also that the problems connected
with arid vegetation are, or should be, of considerable importance to the State as
a whole.

During the past few years the ecology of the arid portions of Australia has
been a subject of study by several workers. Mention may be made of the work
of Cannon, Adamson and Osborn (1922), Osborn and Wood in South Australia,
as well as that of Miss Collins in the district of New South Wales immediately
adjacent to the South Australian border. As a result our knowledge of the
major plant communities has become more precise, though much remains to be
done in the way of elucidating the inter-relationships of thesc communities and
on the trend of succession as a whole. We are, however, in a position to make
certain broad generalizations.

The first is that as we approach the arid regions, the eucalypt, typical of so
much of the wetter portions of Australia, becomes a less and less important
element in the vegetation. Adamson and Osborn (1924) have shown how the
sclerophyll forest, dominated by such an eucalypt as #. obliqua, which is developed
near Adelaide in regions of more than 30 inches annual rainfall with a winter
maximum, is replaced by the savannah forest in the drier areas. This more open
forest type has its climatic range between the 30- and 15-inch isohyets in South
Australia. At its more arid limit the forest is replaced by scrub and the mallee
formation is developed. Mallee is a scrub composed of various species of
eucalypts growing to a height of from 2 to 10 metres, or, exceptionally, more.
Several stems, bearing a canopy top of foliage, arise from a large root stock and
develop a most characteristic habit. It is clear that the term mallee must pass
into ecological usage as one descriptive of a definite vegetation type. As yet the
ecology of the mallee formation has been little investigated. Certain purely
descriptive accounts have been given (Hardy, 1914), while Adamson and Osborn
(1922) examined a mallee community at Ooldea. The mallee vegetation is so
important in parts of Victoria and South Australia that it merits more detailed
study.

The climatic limit of mallee appears to le between 10 and 8 inches of annual
rainfall. In New South Wales it reaches the limit about Broken Hill (Collins,
1923), and in South Australia about Koonamore (Osborn and Wood, 1923z).

291

Proceeding northwards towards the more arid and even desert regions (areas
with under 5 inches annual rainfall) the cucalypts disappear except as “fringing
forests” along the-intermittent rivers. ‘These are usually bordered by Eucalyptus
rostrata, the river red gum, which has a very wide range over the continent, or
Eucalyptus microtheca, the Box or Coolabah. This last is distinctly xerophytic.
It is the riverside tree of the desert area and also colonizes flats liable to occasional
flooding within the arid zone.

Except for these species the eucalypt has disappeared as an important element
in the flora. With increasing rainfall it reappears within the Tropic, but this
region is outside that to be considered in these studies.

Secondly, and concurrently with the decreasing importance of the eucalypt,
one notices the appearance of new vegetation types. Shrubby and low-growing
specics of Acacia become increasingly prominent, Of these the mulga (Ac.
aneura), a canopy-topped tree rarely exceeding 5 metres in height, is probably
the most important. Collins (1923) uses the term “mulga scrub association” for
the various scrub communities developed on rocky slopes about the Broken Hill
area. Used in this sense it covers several communities, some of which are domin-
ated by other genera, e.g., Eremophila spp. Describing a somewhat similar
habitat at Copley, Cannon (1921, p. 73) notes the great importance of Cassia
spp. and Eremophila spp., referring indeed to a Cassia-Eremophila community,

However, in addition to the various scrub communities of the hill slopes,
which for the present may conveniently be grouped under the “mulga scrub
association,” there is a second vegetation type, that of the plains. Arid Australia
is, as a whole, not a country of sharp relief. Though the altitude may be about
1,000 feet over large areas, and though it falls to —39 feet around Lake Eyre, the
transitions are gradual; there are vast plains and peneplains. Except for the
Flinders Range itself there are few abrupt changes in level. Even the MacDonnell
Ranges, situated near the Tropic of Capricorn and within the Northern Territory,
though they attain 4,000 feet, appear much lower than their true height above
sea level because they arise from a plateau of 2,000 feet altitude. The principal
vegetation type over the southern portion of these plains is the saltbush.

Saltbush is a gencral descriptive term for the low shrubby annual or perennial
species of such genera as Atriplex and Rhagodia, Osborn and Wood were chiefly
concerned with this vegetation type, or with the nearly allied bluebush (white
tomentose species of Kochia), in their paper (19238) on the Halophytic and Non-
Halophytic Communities of Arid South Australia.

These low shrublands, dominated by various species of Chenopodiaceae, form
a distinct vegetation type. Climatologically it appears limited to regions of
10 inches annual rainfall or less. A most interesting application of ecology,
hefore ecology was a recognised branch of Botany, was the use made by a former
Surveyor-General (Goyder) of the occurrence of salthush to delimit the droughty
areas in 1865. Goyder’s Line coincides wonderfully with the 15-inch isohyet over
much of its length. In determining the northern and eastern distribution of salt-
bush vegetation the season of maximum rainfall appears to be significant. With
the increasing importance of the summer rainfalls, grasses become a more pro-
minent feature of the permanent flora. Miss Collins (1924) has described an
area in New South Wales to the north of Broken Hill which must be nearing the
limit of the salthush owing to summer rainfall control. We have, however, in-
sufficient data, as yet, to define the climatic control of saltbush. It extends as an
important vegetation type far into the Northern Territory above the South Aus-
tralian border.

At the southern limit, however, the saltbush and mallee formations overlap to
some extent. In those countries where physiographic relief is great, sharply
defined formations may be seen. This is not so in arid Australia, Consequently

292

there may be a broad zone in which the two formations overlap—the mallee, typical
of arid-semi-arid conditions, and the saltbush, a distinctly more arid type. In
such a zone the two vegetation types do not merely dovetail into each other, but
are, as it were, superposed. This is the condition of saltbush with mallee
described by Osborn and Wood at Dilkera (19238). Where, however, an abrupt
change in edaphic conditions occurs, leading to the contiguity of two habitats
with differing degrees of aridity, then the two formations may be sharply
delimited. This is the state of affairs at the edge of the Nullarbor Plain at
Ooldea, described by Adamson and Osborn (1922). At such a junction the
essentially more arid nature of the saltbush-bluebush type can be seen.

In the course of their work on the arid vegetation it was shown by Osborn
and Wood (1923a and B) that these low shrubby chenopodiaceous plants are not
halophytic, but that they grow in soils of relatively low salt content. -Never-
theless, their leaves do contain a high percentage of sodium chloride. As Wood
has shown (1925) this is concerned with the direct absorption of water by the
leaves, thus enabling the plants to utilise light falls of rain.

Slight falls of rain occurring in an arid region at a time when the soil is
dry and dusty do not penetrate the ground to a depth sufficient to reach the roots
of the plants. Falls of this “ineffective” type are a feature of much of arid
Australia (Cannon, 1921). They render the figures for the annual rainfall, even
the monthly totals, unreliable as a true indication of the value of the precipita-
tion to permanent vegetation. Cannon estimated that a fall of ‘15 inches and
under was “ineffective” if it fell during a dry period. Osborn and Wood (1923p)
and Wood (1925) discuss the same feature of rainfall. Yet, as Wood has shown,
the dominant plants of the arid region are in a remarkable state of equilibrium
so far as their water relations with the environment is concerned (1923 and
1924). The transpiration rate is not only absolutely low, but it is relatively
independent of the diurnal variations in the climatic factors influencing transpira-
tion rates.

It seems possible that this capacity on the part of saltbushes to utilise directly
light falls of rain may account, in part, at any rate, for the richness of the Aus-
tralian arid flora, This contains not merely a very diverse assemblage of species,
but also a surprisingly large number of individuals per unit of area. Were it
only that the number of annual species was great, that would merely be an
application of the Therophyte test to indicate arid or desert climate.. The sur-
prising feature is the number of perennial individuals (Nanophanaerophytes or
Chamaephytes) that form an almost closed community over large areas. When
it is remembered that many of these (Atriplex spp., and Kochia, Bassia, and
Rhagodia to a lesser extent) can utilise light rainfalls directly, this richness in the
flora becomes more comprehensible.

In studying the vegetation of an area the three groups of factors—climatic,
edaphic, and biologic—must all be considered. Farrow (1925) has very per-
tinently emphasized the importance of the biologic factor in his studies at
Breckland and has shown how misleading conclusions as to distribution may be,
if drawn from such data, as, e.g., soil analyses alone.

The importance of the biologic factor in determining the vegetation type in
arid Australia to-day is very great. Until the advent of white settlers with their

South Australia adjacent to the Great Australian Bight. :

293

The result of the work so far conducted upon the arid vegetation has been
to show that the dominant plants are in a state of equilibrium with their environ-
mental factors. The balance is a delicate one, and the incidence of an additional
adverse factor correspondingly severe. Profound changes result from human
interference. As examples, on a small scale, may be cited, the condition of the
vegetation on Pearson Islands (Osborn, 1923), uninhabited islands almost in
their virgin state, when compared with Flinders Island (Osborn, 1925). There the
effect'of only a slight degree of exploitation has been to modify profoundly the
vegetation.

Any worker on the vegetation of arid Australia to-day must immediately be
struck by two features, namely, the failure of the woody plants to regenerate and
the regressive state of many of the communities.

First, in regard to the regeneration of woody plants. Much more work is
needed upon this subject. We know that in some species reproduction from:
adventitious root buds is important. Pittosporum phillyraeoides is such a species,
as is also Casuarina lepidophloia. In the case of Acacia Carnei, which forms
dense thickets in places, seed pods are very rare; root regeneration seems to be
the rule and seed production the exception. Obviously, seed must form in these
species, as well as in the case of other species such as the mulga (A. aneura)
which have no means of vegetative propagation. We know nothing as to the
existence of seed years among the trees and shrubs. Certainly heavy seeding is
not an annual occurrence. There-.also appears to be a high degree of sterility
among many specics.

Adamson and Osborn refer to this in connection with the plants of the Mount
Lofty forests (1924). Not only are sceds not set in proportion to the abundant
promise of the flowering, but insect pests take a heavy toll of those that are ripen-
ing. Each year in the Mount Lofty Ranges Acacia pycnantha shows a wealth of
bloom. It is rare to find trees with a proportionate crop of seed. This may be
connected with the weather conditions at. the time of flowering. Acacias have
very exposed pollen, yet in the Mount Lofty Ranges most species flower before
the close of the wet season. In the arid region it is improbable that the trees
in full bloom are ever drenched by rain, but we do not know what the effect a
period of hot, dry wind may be if it come when the plants are in flower. In short,
if we know little as to the conditions determining seed production in the more
settled districts, it is safe to say we know less about those affecting the species of
the arid areas. '

The widespread mulga is rarely found in fruit. ‘here is some suggestion
that this plant has had seed cycles in the past: The trees over considerable areas
are often remarkably uniform as to size and apparent age. Reliable observers
state that they have seen’ seedling mulgas in numbers occasionally, and that they
are eaten out. Assuming that there may be a cycle of seed production, then there
is also to be considered the effect of climatic and biologic conditions on germina-
tion and the establishment of the seedling. The work of Watt (1919 and 1923)
on the causes of the failure of regeneration in the oak and beech woods in Britain,
has shown how difficult it is to evaluate the complex of.factors that operates
upon woodland regeneration. Whatever the cause may be, it is clear that the
mulga is not regenerating, and that it is doomed, if not to extinction, at least to
relegation to a position of minor importance over large areas in which it at present
is a dominant in the vegetation: Miss Collins (1924) has stressed this point,
and my own observations, made over a wide extent of the arid interior, are in
agreement with her conclusions. :

- Secondly, as to the regressive state of many of the communities. The white
man, thtough the operation.of his grazing animals and vermin, has been directly,
if unconsciously, the cause of this. The Therophyte flora of the arid district is a’

294

varied assemblage of grasses and dicotyledonous herbs. Following a winter rain-
fall dicotyledons are most prominent, particularly composites, also Erodium and
Tetragonia expansa, as well as many others, A summer rain leads to an increase
in the importance of the grass element among the annuals that spring up. While
these plants may provide most of the food for the stock when they are abundant,
there is always a certain amount of browsing upon the shrubby perennials. In
drought years these shrubs are the only fodder plants. The effect of this browsing
is seen in varying degrees, ranging from a mere pruning to complete extinction
(pl. xxtv.). Thus secondary bare areas are produced. These are colonized by
plants of two types. One is the immigrant. An extensive scrub community
in many places is composed of Nocotiana glauca, an alien plant that has spread
remarkably in the arid arcas. It is not eaten by stock and rarely suffers from
rabbit attack. The second type of colonist is the plant from lower phases in the
succession,

The operation of an additional adverse factor is to depress succession. ‘This
has been well shown by Bews in his study of fire effects on the Natal grass veldt
(1918, p. 142), or by Potts on the veldt near Bloemfontein (1923). Observa-
tions on the trend of stccession in the arid parts of South Australia
have not yet been published. ‘They show, however, that unstable soil areas such
as steep hill sides, talus slopes, or the wide flood beds of intermittent creeks are
colonized by pioneers many of which belong to the genera Bassia or Zygophyllum.
Miss Collins (1923, p. 253) notes the importance of Bassia brachyptera on rubble
slopes near Broken Hill, She is, however, inclined to regard the various species
ol Atriplex, Kochia, and Rhagodia, saltbushes and bluebushes in general, as
pioneers within secondary areas in the community that she terms ‘‘acacia steppe”
(1924, p. 13). ‘With this broad generalization I am unable to concur without
considerable reservation.

So far as my own observations go, made over an area ranging from the
southern limit of saltbush to the MacDonnell Ranges in the north, and from
Broken Hill in the east to Ooldca in the west, I can only regard the dwarf shrub-
land dominated by the various species of Chenopodiaceae variously termed salt-
bushes and bluebushes as a definite vegetation type. It has the characters of a
climax. ‘The mulga scrub is distinct. It may develop within the same district
in areas of better water relations than the saltbush, e¢.g., sand ridges, extinct
river beds, or hill slopes. It must be remembered that in an arid area a hill slope
may be a more favourable place for water supply than a plain. The catchment
is greater, and rock crevices may provide small local reservoirs for moisture.
Adamson and Osborn note (1924) that with the gradual éxtinction of the forest
type nearing the Murray Basin Casuarina stricta forms the last vestige of the
forest on granitic outcrops. The surrounding plain is occupied by mallee, a dis-
tinct and more arid formation. Also on Pearson and Flinders Islands, the highest
woodland types occur on rocky outcrops (Osborn, 1923 and 1925). So with
Casuarina lepidophloia, which commonly forms fringing woodlands by creeks in
the arid area or colonises flats liable to flooding. This tree may, as Collins notes,
occur on rocky slopes. It is, however, difficult to agree with her suggestion that
this is because of the need for “better light relations’ (1923, p, 247). It seems
more reasonable to regard it as another instance of the better water relations of
certain hill slopes. The work of Wood and the writer has tended to recognise
what have been termed (Wood, 1924) “tomentose microphylls,” as building up a
definite vegetation type. That Acacia aneura scrub may in places he superposed
on this does not invalidate the separation of the two. At their boundaries they
may overlap, as mallee and satbush overlap. It is not impossible that mulga scrub
and saltbush belong to the same formation; they may well be distinct subforma-
tions, much as Adamson and Osborn (1924) recognise two subformations in the
savannah forest corresponding to the wetter and drier zones,

295

Whatever be the status of saltbush, it is clear that over considerable areas of
the north-east of South Australia to-day, communities of Atriplex vesicarium or
Kochia sedifolia have been replaced by annuals among which species of Bassia
are most prominent (pl. xxiv., figs. 1 and 2).

This regression is serious. It means that not only are fodder plants of value
disappearing, but that large secondary areas are open to the action of erosive
forces, always severe in an arid climate. There being no covering of low bushes
to hold the soil, it drifts. Attention has been drawn elsewhere to the important
part taken by plants having the Nanophanacrophytic or Chamaephytic life form
in the vegetation of arid Australia (Osborn, 1923 and 1925). The effect of the
factors inducing regression is felt most severely by the low shrub.

In order to study regeneration in the arid areas, then, it is essential to have
some typical area enclosed against all stock and vermin, and to have it cleared of
rabbits. There alone can one hope to repreduce to some degree the conditions
which must have obtained in Australia before settlement.

THE KoONAMORE VEGETATION RESERVE.

Koonamore is a sheep station of 1,100 square miles situated in the north-
eastern district of South Australia. It has an average rainfall of 8:18 inches.
The area includes a considerable diversity of country, both plain and hil. The
soil types range from gypsum salt-swamps to soils derived from both igneous and
sedimentary rocks. During the past few years repeated visits have been made to
the area, owing to the kindness of the owners, Messrs. Hamilton, Wilcox, Ltd.,
and their manager, Mr. J. P. Henderson. A study of the ecology of the area is
in preparation, and, in the meantime, some of the observations made there have
been the subject of communications by Wood and the writer.

Recognising the need for an enclosure for the study of the flora, Messrs.
Hamilton, Wilcox, Ltd., have generously enclosed with a rabbit-proof fence an
area of about 1,500 acres, which they have offered to the University of Adelaide
as a vegetation reserve for the remainder of their lease. Mr. S. Wilcox, one of
the Directors, has had a three-roomed house erected near to the entrance of the

_enclosure to serve as a field laboratory. It is the further purpose of this brief
note to give a preliminary account of the reserve.

The land enclosed is of a slightly undulating nature with a general slope
towards the north-west. There are no regular watercourses upon it, but, follow-
ing heavy rains, two portions near the western boundary become flooded. The
soil is generally a sandy loam with some travertine limestone, which outcrops near
the south-east corner, The vegetation to-day is in a degenerate state. As one of
the primary objects of the reserve is to study regeneration, the area selected for
enclosure was deliberately chosen as being “the worst eaten-out corner of the
paddock.” Grazing effect is very often unequal in a paddock. During the
summer months sheep graze down the wind. ‘The prevalent winds at this season
are from the south and south-west, so that that side of the paddock naturally
tends to become eaten out first (pl. xxiv., figs. land 2). The reserve is along the
south fence of a paddock. and most of the perennial undershrubs in the original
flora have disappeared,

The area must once have been a typical bit of scrub and dwarf shrubland.
Most of the original scrub timber is left, but there are no young trees. ‘The tree
species represented are :— ’

Casuarina lepidophloia, Acacia aneura, Eucalyptus oleosa, Mvyoporum
platycarpum.
Low trees and tall shrubs of secondary importance are :—
Fusanus acuminatus, Acacia Burkittii, Cassia Sturtii, Lyctum australe.

296

Of the original undershrub covering little is left (pl. xxiv., fig. 3). There
are a few plants of Kochia sedifolia, but the saltbushes seem to have disappeared.
On the other hand, species of Bassia, B. paradoxa, B. patenticuspis, B. obliqui-
cuspis, etc., are very abundant, and form the principal ground cover. On the
flooded flats dense societies of the large blue-flowering composite Erodiophylium
Elderi are a prominent feature.

It is proposed to establish permanent quadrarts inside the reserve to study
the regeneration of the different communities in detail. Further, when regenera-
tion commences, grazing effects will be studied by enclosing selected areas and
grazing by sheep for definite periods.

REFERENCES C1rren,
Adamson, R. S., and Osborn, T. G. B.—
On the Ecology of the Ooldea District. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xlvi.,
p. 539. 1922.

The Ecology of the Eucalyptus Forests of the Mount [.otty Ranges tea
laide District), South Australia. bid, xlviii., p. 87, 1924.

Bews, J. W.—

The Grasses and Grasslands of South Africa. Pietermaritzburg, 1918.
* Cannon, W. A.—
Plant Habits and Habitats in the Arid Portions of South Australia.
Carnegie Inst., Washington, Publ. 308. 1921.
Collins, Marjorie 1—
Studies in the Vegetation of Arid and Semi-Arid New South Wales.
Part L.: The Plant Ecology of the Barrier District. Proc, Linn. Soc.
N.S. Wales, xlviii., p. 229. 1923.
Part I1.: The Botanical Features of the Grey Range and its Neigh-
bourhood. Jbid, xlix., p. 1. 1924.
Farrow, E. P.—
On the Ecology of the Vegetation of Breckland, X.: Concluding Remarks

upon Breckland and upon Ecological Research in General. Journ.
Ecol., xiii., p. 135, 1925.

Hardy, A. D—

The Mallee: Ouyen to Pinnaroo, Victorian Nat., xxx., p. 148. 1914.
Osborn, T. G. B.—

The Ecology of Pearson Islands. Trans. Roy. Soc., S. Austr., xlvii.,

p. 97. 1923. j

Notes on the Vegetation of Flinders Island. bid, xlix., p. 276. 1925.
Osborn, T. G. B., and Wood, J. G.— 4

On the Zonation of the Vegetation in the Port Wakefield District, with

special reference to the Salinity of the Soil. /bid, xlvii., p. 244,
1923.

On some Halophytic and Non-Halophytic Plant Communities in Arid
South Australia. Ibid, xlvu., p. 388. 19238.

Potts, G—

The Plant Succession in the Orange Free State, and the need for main-
taining a Covering of Vegetation. S. Afr. Journ. Sct., xx., p. 196.
1923.

297

Watts, A. S—
On the Causes of Failure in the Natural Regeneration of British Oak-
woods. Journ. Ecol., vii. p. 173. 1919.
On the Ecology of British Beechwoods, with special reference to their
Regeneration. Part I.: The Causes of Failure of Natural Regenera-
‘tion of the Beech (Fagus sylvatica, L.). Ibid, xi, p. 1. 1923.

Wood, J. G—
On Transpiration in the Field of some Plants from the Arid Portions of
South Australia. Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., xvii, p. 259. 1923.

The Relations between Distribution, Structure, and Transpiration of Arid
South Australian Plants. /bid, xlviii., p. 226. 1924.

The Selective Absorption of Chlorine ions; and the Absorption of Water
by the Leaves in the Genus Atriplex. Austr. Journ. Expt. Biol. and
Med. Sci, ii., p. 45. 1925.

‘DESCRIPTION OF PLATE XXIV.

Fig. 1. Portion of Vegetation Reserve at Koonamore looking south across the dividing
fence to a relatively vigorous bluebush (Kochia sedifolia) community. Note the absence of
low perennial vegetation in the foreground. _ The plants are Bassia spp. and Salsola kal.
Mvyoporum platycarpum is the chief tree.

Fig. 2. View along division fence between the Vegetation Reserve, to right, and the
neighbouring paddock. As explained in the text, the mcidence of grazing has been much more
severe on the portion to the right than on the left. On the left is a fairly vigorous bluebush
community. On the right, within the Reserve, this has been completely destroyed, though the
arborescent vegetation is left. This consists largely of Ac. anenra and Ac. Burketti.

Fig. 3. General view in Vegetation Reserve showing open woodland of Myeporum platy-
carpum with secondary annual ground flora of Bassia spp. The dead undershrubs are Cassia
Sturt and Kechia sedifolia.

298

MISCELLANEA,

NOTE ON THE NON-EXISTENCE OF THE SUPPOSED
ALDEHYDE “CNEORAL”.

By A. R. Penrotp, F.A.C.L, F.C.S.,
Economic Chemist, Technological Museum, Sydney.
(Communicated by Dr. W. T. Cooke.)

In the Transactions of the Royal Society of South Australia, vol. xlvi., 1922,
appears a paper, entitled “An Investigation of the Essential Oil from Eucalyptus
cneorifolia, D.C.,” by Philip A. Berry, B.Sc., in which he describes what is pur-
ported to be a hitherto undescribed aldehyde. The paper referred to has been
widely abstracted, and in order to prevent needless confusion, I feel bound, in
the interests of science, to bring under notice the opinion (based upon experi-
ment) expressed by me in a private communication to the author in 1922, that
the supposed new aldehyde had no separate cxistence, insufficient evidence being
adduced in support. Moreover, the author had overlooked the writer’s com-
munication to the Chemical Society, London (Transactions, 1922, vol. 121, pp.
266-269), where the aldehyde “aromadendral” was shown to be a mixture of
phellandral and cuminal. Mr. Berry in his statement “that four aldehydes are
present in the oil of F. cneorifoha—cuminal, aromadendral, cryptal, and cneoral,”
entirely overlooks the fact that “‘aromadendral” consists, at times, mainly of
phellandral, and ignores this last-named aldehyde altogether.

The fractions referred to by Mr. Berry as representing cneoral, p. 219, were
obtained by me during 1920-21 when examining the aldehydes of E. polybractea,
LE, hemiphloia, and E. cneorifolia, but were found to consist of mixtures of
phellandral, cryptal, and their alteration products. Mr. Berry, himself, produces
the evidence in support of my contention by the preparation of a small quantity
of an oxime of melting point 84-85° C., which was the melting point recorded
by Baker and Smith (Trans. Roy. Soc. $. Austr., 1916, vol. xl, p. 485) for
“aromadendral” oxime. I showed (p. 269, Transactions Chemical Society,
London, 1922) that the mixtures of aldehydes separated from eucalyptus oils
which yielded oximes of melting point 84-85° C. consisted largely of phellandral
in admixture with small quantities of other aldehydes. Phellandral in admix-
ture with small quantities of either cuminal, cryptal, or their alteration products,
almost invariably yields an oxime of M.Pt, 84-85° C. With the single exception
of the preparation of the oxime of phellandral, Mr. Berry has produced no
evidence in support of the individuality of the supposed aldehyde. The writer’s
critical examination of the aldehydes present in the crude oils of Leucalyptus
polybractea, FE, hemiphloia, and FE. cueerifolia has shown* most conclusively that
only three are present—cuminal, phellandral, and cryptal. The names, “aroma-
dendral” and “cneoral” should, therefore, be deleted from the literature, as
their retention will only cause confusion.

Evening Meeting, September 10, 1925.

299

THE ALDEHYDES PRESENT IN THE ESSENTIAL OIL OBTAINED FROM
EUCALYPTUS CNEORIFOLIA.

(A reply to Mr. A. R. Penfold’s Criticism of September 10, 1925.)

In a paper entitled “Notes on the non-existence of the supposed aldehyde
cncoral” communicated to the Royal Society of South Australia on September 10,
1925, Mr. A. R. Penfold, F.A.C.L, F.C.S., criticises a paper (1) written by
the present writer and published in vol. xlIvi. (1922) of the Transactions of
the Royal Society of South Australia.

The writer, in reply, stated that while he had not overlooked Mr. Penfold’s
communication to the Chemical Society, London, (2) in which it was claimed
that aromadendral was a mixture of phellandral and cuminal, he was unable to
obtain analogous results with the oil of E. cneortfolia.

The writer used the name aromadendral in reference to the aldehyde with
the high laevo rotation which was separated by decomposing with sodium car-
bonate the solid bisulphite compound of the aldehyde with sodium acid sulphite,
according to the method of Baker and Smith, (3) and was unable to confirm
the’ presence of phellandral in this or any other aldehyde fraction from
£. cneorifolia when working along the lines suggested by Mr, Penfold (loc. cit.).

Phellandral is easily oxidised in the air to an acid with a melting point of
144° C., and no fraction of the aldehydes which the writer separated from
/:, cneorifolia could be thus oxidised. The writer therefore stressed the point
(4) that the aldehyde which he called cneoral could not be identical with
phellandral, and still maintains this.

The writer previously admitted that the nature of these aldehydes had nut
been fully determined, and while still of the same opinion hopes to undertake
further work on this subject in the near future.

P. A. Berry, B.Se., A.A.CLL.,
C/o A. M. Bickford & Sons, Ltd., Adelaide.

REFERENCES.

(1) An Investigation of the essential oil from Eucalyptus cneorifolia, D.C.
{the “Narrow Leaf Mallee” of Kangaroo Island), by Philip A. Berry, B.Sc.
Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., vol. xlvi. (1922), p. 207.

(2) A Critical Examination of the Aromatic Aldehydes occurring in certain
Eucalyptus Oils, A. R. Penfold. Journ. Chem. Soc., 1922, p. 266.

(3) A Research on the Eucalypts and their Essential Oils, R. T. Baker
and EH. G. Smith.

{4) Trans. Roy. Soc. S. Austr. (1922), p. 218.

300

ABSTRACT OF PROCEEDINGS.
OF THE

ROYAL SOCIETY OF SOUTH AUSTRALIA

(Incorporated),
FoR THE Year Novemser 1, 1924, ro Ocrorer 31, 1925.

Orprxnary MeEetinc, Novemper I3, 1924.

Tur Vice-Preswent (R. H. Pulleine, M.B.) in the chair.

Nominations.—Sir George Murray, K.C.M.G.; Prof, Wm. Mitchell, D.Sc. ;
Prof. Jas. A. Prescott; and L. S. Rogers, B.D.Sc.

PHotTocrapus.—Photograpls were received fronr Sir Charles Fergusson,
Scotland, of his late father, Sir James Fergusson, President of this Society
1869-72, for the Society’s records.

Parer.— ‘New Australian Lepidoptera,” by Dr. A. Jerreris TURNER.

Discusston.—The following questions presented by the Royal Society of
Western Australia were submitted by the Council for the opinion of the general
meeting :—

1. That the Royal Societies in each State be recommended to form Sections:
for Mathematical and Physical Science (or to set aside certain meetings for
dealing with such branches of Science).

2. That the Secretary of each such Section submit (in galley proof or type-
script) suitable original Papers read before his Section to the Secretaries of the
Sections of the other Societies for the purpose of having these read before their
Sections or otherwise circulated amongst interested members.

3. That constructive criticism of such Papers should be invited from the
Sections for submission to the authors.

4. That it would be highly advantageous for the various Royal Societies in
Australia to adopt a uniform size of page for their publications.

It was decided that the matter be referred back to the Council for decision.

Parron’s Visit.—Tue CHAIRMAN announced that His Excellency the
Governor (Sir Tom Bridges), who had notified his intention of being present at
the meeting, was prevented from coming by indisposition.

Lecturerre—“Central Australia,” illustrated, by L. Kerru Warp, B.A.,

BE.
Orprnary Meerine, Arrit 9, 1925.

Tue Presiwent (Sir Douglas Mawson, D.Sc., F.R.5.) in the chair.

Nominations.—Hon. Hermann Homburg; H. N. England; Prof. A. E. V-
Richardson, M.A., D.Sc.; James H. Gosse. ‘ :

Ececrrons.—Sir Geo. Murray, K.C.M.G., LE.M.; Prof. Wm. Mitchell,
1).Sc.; Prof. Jas. A. Prescott, M.Sc.; L. S. Rogers, B.D.Sc., as Fellows.

Papers.— “Ihe Geographical Distribution of Fossiliferous Rocks of Cam-
brian Age in South Australia, with Geological Notes and References,’ by

301

Prof. Watter Howcutn, F.G.S.; “On Rolling Downs Fossils collected by Prof.
J. W. Gregory,” by F. W. Wutretousr, M.Sc., F.G.S. (communicated by Edwin
Ashby).

Oprruary.—THE PRESIDENT vefertell to the loss by death of two highly
esteemed members of the Society, Messrs. Evan R. Stanley, F.G.S., and Oswald
B. Lower, F.Z.S.; both gentlemen had contributed papers to the Transactions
of the Society.

CONGRATULATIONS.— THE Passi extended to Prof. F. Wood Jones the
hearty congratulations of the Society on his election as a Fellow of the Royal
Society.

Exursrrs—Mr. Epwin Asusy, M:B.O.U., exhibited two skins of the Tas-
manian Strepera arguta, collected recently at the Great Lake, Tasmania, at an
altitude of 3,000 feet. Mr. Paut S. Hossretp showed a specimen of fibrous
gypsum from Stuart’s Range opal field. Mr. A. M. tee! F.E.S., exhibited speci-
mens showing the life history of a small coconut moth, Levuana iridesceus, NOW
threatening the copra industry of Fiji, also a similarly destructive moth,
Brachartona catoxantha, that occurs in the Malay States, Java, and Borneo,
. together with a fly parasite that efforts are now being made to introduce to Fiji
to contro] the larvae of the Levuana.

Orprnary Meetine, May 14, 1925.

Ture Presipenr (Sir Douglas Mawson, D.Sc., F.R.S.)-in the chair.
NomMINnaATiIons.—1. E. Barr Smith, B.A.; John Barker; A. Lewis, M.B., B.Sc.

Execrrons.—Hon. Hermann Homburg; H. N. England; Prof. A. E, V.
Richardson, M.A., D.Sc.; James H. Gosse, as Fellows.

Papers.—‘‘Flora and Fauna of Nuyts Archipelago and the Investigator
Group: No. 17, The Scorpions,” by L. GLauert, F.G.S. (communicated by Prof.
F. Wood Jones) ; “Notes on the Geological Structure of Central Australia,” by
I. Kerr Warp, B.A., B.E.

Memeers’ RotL—THE Presipent mentioned that the Council has inform-
ally decided that members should be asked to use every effort during the present
year to strengthen the Society by the addition of new members.

Exuuprts,—Mr,. A. M. Lea exhibited some remarkable insects from Fiji,
including a walking-stick insect destructive to coconuts, two large firefly beetles,
some small fungus beetles, the small ladybird Novis cardinalis, and a series of
butterflies showing a great range of variation though reared from a batch of
eggs laid in captivity. Prof. F. Woop Joxes exhibited a specimen of Macroderina
gigas, a large bat-eating bat from Wooltana Caves, and a specimen of hair of
‘Tasmanian aboriginals. Mr. L. Kerra Warp showed specimens of Cryptozoén,
glaciated pebbles of Permo-Carboniferous and possibly Cretaceous ages, sand-.
stone with arenicolites, etc.

Orpinary MEETING, June 11, 1925.

Ture Presipent (Sir Douglas Mawson, D.Sc., F-R.S.) in the chair.

Erections.—T. E. Barr Smith, B.A.: A. S. Lewis, M.B., B.Sc., as Fellows.

Papers.—“The Vanadium Content of Certain ‘litaniferous lron Ores of
South Australia,” by A. R. Atperman, B.Sc. (communicated by Sir Douglas
Mawson) ; “Notes on Certain Fossiliferous Terrestrial Formations of Recent
Age in South Australia,” by F. Cuapman, A.L.S., F.R.M.S., and D. Mawson,
D.Se., F.R.S.

302

Discussion.—Mr. L. K. Warp reopened the discussion of his paper om
Central Australia, read at the last meeting, and the Presipenr and other Fellows
contributed to the discussion. The chief points dealt with were (a) the sug-
gested Ordovician age of the whole of the Larapintine Series, and (b) evidence
in favour of glacial action in Upper Cretaceous times.

Exuipits—Mr. A. M. Lea exhibited a small collection of inscets from
Dorrigo, N.S.W., of which the most interesting were a new stag beetle and a
remarkable carwig. Mr. Lea also showed seven skulls of Fijian natives, killed
in an inter-island war, and obtained from a cave on an island in the Lau group.
Dr. R. PULLEINE exhibited two shaped stones from Sandy Cape, Tasmania,
formerly the metropolis of the Tasmanian natives of the West Coast. Mr. H.
M. Hate, for Mr. W. J. Kimber, exhibited sub-fossil chelipeds of crabs, obtained
in the Pliocene cliffs at Port Willunga, probably representing three still existent
species.

Orpinary MEETING, Jury 9, 1925.

Tae Presipent (Sir Douglas Mawson, D.Se., F.R.S.) in the chair.

Nominations.—Rey. W. O. North; W. J. Adey; W. B. Carr; Dudley
C. Turner.

WeELcoME.— Tue Prestpenr extended a welcome to Prof. Richardson and
Prot. Prescott.

Notice oF Motion.—The Treasurer (Mr. B. S. Roach) gave notice of
motion: “That all fees received from Life Members be paid into the Endowment
Fund.”

Paprers.—‘The Flora of the North-east Corner of South Australia, North
of Cooper’s Creek,” by J. B. CLetanp, M.D., J. M. Bracx, and L. Rerse; “A
New South Australian Dormouse Opossum,” by F. Woop Jonsrs, D.Sc., F.R.S. ;
“A Dental Anomaly in the Skull of an Australian Aboriginal,” by T. D.
CampBeLL, D.D.Sc.; “Radio-active Ilmenite near Mount Painter, Norther
Tlinders Range,” by A. C. Brouctrron.

ANNOUNCEMENT.— 1 HE PRESIDENT intimated that applications were invited
by the Australian National Research Council from persons qualified and desirous
of visiting Sumatra during the coming Solar eclipse.

Exursits.—Mr, A. M. Lea exhibited mole crickets from Virginia (South
Australia), with seeds of wheat, trefoil, and clover stored by them; also three
males of the beautiful butterfly Ornithoplera brookiana, taken by him in Malay.
Mr. Epwin Asnpy exhibited photograph fruit and seedlings of Banksia serrata
from Tasmania, also two fruits of Podocarpus Drouyiana from south-west
Western Australia. Sir Dovctas Mawson exhibited some beautiful specimens
of fossil algae, resembling Cryptozoén, from the limestone belt of the llinders
Range, a matter on which he was preparing a paper for presentation to the
Society, also “lime biscuits” of organic origin, from Robe, South Australia.

Orpinary Merrrinc, Aucusr 13, 1925,

Tue Presivenr (Sit Douglas Mawson, D.Se., F.R.S.) in the chair.

Nomination, -Flmer A. Smith, Ph.D. (U.S.A.).

Evecrions.—Rev. W. O. North; William J. Adey; W. B. Carr; Dudley C.
‘Turner, as Fellows.

Notice or Mottox.—One notice having been given, Mr. B. S. Roacr

(Treasurer) moved: “That all fees received from Life Members be paid. into
the Endowment Fund.” Carried unanimously, ;

303

Papers——“Evidence and Indications of Algal Contributions in
the Cambrian and Pre-Cambrian Limestones of ‘South Australia,” by Sir
Dovuctas Mawson, D.Sc., F.R.S.; “Aboriginal Markings on Rocks near Burra
(Kooringa),” by Joun P. H. Brppte (communicated by Mr, A. G, Edquist) ;
“Detailed Notes on the Aboriginal Intaglios near Burra,” by T. D. CAMPBELL,
D.D.Sc.; “Review of Australian Isopods of the Cymothoid Group, Part I.” by
Hersert M. Hate.

Exutsits.—Mr. C. T. Madigan, on behalf of Mr. H. L. SHearp, exhibited
a collection of aboriginal implements and other relics from Victoria and South
Australia. Mr. Epwin Asnpy exhibited Jonathan apples showing a curious
affection. Mr. A. M. Lea exhibited a collection of bugs from Malay, Borneo,
and Fiji; also specimens of Peripatus gilesi from Western Australia, Mr. H-
M. Hate exhibited aboriginal rock carvings from Owieandana and Mannahill.
Dr. T. D. Campsett exhibited aboriginal implements from the famous aboriginal
quarry on Mount William, Victoria.

Orpixnary MeEEtinc, SEPTEMBER 10, 1925.

Ture Presipent (Sir ‘Douglas Mawson, D.Sc., F.R.S.) in the chair.

Nomination.——Harold Sheard, Gawler, as Fellow.

Erection.—Elmer A. Smith, Ph.D. (U.S.A.), as Fellow.

Avpitors.—Messrs. W. Champion Hackett and H. Whitbread were elected
as Auditors.

Osirvuary.—THE PRESIDENT announced the death at Enghien, near Paris,
on May 17, 1924, of M. Alexandre E. M. Cossman, who was an Honorary Fellow
oi this Society since 1893.

PRESENTATION.—The University of Adelaide presented a number of publica-

tions, including the “Dentition and Palate of the Australian Aboriginal,” by
T. D. Campbell, D.D.Sc.

Papers.—“The Tanunda Creek Granite and its Field Relations,’ by Pau
S. HossFetp, B.Sce.; “The Geology of the Fleurieu Peninsula, Part [., The Coast
from Sellick’s Hill to Victor Harbour,” by C. T. Mapican, M.A., B.Sc.; “Notes.
on the Non-existence of the supposed Aldehyde Cneoral,” by A. R. PEnFo.p,
FACIL, F.C.S.; “Contributions to the Orchidology of Papua and New
Guinea,” by R. $. Rocers, M.A., M.D.; “Australian Staphylinidae, Part IT.,” by
ArTHur M. Lea, F.ES.

_Exurpits.—Mr, W. J. Kimber exhibited egg capsules of Natica (polinices
conica). Dr, T. D. Camprett. showed photographs and X-ray pictures of a
unique case of misplaced upper molar tooth. Mr. R. Grenreti THomas showed
a preparation of the radio-active element Polonium, from Mount Painter ores.
Mr. A. M. Lea exhibited weevils of the subfamily Gonipteridae and moths show-
ing ravages of Museum vermin, and on behalf of Mr. H. A. Srepuens a stone
churinga from west of Oodnadatta.

ANNUAL MEETING, OcToper 8, 1925.
Vue Vice-Prestpent (R. H. Pulleine, M.B.) in the chair.
Exnrction.—Harold Sheard, Gawler, as Fellow.

_ Notice or Morion.—Prof. W. Howciin gave notice: “That in the
interests of the Society the term of Corresponding Members be limited to five
years from the date of their last contribution.”

Papers.—‘‘Crystal Forms of Tourmaline, Azurite, and Linarite,” by Miss
Irts E. Ronertson (communicated by C. T. Madigan) ; “Additions to the Flora

304

of South Australia, No. 23,” by J. M. Brack; “Flora and Fauna of Nuyts
Archipelago and the Investigator Group, No. 18: Notes on the Vegetation of
Flinders Island,” by T. G. B. Osrorn, D.Se.; “On the Ecology of the Vegetation
of Arid Australia, No. 1: Introduction and General Description of the Koona-
more Reserve for the Study of the Saltbush Flora,” by T. G. B. Osnorn, D.Sc.

The ANNUAL Revorr AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT were read and adopted.

ELECTION ae Orrrcers.—The following officers were clected for 1925-26 -—
President, Prof. G. B. Osborn, D.Se.; Vice-Presidents, Sir Douglas Mawson,
D.Se., FLR.S., Satie an F. Wood Jones, F.R.S.; Members of Council, F. R.
Waite, F.Z.8., C. Fenner, D.Sc, A. M. Lea, F.E.S.; Hon. Secretary, R. H.
Pulleine, M.B.; Hon. Treasurer, B.S. Roach.

Exnpits-—Mr. A. M, Lea exhibited dragon flies from the Malay States,
and scorpions from the Malay States, some of which are reported to be fatal to
natives; also fossil shells and minerals from west of Oodnadatta on behalf of
Mr. Stevens, Amongst the latter Prof. Howchin detected Ostrea, Mytilus, and
McCoyella (Cretaceous molluscs). Siliceous nodules of the Cretaceous Basin
cand some haematite were also exhibited.

ANNUAL REPORT

FOR YEAR ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1925.

Papers.—The traditional interest of the Society in research and discovery
connected with the arid interior has been maintained in comprehensive papers, by
Mr. L. K. Ward, “On the Geological Structure of Central Australia”; Prof.
‘Osborn, “On the Ecology of the Vegetation of Arid Australia’; and Prof.
Cleland and Messrs. Black and Reese, “On the Plants of the Far North-east.”
Mr. Ward also delivered an illustrated lecture on Central Australia. A high
standard has been maintained in the papers contributed to the Society. About
one-half of the papers read during the year dealt with geology and mineralogy;
there were several very important botanical papers, and five dealing with
biological subjects, mostly concerning the invertebrate groups; there were also
three papers relating to the aborigines, and one minor paper of chemical interest.

Our knowledge of Cambrian geology has been added to by Sir Douglas
Mawson, Prof. Howchin, and Mr. Madigan; of the Larapintine Series, by Mr.
Ward; of Cretaceous palaeontology, by Mr. Whitehouse; and of Recent forma-
tions, by Mr. F. Chapman and Sir Douglas Mawson. The study of the petrology
and mineralogy of our State has been contributed to by Mr. Alderman, Mr.
Hossfeld, Miss Robinson, and Mr. Broughton.

Botanical papers were contributed by Prof. Osborn, Mr. Black, Dr. Rogers,
Prof. Cleland, and Mr. Reese; it is of interest to note the large proportion of
papers dealing with the more remote areas of the State. Zoological contribu-
tions came from Dr. Turner (Lepidoptera), Mr, Glauert (Scorpions), Prof.
Wood Jones (a new Dormouse Opossum), Mr. Hale (Crustacea), and Mr. Lea
(Staphylinidae). Dr. Campbell and Mr. Biddle dealt with matters of ethnological
interest,

Exurpits.—These continued to be a feature of the monthly gencral mectings
of the Society, and a variety of objects of considerable interest were exhibited
and discussed; a record of same will be found elsewhere.

Deatis.—The deaths of three Fellows are recorded with regret—Mr, Evan
R. Stanley, F.G.S., late Government Geologist of Papua (elected 1910); Mr.
Oswald Lower, FZ. S., of Broken Hill, N.S.W. (elected 1888); and A. E. M.

305

Cossman, of Enghien, France (elected 1893). All these gentlemen had contri-
buted valuable papers to the Proceedings of the Society; Mr. Evan Stanley, a
young South Australian geologist, had contributed notably to our scientific
knowledge of Papua and the Mandated T erritories of New Guinea.

Lrprary.—The Library Committee has met regularly and has instituted a
number of new exchanges. This interchange of scientific literature with
kindred Societies in other lands'is now on an excellent footing. Consideration
was given to the question of the better correlation of the scientific libraries of
Adelaide, but no definite action was taken. The question of additional shelving,.
the need for which has been mentioned in every Annual Report for the past six.
years, was made the subject of a personal appeal to the Minister of Education
by the President and the Representative Governor. Our representations were
sympathetically received, and it is hoped that something will now be done to
relieve the overcrowded shelves.

SuccEsTED NEw Section.—At the instance of Prof. Ross, of Western Aus-
tralia, consideration was given to the matter of establishing a separate
Mathematical and Physical Section, but it was decided not to take any action for
the present. It was decided that, as far as possible, members should take steps
to exchange galley proofs of Mathematical and Physical articles with interested
members in similar Societies in other States.

Councit.—The personnel of the Council has remained unchanged throughout
the year. Ten Council meetings were held and the attendances were as follow :—
Sir Douglas Mawson, 6; Dr. Pulleine, 9: Prof. Osborn, 8; Prof. Howchin, 9;
Mr. Roach, 9; Prof. Cleland, 6; Prof. Wood Jones, 8; Prof. Robertson, 3; Mr.
Waite, 9; Sir Joseph Verco, 10; Mr. Ward, 6; Dr. Fenner, 9. Sir Douglas:
Mawson and Mr. L. K. Ward were unavoidably absent from Adelaide on the
occasion of several meetings.

Memprrsuip—The present membership comprises 6 Honorary Fellows,
4 Corresponding Fellows, and 124 Fellows. The year has seen a distinct growth
in the membership of the Society, and another notable feature has been an
increased attendance of Fellows and a wider interest in the general meetings of
the Society.
Doucias Mawson, President.

CHARLES FENNER, Secretary.

306

‘SZ6L 9 FaqoyIQ “Oprepapy

‘sioyipny — { ‘AVH4aLIHM CUVMOH
‘fodnseaay, “WOH "HOVOU 'S “a ‘uO ULLAXNDSVH NOIGWVHD “M
QaiJoD punoj pue poupny
I Sl OSs T Sf OstTs
0 8 88h ——_——
Eo St 880
0 2+ anboy) surpueising ssa7yT
T £ f6F visejersny jo yueg ;
Il 2 O00F ** a " WS Jo Yueg sures
-—CZ6T ‘OF Joqmuajdag souyyeg *
00 S64 °° ‘' puny jJuswMOpua oO] posrajsueLy |
—suondiosqng siaquiayy ay“
£8 98 — T €T S8T
0 S$ 0 : : : FY unoy yueg 0 SI bZI ' puny WeWMOpUy wor, passaysues
0 Z~EL ; ‘ ‘ BuIsnaapy T 8bot °° du o/V We ssuraeg
0 SsT9 *- pe ne "+ gouRINsUy ! —jsalaqup *
OL OT 61 AIQUOTZRIS pue sosdeysog ‘Burjuig ' 0 2 TI =
6 6 Z ade 2 “" SunySry pue Suruvar5 01 06 Pa anbag 3. te aSuUeYIXA Ul souadayIq
—solipung - 0 Sits °* suoeoqug jo ayes“
9 ¢ O£ | 0 9 § $31}01D0g JaqIO Aq WIOOY Jo asn JOT sidiavayy «
0 1 SZ oe oo a SuIpurq-yoog , § € e2e@ — :
9 + SF i : Pe UebeAgi 0 0 OST a oe SUOHRANSAAUT
—Aresgry : IYIUIIIS pue syioday = Sunug Jog
0006 ” ac uOlIaS SISyeINJeN PILT ¢ €1 7zZI °° Pt suondiasqng uO
yur) | HOW TIAOL) Wol, spec) 4
0 9 OF — | 9 ST eee
0 9L2. °° a . Surysyqng 9 6 6b me HoHsIS |sysyesanjyeN pray
6 0 08 7" fa iy a Sunjeiysnl] | 0 9 Fel in ‘' Ayaioog jekoy
O OL cre *’ us “a tad i Buulig | —suondijosqng “
—suoljoesueiy Ag i -— +l fOr ae ti. “" pe6l ‘T Jaqoiag ‘sourleg oj,
es ed eas Perens, SP ES

“SZ6T

‘og Joquiajdeg pepus Jeax 10} yuNOSDy sjUsUIAeg pue s}dra0ax

(GALVAIOdSNOONT) VITWULSAV HLAOS 40 ALHIOOS TVAO'N

307

‘damMsealy ule ‘HOVON

“SZ6L “9 FaqoIG ‘apreppy

‘s1oyipny jf ‘dVauaaLIHM CAVYMOH

UwoH «(‘LLGMOVH NOIdWVHD ‘M
‘Joo1J03 punoy} pue payipny

= res ae | Sa = en en ce = = = —
Ol l 60're OLE F60RF
0 SL RZ. °° . ‘' yunoooy anusaay *
O19 616'¢-————-—

1 8+ . “* yunooDy yueg ssurarg “ 0 SI t4to"° . . . . PeATaIOI YsosoyuT “

Q 0 Seg‘T “yuso Jed Fg 1B Y90IG “AON “W'S SzSTF 00 sfc ** suondisosqng sraquiayy ayrT

0 0 OOT 3499 tod ¢ ye ND0IG “AOD “W'S COLF “ O19 +rg'¢ —————

0 OT £66'T “yueo tod $e 1e YOOIS AGH “W'S oNO'ZF 1 8 Ff . . “". Nueg SSurars

6 & 262 queo Jod ¢ ye 45015 ‘suo “W'S OOS#F Aq 6 8T 6ss‘g YPHOIS usu wa0ey “ys ‘sourjeg oF

‘Og Haquaydeg—sz6I TL 9q090—+261

Pps F pe F PS F PS F

CPOL '39 616'CF

rede)

‘CNOA LNAWMOCNG

308

DONATIONS TO THE LIBRARY
ror THE YEAR ENDED SepremBer 30, 1925.

TRANSACTIONS, JOURNALS, REPORTS, ETC.,
presented by the respective governments, societies, and editors.

AUSTRALIA.

AUSTRALASIAN Antarctic Expeprrion, 1911-14. Sci. rep., ser. B, v. 1, pt. 1-2.
AUSTRALASIAN LxstituTe or Mininc. Proc., no. 53-56. Melb. 1924.
AUSTRALIAN JOURNAL OF ExpeRIMENTAL Brotocy, v. 2, pt. 1-3. Adel.
AustraLia. Census and Statistics. Yearbook, no. 17. Melb. 1924.

Dept. of Health. Service publication, no. 25; tropical, no. 1.
Institute of Science and Industry. Bull. no. 27-28. Melb. 1924.
National Research Council. Sci. abstracts, v. 3, no. 4; 4, no. 1-3.
NortHERN TERRITORY. Report of Administrator, 1924. Melb.

- SOUTH AUSTRALIA.

Apetatpe University. Animal Products Research. Report, no. 4. Adel. 1924.
Dentition and palate of the Australian aboriginal; by T. D. Campbell.
Adel, 1925.

Borantc GARDEN OF ADELAIDE. Report, 1923-24.

Howcuin, Watrer. Geology of South Australia, Adel. 1918.

Pusric Lrprary, Museum, AND Art GALLEery oF S.A. Report, 1924.

Records of S.A. Museum, v. 3, no. 1. Adel. 1925, .

Roya GEOGRAPHICAL Socrety or AustraAvasia (S.A. Br.). Proc., v. 23-25.
Sours AusrraLia. Dept. of Mines. Review, no. 40-41. Adel. 1924-25.
Geological Survey. Bull., no. 9, 11. Report, 1923. Adel.

Woods and Foresis. Report, 1923-24. Adel.

Sourn AUSTRALIAN NATURALIST, v. 6, no. 1-4. Adel. 1924-25.

Sourn AUSTRALIAN ORNITHOLOGIST, v. 8, pt. 1-3. Adel. 1925.

Sourn Australian Scuoot or Mines. Report, 1924. Adel.

NEW SOUTH WALES.

AustraLian Museum. Museum magazine, v. 2, no. 4-7. Syd. 1925.
Records, v. 14, no. 4. Report, 1924. Syd.

Linnean Socrety or N.S.W. Proc., v. 49, pt. 3-5; 50, pt. 1-3. Syd.
Marnen, J. H. Critical revision of the genus Eucalyptus, pt. 63-64.
Forest flora of N.S.W., v. 8, pt. 7. Syd. 1924.

New Soutn Waters. Board of Fisheries. Report, 1923. Syd. 1924.
Botanic Gardens. Report, 1923. Syd. 1924,

—_- Dept. of Agric. Gazette, v. 35, pt. 10-12; 36, pt. 1-9. Sei. bull, no, 24.
——— Dept. of Mines. Report, 1924. Syd. 1925.

——— Geol. Survey. Bull. 6-16. Mineral resources, no. 32-33.

~ Public Library. Report, 1924. Syd.

Rovar. ZootocicaL Society or N.S.W. Austral, zool., v. 3; 4, pt. 1.

QUEENSLAND.

QueENSLAND. Dept. of Agriculture. Journ., v. 22-23; 24, pt. 1-3. Brisb.
QurEnsLanp Museum. Mem., v. 8, pt. 2. Brisb. 1925.
Roya Society OF QuEENSLAND. Proc., v. 36, 1924. Brisb. 1925.

309

TASMANIA.

Royat Society or Tasmania. Proc., 1924. Hobart. 1925.
Tasmania. Geological Survey. Bull. 35, 36. Mineral resources, no. 8, v. 1.
TASMANIAN NATURALIST, v. 1, no. 1-2. Easter Camp, 1925. Hobart.

VICTORIA.

Royat Society or VicrortA. Proc., v. 37, pt. lL. Melb, 1925.

Staniey, Evan R. Geology of Papua. Melb. 1923.

Vicrorta. Dept. of Agriculture. Journ., v. 22, pt. 10-12; 23, pt. 1-9. Melb.
VICTORIAN NATURALIST, v. 41; 42, no. 1-5. Melb. 1924-25.

WESTERN AUSTRALIA.

Rovat Socrery or WeEsrernx AustraurAa. Journ., v. 10, 1923-24. Perth.
WeEsTERN Australia. Dept. of Agriculture. Journ., v. 1, no. 2, 4; 2, no. 1-2.

ENGLAND.

Britise Antarctic Exprprrion, 1910-13. Miscellaneous data. Lond. 1924.
British Museum (Nar. Hist.) Catalogue.of meteorites. Lond. 1923.
Guide to galleries of geol. and palacont. Report on cetacea, no. 8.
CampripGeE Puitosopuicat Society. Trans., v. 23, no. 4-7. 1924-25.
Biological Science. Proc., v. 1, no. 3-4. Camb. 1924-25.
CamBripce University. Solar Physics. Observatory report, 1923-25.
ConcHoLocicaL Society. Journ., v. 17, no. 6-8, Lond. 1924-25.

Dove Marine Larnoratory. Report, 1924. Cullercoats.

EntTomMoLoaicaL Soc. ‘Trans., 1924; 1925, pt. 1-2. Lond.
GgoLocicaL Soc. Journ., v. 80; 81, pt. 1-2. Literature, no. 27. Lond.
Hitt Museum. Bull., v. 1, no. 2,4. Witley. 1922-24.

IMPERIAL Bureau or Entomorocy. Review, v. 12; 13, pt. 1-7. Lond. 1924-25.
ImpertaL Instirute. Bull, v. 22, no. 2-4; 23, no. 1-2. Lond. 1924-25.
Linnean Society. Journ.; bot., no. 308-12; zool., no. 240-41. 1924-25.
List, 1924-25. Proc., 1923-24. Lond.

Liverpoot BrotocicaL Society. ‘lrans., v. 38. 1924,

MANCHESTER LiTERARY AND PutLosopmicaL Society. Mem., v. 68. 1924.
NationaL Puysicart |aporatory. Reports, 1923-24. Lond.

Royat Botanic Garpens,.Krew. Bull., 1924. Lond, 1925.

Roya CoLontaL institure, United Empire, v. 15; 16, no. 1-8. 1924-25.
RoyaL GrocrapHicaL Socrery. Journ., v. 64; 65, no. 1-2. Lond. 1924-25.
Royat Mrcroscoprcat Socrety. Journ., 1924, pt. 4; 1925, pt. 1-2. Lond.
Roya. Society. Proc. A 737-48; B 679-90.. Yearbook, 1925. Lond.
ZooLocicar Society or Jonpon. Proe., 1925, pt. 1.

SCOTLAND.
Royar. Socirty or Entnpurcu. Proc., v. 44, pt. 2-3; 43, pt. 1-2. 1924-25.

IRELAND.
Rovat Dustin Sociery. Sei. proc., v. 17, no. 42-47; 18, no. 1-4. 1924.
Roya Irtsu Acapemy. Proc., A, v. 36, pt. 8; 37, pt. 1; B, v. 36, pt. 12-16;
37, pt. 1-5; C. v. 37, pt. 1. Dublin. 1924-25.
ARGENTINE.
Acapemia Nacronar pe Cirncias. Bull. t. 27, pt. 4. Cordoba. 1924.

310

AUSTRIA.

AKAD, DER WISSENSCHAFTEN. Sitz., Abt. I, Bd. 1 32, TH. 9-10; 133, H. 1-10;
lia., Bd. 132, H. 9-10; 133, H. 1-6; Ub, Bd. 132, H. 7-10; 133, H. 1-6.
GEOLOGISCHE STAATSANSTALT, Abh., B. 22, H. 3. Verh. 1925. Wien.
NATURHISTORISCHEN Hormustums. Ann., Bd. 38. Wien. 1925.
ZooLociscH-BoTANISCHE GrseLuscHArT. Verh., Bd. 73. Wien. 1924.

BELGIUM.

AcapEMIE Rovate pe Berergue, Annuaire, 1925. Brux.

Classe des Sciences. Bull. 1924; 1925, no. 1-3. Brux.

—~ Mem in 4°, t. 5; 6, f. 1; in 8°, t. 7; 8, f. 1-3. 1924-25.
Instituts Sorvay. Revue de 1’ Institut de Sociologie, 1924-25, t. 1; 2, no. 1.
Muste Royvare vp’ Historrr Naturerce. Mem., no. 34-35. Brux. 1924.
Orservatorre Royat. Annuaire, 1925-26. Brux.

Socrét&é RoyaLe bE Boranigue. Bull, t. 56, f. 2; 57, f. 1. Brux. 1924,
Socrtré Royatr pes Sciences pe Lrkar. Mem., t. 12. Brux. 1924.
SociETE RovaLe ZooLociguk. Ann., t., 54, 1923. Brux. 1924.

BRAZIL.

Instituto OswaLvo Cruz. Mem., t. 6, f. 1; 17, f. 1-2. Rio de Janeiro. 1924.
Museu Pautista. Revista, t.12. 5S. Paulo. 1920.
OBSERVATORIO NAcIONAL DE Rro pe JANErRO. Annuario, 1925.

CANADA.

Canava. Geological Survey. Bull. 39; Mem. 139, 142; 11 publications.
Canapian Arctic Itxpepition, 1913-18. Report, v. 2; 13, pt. A, B. 1924.
Royat Canapran Instivute. Trans., v. 15, pt. 1. Ottawa, 1924.

Royat Sociery oF Canapa. Proc., v. 18, 1924. Ottawa.

CEYLON.
Corompo Musetm. Mem. 3. Spolia Zeylanica, v. 12, pt. 47-48; 13, pt. 1. 1924.
DENMARK.

Conse, Perm. Ir. pour L’EXPLoraTion bE LA Mer. Bull. hydro., 1920-23.
Pub. de circonstance, no. 83-84. Rapports, v. 33-36. Cpng.

DaANsK NATURHISTORISK FORENING. Vid. med., Bd. 75-78. Cpng.
Korentiaven Universirers Zoor, Museum. Publications, no. 32, 37-39.
KoONGELIGE DANSKE VIDENSKABERNES SELSKAB, Oversigt, 1922-24.

Biol. med., IJ, 2-5; TI, 1-10; IV, 1-4. Cpng. 1920-24.

Math.-fys. med. TI, 1-3, 5, 12; IIE; IV, 1-10; V, 1-12; VI, 1-6, 8
Natury. og Math., t. 4; 5, no. 4; 6, no. 1-3; 7, no. 2-3; 8.

| FINLAND.
SocieTas Enromozocica [lgLstncrorsIensis. Notulae entom., v. 5, no. 1-2.

FRANCE.

Museum Natronar p’Histrorre Natrureiie. Bull., 1924, no. 3-6. Paris.

Soc. DES SCIENCES Nat. DEL’ Quest ne LA France. Bull, t. 3. Nantes. 1923.

Soc. Enromo.ocigur ne France. Ann., v. 93; 94, pt. 1-2. 1924-25.

Bull., 1924, no. 13-21; 1925, no. 1-11. Paris.

Soc. ea ae pr France. Bibhog., no. 1-4. Bull. 23. . Comte rendu, 1923:
_-

Soc. LINNEENNE DE Bornraux. Actes, t. 75. 1923.

Soc. Linntenne pE NormManpre. Bull, v. 6. Caen, 1924,

311

GERMANY,

BAYERISCHE AKAD. DER WISSENSCHAFTEN. Math-phys. Abh., Bd. 30, no. 2-6.-
Sitz., 1924. Mutinchen.

BERLINER GESELLSCHAFT FUR ANTHROPOLOGIE. Zeits., 1924, H. 1-6.
RoraNIscHEN GARTENS U Museums. Notizb., no. 81-85. Berl. 1924-25.
DEUTSCHE ENTOMOLOGISCHE GESELLSCHAFT. Zeits., 1924. Berl.

Deutscur Enromo.ociscHE Museum. Ent. Mitt., Bd. 13; 14, no. 1-4. 1924-25..
Feppe, F. Repertorium, Bd. 20, no. 6-25. Berl. 1924.

GESELLSCHAFT DER WISSENSCHAFTEN. Math.-phys. Nach. 1924, H. 2-3.
Geschaftliche Mitteilungen, 1923-24. Gdéttingen.

GESELLSCHAFT FUR Erpkunpr. Erganzungschaft, no. 1. Berl.

Zeits,, 1923, no. 5-7; 1924; 1925, no. 1-6. Berl.

NAaASSAUISCHEN VEREIN FUR NaturkKunpr. Jahrb., no. 75-76. Wiesb. 1923-24..
NATURFORSCHENDE GESELLSCHAFT ZU FRretBpuRG. Berichte, Bd. 24. 1925.
NATURFORSCHENDE GESELLSCHAFT zu Nurnperc. Abh., Bd. 22, H. 2.
NATURHISTORISCHE Museum, Hampurc. Jahr. 40-41. 1924-25.

Puys.-Mep. GESELLScHaArFT. Sitz., 1923. Verh., Bd. 49; 50, H. 1-3. Wiirzburg.. ~

PREUSSISCHE AKAD. DER WISSENSCHAFTEN. Sitz., 1924, pp. 83-149; 1925,.
pp. 1-81.

Phil.-Hist. Klasse. Sitz., 1924, no. 15-34; 1925, no. 1-13. Berl.

Phys.-Math. Klasse. Sitz., 1924, no. 14-24, 26-34; 1925, no. 1-13.

SENCKENBERGISCHE Naturr. GEseLLScIiArT. Bericht 54, H. 3-4; 55, H. 1-6.

“Senckenbergiana,” Bd. 6; 7, H. 1-4.. Frankfurt a M. 1924-25.

HAWAIIAN ISLANDS.

Bernice Pavan: BisHop Museum. Bull, no. 10-14. Honolulu. 1924.
Hawauan EntomoroaicaL Socimry. Proc., v. 5, no. 3; 6, no. 1. 1924-25.

INDIA.

Inpia, Agricultural Research Institute. Report, 1923-24. Pusa.

Central Publication Br. Catalogue of Indian insects, pt. 6-9.

Dept. of Agriculturc. Mem.: bot., v. 13, no. 1, 3-6; chem., v. 7, no. 4-65:
entom., v. 8, no. 5-9. Cale. 1924-25.
Review of agricultural operations, 1923-24. Calc.
Geological Survey. Mem., v. 48, pt. 2.
Palaeontologia Indica, v. 6, no. 4; 7, no. 4; 8, no. 2-3; 9, no. 1.
~ Records, v. 56, pt. 2-3; 58, pt. 1. Calc. 1924-25.
Inpian Museum. Mem, v. 5, no. 12-13; 8, no. 1-3. Cale. 1924-25.
Records, v. 21, pt. 4; 25, pt. 5-6; 26; 27, pt. 1-4. Calc.

Mapras. Fisheries. Bull, no. 17-18.
Rovat Astatic Society, Bomray Br. Journ., new series, v. 1. no. 1. 1925..

ITALY.

LABORATORIO DI ZOOLOGIA CFENERALE © AGRrARTA. Bull. 17. Portici. 1924.
Museo Civico bt Storio pi Genova. Ann., v. 8-9. 1918-22.

Scientia, v. 35-36. Bologna. 1924.

SocieTA ITALIANA DI SCIENZE Narurari. Atti, v. 63; 64, no. 1. Milan.
Tortno, R. Universita pi. Museo di Zool. Rull. v. 38. 1923.

JAPAN.

Japan. Jmperial Earthquake Investigation Committee. Notes, no. 5. Tokyo.
Kyoto ImpertaL University. College of Engineering. Mem. 2, no. 7; 3, no. 5-8.
College of Science. Mem. 6, no. 7; 7, no. 5-6; 8, no. 2-4. 1925.

312

-Namari, Icurraro. Electrolytic separation of magnesium from magnesia.

NationaL Rrsgarcy Counci., Jap. Journ.: astron., v. 2, no. 2-5; bot., v. 2,
n. 2-4; engin. abstr., v. 1-2; geol. v. 3, no. 1-2; math., v. 1, no. 1-3; phys.,
v. 3, no. 1-10.

‘Téunoxu Imperian University. Sci. rep., s. 1, v. 12, no. 4; 13; 14, no. 1-2; s. 2,
v.7, no. 2; 8, no. 1,5. 3, v.2,no. 3. Tech, rep., v. 4, no. 2-4; 5, no. 1-2.

Toéouoxu Maruematicar Journar, v. 23; 24; 25, no. 1. Sendai. 1924-25.

JAVA,

‘NATUURKUNDIGE VEREENIGING IN Nep.-Inp. Tijds.. Deel. 85, no. 1. 1925.

MEXICO.

Instituto GEoLécIco DE Mexico. Anales, no. 10. Bull. no. 40, 44.

Mexico. Dept. de Salubridad Publica, Bull. 1, no. 7-12; 2. Mem. 1920-21.

Monog. del Instituto di Higiene, no. 1-3. 1923-5,

Secretaria di Comunicaciones. An., t. 8 Bull, t. 2, no. 5-6. Album,

1924.

Sociepap Crentirica “Antonio Auzatrr.”’ Mem., t. 43, no. 1-6; 44, no. 1-2.
Mex.

SocrepaAD MExIcaNA DE GkEoGRAFIA. Bul., t. 10, no. 1-8. 1923-24.

NEW ZEALAND.

‘AUCKLAND InstiruTe AND Museum. Annual report, 1923-24.
-CANTERRURY Museum. Records, v. 2, no. 4. Christchurch. 1924.

New ZeaLanp. Board of Science and Art. Journ. of sci. v. 7, no, 3-6.
Dominion Laboratory. Report, no. 57. Well. 1925.

Geological Survey... Bull. no. 26. Report, no. 19. Well. 1925.
New ZEALAND InstiruTeE. ‘Trans., v. 55. Well. 1924.

NORWAY.
Bercens Museum. Aarsb., 1922-23; 1923-24, li. 1. Century no., 1925.
‘K. Norske VIDENSKABERS SeELsKAB. Aarsh., 1923. Trondhjem.
Norwecian Exprepition to Novaya ZEMLyA, 1921. Sci. results, v. 1. Oslo.
Norweciscne MetrorotociscHe Insrituts. Jahrb., 1922-23.
STAVANGER Museum. Aarshefte, 1918-19.

PERU.
_ASOCIACION PERUANA PARA EL ProGRESO DE LA Crencra. Arch., t. 2, f. 2-3.
Currro pe INGENTEROS DE Mrnas. Bull., no, 105-107. Tama. 1924,
PHILIPPINE ISLANDS.
BurEAu oF Science. Journ., v. 25; 26, no. 1-4; 27, no. 1-3. Manila.

POLAND.
Sociuté BoraNIQUE DE PoLoGre. Actes, v. 1, no. 1-2,4. Warsaw. 1923.

SPAIN.

InsTITUTO GENERAL Y TECNICO DE VaLencra. Anales, v.12. 1924.
Rear ACADEMIA DE CIENSIAS ¥ ARTES, Bull. 5, no. 2. Mem. 18;19, 1-7. Barc.

STRAITS SETTLEMENTS.
Royat Asiatic Society, Marayan Br. Journ, v. 2, pt. 3; 3, pt. 1. Singap.

31L

SWEDEN.

ENToMOLOGISKA FORENINGEN 1 STocKHoLM. Tidsk., Arg. 45, 1924.
GroLocIsKA FORENINGEN. Forh., Bd. 46; 47, H. 1-2. Stockholm.

K. Virteruetrs Hist. ocn AntixviteTts Axap. Forn., 1923. Stockholm.
Antikvarisk tidsk., v. 21, pt. 1-2, 5; 22, pt. 2, 5-6.

SWITZERLAND.

GEroGRAPHISCH-ETHNOGRAPHISCHE GESELLSCHAFT IN ZURICH. Mitteil., 1922-24...
NATURFORSCHENDE GESELLSCHAFT IN BaseL. Verh., Bd. 35, pt. 2. 1924.
NATURFORSCHENDE GESELLSCHAFT IN ZOURicn. Viert., 1924; 1925, H. 1-2.
Socrétk pe GEOGRAPHIE, GENEVE. Matériaux pour I’ étude des calamités, no. 1-2..
Société pe Puystguve ET pv’ Hisrorre Nat. Comte rendu, v. 41; 42, no. 1.
Mem., v. 40, f. 1. Geneva. 1924.

Soctzrté NEUCHATELOISE DES Sciences Nat. Bull, t. 48. 1923.

Soctét& VAUDOISE DES Screncrks Nat. Bull. 214-15. Mem. 9. Jausanne.

UNION OF SOUTH AFRICA.

Aupany Museum. Records, v: 3, pt. 4. Grahamstown. 1925.

GroLocicaL Society or S.A. Trans., 1924. Johannesburg. 1925.

Roya Society or S.A. Trans., v. 12, pt. 1-4. Cape Town. 1924-25.

S.A. AssocrATION FoR THE ADVANCEMENT OF Science, Journ., v. 21. Cape-
Town. 1924.

S.A. Museum. Ann., v. 16, pt. 2; 19, pt. 3-4; 20, pt. 2-4; 21, pt. 1.

Report, 1924. Cape Town.

UNITED STATES.

Acapemy or NaTuRAL SCIENCE or PurLaneLtenta. Proc., v. 75-76.

Report, 1922.. Yearbook, 1923. Philad.

AMERICAN ACADEMY oF ARTs AND Scrences. Mem., v. 14, no. 5. Camb..

Proc., v. 59, no. 10-17. Boston, Mass. 1924-25.

AMERICAN CHEMICAL SocieTy. Journ., v. 46; 47, no. 1-8. Easton, Pa.

American GkoGRAPHICAL Society. Review, v. 14; 15, no. 1-3. NY...

AMERICAN Microscopicat Society. Trans., v. 43; 44, no. 1-2. 1924-25...
AmericAN Museum or Narurat History. Annual reports, 1923-24.

Anthrop. papers, v. 15, pt. 2-3; 20, pt. 3; 21, pt. 5; 26, pt. 3-4.

Guide leafl., no. 42, 59-60. Handb., no. 10-11. Mem., v. 13, pt. 2.

“Natural History,” v. 24, no. 4, 6; 25, no. 1-4. N-Y¥. 1924-25.
Novitates, no. 110-155, 164-176. NY. 1924-25.

AMERICAN Puicosopuicat Society. Proc., v. 62; 63, no..1-3. Philad.

Arnocp Arnoretum. Journ., v. 5; 6, no. 1-2. Plantae wilsoniane, v. 3, no. 3..

BrooxLyn Insrirure. Museum quarterly, v. 11; 12, no. 1. 1924-25.

Carirornta AcADEMY or ScteNcES. Proc., v. 12, 26-30; 13, 7-14. San Fran.
Cauirornia. Mines. Bull. 94. Ojilfields summary, v. 9; 10, no. 1-9.

Report, v. 20; 21, no. 1-2. Sacramento. 1924-25.

CauirornIA University. Agric, Exp. Station. Bull. 379. Tech. paper, 15, 17..
Publications: agric., v. 5, no. 1; arch., v.17, no. 4-6; 19, no. 1; 21, no. 1-2; .

bot., v. 10, no. 8; 12, no. 1-3; 13, no. 1; entom., v. 3, no. 2-4; geol., v. 15,.

no. me zool., v. 20, no. 22-23; 21, no. 13; 22, no. 14; 24, no. 3; 25; 26,

no. 1-15.

CARNEGIE INSTITUTION OF WasHINGTON. Yearbook, no. 23. 1924.

Conn, Acap, or Arts AND Sciences. Trans., v. 23, pp. 65-108; 27, 1-406.

CorneLt University. Agric. Exp. Station, Bull. 414-26. Mem. 64, 67, 71-74...

314

Fietp Museum or NatTurAL History. Report, v. 6, no. 3. Chic. 1924,

— Zool., v. 10, no. 16; 12, no. 4-7; 13, no. 3; 14, no. 2; 15, no. 1.
FRANKLIN INSTITUTE. Journ.,’v. 198-99; 200, no. 1-2. Philad. 1924-25.
Harvarp Cottece Museum. Bull., v. 65, no. 13-14; 66, no. 1-2. Rep., 1923-24.
Intinois. State Lab. Nat. [ist. Bulls v. 15, art. 2-4. Urbana. 1924.
Intinots University. Biological monograph, v. 8, no. 3-4; 9. 1923-24.
Jouns Hopxins University. Studies, v. 42. Balt. 1924.

Kansas University. Bull. humanistic, v. 3, no. 3. Lawrence. 1924.
LoweELt Onsrervatory. Bull; no. 85.

Marine BiotocicaL LaporATory. Bull., v. 47-48. Lane., Pa. 1925.
Micuican University. Papers of Academy of Science, 1921-23.

Missourrt Boranitc GARDEN. Ann., v. 10, no. 4; 11, no. 1-3. St. Louis. 1924.
NATIONAL ACADEMY OF SCIENCES. Proc., v. 10; 11, no. 1-8. List, 1924-25.
NationaL Grocrarpuic Socirry. Mag., v. 47, no. 2-6; 48, no. 1-2. Wash.
New York Acapemy or Sciences. Ann., v. 29, pp. 141-283. 1921-24.

New York Puxsirc Liprary. Bull, v. 28; 29, no. 1-7. 1924-25.

New York Stare Museum. Bull. 252-54, 256-57. Albany. 1925.

New York Zoou. Soc. Zool., v. 4, no. 2; 5, no. 17-21; 6, no. 1-3. 1924-25.
N. Carorina. Geol. Survey. Economic papers, no. 54-56. Cire., no. 10-11.
-— “Natural Resources,” v. 2; 3, no. 1-9. Report, 1923-24. Raleigh.
OBERLIN CoLLEcE. Laboratory bull., no. 32-38, 40. 1919-23.

Ouro University. Bull., v. 29, no. 5. Journ. of sei, v. 24; 25, no. 1-4.
SMITHSONIAN Institution. Annual report, 1922, Wash. 1923.

Ethnology. Annual report, no. 38, 1916-17,

TENNESSEE. Geological Survey, Bull. 28-31. Nashville. 1923-24,

Unirep States. Coast and Geodetic Survey. Rep., 1923-24; 6 serials

Dept. of Agriculture. Circ, 336. Exp. station rec., v. 51- 52. Journ.,
v. 28-29, NLA. fauna, no. 47. Yearbook, 1923: and 3 bull. Wash.
Geological Survey. Report 45. Various bull., prof. water-supply papers.
Library of Congress. Report, 1924. Wash.

——— National Museum. Bull. 99, 104, 128. Proc., v. 63. Rep. 45.
Contrib. from Nat. Ierb., v. 20, pt. 13; 22. pt. 7-8; 24, pt. 5.
WasHincron University, Sr. Touts. Sei. studies, v. 12. 1924. 25,

URUGUAY.
-Musrko NacionaL pe Montevipgeo. Anales, pp. 139-283.

315

LIST OF FELLOWS, MEMBERS, ETC.
AS EXISTING ON SEPTEMBER 30, 1925,

Those marked with an asterisk (*) have contributed papers published in the Society’s

Transactions. Those marked with a dagger (+) are Life Members.
Any change in address should be notified to the Secretary.

Note-—The publications of the Society will not be sent to those whose subscriptions

pate gt Honorary Ferrows,

1910. *Bracc, Str W. H., K.B.E., M.A., D.Sc, F.R.S., Director of the Royal Institution,.
Albemarle Street, London (Fellow 1886).

1897. *Davin, Str T. W. Encewortn, K.B.E. C.M.G., D.S.0,. BA. DSc. F.R.S.
F.G.S., Emeritus Professor of Geology, University of Sydney, Coringah, Sherbroke-
Road, Hornsby, N.S.W.

1905. *Heptey, Cuas., c/o University, Brisbane, Queensland.

1892. *Mawen, J. H., LS.0., F.R.S., F.L.S., Turramurra Ave., Turramurra, N.S.W.

1898. *Meryricx, E. T., B.A., F.R.S., F.Z.S., Thornhanger, Marlborough, Wilts, England.

1894. *Wirson, J. T., M.D., Ch.M., Professor of Anatomy, Cambridge University, England...

CoRRESPONDING MEMBERS.

1913. *Carrer, H. J., B.A., Kintore Avenue, Wahroonga, N.S.W.

1909. *JouncocKk, C. It, Clare.

1905. THomson, Hon, G. M., F.LS., 209 Cargill Street, Dunedin, New Zealand.

1908. *Woo.nxoucn, Warter G., D.Sc. F.G.S. (Fellow 1902).

FeLLows.

1925. <Avry, W. J., Military Road, Grange.

1895. *¢AsHey, Enwin, F.L.S., M.B.O.U., Blackwood,

1917. Batrey, J. F.. Director Botanic Garden, Adelaide.

1902. *Baxer, W. H., King’s Park. :

1902. *Bracx, J. M., 82 Brougham Place, North Adelaide.

1912. *Broucuton, A. C., The “Grosvenor,” North Terrace, Adelaide.

1911. Brown, Epcar J., M.B., D.P.H., 172 North Terrace. —

1883. *Brown, TH. Y. L., 286 Ward Street, North Adelaide.

1924. Browne, J. W., B.Ch., 169 North Terrace.

1916. *Buii, Lionet B., D.V.Sc., Laboratory, Adelaide Hospital.

1923. Burpon, Roy S., B.Sce., University of Adelaide.

1921. Burron, R. J., Belair.

1922. *Campse.t, T., D.D.Sc., Dental Dept., Adelaide Hospital, Frome Road.

1925. Carr, W. B., Partridge Street, Glenelg.

1924, Cavenacu-Marnwarinc, W. R., M.B., B.S., 207 North Terrace.

1907. *CHarpman, R. W., M.A, B.C.E., F-R.A.S., Professor of Engineering and Mcchanics,.
University of Adclaide.

1904. Curistir, W., c/o Griffiths Bros., Hindmarsh Square, Adelaide.

1895. *Cre.ann, Joun B., M.D., Professor of Pathology, University of Adelaide.

1923. Conricx, Jonwx, Nappermerrie, Farina.

1907. *Cooxe, W. T., D.Sc., Lecturer, University of Adelaide.

1924, Crespicny, C. T. C. nz, D.S.O., M.D., 172 North Terrace.

1916. Daxtinc, H. G., Franklin Street, Adclaide.

1887. *Dixon, Samurt, Bath Street, New Glenelg,

1915. *Dopp, Aan P., Prickly Pear Laboratory, Sherwood, Brisbane.

1921. Durron, G. H., B.Se., F.G.S., 21 Da Costa Avenue, South Prospect.

1911. Durrox, H. H., B.A., Dequetteville Terrace, Kent Town.

1902. *Epguist, A. G., 19 Farrell Street, Glenelg.

1918. *Ersron, A. H., F.E.S., “Hatherley.” Commercial Road, Unley Park.

1925. Enciann, H. A, 21 Davenport Terrace, Wayville West.

1917. *Fenner, Cuas. A. F., D.Se., 42 Alexandra Avenue, Rose Park.

1914. Fercuson, E. W., M.B., Ch.M., Gordon Road, Roseville, Sydney.

1923. Fry, H. K., D.S.O., M.B., B.S., B.Sc., Glen Osmond Road, Parkside.

1919. Grastonsury, O. A., Adelaide Cement Co., Brookman Buildings, Grenfell Street..

1923. Grover, C. R. J., Stanley Street, North Adelaide.

1904. Gornon, Davin, 72 Third Avenue, St. Peters.

are in arrear.

316

Date of

Election.

1925. +Gossr, J. H., 31 Grenfell Street, Adelaide.

1880. _*Govprr, Grorce, A.M., B.Sc., F.C.S., 228 North Terrace.

1910. *Grant, Kerr, M.Sec., Professor of Physics, University of Adelaide.

1922. Grant, R. JU. T.. M.R., B.S.. M.R.C.P., University of Adelaide.

1904. GrirrirH, H., Hove, Brighton.

1924. Guinnane, F. R., King Street, Brighton.

1916. Hacxetr, W. Cuampion, 35 Dequetteville Terrace, Kent Town.

1922, *Hatre, H. M., S.A. Museum, Adelaide.

1922, *Ham, Witiiam, F.R.E.S., University of Adelaide.

1916. 7+Hawcockx, H. Lipsox, A.M.LC.E., M.1L.M.M., M.Am.LM.E., Angaston,

1924. Hawkxrr, Caprain C. A. S., North Bungaree, via Yacka, South Australia.

1896. Hawker, E. W., M.A.. LL.B., F.C.S., East Bungaree, Clare.

1923. Hitt, Frorence M., B.S., M.D., University of Adelaide.

1925. HomeBuxc, Hon. H., Grenfell Street, Adelaide.

1924. *Ilossrein, Paut S., Carey Street, Magill.

1883. *Howcurn, Professor Watter, F.G.S., “Stonycroft,” Goodwood East.

1918. *Istnc, Ernest H., c/o Superintendent’s Office, S.A. Railways, Adelaide.

1912. *Jacx, R. L, B.E, F.G.S., Assistant Government Geologist, Adelaide.

1893. James, Tuomas, M.R.C.S., 9 Watson Avenue, Rose Park.

1918. Jrennison, Rev. J. C., 31 Kyre Avenue, Kingswood.

1910. *Jounsox, IE. A. M.D., M.R.C.S., 295 Pirie Street.

1910. *Jonnstonx, Professor T. Harvey, M.A., D.Sc., University of Adelaide. .

1920. *Jones, F. Woop, M.B., B.S., M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., D.Sc., F.R.S., Professor of Anatomy,
University of Adelaide. i

1923. Junett, Lester M. W., B.Sc., Jamestown.

1918. Kiarprr, W. J.,-28 Second Avenue, Joslin.

1915. *Laurie, D. F., Agricultural Department, Victoria Square.

1897, *Lea, A. M., F-ELS., South Australian Museum, Adelaide.

1884. Lrenpon, A. A., M.D., M.R.C.S., North Terrace.

1922. Lexpon, Guy A. M.B., B.S., M.R.C.P., North Terrage.

1925. Lewis, A., M.B., B.S., Adelaide Hospital.

1922. *Manpican, C. T., M.A., B.Sc., University of Adelaide,

1923, Macarey, W. A.,.LL.B., Pirie Street.

1923. MarsHari, J. C., Payneham.

1914. Maruews, G. M., F.R.S.E,, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Foulis Court, Fair Oak, Hants, England.

1905. *Mawson, Sir Douatas, D.Sc., B.E., F.R.S., Professor of Geology, University, Adelaide,

1919. Mayo, Herew M., M.B., B.S., 47 Melbourne Street, North Adclaide.

1920. Mayo, Herperr, LL.B., Brookman Buildings, Grenfell Street.

1923. McBrior, R. M., J.P., 14 Giles Street, Toorak.

1920. McGirr, Joun Nett, Napier Terrace, King’s Park.

1907. Mezrrosr, Hon. Rogerr T., M.L.C., Mount Pleasant.

1924. Messent, P. S., M.S., 192 North Terrace.

1925. +Muircnect, Professor Wm.. M.A., D.Sc., The University, Adelaide.

1897. *Morcan, A. M., M.B., Ch.B., 46 North Terrace.

1924. Morrson, A. J., Deputy Town Clerk, Town Hall, Adelaide.

1921. Movuiven, Owen M., M.B., B.S., Unley Road, Unley.

1925. Murray, Hon. Sir Groxce, K.C.M.G., B.A.. LO.M., Magill.

1925. Norru, Rev. Wm. O., Methodist Manse, Netherby.

1913, *Osrnorx, T. G. B., D.Sc., Professor of Botany, University of Adelaide.

1924, Prarce, C., 33 Capper Street, Kent Town.

1924. Perxins, A. J., Director of Agriculture, Victoria Square.

1925. Prescott, Professor J. A., Waite Agric. Research Institute, Glen Osmond.

1907. *Putterme, R. H., M.B., Ch.M., North Terrace.

1916. Ray, Wirtram, M.B., B.Sc., Liberal Club Building, North Terrace, Adelaide.

1885. *Renniz, Epwarp H., M.A., D.Sc., F.C.S., Professor of Chemistry, University, Adelaide,

1924. Ricr, P. W., M.B,, B.S. 137 Henley Beach Road, Mile End.

1925. Ricuarpson, Professor A. E. V., M.A. D.Se., “Urrbrae,” Glen Osmond.

1911. Roacu, B. S., Education Department, Flinders Street, Adelaide.

1919. *Rozerrson, Professor T. B., D.Sc, D.Ph., University of Adelaide.

1924. Rorcer, Miss M. T. P., c/o Central School, Goodwood.

1925. Rocers, L. S., B.D.Se., Verco Buildings, North Terrace.

1905. *Rocrers, R. S., M.A., M.D., 52 Hutt Strect.

1922. *Samue, Grorrrey, B.Sc., University of Adelaide.

1924, Sanprorp, J. WaLLace, 75 Grenfell Street.

1924. Srenit, R. W., B.A, B.Sc., Architect-in-Chief’s Office, King William Street.

1891. Srtway, W. H., Treasury, Adelaide.

1920. Simrson, A. A., C.M.G., C.B.E., Lockwood Road, Burnside.

317

Date of

Election. ;

1924. Simpson, Frep. N., Dequetteville Terrace, Kent Town,
1925. Smiru, Ermer, Ph.D., Sc.D., 232 Garden Street, Hoboken, N.J., U.S.A.
1925. +Smiru, T. E. Barr, B.A., 25 Currie Street, Adelaide.

1906. Sxow, Francis H., National, Mutual Buildings, King William Street.
1923. Sprop, M. W., M.B., B.S., Moseley Street, Glenelg.
1923. Srronc, Professor Sir AxcHisaLp, M.A., D.Litt., University of Adelaide:
1922. Sutton, J., Fullarton Road, Netherby.
1925. Symons, Ivor G., Church Street, Highgate.
1923. Tuomas, J. F., 64 Elizabeth Street, Sydney.
1923. *TuHomas, R. G., B.Sc., 5 Trinity Street, St. Peters.
1921. *Tincs, Oscar W., D.Sc., University of Melbourne.
1923. *Tinpae, N. B., South Australian Museum, Adelaide.
1894, *Turwer, A. Jerrerrs, M.D., F.E.S., Wickham Terrace, Brisbane, Queensland.
1925. Turner, Dupuey C., National Chambers, King William Street.
1878. *Verco, Str JosepH C., M.D., F.R.C.S.. North Terrace.
1914. *Warre, Encar R., F.L.S., C.M.Z.S., Director, South Australian Museum.
1924. Waker, W. D., B.Sc., St. Mark’s College, Pennington Terrace, North. Adelaide:
1912. *Warp, Leonarp Ketru, B.A., B.E., Government Geologist, Adelaide.
1920. Wetmenpacu, W. W., Rabaul, Papua.
1904. Wuursreav, Howarn, c/o A. M. Bickford & Sons, Currie Street.
1912. *Wuire, Capt. S. A., C.M.B.O.U., “Wetunga,” Fulham.
1920. *Wirton, Professor J. R., D.Sc., University of Adelaide.
1923. *Woop, J. G., B.Sc., Caius College, Cambridge, England.

_ APPENDIX.

FIELD NATURALISTS’ SECTION
OF THE

Royal Society of South Australia (Incorporated).

FORTY-SECOND ANNUAL REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE
FoR YEAR ENDED Aucusr 31, 1925.

The Committee has pleasure in presenting the Annual Report and to con-
-gratulate members on another successful year.

Excurstons.— The excursions have been held on an average of once a fort-
night throughout the year and have been well aitended. Places of interest
around the metropolis have been visited and several districts further aficld have
“been journeyed to by charabane and by train.

Lectures.—Our schedule of lectures has been well maintained. Some were
given in the Lecture-room illustrated by lantern slides, and were of a semi-public
nature, while others were given in the Rovai Society’s Room, and were some-
times illustrated by lantern slides.

SHELL CoLLEcTorS’ CoMMITTEE—Through the enthusiasm of Mr. W. f.
Kimber this Committee has been formed and was successfully inaugurated in
July. Mr. Kimber is Chairman and Mr. b. ‘Trigg is Secretary. “The membership
totals 20. Meetings are held on the first and third Monday in cach month and
excursions are held on alternate Saturdays with the Section.

“Tue SouTH AUSTRALIAN Natruracist.”’—Our journal completes vol. vi.
this year and continues to be published quarterly under the editorship of Mr.
Wm. Ham.

Excuancrs.-Among the new exchanges arc The Academy of Sciences,
Philadelphia, and The Natural History Museum, Warsaw. Poland.

Flower Suow, 1924.—This Show was the best vet held from the point of
view of exhibits. cachcrs and scholars of many public schools came to our
aid and forwarded a fine assortment of flowers, and each school’s exhibit was
kept scparate and labelled. Interstate Nature Clubs forwarded parcels of
flowers. Many other branches of natural history were represented and many
members worked willingly and made the fixture a success. The net profit

was £35 18s.

HernariumM ComMMITTEE——lhe members of this Committee have met on
numerous occasions at Prof. Cleland’s rooms where the herbarium is stored. A
number of parccls of specimens were received from various contributors and
the work of classifying is steadily progressing, and more boxes and labels have
been purchased. Apart from the Tepper Herbarium, we have now about 1,800
specimens.

MempBersHip.—Members at the heginning of the vear numbered 217, and
.27 new members have since been adimtted. Resignations and deaths amount
.to 60, so that 184 is the present total of members.

319

Opiruary.—lIt is our sad duty to record the loss of Mrs. W. Champion
Hackett, who had been a member for many years. Mrs. Hackett always took
a special interest in our Wild Flower Shows, and her loss will be keenly felt.
Another old member in the person of Miss M. L. Benda died just prior to the
annual meeting, and her loss to the Section will be much felt. Miss Benda
was a member for many years, and she was always an enthusiastic worker. The
Committee extend’ to the relatives their deepest sympathy in the loss they have
suffered.

Liprary.-—The addition of several fresh volumes to our Library would be
much appreciated by those members, who, consistently patronising it, have read
practically all the books, As it is hoped that the Library will be adequately
housed in the near future, we appeal for further books to afford a wider scope
in reading to the members.

(Signed) E. S. Hucues, Chairman.
Iernesr H. Istne, fon. Secretary.

THIRTY-SIXTH ANNUAL REPORT OF THE NATIVE FAUNA
AND FLORA PROTECTION COMMITTEE.

A severe blow was dealt by the Government to the water birds when the
close scason for duck was curtailed by opening it on December 21 instead of
February 1. Immediately after the news of this alteration came to hand the
Committee met and protested strongly by letter to the Premier and asked that
action be reconsidered. The Committee, in conjunction with members of the
Section, met on May 21 to confer with several citizens interested in Nature who
were anxious to form a Nature Lovers’ League. After discussion the meeting
-adjourned for the purpose of allowing the proposers of the League to place
definite information before the Committee.

The Committee again met on August 11 to discuss the proposed alterations
in the sanctuaries on the Coorong. [It was considered by some members that by
withholding the protection of the foreshore immediately opposite Pelican Island
it would be laying open the unique breeding place of the pelicans to greater
molestation. It was resolved that three of the members confer with other
scientific bodies on the matter.

In spite of vigorous protests the destruction of our native trees and plants
is still going on upon our roadsides and elsewhere. This is greatly to be
deplored, seeing, with the irees and plants, must inevitably disappear so
much of our bird, animal, and insect life.

(Signed) S. A. Wuite, Chairman.
Marie L. Benpa, Hon. Secretary.

iJ
“
ie)

‘985 ‘UoH “ONISI ‘H ‘A ‘S261 ‘£1 daquieidag ‘opreppy
| 0 8 ¢ ae oe ae oe oe on 7 : soured its
€ £ 89F | €¢ £ BOF
co eee ae sles j5 ot, acre |
6 9 0 : a 2f ia 7 syUIUIYsatjay '
0 0 I ee oF . ae oe oe S1O[IBS fos) sary its |
004 joes we ‘+ sadpaiq jo alyT * | 0 2 99 pad “se Sa Hii ‘* saiey uolsinaxy “
9 ZI 9s Hi WY . bt “ ‘' slojoyy Jo angy Ag i @ ¢ ¢ ( PABMIO JysnoOIg souR[TRg Of,
ps ainyipusdxy p's ‘sqydiaoay

‘sioypny
‘uO q

“WdD4 ‘GHaa ‘I WALTIVM

‘NOSINON ‘f ‘V
(pausis)

\Qal10d punoy pur payipny

"GZ61 £1 “saquiardes ‘aprepapy

O ZT Srle
g roe
9 6 6F °°
Ore "
pS 2 ;
Poe pe umes
Z zee
6 Zig
zoe
ze 0 :
64+ 6°
ps ks

|
i
|
i
i
i
1
|
|
i
i
|
i
i

aouejeg “
#918 Iesoy 0} pled suoydriosqng “
¥ I/V Sqpemesg “

BulsipiaApy
WH fo wy
ef suyulg
AreiqryT “
Aqauoneig “
aseiiiey
sasrysog «Ag

‘QIN PUIG 7]

8 FI 9F
OT ZT 8blF

Brmooeowuon

asureg “

jsormuy yueg “
hous Nase 3 PEAK Wolf yyorg “-
vs saspeg jo ajeg “
Ayatoog [eBAoY wos sjueig “*
i ‘+ suondiosqnsg sioqueay “
Ajaoos [RAOX 0} anp puep_T ur ysen “
Ayan0g [eAoY 01 anp yueg ur ysed
‘7° paeMioy JysnoIg sauR]eg OF,
‘si dravayy

'SZ6I ‘IE JSNBny pepus res sJ0j y Bind rpiscoy: pue sidisdog jo juetue3e1g

‘W'S dO ALAIOOS TVAOU AHL AO NOILOUS SLSIIVAYNLVN G1d14

321

GENERAL INDEX.

[Generic and specific names in italics indicate that the forms described are
" new to science.]

Aboriginal, Dental Anomaly of, 99; Intaglios
near Burra, 123; Markings on Rocks near
Burra, 121

Abutilon malvifolium, 274

Acroclita’ confusa, 55; liturata, 56; ochronota,
56; stilpna, 55

Acropolitis lichenica, 47

Actinus, 228; A. imperialis, 228; macleayi, 228

Acylophorus, 252; A. glaberrimus, 253; rufi-
collis, 253

Aega, 168; A. angustata, 170; antillensis, 176;
australis, 173; cyclops, 180; meinerti, 181;
nodosa, 178; serripes, 171; spongicola, 182;
vigilans, 174

Acpidae, 168

Ajax, Cambrian Fossils at, 24

Alcirona, 161; A. multidigitata, 161

Aldehyde “encoral,” Note on, 298, 299

Alderman, A. R., Vanadium Content of Cer-
tain ‘Titaniferous Iron Ores of South
Australia, 88

Algal Contributions in the ‘Cambrian and
Pre-Cambrian Limestones of South Aus-
tralia, 186 -

Alluvia, Ancient, near Wilson, 20

Amarantus albus, 272

Amphiderita, 44; A. pyrospila, 44

Analdes, 57; A. hypolepta, 57

Annual Report, 304 '

Antimerus, 229; A. auricomus, 229; post-
tibialis, 229

Appendix, 318

Ardrossan, Cambrian Fossils at, 8

Aracoptera poliobapta, 39

Arid Australia, Vegetation of, 290

Argathona, 161; A. confine, 164; similis, 162

Argyroploce angustifascia, 58; stilpnosticta,
58; wuncimacula, 58

Argyrotoxa fompica, 52

Ashby, E., Extnbit of Birds, 301; Banksia
serrata and Podocarpus Drouyiana, 302;
Jonathan Apples, 303

Atanygnathus, 253: A. terminalis, 253

Australian Aboriginal, Dental Anomaly of,
99; Isopods, 128; Lepidoptera, 37; Staphy-
linidae, 213

Azurite, Crystal forms of, 266

Balance-sheets, 306 °

Barnardiella, 49; B. sciaphila, 50

Bathytricha mouticola, 38 .

Batodes conjunctana, 47; euryxutha, 47

Eelonuchity, 228; B. brevicollis, 228; dohrni,

Berry, P. A., Aldehydes Present in the Essen-
tial Oil obtained from Eucalyptus cneroi-
folia, 299

Biddle, J. P. H., Aboriginal Markings on
Rocks near Burra (Kooringa), 121

Bithinella nigra, 94 ,

Black, J. M., Additions to the Flora of South
Australia, 270 .

Black, J. M., J. B. Cleland, and_L. Reese,
Flora of North-east Corner of South Aus-
tralia, North of Cooper’s Creek, 103

Blennodia pterosperma, 272

Broughton, A. C., Radio-active [menite, near
Mount Painter, Northern Flinders Range,
101

Bullinus acutispira, 93

Burra, Aboriginal Markings on Rocks, 121;
Aboriginal Intaglios, 123

Cafius, 225; C. australis, 225; corallicola,
226: nauticus, 226; pacificus, 226; velutinus,
226

Calandrinia volubilis parzula, 272 ;

Calanthe flabelliformris, 259; latisstmifolia, 258

Calothyrsus, 258

Calyptrochilum, 262, 263

Cambrian and Pre-Cambrian Limestones of
South Australia, 186

Cambrian Fossiliferous Rocks, 1

Campbell, T. D., Dental Anomaly in the
Skull of an Australian Aboriginal, 99;
Detailed Notes on the Aboriginal Intaglios
near Burra, 123; Exhibit of Aboriginal
implements, 303; Photos and X-Ray Pic-
tures of a Misplaced Tooth, 303

Camptonectes socialis, 28

Canthylidia crocopepla, 37

Capua castanitis, 49; catovia, 49; gongylia,
48; gyrobathra, 48; mersana, 48; sucro-
polia, 48; paraoptera, 48

Caradrina leptochroa, 39; niphosticta, 39

Carrickalinga, Cambrian fossils at, 3

Catoblemma aplecta, 40

Central Australia, Geological Structure of, 61

Ceratostylis calceiformis, 257

Chapman, F., and D, Mawson, Notes on Cer-
tain South Australian Fossiliferous Terres-
trial Formations of Reeent Age, 91

Chenopodium anthelminticum, 272;
orum, 272

Chundana lugubris, 42

Cirolana, 129; C. avcuaia, 133; concimma, 152;
corpulenta, 134; cranchii australiense, 141;
hermitensis, 132; laevis, 145; lata, 143;
L. integra, 144; lineata, 145; pumicea, 130;
pustulosa, 139; schioedtei, 148; tenuistylis,
136; vieta, 150; woodjonesi, 137

Cleland, J. B:, J. M. Black, and L. Reese,
Flora of North-east Corner of South Aus-
tralia, North of Cooper’s Creek, 103

Clinton, Cambrian Rocks at, 11

desert-

322

Cnephasia argyvrocosma, 52; hleptodora, 52;
rupicolana, 51

Colocyttara, 54; C. phaeolopha, 35

Colonia, 229

Corailanidae, 160

Corbicula angasi, 92

Correa calycina, 273

Cossman, Alexandre E. M., Obituary, 303, 304

Coxiella striata, 94

Creophilus, 229

Cryptommmatus, 253; C. jansoni, 253

Curramuika, Cambrian Fossils at, 5

Cyrenopsis, 32

Dasygaster melambaphes, 37; oressigenes, 37

Dendrobium — bilamellatum, 264; caliculi-
mentusnt, 261; Delphinioides, 262: Lane-
Poolei, 263

Dentai Anomaly of an Australian Aboriginal,

. 19)

Dentalium wollumbilaensis, 35

Desert Sandstone of Central Australia, 73

Dicelitis, 53; D. theticophara, 34: sos-
trophora, 54

Dimitobelas canhami, 35; stimulus, 3530s.
ertremis, 35

Dischus. 220; 1D. divisus, 220: octavii, 220

Dipedium clatum, 265

Donations to Library, 308

Dormouse Opossum, 96

Dron cia pritia, 97

Eboda chlorocosma, 53

Endotricha desmetona, 43; heliapa, 43

Endowment Fund, Fees to go to, 302

Epiblastus fuberendatus, 256

Ethmia heliomela, 60

Excirolana, 156; E. orientalis, 156

Eucosma leuconephela, 56

Fulissus, 219: E. hacmorrhous, 219: hamm-
leri, 219

Eurydicidae, 129

Euryschema, 38; E. tricycla, 38

fauna and Flora Committee, 319

Iield Naturalists’ Section, 318

Tinke River Series, 66

Fissilunula clarkei, 32

Fleurieu Peninsula, Geology af, 198

Flinders Island, Vegetation of, 276

Tinders Rauges, Geology of, 14

fora of North-east Corner of South Aus-
tralia, 103; of South Australia, 270

Gari elliptica, 32

Gcodorum pictum, 261

Geographical Distribution of Fossiliferous
Rocks of Cambrian Age in South Aus-
tralia, 1

Geological Structure of Central Australia, 61

Glauert, L., Scorpions of Nuyts Archi-
pelago and other parts of South Australia, 85

Grammodes odontota, 41

Granite, Tanunda Creck, 191

Hlahbenaria turneri, 254

Hale, 1]. M., Isopods of Cymothoid Group,
128; Exhibit of Subfossil ‘Crabs, 302;
Aboriginal Rock-carvings, 303

Halorrhagis ciliata, 275; semiangulata, 275

Helictophanes metallocosma, 37

Heliocosma melanotypa, 46

Tlesperus, 227; H. yloriosus, 227; haemorr-
hoidalis, 227: picttcornis, 227

Heterothops, 230; H. apterus, 232; castaneus,
238; clarki, 237; dolichocephalus, 231;
Keutiae, 238; laticeps, 230; magniceps, 231;
mediofiscus, 233; mirus, 234; nigrofrater,
236; obscurcipennis, 237; picipennis, 231;
picttcollis, 232; pictus, 239; rufosuturalis,
234; tantillus, 235; tibialis, 231; wbiquitosus,
236; rantholinoides, 230

Hibbertia peeuinsularis, 275; sericea major,
274: s. scabrifolia, 274; stricta oblonga, 274

Hibiscus fntraterraneus, 274

Homona stenophracta, 49

tiossfeld, P. S., Tanunda Creek Granite and
its Field Relations, 191; Exhibit of Tibrous
Gypsum, 301 ;

Howchin, W., Geographical Distribution of
Vossiliferous Rocks of Cambrian Age in
South Australia, with Geological Notes and
References, 1.

Ilyinenocapsa, 273; H. longipes, 273

isochorista entypa, 46
{sopods, Australian, 128

Jones, Ff. Wood, A New South Australian
Dormouse Opossum, 96; Election as Fellow
of Royal Society of Tondon, 301; Exhibit
of Bat-cating Bat, 301

Jurassic Sands’ of Central Australia, 71

Kanyaka, Cambrian Fossils at, 14

Kimber, W. J.. Exhibit of Egg-capsules of
Natica conica, 303

Koonamore Botanical Reserve, 290

{Kaulpara and = Neighbourheed, Cambrian
Rocks at, 9, il
Laspeyresia acrocausta, 59; tetranula, 60;

fetrasaiucla, 60

Lea, A. M., Australian Staphylinidae, 213;
Exhibits of Insects, 301, 302, 303, 304;
Fijian Skulls, 302; Sione Churinga, 303;
Fossil Shelis, 304

Lepidoptera, Australian, 37

Leptacmus, 215; L. bisulciceps, 216; black-
burni, 215; megacephalus, 217; opactpennis,
218; parumpunctatus, 216; quadrisulciceps,
git sexrsulciceps, 218; socius, 215; suturalis,
21

Library, Donations to, 308

Linarile, Crystal forms of, 266

Lower Cretaccous of Central Australia, 72

Lower, Oswald B., Obituary, 301, 304

Lunatia variabilis, 34

Lychas marmoreus splendens, 85; truncatus, 85

323

Maealla diaprepes, 45; peloscia, 45

Maccoyella barklyi, 28

Macroglossum dohertyi, 41; stenoranthum, 41

Madigan, C. T., Geology of Fleurieu Penin-
‘sula, Part L., "Coast from Sellick’s Hill to
Victor Harbour, 198; Exhibit of Aboriginal
Implements, 303

Mawson, D., Evidence and Indications of |
Algal C ontributions in the Cambrian and
Pre-Cambrian Limestones of South Aus-
tralia, 186; Exhibit of Fossil Algae, 302

Mawson, D., and F, Chapman, Notes on Cer-
tain South Australian Fossiliferous Terres-
trial Formations of Recent Age, 91

Meetings, Ordinary, 300; Annual, 303

Melaleuca decussata ovoidea, 275

Melton, Cambrian Rocks at, 11

Members, List of, 315

Metoponcus, 213; M. brevipes, 214; cribratus,
213; cyanetpennis, 213; c. basiflavus, 214;
c. howensis, 214: planatus, 215; rufulus
norfoleensis, 214

Middle Cretaceous of Central Australia, 72

Modiola cupula, 30; subsolenoides, 29

Mount Chambers, Cambrian Fossils at, 22

Mount Painter, Radio-active [lmenite, 101

Myagrum perfoliatum, 273

Mysolius, 228

Mytilus inflatus, 30

Natica variabilis, 34

Neobisnius, 220

Neocirolana, 153; N. obesa, 154

New Guinca and Papua, Orchidology of, 254

Nuyts Archipelago and the Investigator |
Group, Scorpions, 85; Vegetation of Flin-
ders Island, 276

Oberonia oblonga, 255

Obituary: Crossman, Alexandre FE. M., 303,
304; Lower, Oswald B., 301, 304; Stantey,
Evan R., 301, 304

Ocypus, 228; O, ater, 228

Orchidology of Papua and New Guinea, 254

Oriodryas, 59; O. olbophora, 59 ;

Orthaga prionosticha, 45

Osborn, T. G. B., Notes on the Vegetation of |

Flinders Island, 276; On the Ecology of
the Vegetation of Arid Australia, No. 1,
Introduction and General Description of the
Koonamore Reserve for the Study of the
Saltbush Flora, 290

Otoglossum, 255

Panope, 34

Papua and New Guinea, Orchidolagy of, 254

Parachilna, Cambrian Fossils at, 22

Parallelia simillima, 40

Pecten gradatus, 29’; socialis, 28

Pedilonum, 261

Penfold, A. R., Note on the Non-existence of
the Supposed Aldehyde “Cneoral,” 298

Peristyloideae, 254

Phalaenopsis amabilis papuana, 265

Phaloniadae, 46

i
i

Philonthus, 220; P. anthracinus, 222; apici-
pennis, 223; cruenticollis, 225; cupreotinctus,
222; dolichoderes, 221; glenelgi, 220; incisi-
ventyis, 223: minutus, 221; multicolor, 224;
ornatus, 220; oviceps, 222; quisquiliarius,
221; subcingulatus, 221; thermarum, 221;
zictoriensis, 224

| Phoratopoadidae, 158

Phoratopus, 158; P. remex, 158
Pimelia macrostegia, 275
Plagianthus incanus, 274
Polychrosis anconia, 57
Pomaderris halmaturina, 273

; Proceedings, 300

Proposed new Section, 300

; Pseudavicula anomala, 27

Pulleine, R., Exhibit of Shaped- stbRed made
by Tasmanian Aborigines, 302

Quediopsis, 252

Quedius, 240; Q. apiciflavus, 248; baldiensis,
242; bellus, 243; cordatus, 245; diemenensis,
242; duplopunctatus, 249; erythroderes, 247 ;
hackeri, 245; hybridus, 243; inaequali-
pennis, 244; inconspicuus, 242; iridiventris,
241; ‘Koebelei, 243; lateroflavus, 246;
luridipennis, 241; melas, 251; nelsonensis,
242; nitidissimus, 246; nothus, 250; picti-
pennis, 243; pignerator, 230; ruficollis, 241 ;

sidneensis, 242; stenocephalus, 252: sub-
opacus, 248; tepperi, 241

Radio-active Ilmenite, 101

Ranunculus pontandrus, 272

Reese, L., J. B. Cleland, and J. M. Black,

Flora of North-east Corner of South Aus-
tralia, North of Cooper's Creek, 103
Robertson, Iris E., Crystal Forms of Tour-
maline, ‘Azurite, ‘and Linarite, 266
Rocinela, 182; R. orientalis, 182; sila, 184
Rogers, R. S., Orchidology of Papua and
New Guinea, 254
Rolling Downs, Fossils from, 27

Scorpions, South Australian, 85

Scyphoceros, 53; S. tholera, 53

Sellick’s Hill, Cambrian Fossils at, 3; Geol-
ogical Section from, to Victor Harbour, 198

Smicrostoma, 166; S. saxicola, 166

Sophta hapalopis, 40

South Australia, Additions to the Flora, 270;
Algal Contributions in Cambrian and Pre-
Cambrian Limestones, 186; Cambrian
Fossiliferous Rocks, 1; Dormouse Opos-
sum, 96; Flora of North-east Corner, 103;
Fossiliferous Terrestrial Formations of
Recent Age, 91; Scorpions, 85; Vanadium
content of Titaniferous Iron Ores, 88

Spathoglossis Lane-Poolei, 259

Sphenopns divaricatus, 271

Spyridium bifidum integrifolium, 273; hal-
maturinum tntegrifolium, 273; subochreatum
laxtusculum, 273

Stanley, Evan R., Obituary, 301, 304

Staphylinidae, Australian, 213

324

Statice occidentalis, 275
Styloglossum, 259
Succinea australis, 93
Syncyclonema gradatus, 29

Talis diargyra, 42; urithrepta, 42

Tanunda Creek Granite, 191

Tanycnema, 46

Tatella aptiana, 33

Tauroscopa, 43; 7. callixutha, 43; lachnaea, 43

Terrestrial Fossils of Recent Age, 91

Thomas, R. G. Exhibit of Radio-active
Polonium, 303 i

Thracia primula, 31

Thyreocephalus, 219; T. coelestis, 219; lor-
quini, 219

Tortrix crypsilopha, 50; haplophanes, 51;
illucida, 50; leucoptera, 51; oressinoma, 51

Tourmaline, Crystal forms of, 266

Trachyptila phaulodes, 54

Trifolium stellatum, 273

Triglochin hexagona, 270; muelleri, 271; tri-
chophora, 271

Trychnocrana, 44; T. abditiva, 44

Tunica prolifera, 272

| Turner, A, J.. New Australian Lepidoptera,

Upper Cretaceous of Central Australia, 73 ~
Urodacus manicatus, 86; yaschenkoi, 87

Vanadium Content of Titaniferous Iron Ores
of South Australia, 88

Vanikoropsis stuarti, 35

Vegetation of Flinders Island, 276

Ward, L. K., Notes on the Geological Struc-
ture of Central Australia, 61; Discussion
on the Geological Structure of Central Aus-
tralia, 301, 302; Geological Exhibits, 301

Whitehouse, F. W., Rolling Downs Fossils
collected by Prof. J. W. Gregory, 27

Willunga Ranges, Cambrian Fossils at, 3

Wilson, Cambrian Fossils at, 14

Wirrealpa, Cambrian Fossils at, 22

Xantholinus, 218; X. albertisi, 218

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc.

Austr., 1925. Vol. XLIX., Plate I.

E. T. TALBoT DEL. Gillingham & Co. Limited, Printers, Adelaide.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1925. Vol. XLIX., Plate LI.
a — ; ; |

E. T. TALBOT, DEL.; W. TAMS, PHOTo. Gillingham & Co. Limited, Printers, Adelaide.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1925. Vol. XLIX., Plate III.

Fig. 1. Crown Point and Cunningham's Gap from the south, In the left foreground
is the tillite of Yellow Cliff. The bed of the Finke River is dry.

Fig. 2. View of Crown Point from the north, across the dry sands of the Finke
River bed. The highly contorted tillite of Crown Point (the outlier) is the equivalent
of uncontorted and essentially horizontal beds in the larger plateau remnant.

Fig. 3. Mt. Engoordina, at Horseshoe Bend, on the Finke River, showing the cross-bedded
sandstone (white) with its siliceous capping, and beneath it the ripple-marked shales.

Gillingham & Co, Limited, Printers, Adelaide.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1925.

Vol. XLIX., Plate IV.

Fig. 1. The northern front of Crown Point showing the highly
contorted tillite. (Photo, Sir Baldwin Spencer.)

Fig. 2. Highly contorted tillite, the contortions accentuated by weathering,
at a place a few miles north of Crown Point.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1925.

1. Erratic

Fig. 2. Erratic boulders of quartzite

resting on Upper Cretaceous shales,

near Arkeeta Claypans, South Aus-
tralia.

Vol. XLIX., Plate V.

voulders, resting on Cretaceous shales, Dalhousie Springs, South Australia.

Fig.

porphyry, resting on Lower Cretaceous

shales,

Gillingham

3. Erratic boulder of felspar

near Coward Springs, South

Australia.

& Co. Limited, Printers, Adelaide.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1925.

Fig. 1. Ooraminna Rockhole, in the Ooraminna Range, showing the dense
siliceous crust capping Ordovician sediments.

Fig. 2. The northern front of the James Range, north-east of Deep Well, showing
“dykes” of chalcedonic quartzite in Ordovician sediments, formed by downward
infiltration of silica along joint planes.

Fig. 3. The mantle of “gibbers,” resulting from the breaking down of the crust of chalcedonic
quartzite capping the Upper Cretaceous sediments. Near Hamilton Bore, South Australia. |

Gillingham & Co. Limited, Printers, Adelaide.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1925. Vol. XLIX., Plate VII.

Fig. 1. Looking across the Racecourse at the southern front of the MacDonnell
Ranges. See block diagram. On the left the wall of the middle quartzite anc
on the right the wall of the lower quartzite are seen.

Fig 2. Horizontal Ordovician sediments, carved by erosion into rounded bastions.
Phillipson’s Creek, north-east of Ooraminna Range.

Fig. 3. The northern front of the Krichauff Range, at Hermannsburg. The steep-
walled valley is the entrenched meandering gorge of the Finke River.

Gillingham & Co. Limited, Printers, Adelaide.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1925.

Vol, XLIX., Plate VIII.

Fig. 1. Heavitree Gap, MacDonnell Ranges, cut by the Todd River through the lower

quartzite of which the steep northern scarp is seen. Below the scarp are the slopes of

schist, and in the foreground alluvium with bluebush vegetation. The outer wall! of
the middle quartzite is visible through the Gap. See block diagram.

the

quartzite of

Simpson’s Gap, MacDonnell
lower

of the great anticline.

the
Ordovician Series, on the northern limb

Ranges, 10 miles west of Alice Springs,
as seen from the south. This Gap is cut

Fig. 2.
through

Fig. 3. Temple Bar Gap, looking west. The “middle quartzite,” seen on the left, is

broken by faulting, and the western portion, seen on the right, shows a relative

displacement to the north. This continuation of the ridge is viewed from the eastern
end, and has the appearance of a rounded hill. See block diagram.

Gillingham & Co, Limited, Printers, Adelaide.

ee See eee es

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1925. Vol. XLIX., Plate IX.

Fig. 1. River Terrace below the Thirty Pound Pool, Burra Creek.

Fig. 2. Recent Beds dissected by the Burra Creek, Hundred of Bright.

Gillingham & Co. Limited, Printers, Adelaide.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S, Austr., 1925. Vol, XLIX,, Plate X.

Gillingham, Swann & Co, Ltd., Printers, Adelaide.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1925. Vol. XLIX., Plate XI.

Limited, Printers, Adelaide.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1925.

Vol. XLIX., Plate XII.

Gillingham

Limited, Printers, Adelaide.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1925 Vol. XLIX., Plate XIII.

Tig. 1.

] 2
Fig,,-2,

Gillingham & Co, Limited, Printers, Adelaide.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1925. Vol. XLIX., Plate XIV.

Fig. 2.

Gillingham & Co. Limited, Printers, Adelaide.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1925. Vol. XLIX., Plate XV.

Gillingham & Co. Limited, Printers, Adelaide.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1925. Vol. XLIX., Plate XVI.

Fig. 1.

Fig. 3.

Gillingham & Co. Limited, Printers, Adelaide.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1925. Vol. XLIX., Plate XVII.

Gillingnam & Co, Limited, Printers, Adelaide.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1925. Vol. XLIX., Plate XVIII.
} na
|
|
|
\
| |
|
| a
} A é &
“ eet
; \ eo 6 we pees me
i # va se or = MEAG, On Aa a ae

Gillingham & Co. Limited, Printers, Adelaide.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1925. Vol. XLIX., Plate XIX.

icrelh

Printers, Adelaide.

Gillingham & Co. Limited,

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1925. Vol. XLIX., Plate XX.

THE FLEURIEU PENINSULA

GEOLoGIcaLMap of THE COASTLINE
By CT.Madigan yy
Scale~ Miles *- ll
tS > 3 fp

Sept 92S

9
f
G
-,

Commeckahingatead fe

. Haycack Pont QO y

LEGEND
States below Archatocyattyrrae L- 5,
i aleareous Beas, limestones, Marble

Normarvitle

Eo Conglomerate Gril & Greywac ke

Qvuerizte, Hornstone, Ere.
Sthist$

| Tgneas Rock
PEevma-carboniterous Glacial

Rawttead

Cope hers LHI Go 7

Ce as a ae
205

/gewland Head

pose Head

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1925. Vol. XLIX., Plate XXI.

Gillingham & Co. Limited, Printers, Adelaide.

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc. S. Austr., 1925. Vol. XLIX., Plate XXII.

Fig. 2.

Gillingham & Co. Limited, Printers, Adelaide,

Trans. and Proc. Roy. Soc.

S. Austr., 1925.

Vol. XLIX., Plate XXIII.

Gillingham &

Co, Limited, Printers, Adelaide.

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Transactions and proceedings of the Royal Society of South Australia (Incorporated)"

See other formats